|
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
|
☒
|
|||
|
Pre-Effective
Amendment No.
|
||||
|
Post-Effective Amendment No. 161
|
☒
|
|||
|
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
|
☒
|
|||
|
Amendment No. 167
|
☒
|
| ☐ |
immediately upon filing pursuant to Rule 485, paragraph (b)
|
| ☒ |
on October 31, 2020 pursuant to Rule 485, paragraph (b)
|
| ☐ |
60 days after filing pursuant to Rule 485, paragraph (a)(1)
|
| ☐ |
on pursuant to Rule 485, paragraph (a)(1)
|
| ☐ |
75 days after filing pursuant to Rule 485, paragraph (a)(2)
|
| ☐ |
on pursuant to Rule 485, paragraph (a)(2)
|
| ☐ |
This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
Investment Objective
|
| The investment objective of the SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF (the “Fund”) is to provide current income consistent with the preservation of capital. |
| Management fees | 0.70% |
| Distribution and service (12b-1) fees | None |
| Other expenses | 0.00% |
| Total annual Fund operating expenses | 0.70% |
|
Year 1
|
Year 3
|
Year 5
|
Year 10
|
| $72 | $224 | $390 | $871 |
Lowest Quarterly Return: -3.51% (Q4, 2018)
| * | As of 9/30/2020, the Fund's Calendar Year-To-Date return was -0.65%. |
|
One
Year |
Five
Years |
Since Inception
(04/03/13) |
|
| Return Before Taxes | 9.33% | 3.66% | 3.11% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions | 6.94% | 1.72% | 1.32% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares | 5.48% | 1.92% | 1.55% |
| Markit iBoxx USD Liquid Leveraged Loan Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) | 9.67% | 3.39% | 3.07% |
| S&P/LSTA U.S. Leveraged Loan 100 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) | 10.65% | 4.14% | 3.62% |
|
Investment Objective
|
| The SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF (the “Fund”) seeks to maximize total return. |
| Management fees | 0.65% |
| Distribution and service (12b-1) fees | None |
| Other expenses | 0.00% |
| Total annual Fund operating expenses | 0.65% |
|
Less contractual fee waiver
1
|
(0.10%) |
| Net annual Fund operating expenses | 0.55% |
|
1
|
SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (“SSGA FM” or “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain expenses, until October 31, 2021, so that the net annual Fund operating expenses, before application of any fees and expenses not paid by the Adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, if any, are limited to 0.55% of the Fund's average daily net assets. The contractual fee waiver and/or reimbursement does not provide for the recoupment by the Adviser of any fees the Adviser previously waived. The Adviser may continue the waiver and/or reimbursement from year to year, but there is no guarantee that the Adviser will do so and after October 31, 2021, the waiver and/or reimbursement may be cancelled or modified at any time. This waiver and/or reimbursement may not be terminated prior to October 31, 2021 except with the approval of the SSGA Active Trust's Board of Trustees.
|
|
Year 1
|
Year 3
|
Year 5
|
Year 10
|
| $56 | $198 | $352 | $801 |
| • | Security selection within a given sector; |
| • | Relative performance of the various market sectors; |
| • | The shape of the yield curve; and |
| • | Fluctuations in the overall level of interest rates. |
Lowest Quarterly Return: -1.95% (Q4, 2016)
| * | As of 9/30/2020, the Fund's Calendar Year-To-Date return was 3.20%. |
|
|
One
Year |
Since Inception
(02/23/15) |
| Return Before Taxes | 6.97% | 2.74% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions | 5.52% | 1.37% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares | 4.11% | 1.48% |
| Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) | 8.72% | 2.97% |
|
Investment Objective
|
| The SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF's (the “Fund”) investment objective is to seek capital appreciation. |
| Management fees | 0.60% |
| Distribution and service (12b-1) fees | None |
| Other expenses | 0.00% |
| Total annual Fund operating expenses | 0.60% |
|
Year 1
|
Year 3
|
Year 5
|
Year 10
|
| $61 | $192 | $335 | $750 |
Lowest Quarterly Return: -12.41% (Q4, 2018)
| * |
As of 9/30/2020, the Fund's Calendar Year-To-Date return was
|
|
One
Year |
Five
Years |
Since Inception
(01/08/14) |
|
| Return Before Taxes | 28.89% | 11.83% | 12.91% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions | 27.99% | 11.19% | 12.14% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares | 17.06% | 9.22% | 10.14% |
| S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) | 31.49% | 11.70% | 12.17% |
|
Investment Objective
|
| The SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF's (the “Fund”) investment objective is to seek capital appreciation. |
| Management fees | 0.60% |
| Distribution and service (12b-1) fees | None |
| Other expenses | 0.00% |
| Total annual Fund operating expenses | 0.60% |
|
Year 1
|
Year 3
|
Year 5
|
Year 10
|
| $61 | $192 | $335 | $750 |
Lowest Quarterly Return: -16.52% (Q4, 2018)
| * | As of 9/30/2020, the Fund's Calendar Year-To-Date return was 20.14%. |
|
One
Year |
Five
Years |
Since Inception
(01/08/14) |
|
| Return Before Taxes | 28.01% | 11.33% | 12.76% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions | 27.40% | 10.79% | 12.02% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares | 16.56% | 8.84% | 10.01% |
| Russell 1000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) | 36.39% | 14.63% | 14.55% |
|
Investment Objective
|
| The SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF's (the “Fund”) investment objective is to seek capital appreciation. |
| Management fees | 0.60% |
| Distribution and service (12b-1) fees | None |
| Other expenses | 0.00% |
| Total annual Fund operating expenses | 0.60% |
|
Year 1
|
Year 3
|
Year 5
|
Year 10
|
| $61 | $192 | $335 | $750 |
Lowest Quarterly Return: -12.43% (Q4, 2018)
| * | As of 9/30/2020, the Fund's Calendar Year-To-Date return was -13.62%. |
|
One
Year |
Five
Years |
Since Inception
(01/08/14) |
|
| Return Before Taxes | 23.75% | 9.80% | 10.56% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions | 22.60% | 8.48% | 9.27% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares | 14.01% | 7.28% | 7.97% |
| Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) | 26.54% | 8.29% | 9.22% |
|
Investment Objective
|
| The SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF (the “Fund”) seeks to provide total return by focusing on investments in income and yield-generating assets. |
| Management fees | 0.50% |
| Distribution and service (12b-1) fees | None |
| Other expenses | 0.00% |
| Total annual Fund operating expenses | 0.50% |
|
Year 1
|
Year 3
|
Year 5
|
Year 10
|
| $51 | $160 | $280 | $628 |
|
Investment Objective
|
| The SPDR SSGA Global Allocation ETF (the “Fund”) seeks to provide capital appreciation. |
| Management fees | 0.35% |
| Distribution and service (12b-1) fees | None |
| Other expenses | 0.00% |
| Total annual Fund operating expenses | 0.35% |
|
Year 1
|
Year 3
|
Year 5
|
Year 10
|
| $36 | $113 | $197 | $443 |
Lowest Quarterly Return: -9.20% (Q4, 2018)
| * | As of 9/30/2020, the Fund's Calendar Year-To-Date return was -1.50%. |
|
One
Year |
Five
Years |
Since Inception
(04/25/12) |
|
| Return Before Taxes | 19.27% | 5.71% | 6.79% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions | 17.81% | 4.71% | 5.71% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares | 11.38% | 4.04% | 4.92% |
| MSCI ACWI IMI Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes other than withholding taxes on reinvested dividends) | 26.35% | 8.34% | 9.63% |
| Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) | 8.72% | 3.05% | 2.87% |
|
Investment Objective
|
| The SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF (the “Fund”) seeks to provide total return by focusing on investments in income and yield-generating assets. |
| Management fees | 0.50% |
| Distribution and service (12b-1) fees | None |
| Other expenses | 0.00% |
| Total annual Fund operating expenses | 0.50% |
|
Year 1
|
Year 3
|
Year 5
|
Year 10
|
| $51 | $160 | $280 | $628 |
Lowest Quarterly Return: -4.45% (Q3, 2015)
| * | As of 9/30/2020, the Fund's Calendar Year-To-Date return was -6.83%. |
|
One
Year |
Five
Years |
Since Inception
(04/25/12) |
|
| Return Before Taxes | 17.10% | 5.08% | 5.69% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions | 15.00% | 3.68% | 4.22% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares | 10.08% | 3.35% | 3.84% |
| MSCI World Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes other than withholding taxes on reinvested dividends) | 27.67% | 8.74% | 10.39% |
| Bloomberg Barclays US Long Government/Credit Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) | 19.59% | 5.42% | 5.73% |
|
Investment Objective
|
| The SPDR SSGA Multi-Asset Real Return ETF (the “Fund”) seeks to achieve real return consisting of capital appreciation and current income. |
| Management fees | 0.50% |
| Distribution and service (12b-1) fees | None |
| Other expenses | 0.00% |
| Total annual Fund operating expenses | 0.50% |
|
Year 1
|
Year 3
|
Year 5
|
Year 10
|
| $51 | $160 | $280 | $628 |
Lowest Quarterly Return: -12.66% (Q4, 2018)
|
*
|
As of 9/30/2020, the Fund's Calendar Year-To-Date return was -13.13%.
|
|
One
Year |
Five
Years |
Since Inception
(04/25/12) |
|
| Return Before Taxes | 15.23% | 1.41% | 0.13% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions | 13.63% | 0.63% | -0.62% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares | 9.00% | 0.83% | -0.13% |
| Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Government Inflation-Linked Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) | 8.75% | 2.66% | 1.61% |
| DBIQ Optimum Yield Diversified Commodity Index Excess Return (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) | 10.60% | -2.42% | -6.38% |
|
Investment Objective
|
| The SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF (the “Fund”) seeks to provide current income consistent with preservation of capital and daily liquidity through short duration high quality investments. |
| Management fees | 0.20% |
| Distribution and service (12b-1) fees | None |
| Other expenses | 0.00% |
| Total annual Fund operating expenses | 0.20% |
|
Year 1
|
Year 3
|
Year 5
|
Year 10
|
| $20 | $64 | $113 | $255 |
Lowest Quarterly Return: -0.07% (Q4, 2014)
| * | As of 9/30/2020, the Fund's Calendar Year-To-Date return was 1.23%. |
|
One
Year |
Five
Years |
Since Inception
(10/09/13) |
|
| Return Before Taxes | 3.19% | 1.62% | 1.37% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions | 2.12% | 1.02% | 0.86% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares | 1.88% | 0.98% | 0.83% |
| Bloomberg Barclays US Treasury Bellwether 3 Month Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) | 2.30% | 1.09% | 0.89% |
|
Investment Objective
|
| The SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF (the “Fund”) seeks to provide capital appreciation. |
| Management fees | 0.70% |
| Distribution and service (12b-1) fees | None |
| Other expenses | 0.00% |
| Total annual Fund operating expenses | 0.70% |
|
Year 1
|
Year 3
|
Year 5
|
Year 10
|
| $72 | $224 | $390 | $871 |
SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF (TOTL)
SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF (SYE)
SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF (SYG)
SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF (SYV)
SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF (FISR)
SPDR SSGA Global Allocation ETF (GAL)
SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF (INKM)
SPDR SSGA Multi-Asset Real Return ETF (RLY)
SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF (ULST)
|
Fund Name
|
SRLN
|
TOTL
|
SYE
|
SYG
|
SYV
|
FISR
|
GAL
|
INKM
|
RLY
|
ULST
|
XLSR
|
|
Affiliated ETF Risk
|
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
|
Affiliated ETP Risk
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
|
|
Agriculture Companies Risk
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
|
|
|
Asset Allocation Risk
|
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
|
x
|
|
Asset-Backed and Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk
|
|
x
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank Loan Risk
|
|
x
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Below Investment-Grade Securities Risk
|
x
|
x
|
|
|
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
|
|
|
|
Call/Prepayment Risk
|
x
|
x
|
|
|
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
|
|
Cash Position Risk
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
|
|
|
Cash Transaction Risk
|
x
|
x
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
|
|
Collateralized Loan Obligation Risk
|
|
x
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodities Risk
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
|
x
|
|
|
|
Communication Services Sector Risk
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
|
Company Risk
|
|
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer Discretionary Sector Risk
|
|
|
|
x
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
|
Consumer Staples Sector Risk
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
|
Convertible Securities Risk
|
|
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
|
|
x
|
|
|
|
|
Counterparty Risk
|
|
x
|
|
|
|
x
|
|
|
x
|
|
|
|
Credit Risk
|
x
|
x
|
|
|
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
|
|
Currency Risk
|
|
x
|
|
|
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
|
|
|
Debt Securities Risk
|
x
|
x
|
|
|
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
x
|
|
|
Defaulted Securities Risk
|
|
x
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fund Name
|
SRLN
|
TOTL
|
SYE
|
SYG
|
SYV
|
FISR
|
GAL
|
INKM
|
RLY
|
ULST
|
XLSR
|
|
Depositary Receipts Risk
|
x | x | x | ||||||||
|
Derivatives Risk
|
x | x | x | ||||||||
|
Forward Currency Contracts Risk
|
x | ||||||||||
|
Emerging Markets Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | ||||||
|
Energy Sector Risk
|
x | x | |||||||||
|
Equity Investing Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | x | x | ||||
|
Exchange Traded Funds Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | x | |||||
|
Exchange Traded Products Risk
|
x | x | x | x | |||||||
|
Extension Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | x | x | ||||
|
Financial Sector Risk
|
x | x | x | x | |||||||
|
Fluctuation of Net Asset Value, Share Premiums and Discounts Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x |
|
Growth Stock Risk
|
x | x | |||||||||
|
Health Care Sector Risk
|
x | ||||||||||
|
Income Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | x | x | ||||
|
Industrial Sector Risk
|
x | x | x | ||||||||
|
Inflation-Indexed Securities Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | ||||||
|
Infrastructure-Related Companies Risk
|
x | ||||||||||
|
Interest Rate Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | x | x | ||||
|
Investment in ETNs
|
x | x | x | x | |||||||
|
Investments in Exchange Traded Commodity Trusts
|
x | x | |||||||||
|
Large-Capitalization Securities Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | x | x | ||||
|
Lender Liability Risk
|
x | ||||||||||
|
Leveraging Risk
|
x | x | x | ||||||||
|
LIBOR Risk
|
x | ||||||||||
|
Liquidity Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | x | x | ||||
|
Low Short-Term Interest Rates Risk
|
x | ||||||||||
|
Management Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x |
|
Market Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x |
|
Materials Sector Risk
|
x | x | |||||||||
|
Metals and Mining Companies Risk
|
x | ||||||||||
|
Mid-Capitalization Securities Risk
|
x | x | x | ||||||||
|
Modeling Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | |||
|
Money Market Risk
|
x | x | x | x | |||||||
|
Mortgage Pass-Through Securities Risk
|
x |
|
Fund Name
|
SRLN
|
TOTL
|
SYE
|
SYG
|
SYV
|
FISR
|
GAL
|
INKM
|
RLY
|
ULST
|
XLSR
|
|
Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk
|
x | x | x | ||||||||
|
Municipal Obligations Risk
|
x | ||||||||||
|
Natural Resources Risk
|
x | ||||||||||
|
Non-Diversification Risk
|
x | x | |||||||||
|
Non-Senior Loans and Other Debt Securities Risk
|
x | ||||||||||
|
Non-U.S. Securities Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | |
|
Perpetual Bond Risk
|
x | ||||||||||
|
Portfolio Turnover Risk
|
x | x | x | x | |||||||
|
Preferred Securities Risk
|
x | x | x | x | |||||||
|
Real Estate Sector Risk
|
x | x | x | x | |||||||
|
REIT Risk
|
x | x | x | ||||||||
|
Reinvestment Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | x | x | ||||
|
Repurchase Agreement Risk
|
x | ||||||||||
|
Restricted Securities Risk
|
x | x | x | x | |||||||
|
Reverse Repurchase Agreement Risk
|
x | ||||||||||
|
Risks of Loan Assignments and Participations
|
x | ||||||||||
|
Senior Loan Risk
|
x | x | x | ||||||||
|
Settlement Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | x | x | ||||
|
Small-Capitalization Securities Risk
|
x | x | x | ||||||||
|
Sovereign Debt Obligations Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | x | |||||
|
Tax Risk-Qualifying Income
|
x | x | |||||||||
|
Technology Sector Risk
|
x | x | x | ||||||||
|
Unconstrained Sector Risk
|
x | x | x | ||||||||
|
U.S. Government Securities Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | ||||||
|
U.S. Treasury Obligations Risk
|
x | x | x | x | |||||||
|
Utilities Sector Risk
|
x | x | |||||||||
|
Valuation Risk
|
x | x | x | x | x | x | x | ||||
|
Value Stock Risk
|
x | x | |||||||||
|
Variable and Floating Rate Securities Risk
|
x | x | x | ||||||||
|
When-Issued, TBA and Delayed Delivery Securities Risk
|
x | x |
The foregoing does not purport to be a comprehensive list or complete explanation of all potential conflicts of interests which may affect a Fund. A Fund may encounter circumstances, or enter into transactions, in which conflicts of interest that are not listed or discussed above may arise.
|
SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF
|
0.70% |
|
SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF
|
0.55%
(1)
|
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF
|
0.60% |
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF
|
0.60% |
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF
|
0.60% |
|
SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF
|
0.31% |
|
SPDR SSGA Global Allocation ETF
|
0.09% |
|
SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF
|
0.18% |
|
SPDR SSGA Multi-Asset Real Return ETF
|
0.08% |
|
SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF
|
0.20% |
|
SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF
|
0.49% |
|
(1)
|
The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain expenses, until October 31, 2021, so that the net annual Fund operating expenses, before application of any fees and expenses not paid by the Adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, if any, are limited to 0.55% of the Fund's average daily net assets. The contractual fee waiver and/or reimbursement does |
| not provide for the recoupment by the Adviser of any fees the Adviser previously waived. The Adviser may continue the waiver and/or reimbursement from year to year, but there is no guarantee that the Adviser will do so and after October 31, 2021, the waiver and/or reimbursement may be cancelled or modified at any time. This waiver and/or reimbursement may not be terminated prior to October 31, 2021 except with the approval of the Board. |
|
Portfolio Managers
|
Fund
|
|
Michael Martel, Jeremiah Holly and Leo Law
|
SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF |
|
Michael Martel and Jeremiah Holly
|
SPDR SSGA Global Allocation ETF, SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF |
|
Robert Guiliano and Michael Narkiewicz
|
SPDR SSGA Multi-Asset Real Return ETF |
|
James Palmieri and John Mele
|
SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF |
|
Michael Martel, Michael Narkiewicz and Jeremiah Holly
|
SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF |
|
SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF
|
|||||||||
|
Year
Ended 6/30/20(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/19(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/18(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/17(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/16(a) |
|||||
|
Net asset value, beginning of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Income (loss) from investment operations:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income (loss) (b)
|
2.34 | 2.48 | 2.04 | 1.85 | 1.95 | ||||
|
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) (c)
|
(3.06) | (0.86) | (0.50) | 0.73 | (2.58) | ||||
|
Total from investment operations
|
(0.72) | 1.62 | 1.54 | 2.58 | (0.63) | ||||
|
Net equalization credits and charges (b)
|
(0.04) | (0.03) | 0.04 | 0.05 | 0.02 | ||||
|
Contribution from Affiliate (Note 4)
|
0.01 | — | — | — | — | ||||
|
Other capital (b)
|
0.21 | 0.09 | 0.02 | 0.02 | 0.02 | ||||
|
Distributions to shareholders from:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income
|
(2.35) | (2.47) | (1.97) | (1.88) | (1.99) | ||||
|
Net asset value, end of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Total return (d)
|
(1.23)%(e) | 3.68% | 3.43% | 5.77% | (1.15)% | ||||
|
Ratios and Supplemental Data:
|
|||||||||
|
Net assets, end of period (in 000s)
|
$1,433,094 | $2,222,400 | $3,189,624 | $1,820,505 | $802,228 | ||||
|
Ratios to average net assets:
|
|||||||||
|
Total expenses
|
0.70% | 0.70% | 0.70% | 0.70% | 0.71% | ||||
|
Net investment income (loss)
|
5.17% | 5.33% | 4.30% | 3.91% | 4.15% | ||||
|
Portfolio turnover rate (f)
|
195% | 124% | 90% | 68% | 88% | ||||
| (a) | The per share amounts and percentages include the Fund's proportionate share of income and expenses of the Portfolio prior to discontinuance of the master feeder structure. |
| (b) | Per share numbers have been calculated using average shares outstanding, which more appropriately presents the per share data for the year. |
| (c) | Amounts shown in this caption for a share outstanding may not accord with the change in aggregate gains and losses in securities for the fiscal period because of the timing of sales and repurchases of Fund shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund. |
| (d) | Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares at net asset value on the first day and a sale at net asset value on the last day of each period reported. Distributions are assumed, for the purpose of this calculation, to be reinvested at net asset value per share on the respective payment dates of each distribution. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. Broker commission charges are not included in this calculation. |
| (e) | If an affiliate had not made a contribution during the ended June 30, 2020, the total return would have remained (1.23)%. |
| (f) | Portfolio turnover rate is from the Fund's respective |
|
SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF
|
|||||||||
|
Year
Ended 6/30/20 |
Year
Ended 6/30/19 |
Year
Ended 6/30/18(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/17(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/16(a) |
|||||
|
Net asset value, beginning of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Income (loss) from investment operations:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income (loss) (b)
|
1.37 | 1.56 | 1.34 | 1.33 | 1.54 | ||||
|
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) (c)
|
0.59 | 1.44 | (1.34) | (0.66) | 0.34 | ||||
|
Total from investment operations
|
1.96 | 3.00 | — | 0.67 | 1.88 | ||||
|
Net equalization credits and charges (b)
|
(0.00)(d) | 0.00(d) | 0.00(d) | 0.01 | 0.07 | ||||
|
Other capital (b)
|
0.03 | 0.04 | 0.02 | 0.04 | 0.03 | ||||
|
Distributions to shareholders from:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income
|
(1.55) | (1.68) | (1.45) | (1.48) | (1.54) | ||||
|
Net realized gains
|
— | — | — | (0.08) | — | ||||
|
Total distributions
|
(1.55) | (1.68) | (1.45) | (1.56) | (1.54) | ||||
|
Net asset value, end of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Total return (e)
|
4.13% | 6.53% | 0.04% | 1.55% | 4.03% | ||||
|
Ratios and Supplemental Data:
|
|||||||||
|
Net assets, end of period (in 000s)
|
$3,191,242 | $3,336,881 | $3,182,239 | $3,353,801 | $2,657,951 | ||||
|
Ratios to average net assets:
|
|||||||||
|
Total expenses
|
0.65% | 0.65% | 0.65% | 0.66% | 0.65% | ||||
|
Net expenses
|
0.55% | 0.55% | 0.55% | 0.55% | 0.55% | ||||
|
Net investment income (loss)
|
2.80% | 3.27% | 2.78% | 2.70% | 3.14% | ||||
|
Portfolio turnover rate
|
25%(f) | 47%(f) | 34%(g) | 72%(g) | 38%(g) | ||||
| (a) | The per share amounts and percentages include the Fund's proportionate share of income and expenses of the Portfolio prior to discontinuance of the master feeder structure. |
| (b) | Per share numbers have been calculated using average shares outstanding, which more appropriately presents the per share data for the year. |
| (c) | Amounts shown in this caption for a share outstanding may not accord with the change in aggregate gains and losses in securities for the fiscal period because of the timing of sales and repurchases of Fund shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund. |
| (d) | Amount is less than $0.005 per share. |
| (e) | Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares at net asset value on the first day and a sale at net asset value on the last day of each period reported. Distributions are assumed, for the purpose of this calculation, to be reinvested at net asset value per share on the respective payment dates of each distribution. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. Broker commission charges are not included in this calculation. |
| (f) | Portfolio turnover rate excludes securities received or delivered from in-kind processing of creations or redemptions. |
| (g) | Portfolio turnover is from the Fund's Portfolio prior to discontinuance of master-feeder structure. |
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF
|
|||||||||
|
Year
Ended 6/30/20 |
Year
Ended 6/30/19 |
Year
Ended 6/30/18(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/17(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/16(a) |
|||||
|
Net asset value, beginning of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$58.09 |
$
|
||||
|
Income (loss) from investment operations:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income (loss) (b)
|
1.36 | 1.34 | 1.13 | 0.97 | 1.020 | ||||
|
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) (c)
|
0.90 | 6.20 | 7.30 | 10.53 | 0.00(d) | ||||
|
Total from investment operations
|
2.26 | 7.54 | 8.43 | 11.50 | 1.02 | ||||
|
Net equalization credits and charges (b)
|
(0.05) | 0.00(d) | 0.05 | — | 0.20 | ||||
|
Other capital (b)
|
0.00(d) | 0.00(d) | (0.00)(d) | — | — | ||||
|
Distributions to shareholders from:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income
|
(1.40) | (1.33) | (0.96) | (0.97) | (1.03) | ||||
|
Net realized gains
|
— | — | (0.88) | — | (0.63) | ||||
|
Total distributions
|
(1.40) | (1.33) | (1.84) | (0.97) | (1.66) | ||||
|
Net asset value, end of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$68.62 |
$
|
||||
|
Total return (e)
|
2.78% | 10.11% | 12.36% | 19.92% | 2.21% | ||||
|
Ratios and Supplemental Data:
|
|||||||||
|
Net assets, end of period (in 000s)
|
$23,861 | $39,103 | $30,102 | $6,862 |
$
|
||||
|
Ratios to average net assets:
|
|||||||||
|
Total expenses
|
0.60% | 0.60% | 0.60% | 0.60% | 0.61% | ||||
|
Net investment income (loss)
|
1.63% | 1.70% | 1.51% | 1.52% | 1.78% | ||||
|
Portfolio turnover rate
|
53% | 65% | 67% | 67%(f) | 39%(f) | ||||
| (a) | The per share amounts and percentages include the Fund's proportionate share of income and expenses of the Portfolio prior to discontinuance of the master feeder structure. |
| (b) | Per share numbers have been calculated using average shares outstanding, which more appropriately presents the per share data for the year. |
| (c) | Amounts shown in this caption for a share outstanding may not accord with the change in aggregate gains and losses in securities for the fiscal period because of the timing of sales and repurchases of Fund shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund. |
| (d) | Amount is less than $0.005 per share. |
| (e) | Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares at net asset value on the first day and a sale at net asset value on the last day of each period reported. Distributions are assumed, for the purpose of this calculation, to be reinvested at net asset value per share on the respective payment dates of each distribution. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. Broker commission charges are not included in this calculation. |
| (f) | Portfolio turnover is from the Fund's Portfolio prior to discontinuance of master-feeder structure. |
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF
|
|||||||||
|
Year
Ended 6/30/20 |
Year
Ended 6/30/19 |
Year
Ended 6/30/18(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/17(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/16(a) |
|||||
|
Net asset value, beginning of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Income (loss) from investment operations:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income (loss) (b)
|
0.82 | 0.87 | 0.61 | 0.70 | 0.63 | ||||
|
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) (c)
|
13.47 | 4.13 | 9.80 | 10.27 | 1.62 | ||||
|
Total from investment operations
|
14.29 | 5.00 | 10.41 | 10.97 | 2.25 | ||||
|
Net equalization credits and charges (b)
|
(0.04) | (0.02) | 0.04 | 0.01 | 0.01 | ||||
|
Other capital (b)
|
0.00(d) | 0.00(d) | — | — | — | ||||
|
Distributions to shareholders from:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income
|
(0.82) | (0.95) | (0.60) | (0.60) | (0.61) | ||||
|
Net realized gains
|
— | (0.99) | (0.13) | — | (1.22) | ||||
|
Total distributions
|
(0.82) | (1.94) | (0.73) | (0.60) | (1.83) | ||||
|
Net asset value, end of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Total return (e)
|
17.12% | 6.47% | 14.71% | 18.18% | 3.96% | ||||
|
Ratios and Supplemental Data:
|
|||||||||
|
Net assets, end of period (in 000s)
|
$37,923 | $34,361 | $44,424 | $39,079 | $12,134 | ||||
|
Ratios to average net assets:
|
|||||||||
|
Total expenses
|
0.60% | 0.60% | 0.61% | 0.60% | 0.61% | ||||
|
Net investment income (loss)
|
0.94% | 1.08% | 0.77% | 1.05% | 1.06% | ||||
|
Portfolio turnover rate
|
73% | 77% | 76% | 55%(f) | 56%(f) | ||||
| (a) | The per share amounts and percentages include the Fund's proportionate share of income and expenses of the Portfolio prior to discontinuance of the master feeder structure. |
| (b) | Per share numbers have been calculated using average shares outstanding, which more appropriately presents the per share data for the year. |
| (c) | Amounts shown in this caption for a share outstanding may not accord with the change in aggregate gains and losses in securities for the fiscal period because of the timing of sales and repurchases of Fund shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund. |
| (d) | Amount is less than $0.005 per share. |
| (e) | Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares at net asset value on the first day and a sale at net asset value on the last day of each period reported. Distributions are assumed, for the purpose of this calculation, to be reinvested at net asset value per share on the respective payment dates of each distribution. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. Broker commission charges are not included in this calculation. |
| (f) | Portfolio turnover is from the Fund's Portfolio prior to discontinuance of master-feeder structure. |
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF
|
|||||||||
|
Year
Ended 6/30/20 |
Year
Ended 6/30/19 |
Year
Ended 6/30/18(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/17(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/16(a) |
|||||
|
Net asset value, beginning of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$51.99 | $57.90 | ||||
|
Income (loss) from investment operations:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income (loss) (b)
|
1.44 | 1.44 | 1.21 | 1.03 | 0.99 | ||||
|
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) (c)
|
(6.49) | 0.86 | 6.94 | 8.99 | (2.66) | ||||
|
Total from investment operations
|
(5.05) | 2.30 | 8.15 | 10.02 | (1.67) | ||||
|
Net equalization credits and charges (b)
|
(0.07) | 0.00(d) | 0.12 | 0.04 | — | ||||
|
Other capital (b)
|
0.00(d) | 0.00(d) | — | — | — | ||||
|
Distributions to shareholders from:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income
|
(1.50) | (1.47) | (1.06) | (1.01) | (1.01) | ||||
|
Net realized gains
|
— | (0.54) | (1.11) | (1.23) | (3.23) | ||||
|
Total distributions
|
(1.50) | (2.01) | (2.17) | (2.24) | (4.24) | ||||
|
Net asset value, end of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$59.81 | $51.99 | ||||
|
Total return (e)
|
(7.77)% | 3.69% | 13.82% | 19.61% | (2.47)% | ||||
|
Ratios and Supplemental Data:
|
|||||||||
|
Net assets, end of period (in 000s)
|
$20,853 | $33,760 | $32,953 | $5,981 | $2,599 | ||||
|
Ratios to average net assets:
|
|||||||||
|
Total expenses
|
0.60% | 0.60% | 0.60% | 0.60% | 0.62% | ||||
|
Net investment income (loss)
|
2.21% | 2.18% | 1.83% | 1.80% | 1.85% | ||||
|
Portfolio turnover rate
|
53% | 53% | 54% | 64%(f) | 64%(f) | ||||
| (a) | The per share amounts and percentages include the Fund's proportionate share of income and expenses of the Portfolio prior to discontinuance of the master feeder structure. |
| (b) | Per share numbers have been calculated using average shares outstanding, which more appropriately presents the per share data for the year. |
| (c) | Amounts shown in this caption for a share outstanding may not accord with the change in aggregate gains and losses in securities for the fiscal period because of the timing of sales and repurchases of Fund shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund. |
| (d) | Amount is less than $0.005 per share. |
| (e) | Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares at net asset value on the first day and a sale at net asset value on the last day of each period reported. Distributions are assumed, for the purpose of this calculation, to be reinvested at net asset value per share on the respective payment dates of each distribution. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. Broker commission charges are not included in this calculation. |
| (f) | Portfolio turnover is from the Fund's Portfolio prior to discontinuance of master-feeder structure. |
|
SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF
|
|||
|
Year
Ended 6/30/20 |
For the
Period 4/3/2019*- 6/30/19 |
||
|
Net asset value, beginning of period
|
$
|
$
|
|
|
Income (loss) from investment operations:
|
|||
|
Net investment income (loss) (a)
|
0.81 | 0.15 | |
|
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) (b)
|
1.31 | 0.99 | |
|
Total from investment operations
|
2.12 | 1.14 | |
|
Net equalization credits and charges (a)
|
(0.17) | 0.00(c) | |
|
Distributions to shareholders from:
|
|||
|
Net investment income
|
(1.05) | (0.16) | |
|
Net asset value, end of period
|
$
|
$
|
|
|
Total return (d)
|
6.42% | 3.81% | |
|
Ratios and Supplemental Data:
|
|||
|
Net assets, end of period (in 000s)
|
$47,014 | $10,877 | |
|
Ratios to average net assets:
|
|||
|
Total expenses (e)
|
0.31% | 0.31%(f) | |
|
Net investment income (loss)
|
2.57% | 1.98%(f) | |
|
Portfolio turnover rate (g)
|
150% | 32%(h) | |
| * | Commencement of operations. |
| (a) | Per share numbers have been calculated using average shares outstanding, which more appropriately presents the per share data for the period. |
| (b) | Amounts shown in this caption for a share outstanding may not accord with the change in aggregate gains and losses in securities for the fiscal period because of the timing of sales and repurchases of Fund shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund. |
| (c) | Amount is less than $0.005 per share. |
| (d) | Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares at net asset value on the first day and a sale at net asset value on the last day of each period reported. Distributions are assumed, for the purpose of this calculation, to be reinvested at net asset value per share on the respective payment dates of each distribution. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. Broker commission charges are not included in this calculation. |
| (e) | Does not include expenses of the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests. |
| (f) | Annualized. |
| (g) | Portfolio turnover rate excludes securities received or delivered from in-kind processing of creations or redemptions. |
| (h) | Not annualized. |
|
SPDR SSGA Global Allocation ETF
|
|||||||||
|
Year
Ended 6/30/20 |
Year
Ended 6/30/19 |
Year
Ended 6/30/18(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/17(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/16(a) |
|||||
|
Net asset value, beginning of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Income (loss) from investment operations:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income (loss) (b)
|
1.07 | 1.03 | 0.81 | 0.99 | 0.81 | ||||
|
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) (c)
|
(1.44) | 0.57 | 2.18 | 2.03 | (1.09) | ||||
|
Total from investment operations
|
(0.37) | 1.60 | 2.99 | 3.02 | (0.28) | ||||
|
Net equalization credits and charges (b)
|
0.00(d) | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.00(d) | 0.02 | ||||
|
Other capital
|
0.00(d) | — | — | — | — | ||||
|
Distributions to shareholders from:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income
|
(1.08) | (1.00) | (0.80) | (0.85) | (0.94) | ||||
|
Net realized gains
|
— | — | — | — | (0.06) | ||||
|
Total distributions
|
(1.08) | (1.00) | (0.80) | (0.85) | (1.00) | ||||
|
Net asset value, end of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Total return (e)
|
(1.00)% | 4.37% | 8.46% | 9.14% | (0.63)% | ||||
|
Ratios and Supplemental Data:
|
|||||||||
|
Net assets, end of period (in 000s)
|
$237,850 | $255,687 | $248,929 | $207,780 | $185,112 | ||||
|
Ratios to average net assets:
|
|||||||||
|
Total expenses (f)
|
0.09% | 0.15% | 0.20% | 0.20% | 0.20% | ||||
|
Net expenses
|
0.09% | 0.15% | 0.09% | 0.01% | 0.06% | ||||
|
Net investment income (loss)
|
2.84% | 2.76% | 2.14% | 2.91% | 2.45% | ||||
|
Portfolio turnover rate
|
94% | 71% | 43% | 90%(g) | 86%(g) | ||||
| (a) | The per share amounts and percentages include the Fund's proportionate share of income and expenses of the Portfolio prior to discontinuance of the master feeder structure. |
| (b) | Per share numbers have been calculated using average shares outstanding, which more appropriately presents the per share data for the year. |
| (c) | Amounts shown in this caption for a share outstanding may not accord with the change in aggregate gains and losses in securities for the fiscal period because of the timing of sales and repurchases of Fund shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund. |
| (d) | Amount is less than $0.005 per share. |
| (e) | Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares at net asset value on the first day and a sale at net asset value on the last day of each period reported. Distributions are assumed, for the purpose of this calculation, to be reinvested at net asset value per share on the respective payment dates of each distribution. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. Broker commission charges are not included in this calculation. |
| (f) | Does not include expenses of the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests. |
| (g) | Portfolio turnover is from the Fund's Portfolio prior to discontinuance of master-feeder structure. |
|
SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF
|
|||||||||
|
Year
Ended 6/30/20 |
Year
Ended 6/30/19 |
Year
Ended 6/30/18(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/17(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/16(a) |
|||||
|
Net asset value, beginning of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Income (loss) from investment operations:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income (loss) (b)
|
1.43 | 1.53 | 1.02 | 1.10 | 0.93 | ||||
|
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) (c)
|
(2.95) | 0.91 | 0.09 | 0.98 | 0.22 | ||||
|
Total from investment operations
|
(1.52) | 2.44 | 1.11 | 2.08 | 1.15 | ||||
|
Net equalization credits and charges (b)
|
0.03 | 0.03 | (0.01) | (0.01) | (0.02) | ||||
|
Other capital (b)
|
— | 0.00(d) | — | — | — | ||||
|
Distributions to shareholders from:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income
|
(1.46) | (1.57) | (1.01) | (0.97) | (1.06) | ||||
|
Net asset value, end of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Total return (e)
|
(4.56)% | 7.93% | 3.34% | 6.78% | 3.77% | ||||
|
Ratios and Supplemental Data:
|
|||||||||
|
Net assets, end of period (in 000s)
|
$126,039 | $104,613 | $92,389 | $95,376 | $104,605 | ||||
|
Ratios to average net assets:
|
|||||||||
|
Total expenses (f)
|
0.18% | 0.18% | 0.39% | 0.37% | 0.37% | ||||
|
Net investment income (loss)
|
4.41% | 4.71% | 3.07% | 3.49% | 3.07% | ||||
|
Portfolio turnover rate
|
38% | 71% | 29% | 47%(g) | 54%(g) | ||||
| (a) | The per share amounts and percentages include the Fund's proportionate share of income and expenses of the Portfolio prior to discontinuance of the master feeder structure. |
| (b) | Per share numbers have been calculated using average shares outstanding, which more appropriately presents the per share data for the year. |
| (c) | Amounts shown in this caption for a share outstanding may not accord with the change in aggregate gains and losses in securities for the fiscal period because of the timing of sales and repurchases of Fund shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund. |
| (d) | Amount is less than $0.005 per share. |
| (e) | Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares at net asset value on the first day and a sale at net asset value on the last day of each period reported. Distributions are assumed, for the purpose of this calculation, to be reinvested at net asset value per share on the respective payment dates of each distribution. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. Broker commission charges are not included in this calculation. |
| (f) | Does not include expenses of the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests. |
| (g) | Portfolio turnover is from the Fund's Portfolio prior to discontinuance of master-feeder structure. |
|
SPDR SSGA Multi-Asset Real Return ETF
|
|||||||||
|
Year
Ended 6/30/20 |
Year
Ended 6/30/19 |
Year
Ended 6/30/18(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/17(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/16(a) |
|||||
|
Net asset value, beginning of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Income (loss) from investment operations:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income (loss) (b)
|
0.78 | 0.69 | 0.53 | 0.56 | 0.30 | ||||
|
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) (c)
|
(3.89) | (1.43) | 2.64 | (0.44) | (1.43) | ||||
|
Total from investment operations
|
(3.11) | (0.74) | 3.17 | 0.12 | (1.13) | ||||
|
Net equalization credits and charges (b)
|
(0.02) | 0.00(d) | (0.00)(d) | 0.01 | 0.01 | ||||
|
Distributions to shareholders from:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income
|
(0.80) | (0.70) | (0.52) | (0.54) | (0.35) | ||||
|
Net asset value, end of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Total return (e)
|
(12.71)% | (2.71)% | 13.26% | 0.56% | (4.22)% | ||||
|
Ratios and Supplemental Data:
|
|||||||||
|
Net assets, end of period (in 000s)
|
$53,750 | $112,792 | $143,742 | $115,075 | $80,441 | ||||
|
Ratios to average net assets:
|
|||||||||
|
Total expenses (f)
|
0.08% | 0.12% | 0.22% | 0.22% | 0.28% | ||||
|
Net investment income (loss)
|
3.30% | 2.76% | 2.04% | 2.28% | 1.29% | ||||
|
Portfolio turnover rate
|
30% | 28% | 44% | 46%(g) | 25%(g) | ||||
| (a) | The per share amounts and percentages include the Fund's proportionate share of income and expenses of the Portfolio prior to discontinuance of the master feeder structure. |
| (b) | Per share numbers have been calculated using average shares outstanding, which more appropriately presents the per share data for the year. |
| (c) | Amounts shown in this caption for a share outstanding may not accord with the change in aggregate gains and losses in securities for the fiscal period because of the timing of sales and repurchases of Fund shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund. |
| (d) | Amount is less than $0.005 per share. |
| (e) | Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares at net asset value on the first day and a sale at net asset value on the last day of each period reported. Distributions are assumed, for the purpose of this calculation, to be reinvested at net asset value per share on the respective payment dates of each distribution. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. Broker commission charges are not included in this calculation. |
| (f) | Does not include expenses of the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests. |
| (g) | Portfolio turnover is from the Fund's Portfolio prior to discontinuance of master-feeder structure. |
|
SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF
|
|||||||||
|
Year
Ended 6/30/20 |
Year
Ended 6/30/19 |
Year
Ended 6/30/18(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/17(a) |
Year
Ended 6/30/16(a) |
|||||
|
Net asset value, beginning of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Income (loss) from investment operations:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income (loss) (b)
|
0.81 | 1.02 | 0.68 | 0.44 | 0.27 | ||||
|
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) (c)
|
(0.11) | 0.04 | (0.14) | 0.13 | (0.21) | ||||
|
Total from investment operations
|
0.70 | 1.06 | 0.54 | 0.57 | 0.06 | ||||
|
Net equalization credits and charges (b)
|
0.02 | 0.03 | 0.04 | (0.00)(d) | 0.07 | ||||
|
Other capital (b)
|
0.03 | 0.02 | 0.06 | 0.05 | 0.12 | ||||
|
Distributions to shareholders from:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income
|
(0.90) | (0.97) | (0.63) | (0.42) | (0.18) | ||||
|
Net realized gains
|
— | — | — | — | (0.06) | ||||
|
Total distributions
|
(0.90) | (0.97) | (0.63) | (0.42) | (0.24) | ||||
|
Net asset value, end of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Total return (e)
|
1.86% | 2.79% | 1.60% | 1.53% | 0.65% | ||||
|
Ratios and Supplemental Data:
|
|||||||||
|
Net assets, end of period (in 000s)
|
$298,907 | $167,719 | $50,344 | $18,117 | $24,039 | ||||
|
Ratios to average net assets:
|
|||||||||
|
Total expenses
|
0.20% | 0.20% | 0.20% | 0.20% | 0.20% | ||||
|
Net investment income (loss)
|
2.02% | 2.54% | 1.70% | 1.09% | 0.69% | ||||
|
Portfolio turnover rate
|
71% | 100% | 76% | 83%(f) | 407%(f) | ||||
| (a) | The per share amounts and percentages include the Fund's proportionate share of income and expenses of the Portfolio prior to discontinuance of the master feeder structure. |
| (b) | Per share numbers have been calculated using average shares outstanding, which more appropriately presents the per share data for the year. |
| (c) | Amounts shown in this caption for a share outstanding may not accord with the change in aggregate gains and losses in securities for the fiscal period because of the timing of sales and repurchases of Fund shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund. |
| (d) | Amount is less than $0.005 per share. |
| (e) | Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares at net asset value on the first day and a sale at net asset value on the last day of each period reported. Distributions are assumed, for the purpose of this calculation, to be reinvested at net asset value per share on the respective payment dates of each distribution. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. Broker commission charges are not included in this calculation. |
| (f) | Portfolio turnover is from the Fund's Portfolio prior to discontinuance of master-feeder structure. |
|
SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF
|
|||
|
Year
Ended 6/30/20 |
For the
Period 4/3/2019*- 6/30/19 |
||
|
Net asset value, beginning of period
|
$
|
$
|
|
|
Income (loss) from investment operations:
|
|||
|
Net investment income (loss) (a)
|
0.57 | 0.23 | |
|
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) (b)
|
1.98 | 0.55 | |
|
Total from investment operations
|
2.55 | 0.78 | |
|
Net equalization credits and charges (a)
|
0.03 | (0.03) | |
|
Distributions to shareholders from:
|
|||
|
Net investment income
|
(0.48) | (0.11) | |
|
Net asset value, end of period
|
$
|
$
|
|
|
Total return (c)
|
8.52% | 2.50% | |
|
Ratios and Supplemental Data:
|
|||
|
Net assets, end of period (in 000s)
|
$68,617 | $14,136 | |
|
Ratios to average net assets:
|
|||
|
Total expenses (d)
|
0.49% | 0.49%(e) | |
|
Net investment income (loss)
|
1.79% | 3.12%(e) | |
|
Portfolio turnover rate (f)
|
154% | 39%(g) | |
| * | Commencement of operations. |
| (a) | Per share numbers have been calculated using average shares outstanding, which more appropriately presents the per share data for the period. |
| (b) | Amounts shown in this caption for a share outstanding may not accord with the change in aggregate gains and losses in securities for the fiscal period because of the timing of sales and repurchases of Fund shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund. |
| (c) | Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of Units at net asset value per Unit on the first day and a sale at net asset value per Unit on the last day of each period reported. Distributions are assumed, for the purposes of this calculation, to be reinvested at the net asset value per Unit on the respective payment dates of the Trust. Broker commission charges are not included in this calculation. |
| (d) | Does not include expenses of the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests. |
| (e) | Annualized. |
| (f) | Portfolio turnover rate excludes securities received or delivered from in-kind processing of creations or redemptions. |
| (g) | Not annualized. |
| ACTSTATPRO | The Trust's Investment Company Act Number is 811-22542. |
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Investment Objective
|
| The SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF (the “Fund”) seeks to provide high total return from current income and capital appreciation. |
| Management fees | 0.75% |
| Distribution and service (12b-1) fees | None |
| Other expenses | 0.00% |
| Total annual Fund operating expenses | 0.75% |
|
Less contractual fee waiver
1
|
(0.10%) |
| Net annual Fund operating expenses | 0.65% |
|
1
|
SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (“SSGA FM” or “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain expenses, until October 31, 2021, so that the net annual Fund operating expenses, before application of any fees and expenses not paid by the Adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, if any, are limited to 0.65% of the Fund's average daily net assets. The contractual fee waiver and/or reimbursement does not provide for the recoupment by the Adviser of any fees the Adviser previously waived. The Adviser may continue the waiver and/or reimbursement from year to year, but there is no guarantee that the Adviser will do so and after October 31, 2021, the waiver and/or reimbursement may be cancelled or modified at any time. This waiver and/or reimbursement may not be terminated prior to
|
|
Year 1
|
Year 3
|
Year 5
|
Year 10
|
| $66 | $230 | $407 | $921 |
Lowest Quarterly Return: -1.52% (Q1, 2018)
| * | As of 9/30/2020, the Fund's Calendar Year-To-Date return was 0.33%. |
|
Investment Objective
|
| The SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF (the “Fund”) seeks to maximize current income with a dollar-weighted average effective duration between one and three years. |
| Management fees | 0.50% |
| Distribution and service (12b-1) fees | None |
| Other expenses | 0.00% |
| Total annual Fund operating expenses | 0.50% |
|
Less contractual fee waiver
1
|
(0.05%) |
| Net annual Fund operating expenses | 0.45% |
|
1
|
SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (“SSGA FM” or “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain expenses, until October 31, 2021, so that the net annual Fund operating expenses, before application of any fees and expenses not paid by the Adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, if any, are limited to 0.45% of the Fund's average daily net assets. The contractual fee waiver and/or reimbursement does not provide for the recoupment by the Adviser of any fees the Adviser previously waived. The Adviser may continue the waiver and/or reimbursement from year to year, but there is no guarantee that the Adviser will do so and after October 31, 2021, the waiver and/or reimbursement may be cancelled or modified at any time. This waiver and/or reimbursement may not be terminated prior to
|
|
Year 1
|
Year 3
|
Year 5
|
Year 10
|
| $46 | $155 | $275 | $623 |
| • | security selection within a given sector; |
| • | relative performance of the various market sectors; |
| • | the shape of the yield curve; and |
| • | fluctuations in the overall level of interest rates. |
Lowest Quarterly Return: -0.29% (Q1, 2018)
| * | As of 9/30/2020, the Fund's Calendar Year-To-Date return was 1.88%. |
|
One
Year |
Since Inception
(04/13/16) |
|
| Return Before Taxes | 4.44% | 2.18% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions | 3.34% | 1.14% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares | 2.62% | 1.20% |
| Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate 1-3 Year Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) | 4.04% | 1.82% |
|
SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF
|
0.65%
(1)
|
|
SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF
|
0.45%
(1)
|
|
(1)
|
The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain expenses, until October 31, 2021, so that the net annual fund operating expenses, before application of any fees and expenses not paid by the Adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, if any, of the SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF and SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF are limited to 0.65% and 0.45%, respectively, of each Fund's average daily net assets. Each contractual fee waiver and/or reimbursement does not provide for the recoupment by the Adviser of any fees the Adviser previously waived. The Adviser may continue a waiver and/or reimbursement from year to year, but there is no guarantee that the Adviser will do so and after October 31, 2021, a waiver and/or reimbursement may be cancelled or modified at any time. A waiver and/or reimbursement may not be terminated prior to October 31, 2021 except with the approval of the Board. |
|
SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF
|
|||||||||
|
Year
Ended 6/30/20 |
Year
Ended 6/30/19 |
Year
Ended 6/30/18 |
Year
Ended 6/30/17 |
For the
Period 4/14/16*- 6/30/16 |
|||||
|
Net asset value, beginning of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Income (loss) from investment operations:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income (loss) (a)
|
1.87 | 1.98 | 1.31 | 1.77 | 0.45 | ||||
|
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
|
(2.06) | 2.60 | (1.74) | 1.91 | 1.17 | ||||
|
Total from investment operations
|
(0.19) | 4.58 | (0.43) | 3.68 | 1.62 | ||||
|
Net equalization credits and charges (a)
|
0.04 | 0.03 | 0.04 | 0.01 | — | ||||
|
Other capital (a)
|
0.13 | 0.08 | 0.10 | 0.05 | 0.15 | ||||
|
Distributions to shareholders from:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income
|
(1.91) | (1.92) | (1.36) | (1.81) | (0.25) | ||||
|
Net realized gains
|
— | — | (0.55) | (3.00) | — | ||||
|
Total distributions
|
(1.91) | (1.92) | (1.91) | (4.81) | (0.25) | ||||
|
Net asset value, end of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Total return (b)
|
(0.04)% | 9.99% | (0.65)% | 7.67% | 3.55% | ||||
|
Ratios and Supplemental Data:
|
|||||||||
|
Net assets, end of period (in 000s)
|
$94,494 | $65,050 | $48,253 | $27,748 | $38,639 | ||||
|
Ratios to average net assets:
|
|||||||||
|
Total expenses
|
0.75% | 0.75% | 0.76% | 0.75% | 0.75%(c) | ||||
|
Net expenses
|
0.65% | 0.65% | 0.65% | 0.65% | 0.65%(c) | ||||
|
Net investment income (loss)
|
3.77% | 4.06% | 2.64% | 3.46% | 4.15%(c) | ||||
|
Portfolio turnover rate (d)
|
54% | 37% | 55% | 141% | 12%(e) | ||||
| * | Commencement of operations. |
| (a) | Per share numbers have been calculated using average shares outstanding, which more appropriately presents the per share data for the year. |
| (b) | Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares at net asset value on the first day and a sale at net asset value on the last day of each period reported. Distributions are assumed, for the purpose of this calculation, to be reinvested at net asset value per share on the respective payment dates of each distribution. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. Broker commission charges are not included in this calculation. |
| (c) | Annualized. |
| (d) | Portfolio turnover rate excludes securities received or delivered from in-kind processing of creations or redemptions. |
| (e) | Not annualized. |
|
SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF
|
|||||||||
|
Year
Ended 6/30/20 |
Year
Ended 6/30/19 |
Year
Ended 6/30/18 |
Year
Ended 6/30/17 |
For the
Period 4/14/16*- 6/30/16 |
|||||
|
Net asset value, beginning of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Income (loss) from investment operations:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income (loss) (a)
|
1.08 | 1.30 | 1.02 | 1.04 | 0.22 | ||||
|
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
|
0.07 | 0.62 | (0.99) | (0.53) | 0.20 | ||||
|
Total from investment operations
|
1.15 | 1.92 | 0.03 | 0.51 | 0.42 | ||||
|
Net equalization credits and charges (a)
|
0.00(b) | 0.03 | 0.05 | 0.00(b) | — | ||||
|
Other capital (a)
|
0.03 | 0.06 | 0.12 | 0.06 | 0.10 | ||||
|
Distributions to shareholders from:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income
|
(1.14) | (1.29) | (1.00) | (1.13) | (0.12) | ||||
|
Net realized gains
|
— | — | — | (0.23) | — | ||||
|
Total distributions
|
(1.14) | (1.29) | (1.00) | (1.36) | (0.12) | ||||
|
Net asset value, end of period
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||
|
Total return (c)
|
2.43% | 4.18% | 0.43% | 1.14% | 1.04% | ||||
|
Ratios and Supplemental Data:
|
|||||||||
|
Net assets, end of period (in 000s)
|
$142,519 | $121,344 | $82,984 | $34,725 | $50,404 | ||||
|
Ratios to average net assets:
|
|||||||||
|
Total expenses
|
0.50% | 0.50% | 0.50% | 0.50% | 0.50%(d) | ||||
|
Net expenses
|
0.45% | 0.45% | 0.45% | 0.45% | 0.45%(d) | ||||
|
Net investment income (loss)
|
2.18% | 2.65% | 2.07% | 2.10% | 2.06%(d) | ||||
|
Portfolio turnover rate (e)
|
43% | 62% | 50% | 123% | 25%(f) | ||||
| * | Commencement of operations. |
| (a) | Per share numbers have been calculated using average shares outstanding, which more appropriately presents the per share data for the year. |
| (b) | Amount is less than $0.005 per share. |
| (c) | Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares at net asset value on the first day and a sale at net asset value on the last day of each period reported. Distributions are assumed, for the purpose of this calculation, to be reinvested at net asset value per share on the respective payment dates of each distribution. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. Broker commission charges are not included in this calculation. |
| (d) | Annualized. |
| (e) | Portfolio turnover rate excludes securities received or delivered from in-kind processing of creations or redemptions. |
| (f) | Not annualized. |
|
DOUBLESTATPRO
|
The Trust's Investment Company Act Number is 811-22542.
|
|
Investment Objective
|
| The State Street Defensive Global Equity Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) seeks to provide competitive long-term returns while maintaining low long-term volatility relative to the broad global equity market. |
| Management fees | 0.25% |
| Distribution and service (12b-1) fees | None |
| Other expenses | 0.00% |
| Total annual Fund operating expenses | 0.25% |
|
Less contractual fee waiver
1
|
(0.25%) |
| Net annual Fund operating expenses | 0.00% |
|
1
|
The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its management fee and/or reimburse expenses in such an amount equal to the “Total annual Fund operating expenses” until the later of
|
|
Year 1
|
Year 3
|
Year 5
|
Year 10
|
| $0 | $45 | $110 | $302 |
Lowest Quarterly Return: -9.55% (Q4, 2018)
| * |
As of 9/30/2020, the Portfolio's Calendar
-
4.34%.
|
|
One
Year |
Since Inception
(02/18/16) |
|
| Return Before Taxes | 20.30% | 11.65% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions | 17.48% | 8.44% |
| Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares | 12.87% | 7.95% |
| MSCI World Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes other than withholding taxes on reinvested dividends) | 27.67% | 13.80% |
The foregoing does not purport to be a comprehensive list or complete explanation of all potential conflicts of interests which may affect the Portfolio. The Portfolio may encounter circumstances, or enter into transactions, in which conflicts of interest that are not listed or discussed above may arise.
|
State Street Defensive Global Equity Portfolio
|
|||||||||
|
Year
Ended 6/30/20 |
Year
Ended 6/30/19 |
Year
Ended 6/30/18 |
Year
Ended 6/30/17 |
For the
Period 2/19/16*- 6/30/16 |
|||||
|
Net asset value, beginning of period
|
$11.00 | $12.28 | $12.03 | $10.89 | $10.00 | ||||
|
Net investment income (loss) (a)
|
0.28 | 0.33 | 0.42 | 0.31 | 0.15 | ||||
|
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
|
(0.58) | 0.39 | 0.36 | 1.21 | 0.74 | ||||
|
Total from investment operations
|
(0.30) | 0.72 | 0.78 | 1.52 | 0.89 | ||||
|
Distributions to shareholders from:
|
|||||||||
|
Net investment income
|
(0.39) | (0.74) | (0.38) | (0.28) | — | ||||
|
Net realized gains
|
(0.49) | (1.26) | (0.15) | (0.10) | — | ||||
|
Total distributions
|
(0.88) | (2.00) | (0.53) | (0.38) | — | ||||
|
Net asset value, end of period
|
$
|
$11.00 | $12.28 | $12.03 | $10.89 | ||||
|
Total return (b)
|
(3.50)% | 8.38% | 6.48% | 14.43% | 8.90%(c) | ||||
|
Ratios and Supplemental Data:
|
|||||||||
|
Net assets, end of period (in 000s)
|
$2,089 | $2,290 | $5,005 | $4,631 | $3,270 | ||||
|
Ratios to average net assets:
|
|||||||||
|
Total expenses
|
0.25% | 0.27% | 0.30% | 0.33% | 0.27%(d) | ||||
|
Net expenses
|
—% | —% | —% | —%(e) | —%(d) | ||||
|
Net investment income (loss)
|
2.66% | 2.73% | 3.37% | 2.75% | 4.00%(d) | ||||
|
Portfolio turnover rate
|
57% | 72% | 47% | 30% | 21%(c) | ||||
| * | Commencement of operations. |
| (a) | Per share numbers have been calculated using average shares outstanding, which more appropriately presents the per share data for the year. |
| (b) | Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares at net asset value on the first day and a sale at net asset value on the last day of each period reported. Distributions are assumed, for the purpose of this calculation, to be reinvested at net asset value per share on the respective payment dates. Total return for periods of less than one year is not annualized. Results represent past performance and are not indicative of future results. |
| (c) | Not annualized. |
| (d) | Annualized. |
| (e) | Amount is less than 0.005%. |
| SSHAXSTATPRO | The Trust's Investment Company Act Number is 811-22542. |
SSGA ACTIVE TRUST (THE “TRUST”)
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Dated October 31, 2020
This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) is not a prospectus. With respect to each of the Trust’s series listed below, this SAI should be read in conjunction with the prospectus dated October 31, 2020, as may be revised from time to time (the “Prospectus”).
| FUND | TICKER | |
| SPDR® Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF | SRLN | |
| SPDR DoubleLine® Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF | EMTL | |
| SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF | STOT | |
| SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF | TOTL | |
| SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF | SYE | |
| SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF | SYG | |
| SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF | SYV | |
| SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF | FISR | |
| SPDR SSGA Global Allocation ETF | GAL | |
| SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF | INKM | |
| SPDR SSGA Multi-Asset Real Return ETF | RLY | |
| SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF | ULST | |
| SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF | XLSR |
Principal U.S. Listing Exchange for each ETF: NYSE Arca, Inc. (except EMTL and STOT are listed on Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc.)
Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. Copies of the Prospectus and the Trust’s Annual Reports to Shareholders dated June 30, 2020 may be obtained without charge by writing to State Street Global Advisors Funds Distributors, LLC, the Trust’s principal underwriter (referred to herein as “Distributor” or “Principal Underwriter”), One Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, by visiting the Trust’s website at https://www.ssga.com/spdrs or by calling 1-866-787-2257. The Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, financial highlights and financial statements of the Funds included in the Trust’s Annual Reports to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 are incorporated by reference into this SAI.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| 3 | ||||
| 3 | ||||
| 33 | ||||
| 42 | ||||
| 43 | ||||
| 44 | ||||
| 55 | ||||
| 78 | ||||
| 84 | ||||
| 85 | ||||
| 90 | ||||
| 96 | ||||
| 97 | ||||
| 97 | ||||
| 105 | ||||
| 105 | ||||
| 105 | ||||
| 106 | ||||
| A-1 | ||||
| B-1 | ||||
|
Appendix C – GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures |
C-1 | |||
|
Appendix D – DoubleLine Capital LP’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures |
D-1 | |||
|
Appendix E – Massachusetts Financial Services Company Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures |
E-1 | |||
| F-1 |
2
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST
The Trust is an open-end management investment company, registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), consisting of multiple investment series, including SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF, SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF, SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF, SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF, SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF, SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF, SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF, SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF, SPDR SSGA Global Allocation ETF, SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF, SPDR SSGA Multi-Asset Real Return ETF, SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF and SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF (each a “Fund” and collectively the “Funds”). The Trust was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on March 30, 2011. The offering of each Fund’s shares (“Shares”) is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). SSGA Funds Management, Inc. serves as the investment adviser for each Fund (“SSGA FM” or the “Adviser”) and certain Funds are sub-advised by a sub-adviser as further described herein (each, a “Sub-Adviser”). To the extent that a reference in this SAI refers to the “Adviser,” such reference should be read to refer to the applicable Sub-Adviser where the context requires.
Each Fund offers and issues Shares at their net asset value (sometimes referred to herein as “NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of Shares (each, a “Creation Unit”). Each Fund generally offers and issues Shares either in exchange for (i) a basket of securities designated by the Fund (“Deposit Securities”) together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (“Cash Component”) or (ii) a cash payment equal in value to the Deposit Securities (“Deposit Cash”) together with the Cash Component. The primary consideration accepted by a Fund (i.e., Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash) is set forth under “Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units” later in this SAI. The Trust reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of a “cash in lieu” amount to be added to the Cash Component to replace any Deposit Security and reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of Deposit Securities in lieu of Deposit Cash (subject to applicable legal requirements). The Shares have been approved for listing and secondary trading on a national securities exchange (the “Exchange”). The Shares will trade on the Exchange at market prices. These prices may differ from the Shares’ net asset values. The Shares are also redeemable only in Creation Unit aggregations, and generally in exchange either for (i) portfolio securities and a specified cash payment or (ii) cash (subject to applicable legal requirements).
Shares may be issued in advance of receipt of Deposit Securities subject to various conditions including a requirement to maintain on deposit with the Trust cash at least equal to a specified percentage of the market value of the missing Deposit Securities as set forth in the Participant Agreement (as defined below). See “Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units.” The Trust may impose a transaction fee for each creation or redemption. In all cases, such fees will be limited in accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) applicable to management investment companies offering redeemable securities. In addition to the fixed creation or redemption transaction fee, an additional transaction fee of up to three times the fixed creation or redemption transaction fee and/or an additional variable charge may apply.
INVESTMENT POLICIES
Each Fund may directly, or indirectly through investment in an exchange traded product (“ETP”), invest in any of the instruments or engage in any of the investment practices described below if such investment or activity is consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and permitted by the Fund’s stated investment policies.
Each Fund may invest in the following types of investments, consistent with its investment strategies and objective. Please see a Fund’s Prospectus for additional information regarding its principal investment strategies.
DIVERSIFICATION STATUS
Each Fund (except the SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF and SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF) is classified as a “diversified” investment company under the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified investment company, as to 75% of its total assets, may not purchase securities of any issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agents or instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the issuer’s outstanding voting securities would be held by the investment company.
The SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF and SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF are each classified as a non-diversified investment company under the 1940 Act. A “non-diversified” classification means that a Fund is not limited by the 1940 Act with regard to the percentage of its assets that may be invested in the securities of a single issuer. This means that a Fund may invest a greater portion of its assets in the securities of a single issuer than a diversified fund. This may have an adverse effect on a Fund’s performance or subject a Fund’s Shares to greater price volatility than more diversified investment companies.
3
Each Fund intends to maintain a level of diversification and otherwise conduct their operations so as to enable each Fund to qualify for treatment as a “regulated investment company” for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Internal Revenue Code”), and to relieve each Fund of any liability for federal income tax to the extent that its earnings are distributed to shareholders. Compliance with the diversification requirements of the Internal Revenue Code may limit the investment flexibility of the Funds and may make it less likely that the Funds will meet their investment objectives.
ASSET-BACKED AND MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES
Mortgage-backed securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and certain stripped mortgage-backed securities, represent a participation in, or are secured by, mortgage loans. Asset-backed securities are structured like mortgage-backed securities, but instead of mortgage loans or interests in mortgage loans, the underlying assets may include such items as motor vehicle installment sales or installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property and receivables from credit card agreements. The cash flow generated by the underlying assets is applied to make required payments on the securities and to pay related administrative expenses. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed or mortgage-backed securities depends on, among other things, the characteristics of the underlying assets, the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying assets. Each Fund may invest in any such instruments or variations as may be developed, to the extent consistent with its investment objective and policies and applicable regulatory requirements. In general, the collateral supporting asset-backed securities is of a shorter maturity than mortgage loans and is likely to experience substantial prepayments.
Mortgage-backed securities have yield and maturity characteristics corresponding to the underlying assets. Unlike traditional debt securities, which may pay a fixed rate of interest until maturity, when the entire principal amount comes due, payments on certain mortgage-backed securities include both interest and a partial repayment of principal. Besides the scheduled repayment of principal, repayments of principal may result from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing or foreclosure of the underlying mortgage loans. If property owners make unscheduled prepayments of their mortgage loans, these prepayments will result in early payment of the applicable mortgage-backed securities. In that event, a Fund may be unable to invest the proceeds from the early payment of the mortgage-backed securities in an investment that provides as high a yield as the mortgage-backed securities. Consequently, early payment associated with mortgage-backed securities may cause these securities to experience significantly greater price and yield volatility than that experienced by traditional fixed-income securities. The occurrence of mortgage prepayments is affected by factors including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location and age of the mortgage and other social and demographic conditions. During periods of falling interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments tends to increase, thereby tending to decrease the life of mortgage-backed securities. During periods of rising interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments usually decreases, thereby tending to increase the life of mortgage-backed securities. If the life of a mortgage-backed security is inaccurately predicted, a Fund may not be able to realize the rate of return it expected.
Adjustable rate mortgage securities (“ARMs”), like traditional mortgage-backed securities, are interests in pools of mortgage loans that provide investors with payments consisting of both principal and interest as mortgage loans in the underlying mortgage pool are paid off by the borrowers. Unlike fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities, ARMs are collateralized by or represent interests in mortgage loans with variable rates of interest. These interest rates are reset at periodic intervals, usually by reference to an interest rate index or market interest rate. Although the rate adjustment feature may act as a buffer to reduce sharp changes in the value of adjustable rate securities, these securities are still subject to changes in value based on, among other things, changes in market interest rates or changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness. Because the interest rates are reset only periodically, changes in the interest rate on ARMs may lag changes in prevailing market interest rates. Also, some ARMs (or the underlying mortgages) are subject to caps or floors that limit the maximum change in the interest rate during a specified period or over the life of the security. As a result, changes in the interest rate on an ARM may not fully reflect changes in prevailing market interest rates during certain periods.
A Fund may also invest in hybrid ARMs, whose underlying mortgages combine fixed-rate and adjustable rate features.
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are less effective than other types of securities as a means of locking in attractive long-term interest rates. One reason is the need to reinvest prepayments of principal; another is the possibility of significant unscheduled prepayments resulting from declines in interest rates. These prepayments would have to be reinvested at lower rates. The automatic interest rate adjustment feature of mortgages underlying ARMs likewise reduces the ability to lock-in attractive rates. As a result, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities may have less potential for capital appreciation during periods of declining interest rates than other securities of comparable maturities, although they may have a similar risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates. Prepayments may also significantly shorten the effective maturities of these securities, especially during periods of declining interest rates. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, a reduction in prepayments may increase the effective maturities of these securities, subjecting them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing the volatility of the Fund.
4
At times, some mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities will have higher than market interest rates and therefore will be purchased at a premium above their par value. Prepayments may cause losses on securities purchased at a premium.
CMOs may be issued by a U.S. government agency or instrumentality or by a private issuer. Although payment of the principal of, and interest on, the underlying collateral securing privately issued CMOs may be guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, these CMOs represent obligations solely of the private issuer and are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities or any other person or entity.
Prepayments could cause early retirement of CMOs. CMOs are designed to reduce the risk of prepayment for certain investors by issuing multiple classes of securities, each having different maturities, interest rates and payment schedules, and with the principal and interest on the underlying mortgages allocated among the several classes in various ways. Payment of interest or principal on some classes or series of CMOs may be subject to contingencies or some classes or series may bear some or all of the risk of default on the underlying mortgages. CMOs of different classes or series are generally retired in sequence as the underlying mortgage loans in the mortgage pool are repaid. If enough mortgages are repaid ahead of schedule, the classes or series of a CMO with the earliest maturities generally will be retired prior to their maturities. Thus, the early retirement of particular classes or series of a CMO would have the same effect as the prepayment of mortgages underlying other mortgage-backed securities. Conversely, slower than anticipated prepayments can extend the effective maturities of CMOs, subjecting them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing their volatility.
Prepayments could result in losses on stripped mortgage-backed securities. Stripped mortgage-backed securities are usually structured with two classes that receive different portions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage loans. The yield to maturity on an interest only or “IO” class of stripped mortgage-backed securities is extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying assets. A rapid rate of principal prepayments may have a measurable adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity to the extent it invests in IOs. If the assets underlying the IO experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities. Principal only or “POs” tend to increase in value if prepayments are greater than anticipated and decline if prepayments are slower than anticipated. The secondary market for stripped mortgage-backed securities may be more volatile and less liquid than that for other mortgage-backed securities, potentially limiting the Fund’s ability to buy or sell those securities at any particular time.
Subprime mortgage loans, which typically are made to less creditworthy borrowers, have a higher risk of default than conventional mortgage loans. Therefore, mortgage-backed securities backed by subprime mortgage loans may suffer significantly greater declines in value due to defaults or the increased risk of default.
The risks associated with other asset-backed securities (including in particular the risks of issuer default and of early prepayment) are generally similar to those described above for CMOs. In addition, because asset-backed securities generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in the underlying assets that is comparable to a mortgage, asset-backed securities present certain additional risks that are not present with mortgage-backed securities. The ability of an issuer of asset-backed securities to enforce its security interest in the underlying assets may be limited. For example, revolving credit receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors on such receivables are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give debtors the right to set-off certain amounts owed, thereby reducing the balance due. Automobile receivables generally are secured, but by automobiles, rather than by real property.
Asset-backed securities may be collateralized by the fees earned by service providers. The values of asset-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying asset and are therefore subject to risks associated with the negligence or malfeasance by their servicers and to the credit risk of their servicers. In certain circumstances, the mishandling of related documentation may also affect the rights of the security holders in and to the underlying collateral. The insolvency of entities that generate receivables or that utilize the assets may result in added costs and delays in addition to losses associated with a decline in the value of the underlying assets.
Federal, state and local government officials and representatives as well as certain private parties have proposed actions to assist homeowners who own or occupy property subject to mortgages. Certain of those proposals involve actions that would affect the mortgages that underlie or relate to certain mortgage-related securities, including securities or other instruments which a Fund may hold or in which it may invest. Some of those proposals include, among other things, lowering or forgiving principal balances; forbearing, lowering or eliminating interest payments; or utilizing eminent domain powers to seize mortgages, potentially for below market compensation. The prospective or actual implementation of one or more of these proposals may significantly and adversely affect the value and liquidity of securities held by a Fund and could cause the Fund’s net asset value to decline, potentially significantly. Tremendous uncertainty remains in the market concerning the resolution of these issues; the range of proposals and the potential implications of any implemented solution is impossible to predict.
5
A Fund may invest in any level of the capital structure of an issuer of mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities, including the equity or “first loss” tranche. See “COLLATERALIZED DEBT OBLIGATIONS.”
Consistent with a Fund’s investment objective and policies, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser may also cause a Fund to invest in other types of mortgage- and asset-backed securities offered currently or in the future, including certain yet-to-be-developed types of mortgage- and asset-backed securities which may be created as the market evolves.
BANK LOANS
Bank loans include floating rate loans and institutionally traded floating rate debt obligations issued by asset-backed pools and other issues, and interests therein. Bank loan interests may be acquired from U.S. or foreign commercial banks, insurance companies, finance companies or other financial institutions that have made loans or are members of a lending syndicate or from other holders of loan interests. Bank loans typically pay interest at rates which are re-determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate (such as the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”)) plus a premium. Bank loans are typically of below investment grade quality. Bank loans generally (but not always) hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are often secured with collateral.
Each Fund may, and the SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF intends to, invest in both secured and unsecured bank loans. Holders’ claims under unsecured loans are subordinated to claims of creditors holding secured indebtedness and possibly other classes of creditors holding unsecured debt. Unsecured loans have a greater risk of default than secured loans, particularly during periods of deteriorating economic conditions. Also, since they do not afford the lender recourse to collateral, unsecured loans are subject to greater risk of nonpayment in the event of default than secured loans. Many such loans are relatively illiquid and may be difficult to value.
Some bank loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate the bank loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the borrower or take other action detrimental to the holders of the bank loans, including, in certain circumstances, invalidating such bank loans or causing interest previously paid to be refunded to the borrower. If interest were required to be refunded, it could negatively affect a Fund’s performance.
Indebtedness of companies whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks and may be highly speculative. Some companies may never pay off their indebtedness or pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Consequently, when investing in indebtedness of companies with poor credit, a Fund bears a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested.
Investments in bank loans through a direct assignment of the financial institution’s interest with respect to the bank loan may involve additional risks. For example, if a secured bank loan is foreclosed, a Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, a Fund could be held liable as a co-lender. When a Fund is a purchaser of an assignment, it succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender.
Bank loans may be structured to include both term loans, which are generally fully funded at the time of investment, and revolving credit facilities, which would require a Fund to make additional investments in the bank loans as required under the terms of the credit facility at the borrower’s demand.
A financial institution’s employment as agent bank may be terminated in the event that it fails to observe a requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent. A successor agent bank would generally be appointed to replace the terminated agent bank, and assets held by the agent bank under the loan agreement would remain available to the holders of such indebtedness. However, if assets held by the agent bank for the benefit of a Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the agent bank’s general creditors, the Fund may incur certain costs and delays in realizing payments on a bank loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest.
The SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF and SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF each may invest up to 20% of its portfolio in junior bank loans, although the SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Market Fixed Income ETF’s investments in structured securities and junior bank loans in the aggregate may not exceed 20% of its assets. Due to their lower place in the borrower’s capital structure, junior bank loans involve a higher degree of overall risk than senior bank loans of the same borrower.
6
BONDS
A bond is an interest-bearing security issued by a company, governmental unit or, in some cases, a non-U.S. entity. The issuer of a bond has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the bond’s face value) periodically or on a specified maturity date; provided, however, a zero coupon bond pays no interest to its holder during its life. The value of a zero coupon bond to a fund consists of the difference between such bond’s face value at the time of maturity and the price for which it was acquired, which may be an amount significantly less than its face value (sometimes referred to as a “deep discount” price).
An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a bond before maturity, in which case the investor may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. Most bonds bear interest income at a “coupon” rate that is fixed for the life of the bond. The value of a fixed rate bond usually rises when market interest rates fall, and falls when market interest rates rise. Accordingly, a fixed rate bond’s yield (income as a percent of the bond’s current value) may differ from its coupon rate as its value rises or falls. Fixed rate bonds generally are also subject to inflation risk, which is the risk that the value of the bond or income from the bond will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. This could mean that, as inflation increases, the “real” value of the assets of a fund holding fixed rate bonds can decline, as can the value of the fund’s distributions. Other types of bonds bear income at an interest rate that is adjusted periodically. Because of their adjustable interest rates, the value of “floating-rate” or “variable-rate” bonds fluctuates much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed rate bonds. A Fund may treat some of these bonds as having a shorter maturity for purposes of calculating the weighted average maturity of its investment portfolio. Bonds may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on a corporation’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated obligations. Bonds may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (also backed by specified collateral).
In addition, each Fund may invest in corporate bonds. The investment return of corporate bonds reflects interest on the bond and changes in the market value of the bond. The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance and perceptions of the corporation in the market place. There is a risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by such a security.
COLLATERALIZED DEBT OBLIGATIONS
Collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) are a type of asset-backed security and include, among other things, collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. A CBO is a trust which is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans.
The cash flows from the CDO trust are generally split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. Senior tranches are paid from the cash flows from the underlying assets before the junior tranches and equity or “first loss” tranches. Losses are first borne by the equity tranches, next by the junior tranches, and finally by the senior tranches. Senior tranches pay the lowest interest rates but are generally safer investments than more junior tranches because, should there be any default, senior tranches are typically paid first. The most junior tranches, such as equity tranches, would attract the highest interest rates but suffer the highest risk should the holder of an underlying loan default. If some loans default and the cash collected by the CDO is insufficient to pay all of its investors, those in the lowest, most junior tranches suffer losses first. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CDO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than the underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, more senior CDO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults and aversion to CDO securities as a class.
The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the quality and type of the collateral and the tranche of the CDO in which a Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by a Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market, or other relevant measures of liquidity, may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO potentially to be deemed liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser under liquidity policies approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”). In addition to the risks associated with debt instruments (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that a Fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.
7
COLLATERALIZED LOAN OBLIGATIONS (“CLOs”)
Each Fund may invest in CLOs. A CLO is a financing company (generally called a Special Purpose Vehicle or “SPV”), created to reapportion the risk and return characteristics of a pool of assets. While the assets underlying CLOs are typically Senior Loans, the assets may also include (i) unsecured loans, (ii) other debt securities that are rated below investment grade, (iii) debt tranches of other CLOs and (iv) equity securities incidental to investments in Senior Loans. When investing in CLOs, a Fund will not invest in equity tranches, which are the lowest tranche. However, a Fund may invest in lower debt tranches of CLOs, which typically experience a lower recovery, greater risk of loss or deferral or non-payment of interest than more senior debt tranches of the CLO. In addition, a Fund intends to invest in CLOs consisting primarily of individual Senior Loans of borrowers and not repackaged CLO obligations from other high risk pools. The underlying Senior Loans purchased by CLOs are generally performing at the time of purchase but may become non-performing, distressed or defaulted. CLOs with underlying assets of non-performing, distressed or defaulted loans are not contemplated to comprise a significant portion of a Fund’s investments in CLOs. The key feature of the CLO structure is the prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of debt securities among the several classes of the CLO. The SPV is a company founded solely for the purpose of securitizing payment claims arising out of this diversified asset pool. On this basis, marketable securities are issued by the SPV which, due to the diversification of the underlying risk, generally represent a lower level of risk than the original assets. The redemption of the securities issued by the SPV typically takes place at maturity out of the cash flow generated by the collected claims.
Holders of CLOs bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk.
A Fund may have the right to receive payments only from the CLOs, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain CLOs enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in CLOs generally pay their share of the CLO’s administrative and other expenses. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of indices and securities underlying a CLO will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of CLOs) will be influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a CLO uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the CLOs owned by a Fund.
Certain CLOs may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market. CLOs are typically privately offered and sold. As a result, investments in CLOs may be characterized by a Fund as illiquid securities. In addition to the general risks associated with debt securities discussed herein, CLOs carry additional risks, including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the investments in CLOs are subordinate to other classes or tranches thereof; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.
COLLATERALIZED MORTGAGE OBLIGATIONS (CMOS) AND MULTICLASS PASS-THROUGH SECURITIES
CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. CMOs may be collateralized by Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) certificates, but also may be collateralized by whole loans or private mortgage pass-through securities (such collateral is collectively hereinafter referred to as “Mortgage Assets”). Mortgage Assets may be collateralized by commercial or residential uses. Multiclass pass-through securities are equity interests in a trust composed of Mortgage Assets. Payments of principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, may require a Fund to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multiclass pass-through securities. CMOs may be issued by federal agencies, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. The issuer of a series of mortgage pass-through securities may elect to be treated as a Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (“REMIC”). REMICs include governmental and/or private entities that issue a fixed pool of mortgages secured by an interest in real property. REMICs are similar to CMOs in that they issue multiple classes of securities, but unlike CMOs, which are required to be structured as debt securities, REMICs may be structured as indirect ownership interests in the underlying assets of the REMICs themselves. Although CMOs and REMICs differ in certain respects, characteristics of CMOs described below apply in most cases to REMICs, as well.
In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a tranche, is issued at a specific fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semiannual basis. Certain CMOs may have variable or floating interest rates and others may be stripped mortgage securities. For more information on stripped mortgage securities, see “STRIPPED MORTGAGE SECURITIES.”
8
The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of a CMO series in a number of different ways. Generally, the purpose of the allocation of the cash flow of a CMO to the various classes is to obtain a more predictable cash flow to certain of the individual tranches than exists with the underlying collateral of the CMO. As a general rule, the more predictable the cash flow is on a CMO tranche, the lower the anticipated yield will be on that tranche at the time of issuance relative to prevailing market yields on other mortgage-backed securities. As part of the process of creating more predictable cash flows on most of the tranches in a series of CMOs, one or more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the volatility in the cash flows on the underlying mortgage loans. The yields on these tranches are generally higher than prevailing market yields on mortgage-backed securities with similar maturities. As a result of the uncertainty of the cash flows of these tranches, the market prices of and yield on these tranches generally are more volatile. See “COLLATERALIZED DEBT OBLIGATIONS” for a discussion on investments in structured products with multiple tranches.
CMO RESIDUALS
CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing. The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of a CMO is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the securities or certificates issued by the CMO and second to pay the related administrative expenses and any management fee of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the pre-payment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to pre-payments on the related underlying mortgage assets. In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to stripped mortgage-backed securities, in certain circumstances a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual. CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. In addition, CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not have been registered under the Securities Act. CMO residuals, whether or not registered under the Securities Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability, and may be deemed “illiquid.”
COMMERCIAL PAPER
Commercial paper consists of short-term, promissory notes issued by banks, corporations and other entities to finance short-term credit needs. These securities generally are discounted but sometimes may be interest bearing.
COMMON STOCK
Risks inherent in investing in equity securities include the risk that the financial condition of issuers may become impaired or that the general condition of the stock market may deteriorate (either of which may cause a decrease in the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities and therefore a decrease in the value of its Fund Shares). Common stocks are susceptible to general stock market fluctuations and to volatile increases and decreases in value as market confidence and perceptions change. These investor perceptions are based on various and unpredictable factors, including expectations regarding government, economic, monetary and fiscal policies; inflation and interest rates; economic expansion or contraction; and global or regional political, economic or banking crises.
It also is possible that an issuer of bonds held by a Fund could enter into a bankruptcy or restructuring process whereby such issuer’s bonds are converted to equity securities.
CONCENTRATION
The Funds do not intend to concentrate their investments in any particular industry. The Funds (except the SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF, as well as the SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF, SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF and SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF (collectively, the “MFS ETFs”)) look to the Global Industry Classification Standard Level 3 (Industries) in making industry determinations. The SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF looks to Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) Industry Classifications in making industry determinations. The MFS ETFs look to Massachusetts Financial Services Company’s (“MFS”) customized set of industry groups for making industry determinations based on classifications developed by third party providers. The Trust’s general policy is to exclude securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities when measuring industry concentration.
9
CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES
Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) into shares of the underlying common stock (or cash or securities of equivalent value) at a stated exchange ratio. A convertible security may also be called for redemption or conversion by the issuer after a particular date and under certain circumstances (including a specified price) established upon issue. If a convertible security held by a Fund is called for redemption or conversion, the Fund could be required to tender it for redemption, convert it into the underlying common stock, or sell it to a third party.
Convertible securities generally have less potential for gain or loss than common stocks. Convertible securities generally provide yields higher than the underlying common stocks, but generally lower than comparable non-convertible securities. Because of this higher yield, convertible securities generally sell at a price above their “conversion value,” which is the current market value of the stock to be received upon conversion. The difference between this conversion value and the price of convertible securities will vary over time depending on changes in the value of the underlying common stocks and interest rates. When the underlying common stocks decline in value, convertible securities will tend not to decline to the same extent because of the interest or dividend payments and the repayment of principal at maturity for certain types of convertible securities. However, securities that are convertible other than at the option of the holder generally do not limit the potential for loss to the same extent as securities convertible at the option of the holder. When the underlying common stocks rise in value, the value of convertible securities may also be expected to increase. At the same time, however, the difference between the market value of convertible securities and their conversion value will narrow, which means that the value of convertible securities will generally not increase to the same extent as the value of the underlying common stocks. Because convertible securities may also be interest-rate sensitive, their value may increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. Convertible securities are also subject to credit risk, and are often lower-quality securities.
The SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF and SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF may invest in contingent convertible bonds (“CoCo bonds”), which also are known as enhanced capital notes. CoCo bonds are hybrid debt securities that are intended to either convert into equity at a predetermined share price or have their principal written down or written off upon the occurrence of certain triggering events generally linked to regulatory capital thresholds or regulatory actions calling into question the issuing banking institution’s continued viability as a going concern. CoCo Bonds are subject to the risks associated with bonds and equities and to the risks specific to convertible securities in general. In addition, CoCo Bonds are inherently risky because of the difficulty of predicting triggering events that would require the debt to convert to equity. Since CoCo Bonds are typically issued in the form of subordinated debt instruments in order to provide the appropriate regulatory capital, in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of an issuer prior to a conversion, the rights and claims of the holders of the CoCo Bonds against the issuer in respect of or arising under the terms of the CoCo Bonds will generally rank junior to the claims of all holders of unsubordinated obligations of the issuer. Also, the value of CoCo Bonds will be influenced by many factors, including: the creditworthiness of the issuer and/or fluctuations in the issuer’s capital ratios; the supply and demand for the CoCo Bonds; general market conditions and available liquidity; and economic, financial and political events that affect the issuer, the market it operates in or the financial markets in general. CoCo Bonds are a new form of instrument and the market and regulatory environment for these instruments is still evolving. As a result, it is uncertain how the overall market for CoCo Bonds would react to a trigger event or coupon suspension applicable to one issuer.
COVENANT-LITE LOANS
The SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF (“SRLN”) may invest in loans that do not have certain maintenance covenants related to financial ratios, which are often referred to as “covenant-lite” loans. Currently, approximately 80% of outstanding senior secured loans in the market are covenant-lite loans, and therefore such loans are widely held by loan market participants, including the Fund. Other important collateral protections will continue to exist in most loan credit agreements with respect to covenant-lite loans, including (i) limitations on restricted payments, (ii) limitations on investments, (iii) limitations on additional debt and liens, and (iv) limitations on asset sales. While the Sub-Adviser will seek loans that provide attractive credit protection, the Fund is not limited in the amount of loans it may hold that are covenant-lite.
CREDIT-LINKED NOTES
The SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF may invest in credit-linked notes, which is a type of structured note. The difference between a credit default swap and a credit-linked note is that the seller of a credit-linked note receives the principal payment from the buyer at the time the contract is originated. Through the purchase of a credit-linked note, the buyer assumes the risk of the reference asset and funds this exposure through the purchase of the note. The buyer takes on the exposure to the seller to the full amount of the funding it has provided. The seller has hedged its risk on the reference asset without acquiring any additional credit exposure. The Fund has the right to receive periodic interest payments from the issuer of the credit-linked note at an agreed-upon interest rate and a return of principal at the maturity date.
10
Credit-linked notes are subject to the credit risk of the corporate credits referenced by the note. If one of the underlying corporate credits defaults, the Fund may receive the security that has defaulted, and the Fund’s principal investment would be reduced by the difference between the original face value of the reference security and the current value of the defaulted security. Credit-linked notes are typically privately negotiated transactions between two or more parties. The Fund bears the risk that the issuer of the credit-linked note will default or become bankrupt. The Fund bears the risk of loss of its principal investment, and the periodic interest payments expected to be received for the duration of its investment in the credit-linked note.
EQUITY SECURITIES
A Fund may invest in equity securities. Equity securities are securities that represent an ownership interest (or the right to acquire such an interest) in a company and include common and preferred stock. Common stocks represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer. Preferred stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has priority over common stock in the payment of dividends. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take priority over holders of preferred stock, whose claims take priority over the claims of those who own common stock.
While offering greater potential for long-term growth, equity securities generally are more volatile and riskier than some other forms of investment, although under certain market conditions various fixed-income investments have comparable or greater price volatility. Therefore, the value of an investment in the Fund may at times decrease instead of increase. The Fund’s investments may include securities traded over-the-counter as well as those traded on a securities exchange. Some securities, particularly over-the-counter securities, may be more difficult to sell under some market conditions.
EXCHANGE-TRADED PRODUCTS
ETPs include exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) registered under the 1940 Act; exchange traded commodity trusts; and exchange traded notes (“ETNs”). The Adviser may receive management or other fees from the ETPs (“Affiliated ETPs”) in which the Funds may invest, as well as a management fee for managing the Funds. It is possible that a conflict of interest among the Funds and Affiliated ETPs could affect how the Adviser fulfills its fiduciary duties to the Funds and the Affiliated ETPs. Because the amount of the investment management fees to be retained by the Adviser may differ depending upon the Affiliated ETPs in which a Fund invests, there is a conflict of interest for the Adviser in selecting the Affiliated ETP. In addition, the Adviser may have an incentive to take into account the effect on an Affiliated ETP in which a Fund may invest in determining whether, and under what circumstances, to purchase or sell shares in that Affiliated ETP. Although the Adviser takes steps to address the conflicts of interest, it is possible that the conflicts could impact the Funds.
Each Fund may invest in new ETPs or ETPs that have not yet established a deep trading market at the time of investment. Shares of such ETPs may experience limited trading volume and less liquidity, in which case the “spread” (the difference between bid price and ask price) may be higher.
EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS
Each Fund may invest in other ETFs (including ETFs managed by the Adviser). ETFs may be structured as investment companies that are registered under the 1940 Act, typically as open-end funds or unit investment trusts. These ETFs are generally based on specific domestic and foreign market securities indices. An “index-based ETF” seeks to provide investment results that match the performance of an index by holding in its portfolio either the contents of the index or a representative sample of the securities in the index. An “actively-managed ETF” invests in securities based on an adviser’s investment strategy. An “enhanced ETF” seeks to provide investment results that match a positive or negative multiple of the performance of an underlying index. In seeking to provide such results, an ETF and, in particular, an enhanced ETF, may engage in short sales of securities included in the underlying index and may invest in derivatives instruments, such as equity index swaps, futures contracts, and options on securities, futures contracts, and stock indices. Alternatively, ETFs may be structured as grantor trusts or other forms of pooled investment vehicles that are not registered or regulated under the 1940 Act. These ETFs typically hold commodities, precious metals, currency or other non-securities investments. ETFs, like mutual funds, have expenses associated with their operation, such as advisory and custody fees. When a fund invests in an ETF, in addition to directly bearing expenses associated with its own operations, including the brokerage costs associated with the purchase and sale of shares of the ETF, the fund will bear a pro rata portion of the ETF’s expenses. In addition, it may be more costly to own an ETF than to directly own the securities or other investments held by the ETF because of ETF expenses. The risks of owning shares of an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities or other investments held by the ETF, although lack of liquidity in the market for the shares of an ETF could result in the ETF’s value being more volatile than the underlying securities or other investments.
11
EXCHANGE-TRADED NOTES
ETNs are debt obligations of investment banks which are traded on exchanges and the returns of which are linked to the performance of market indexes. In addition to trading ETNs on exchanges, investors may redeem ETNs directly with the issuer on a weekly basis, typically in a minimum amount of 50,000 units, or hold the ETNs until maturity. ETNs may be riskier than ordinary debt securities and may have no principal protection. A fund’s investment in an ETN may be influenced by many unpredictable factors, including highly volatile commodities prices, changes in supply and demand relationships, weather, agriculture, trade, changes in interest rates, and monetary and other governmental policies, action and inaction. Investing in ETNs is not equivalent to investing directly in index components or the relevant index itself. Because ETNs are debt securities, they possess credit risk; if the issuer has financial difficulties or goes bankrupt, the investor may not receive the return it was promised.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
Each Fund may conduct foreign currency transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) or forward basis (i.e., by entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies). Although foreign exchange dealers generally do not charge a fee for such conversions, they do realize a profit based on the difference between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the counterparty desire to resell that currency to the dealer. Forward contracts are customized transactions that generally require a specific amount of a currency to be delivered at a specific exchange rate on a specific date or range of dates in the future although a Fund may also enter into non-deliverable currency forward contracts (“NDFs”) that contractually require the netting of the parties’ liabilities. Forwards, including NDFs, can have substantial price volatility. While foreign currency transactions on a spot and forward basis are exempt from the definition of “swap” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), NDFs are not, and, thus, are subject to the jurisdiction of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). Forward contracts are generally traded in an interbank market directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. The parties to a forward contract may agree to offset or terminate the contract before its maturity, or may hold the contract to maturity and complete the contemplated currency exchange. In the event that the parties to a forward contract agree to offset or terminate the contract before its maturity, the contract is no longer exempt from the definition of “swap” under the CEA and shall be treated as a swap. At the discretion of the Adviser, a Fund may enter into forward currency exchange contracts for hedging purposes to help reduce the risks and volatility caused by changes in foreign currency exchange rates, or to gain exposure to certain currencies. When used for hedging purposes, they tend to limit any potential gain that may be realized if the value of a Fund’s foreign holdings increases because of currency fluctuations.
FOREIGN SECURITIES
Investments in foreign securities involve special risks and considerations. As foreign companies are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to domestic companies, there may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a domestic company. For example, foreign markets have different clearance and settlement procedures. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when assets of a Fund are uninvested. The inability of a Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause it to miss certain investment opportunities. They may also entail certain other risks, such as the possibility of one or more of the following: imposition of dividend or interest withholding or confiscatory taxes, higher brokerage costs, thinner trading markets, currency blockages or transfer restrictions, expropriation, nationalization, military coups or other adverse political or economic developments; less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and listed companies; and the difficulty of enforcing obligations in other countries. Purchases of foreign securities are usually made in foreign currencies and, as a result, a Fund may incur currency conversion costs and may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in the value of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar. Further, it may be more difficult for a Fund’s agents to keep currently informed about corporate actions which may affect the prices of portfolio securities. Communications between the United States and foreign countries may be less reliable than within the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. Certain markets may require payment for securities before delivery. A Fund’s ability and decisions to purchase and sell portfolio securities may be affected by laws or regulations relating to the convertibility of currencies and repatriation of assets.
A number of current significant political, demographic and economic developments may affect investments in foreign securities and in securities of companies with operations overseas. Such developments include dramatic political changes in government and economic policies in several Eastern European countries and the republics composing the former Soviet Union, as well as the unification of the European Economic Community. The course of any one or more of these events and the effect on trade barriers, competition and markets for consumer goods and services are uncertain. Similar considerations are of concern with respect to developing countries. For example, the possibility of revolution and the dependence on foreign economic assistance may be greater in these countries than in developed countries. Management seeks to mitigate the risks associated with these considerations through diversification and active professional management.
12
FUTURES CONTRACTS, OPTIONS AND SWAP AGREEMENTS
Each Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in derivatives, including exchange-traded futures on indices, exchange-traded futures on Treasuries or Eurodollars, U.S. exchange-traded or OTC put and call options contracts and exchange-traded or OTC swap transactions (including interest rate swaps, total return swaps, excess return swaps, and credit default swaps). A Fund will segregate cash and/or appropriate liquid assets if required to do so by SEC or CFTC regulation or interpretation.
Recent legislation calls for new regulation of the derivatives markets. The extent and impact of the regulation is not yet fully known and may not be for some time. New regulations could adversely affect the value, availability and performance of certain derivative instruments, may make them more costly, and may limit or restrict their use by the Funds.
Futures contracts generally provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified commodity or security at a specified future time and at a specified price. Index futures contracts are settled daily with a payment by one party to the other of a cash amount based on the difference between the level of the index specified in the contract from one day to the next. A futures contract on an index is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract originally was written. Although the value of an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, physical delivery of these securities is not always made. A public market exists in futures contracts covering a number of indexes, as well as financial instruments, including, without limitation: U.S. Treasury bonds; U.S. Treasury notes; GNMA Certificates; three-month U.S. Treasury bills; 90-day commercial paper; bank certificates of deposit; Eurodollar certificates of deposit; the Australian Dollar; the Canadian Dollar; the British Pound; the Japanese Yen; the Swiss Franc; the Mexican Peso; and certain multinational currencies, such as the Euro. It is expected that other futures contracts will be developed and traded in the future. Futures contracts are standardized as to maturity date and underlying instrument and are traded on futures exchanges.
The Funds may purchase and write (sell) call and put options on futures. Options on futures give the holder the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price upon expiration of, or at any time during the period of, the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the opposite is true.
A fund is required to make a good faith margin deposit in cash or U.S. government securities (or other eligible collateral) with a broker or custodian to initiate and maintain open positions in futures contracts. A margin deposit is intended to assure completion of the contract (delivery or acceptance of the underlying commodity or payment of the cash settlement amount) if it is not terminated prior to the specified delivery date. Brokers may establish deposit requirements which are higher than the exchange minimums. Futures contracts are customarily purchased and sold on margin deposits which may range upward from less than 5% of the value of the contract being traded.
After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy price changes, additional payments will be required. Conversely, change in the contract value may reduce the required margin, resulting in a repayment of excess margin to the contract holder. Variation margin payments are made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. In such case, a Fund would expect to earn interest income on its margin deposits. Although some futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying commodity, generally these obligations are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures contracts (involving the same exchange, underlying security or index and delivery month). If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is more, the Fund realizes a capital loss. Conversely, if an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is less, the Fund realizes a capital loss. The transaction costs also must be included in these calculations.
Regulation Under the Commodity Exchange Act. Each Fund intends to use commodity interests, such as futures, swaps and options on futures in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the CEA. An exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” has been claimed with respect to each series of the Trust in accordance with Rule 4.5 such that registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA is not necessary.
Restrictions on Trading in Commodity Interests. Each Fund reserves the right to engage in transactions involving futures, options thereon and swaps to the extent allowed by the CFTC regulations in effect from time to time and in accordance with a Fund’s policies. Each Fund would take steps to prevent its futures positions from “leveraging” its securities holdings. When it has a long futures position, it will maintain with its custodian bank assets substantially identical to those underlying the contract or cash and equivalents (or a combination of the foregoing) having a value equal to the net obligation of the Fund under the contract (less the value of any margin deposits in connection with the position). When it has a short futures position, it will maintain with its custodian bank assets substantially identical to those underlying the contract or cash and equivalents (or a combination of the foregoing) having a value equal to the net obligation of the Fund under the contract (less the value of any margin deposits in connection with the position).
13
Options. A Fund may purchase and sell put and call options. Such options may relate to particular securities and may or may not be listed on a national securities exchange and issued by the Options Clearing Corporation. Options trading is a highly specialized activity that entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options on particular securities may be more volatile than the underlying securities, and therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying securities themselves.
Short Sales “Against the Box.” A Fund may engage in short sales “against the box.” In a short sale against the box, the Fund agrees to sell at a future date a security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire at no extra cost. If the price of the security has declined at the time the Fund is required to deliver the security, the Fund will benefit from the difference in the price. If the price of the security has increased, the Fund will be required to pay the difference.
Swap Transactions. A Fund may enter into swap transactions, including interest rate, swap, credit default swap, NDF, and total return swap transactions. Swap transactions are contracts between parties in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to the other party based on the change in market value or level of a specified rate, index or asset. In return, the other party agrees to make payments to the first party based on the return of a different specified rate, index or asset. Swap transactions will usually be done on a net basis, i.e., where the two parties make net payments with a Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap is accrued on a daily basis and an amount of cash or equivalents having an aggregate value at least equal to the accrued excess is maintained by the Fund. Swaps may be used in conjunction with other instruments to offset interest rate, currency or other underlying risks. For example, interest rate swaps may be offset with “caps,” “floors” or “collars”. A “cap” is essentially a call option which places a limit on the amount of floating rate interest that must be paid on a certain principal amount. A “floor” is essentially a put option which places a limit on the minimum amount that would be paid on a certain principal amount. A “collar” is essentially a combination of a long cap and a short floor where the limits are set at different levels.
The use of swap transactions by a Fund entails certain risks, which may be different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in the securities and other investments that are the referenced asset for the swap agreement. Swaps are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques, risk analyses, and tax planning different from those associated with stocks, bonds, and other traditional investments. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, reference rate, or index, but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all the possible market conditions. Because some swap transactions have a leverage component, adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying asset, reference rate, or index can result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the swap itself. Certain swaps have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) that was signed into law on July 21, 2010 created a new statutory framework that comprehensively regulated the over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives markets for the first time. Key Dodd-Frank Act provisions relating to OTC derivatives require rulemaking by the SEC and the CFTC, not all of which has been proposed or finalized as at the date of this SAI. Prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, the OTC derivatives markets were traditionally traded on a bilateral basis (so-called “bilateral OTC transactions”). Under the Dodd-Frank Act, certain OTC derivatives transactions are now required to be centrally cleared and traded on exchanges or electronic trading platforms called swap execution facilities (“SEFs”).
Bilateral OTC transactions differ from exchange-traded or cleared derivatives transactions in several respects. Bilateral OTC transactions are transacted directly with dealers and not with a clearing corporation. Without the availability of a clearing corporation, bilateral OTC transaction pricing is normally done by reference to information from market makers and/or available index data, which information is carefully monitored by the Adviser and verified in appropriate cases. As bilateral OTC transactions are entered into directly with a dealer, there is a risk of nonperformance by the dealer as a result of its insolvency or otherwise. Under recently-adopted regulations by the CFTC and federal banking regulators (“Margin Rules”), a Fund is required to post collateral (known as variation margin) to cover the mark-to-market exposure in respect of its uncleared swaps. The Margin Rules also mandate that collateral in the form of initial margin be posted to cover potential future exposure attributable to uncleared swap transactions. In the event a Fund is required to post collateral in the form of initial margin or variation margin in respect of its uncleared swap transactions, all such collateral will be posted with a third party custodian pursuant to a triparty custody agreement between the Fund, its dealer counterparty and an unaffiliated custodian.
The requirement to execute certain OTC derivatives contracts on SEFs may offer certain advantages over traditional bilateral OTC trading, such as ease of execution, price transparency, increased liquidity and/or favorable pricing. However, SEF trading may make it more difficult and costly for a Fund to enter into highly tailored or customized transactions and may result in additional costs and risks. Market participants such as the Funds that execute derivatives contracts through a SEF, whether directly or through a broker intermediary, are required to submit to the jurisdiction of the SEF and comply with SEF and CFTC rules and regulations which impose, among other things disclosure and recordkeeping obligations. In addition, a Fund will generally incur SEF or broker intermediary fees when it trades on a SEF. A Fund may also be required to indemnify the SEF or broker intermediary for any losses or costs that may result from the Fund’s transactions on the SEF.
14
Total Return Swaps. A Fund may enter into total return swap transactions for investment purposes. Total return swaps are transactions in which one party agrees to make periodic payments based on the change in market value of the underlying assets, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or security indexes during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate of the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swaps may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or market, including in cases in which there may be disadvantages associated with direct ownership of a particular security. In a typical total return equity swap, payments made by a Fund or the counterparty are based on the total return of a particular reference asset or assets (such as an equity security, a combination of such securities, or an index). That is, one party agrees to pay another party the return on a stock, basket of stocks, or stock index in return for a specified interest rate. By entering into an equity index swap, for example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of securities without actually purchasing those stocks. Total return swaps involve not only the risk associated with the investment in the underlying securities, but also the risk of the counterparty not fulfilling its obligations under the agreement.
Credit Default Swaps. A Fund may enter into credit default swap transactions for investment purposes. A credit default swap transaction may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by the Fund. A Fund may be either the protection buyer or protection seller in the transaction. Credit default swaps may also be structured based on the debt of a basket of issuers, rather than a single issuer, and may be customized with respect to the default event that triggers purchase or other factors. As a protection seller, a Fund would generally receive an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no credit event. If a credit event occurs, generally the protection seller must pay the protection buyer the full face amount of the reference obligations that may have little or no value. The notional value of the credit default swap will be used to segregate liquid assets for selling protection on credit default swaps. If a Fund were a protection buyer and no credit event occurred during the term of the swap, the Fund would recover nothing if the swap were held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurred, the protection buyer may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of the reference obligation that may have little or no value. Where a Fund is the protection buyer, credit default swaps involve the risk that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Fund in the event of a default. The purchase of credit default swaps involves costs, which will reduce a Fund’s return. When a Fund buys credit default swaps it will segregate an amount at least equal to the amount of any accrued premium payment obligations including amounts for early terminations.
Currency Swaps. A Fund may enter into currency swap transactions for investment purposes. Currency swaps are similar to interest rate swaps, except that they involve multiple currencies. A Fund may enter into a currency swap when it has exposure to one currency and desires exposure to a different currency. Typically, the interest rates that determine the currency swap payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a floating rate of interest. Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned at the end of the contract. In addition to paying and receiving amounts at the beginning and end of the transaction, both sides will have to pay in full on a periodic basis based upon the currency they have borrowed. Change in foreign exchange rates and changes in interest rates, as described above, may negatively affect currency swaps.
Interest Rate Swaps. A Fund may enter into an interest rate swap in an effort to protect against declines in the value of fixed income securities held by the Fund. In such an instance, the Fund may agree to pay a fixed rate (multiplied by a notional amount) while a counterparty agrees to pay a floating rate (multiplied by the same notional amount). If interest rates rise, resulting in a diminution in the value of the Fund’s securities, the Fund would receive payments under the swap that would offset, in whole or in part, such diminution in value.
Options on Swaps. An option on a swap agreement, or a “swaption,” is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. In return, the purchaser pays a “premium” to the seller of the contract. The seller of the contract receives the premium and bears the risk of unfavorable changes on the underlying swap. A Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. A Fund may also enter into swaptions on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether the Fund is hedging its assets or its liabilities. A Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions to the same extent it may make use of standard options on securities or other instruments. A Fund may enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its holdings, as a duration management technique, to protect against an increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or for any other purposes, such as for speculation to increase returns. Swaptions are generally subject to the same risks involved in a Fund’s use of options.
Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, a Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption. When a Fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a Fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.
15
Certain additional risk factors related to derivatives are discussed below:
Derivatives Risk. Under recently adopted rules by the CFTC, transactions in some types of interest rate swaps and index credit default swaps on North American and European indices are required to be cleared. In addition, the CFTC may promulgate additional regulations that require clearing of other classes of swaps. In a cleared derivatives transaction (which includes commodities futures and cleared swaps transactions), a Fund’s counterparty is a clearing house (such as CME, ICE Clear Credit or LCH.Clearnet), rather than a bank or broker. Since each Fund is not a member of a clearing house and only members of a clearing house can participate directly in the clearing house, a Fund holds cleared derivatives through accounts at clearing members, who are futures commission merchants that are members of the clearing houses and who have the appropriate regulatory approvals to engage in cleared swap transactions. A Fund makes and receives payments owed under cleared derivatives transactions (including margin payments) through its accounts at clearing members. Clearing members guarantee performance of their clients’ obligations to the clearing house. In contrast to bilateral OTC transactions, clearing members generally can require termination of existing cleared derivatives transactions at any time and increases in margin above the margin that it required at the beginning of a transaction. Clearing houses also have broad rights to increase margin requirements for existing transactions and to terminate transactions. Any such increase or termination could interfere with the ability of a Fund to pursue its investment strategy. Also, a Fund is subject to execution risk if it enters into a derivatives transaction that is required to be cleared (or that the Advisor expects to be cleared), and no clearing member is willing or able to clear the transaction on the Fund’s behalf. While the documentation in place between a Fund and their clearing members generally provides that the clearing members will accept for clearing all transactions submitted for clearing that are within credit limits specified by the clearing members in advance, the Fund could be subject to this execution risk if the Fund submits for clearing transactions that exceed such credit limits, if the clearing house does not accept the transactions for clearing, or if the clearing members do not comply with their agreement to clear such transactions. In that case, the transaction might have to be terminated, and the Fund could lose some or all of the benefit of any increase in the value of the transaction after the time of the transaction. In addition, new regulations could, among other things, restrict a Fund’s ability to engage in, or increase the cost to the Fund of, derivatives transactions, for example, by making some types of derivatives no longer available to the Fund or increasing margin or capital requirements. If a Fund is not able to enter into a particular derivatives transaction, the Fund’s investment performance and risk profile could be adversely affected as a result.
Counterparty Risk. Counterparty risk with respect to OTC derivatives may be affected by new regulations promulgated by the CFTC and SEC affecting the derivatives market. As described under “Derivatives Risk” above, some derivatives transactions are required to be cleared, and a party to a cleared derivatives transaction is subject to the credit risk of the clearing house and the clearing member through which it holds its cleared derivatives position, rather than the credit risk of its original counterparty to the derivative transaction. Clearing members are required to segregate all funds received from customers with respect to cleared derivatives transactions from the clearing member’s proprietary assets. However, all funds and other property received by a clearing broker from its customers are generally held by the clearing broker on a commingled basis in an omnibus account, which may also invest those funds in certain instruments permitted under the applicable regulations. Also, the clearing member transfers to the clearing house the amount of margin required by the clearing house for cleared derivatives transactions, which amounts are generally held in the relevant omnibus account at the clearing house for all customers of the clearing member.
For commodities futures positions, the clearing house may use all of the collateral held in the clearing member’s omnibus account to meet a loss in that account, without regard to which customer in fact supplied that collateral. Accordingly, in addition to bearing the credit risk of its clearing member, each customer to a futures transaction also bears “fellow customer” risk from other customers of the clearing member. However, with respect to cleared swaps positions, recent regulations promulgated by the CFTC require that the clearing member notify the clearing house of the amount of initial margin provided by the clearing member to the clearing house that is attributable to each customer. Because margin in respect of cleared swaps must be earmarked for specific clearing member customers, the clearing house may not use the collateral of one customer to cover the obligations of another customer. However, if the clearing member does not provide accurate reporting, a Fund is subject to the risk that a clearing house will use the Fund’s assets held in an omnibus account at the clearing house to satisfy payment obligations of a defaulting customer of the clearing member to the clearing house. In addition, clearing members may generally choose to provide to the clearing house the net amount of variation margin required for cleared swaps for all of its customers in the aggregate, rather than the gross amount for each customer.
FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
A Fund may take advantage of opportunities in the area of options and futures contracts, options on futures contracts, warrants, swaps and any other investments which are not presently contemplated for use by the Fund or which are not currently available but which may be developed, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and legally permissible for the Fund. Before entering into such transactions or making any such investment, the Fund will provide appropriate disclosure.
16
GOVERNMENT MORTGAGE PASS-THROUGH SECURITIES
Each Fund may invest in mortgage pass-through securities representing participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans purchased from individual lenders by an agency, instrumentality or sponsored corporation of the United States government (“Federal Agency”) or originated by private lenders and guaranteed, to the extent provided in such securities, by a Federal Agency. Such securities, which are ownership interests in the underlying mortgage loans, differ from conventional debt securities, which provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts (usually semiannually) and principal payments at payments (not necessarily in fixed amounts) that are a pass-through of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the guarantor of such securities and the servicer of the underlying mortgage loans.
The government mortgage pass-through securities in which the Fund may invest include those issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Ginnie Mae certificates are direct obligations of the U.S. government and, as such, are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Fannie Mae is a federally chartered, privately owned corporation and Freddie Mac is a corporate instrumentality of the United States. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac certificates are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States but the issuing agency or instrumentality has the right to borrow, to meet its obligations, from an existing line of credit with the U.S. Treasury. The U.S. Treasury has no legal obligation to provide such line of credit and may choose not to do so.
Certificates for these types of mortgage-backed securities evidence an interest in a specific pool of mortgages. These certificates are, in most cases, modified pass-through instruments, wherein the issuing agency guarantees the payment of principal and interest on mortgages underlying the certificates, whether or not such amounts are collected by the issuer on the underlying mortgages.
The Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (“HERA”) authorized the Secretary of the Treasury to support Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”) (collectively, the “GSEs”) by purchasing obligations and other securities from those government-sponsored enterprises. HERA gave the Secretary of the Treasury broad authority to determine the conditions and amounts of such purchases.
On September 6, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship. As the conservator, FHFA succeeded to all rights, titles, powers and privileges of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and of any stockholder, officer or director of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with respect to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the assets of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. FHFA selected a new chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.
In September 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, placing the two federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. Under the terms of the takeover, the U.S. Treasury agreed to acquire $1 billion of senior preferred stock of each instrumentality and obtained warrants for the purchase of common stock of each instrumentality. Under these Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements (“SPAs”), the U.S. Treasury has pledged to provide a limited amount of capital per instrumentality as needed, including the contribution of cash capital to the instrumentalities in the event their liabilities exceed their assets. In May 2009, the U.S. Treasury increased its maximum commitment to each instrumentality under the SPAs from $100 billion to $200 billion per instrumentality. In December 2009, the U.S. Treasury amended the SPAs to provide Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with some additional flexibility to meet the requirement to reduce their mortgage portfolios. Also in December 2009, the U.S. Treasury further amended the SPAs to allow the cap on the U.S. Treasury’s funding commitment to increase as necessary to accommodate any cumulative reduction in Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s net worth through the end of 2012. On August 17, 2012, the U.S. Treasury announced that it was again amending the SPAs to terminate the requirement that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac each pay a 10% dividend annually on all amounts received under the funding commitment. Instead, the companies were required to transfer to the U.S. Treasury on a quarterly basis all profits earned during a quarter that exceeded a capital reserve amount. The capital reserve amount was $3 billion in 2013, and decreased by $600 million in each subsequent year through 2017. On December 21, 2017, the U.S. Treasury announced amendments to the SPAs to reinstate the $3 billion capital reserve amount. On September 30, 2019, the U.S. Treasury announced amendments to the SPAs permitting Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to maintain capital reserves of $25 billion and $20 billion, respectively. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are the subject of several continuing class action lawsuits and investigations by federal regulators over certain accounting, disclosure or corporate governance matters, which (along with any resulting financial restatements) may adversely affect the guaranteeing entities. Importantly, the future of the entities is in serious question as the U.S. government reportedly is considering multiple options, ranging from nationalization, privatization, consolidation, or abolishment of the entities.
Under the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 (the “Reform Act”), which was included as part of Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of Fannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s affairs. The Reform Act requires FHFA to exercise its right to repudiate any contract within a reasonable period of time after its appointment as conservator or receiver.
17
FHFA, in its capacity as conservator, has indicated that it has no intention to repudiate the guaranty obligations of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac because FHFA views repudiation as incompatible with the goals of the conservatorship. However, in the event that FHFA, as conservator or if it is later appointed as receiver for Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, were to repudiate any such guaranty obligation, the conservatorship or receivership estate, as applicable, would be liable for actual direct compensatory damages in accordance with the provisions of the Reform Act. Any such liability could be satisfied only to the extent of Fannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s available assets. The future financial performance of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac is heavily dependent on the performance of the U.S. housing market.
In the event of repudiation, the payments of interest to holders of Fannie Mae, or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such mortgage-backed securities are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer. Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders.
Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac without any approval, assignment or consent. Although FHFA has stated that it has no present intention to do so, if FHFA, as conservator or receiver, were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.
In addition, certain rights provided to holders of mortgage-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac under the operative documents related to such securities may not be enforced against FHFA, or enforcement of such rights may be delayed, during the conservatorship or any future receivership. The operative documents for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities may provide (or with respect to securities issued prior to the date of the appointment of the conservator may have provided) that upon the occurrence of an event of default on the part of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, in its capacity as guarantor, which includes the appointment of a conservator or receiver, holders of such mortgage-backed securities have the right to replace Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac as trustee if the requisite percentage of mortgage-backed security holders consent. The Reform Act prevents mortgage-backed security holders from enforcing such rights if the event of default arises solely because a conservator or receiver has been appointed. The Reform Act also provides that no person may exercise any right or power to terminate, accelerate or declare an event of default under certain contracts to which Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac is a party, or obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, or affect any contractual rights of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, without the approval of FHFA, as conservator or receiver, for a period of 45 or 90 days following the appointment of FHFA as conservator or receiver, respectively.
HIGH YIELD SECURITIES
Investment in high yield securities generally provides greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality securities, but they also typically entail greater price volatility and credit risk. These high yield securities are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of debt securities that are high yield may be more complex than for issuers of higher quality debt securities. In addition, high yield securities are often issued by smaller, less creditworthy companies or by highly leveraged (indebted) firms, but can also be issued by governments. Such issuers are generally less able than more financially stable issuers to make scheduled payments of interest and principal. The risks posed by securities issued under such circumstances are substantial.
Investing in high yield debt securities involves risks that are greater than the risks of investing in higher quality debt securities. These risks include: (i) changes in credit status, including weaker overall credit conditions of issuers and risks of default; (ii) industry, market and economic risk; and (iii) greater price variability and credit risks of certain high yield securities such as zero coupon and payment-in-kind securities. While these risks provide the opportunity for maximizing return over time, they may result in greater volatility of the value of a Fund than a fund that invests in higher-rated securities.
Furthermore, the value of high yield securities may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic, company or industry conditions than is the case for higher quality securities. The market values of certain of these lower-rated and unrated debt securities tend to reflect individual corporate developments to a greater extent than do higher-rated securities which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates, and tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than are higher-rated securities. Adverse market, credit or economic conditions could make it difficult at certain times to sell certain high yield securities held by a Fund.
The secondary market on which high yield securities are traded may be less liquid than the market for higher grade securities. Less liquidity in the secondary trading market could adversely affect the price at which a Fund could sell a high yield security, and could adversely affect the daily net asset value per share of a Fund. When secondary markets for high yield securities are less liquid than the market for higher grade securities, it may be more difficult to value the securities because there is less reliable, objective data available.
18
The use of credit ratings as a principal method of selecting high yield securities can involve certain risks. For example, credit ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of high yield securities. Also, credit rating agencies may fail to change credit ratings in a timely fashion to reflect events since the security was last rated.
HYBRID SECURITIES
The SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF may acquire hybrid securities. A hybrid security may be created by combining an income-producing debt security (“income producing component”) and the right to receive payment based on the change in the price of an equity security (“equity component”). The income-producing component is achieved by investing in non-convertible, income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments, which may be represented by derivative instruments. The equity component is achieved by investing in securities or instruments such as cash-settled warrants or options to receive a payment based on whether the price of a common stock surpasses a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index. A hybrid security comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a hybrid security is derived from the values of its income-producing component and its equity component. A holder of a hybrid security faces the risk of a decline in the price of the security or the level of the index involved in the equity component, causing a decline in the value of the security or instrument, such as a call option or warrant, purchased to create the hybrid security. The equity component has risks typical to a purchased call option. Should the price of the stock fall below the exercise price and remain there throughout the exercise period, the entire amount paid for the call option or warrant would be lost. Because a hybrid security includes the income-producing component as well, the holder of a hybrid security also faces risks typical to all debt securities.
ILLIQUID SECURITIES
Each Fund may invest in illiquid securities. A Fund may not acquire any illiquid investment if, immediately after the acquisition, the Fund would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. An illiquid security means any security that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. If illiquid securities exceed 15% of a Fund’s net assets, certain remedial actions will be taken as required by Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act and the Fund’s policies and procedures.
INFLATION-PROTECTED OBLIGATIONS
Each Fund may invest in inflation-protected public obligations, commonly known as “TIPS,” of the U.S. Treasury, as well as TIPS of major governments and emerging market countries, excluding the United States. TIPS are a type of security issued by a government that is designed to provide inflation protection to investors. TIPS are income-generating instruments whose interest and principal payments are adjusted for inflation—a sustained increase in prices that erodes the purchasing power of money. The inflation adjustment, which is typically applied monthly to the principal of the bond, follows a designated inflation index, such as the Consumer Price Index. A fixed coupon rate is applied to the inflation-adjusted principal so that as inflation rises or falls, both the principal value and the interest payments will increase or decrease. This can provide investors with a hedge against inflation, as it helps preserve the purchasing power of an investment. Because of this inflation adjustment feature, inflation-protected bonds typically have lower yields than conventional fixed-rate bonds.
INVERSE FLOATERS
An inverse floater is a type of instrument that bears a floating or variable interest rate that moves in the opposite direction to interest rates generally or the interest rate on another security or index. Changes in interest rates generally, or the interest rate of the other security or index, inversely affect the interest rate paid on the inverse floater, with the result that the inverse floater’s price will be considerably more volatile than that of a fixed-rate bond. Brokers typically create inverse floaters by depositing an income-producing instrument, which may be a mortgage-backed security, in a trust. The trust in turn issues a variable rate security and inverse floaters. The returns on the inverse floaters may be leveraged, increasing substantially their volatility and interest rate sensitivity. The rate at which interest is paid by the trust on an inverse floater may vary by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in a reference rate of interest (typically a short term interest rate), and the market prices of inverse floaters may as a result be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and in prepayment rates on the underlying securities, and may decrease significantly when interest rates increase or prepayment rates change. The interest rate for the variable rate security is typically determined by an index or an auction process, while the inverse floater holder receives the balance of the income from the underlying income-producing instrument less an auction fee.
19
INVESTMENT COMPANIES
Each Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies, including affiliated funds, money market funds and closed-end funds, subject to applicable limitations under Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act. Pursuant to Section 12(d)(1), a fund may invest in the securities of another investment company (the “acquired company”) provided that the fund, immediately after such purchase or acquisition, does not own in the aggregate: (i) more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the acquired company; (ii) securities issued by the acquired company having an aggregate value in excess of 5% of the value of the total assets of the fund; (iii) securities issued by the acquired company and all other investment companies (other than Treasury stock of the fund) having an aggregate value in excess of 10% of the value of the total assets of the fund; or (iv) in the case of investment in a closed-end fund, more than 10% of the total outstanding voting stock of the acquired company. A fund may also invest in the securities of other investment companies if such securities are the only investment securities held by the fund, such as through a master-feeder arrangement. To the extent allowed by law, regulation, a Fund’s investment restrictions and the Trust’s exemptive relief, a Fund may invest its assets in securities of investment companies that are affiliated funds and/or money market funds in excess of the limits discussed above.
To the extent a fund invests in and, thus, is a shareholder of, another investment company, the fund’s shareholders will indirectly bear the fund’s proportionate share of the fees and expenses paid by such other investment company, including advisory fees, in addition to both the management fees payable directly by the fund to the fund’s own investment adviser and the other expenses that the fund bears directly in connection with the fund’s own operations.
LENDING PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
Each Fund may lend portfolio securities to certain creditworthy borrowers in U.S. and non-U.S. markets in an amount not to exceed 40% of the value of its net assets. The borrowers provide collateral that is marked to market daily in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned. A Fund may terminate a loan at any time and obtain the securities loaned. A Fund receives the value of any interest or cash or non-cash distributions paid on the loaned securities. A Fund cannot vote proxies for securities on loan, but may recall loans to vote proxies if a material issue affecting the Fund’s economic interest in the investment is to be voted upon. Efforts to recall such securities promptly may be unsuccessful, especially for foreign securities or thinly traded securities, and may involve expenses to a Fund. Distributions received on loaned securities in lieu of dividend payments (i.e., substitute payments) would not be considered qualified dividend income.
With respect to loans that are collateralized by cash, the borrower will be entitled to receive a fee based on the amount of cash collateral. A Fund is compensated by the difference between the amount earned on the reinvestment of cash collateral and the fee paid to the borrower. In the case of collateral other than cash, a Fund is compensated by a fee paid by the borrower equal to a percentage of the market value of the loaned securities. Any cash collateral may be reinvested in certain high quality short-term instruments either directly on behalf of the lending Fund or through one or more joint accounts or funds, which may include those managed by the Adviser. A Fund could lose money due to a decline in the value of collateral provided for loaned securities or any investments made with cash collateral. Certain non-cash collateral or investments made with cash collateral may have a greater risk of loss than other non-cash collateral or investments.
A Fund may pay a portion of the interest or fees earned from securities lending to a borrower as described above, and to one or more securities lending agents approved by the Board who administer the lending program for the Funds in accordance with guidelines approved by the Board. In such capacity, the lending agent provides the following services to the Funds in connection with the Funds’ securities lending activities: (i) locating borrowers among an approved list of prospective borrowers; (ii) causing the delivery of loaned securities from a Fund to borrowers; (iii) monitoring the value of loaned securities, the value of collateral received, and other lending parameters; (iv) seeking additional collateral, as necessary, from borrowers; (v) receiving and holding collateral from borrowers, and facilitating the investment and reinvestment of all or substantially all cash collateral in an investment vehicle designated by the Funds; (vi) returning collateral to borrowers; (vii) facilitating substitute dividend, interest, and other distribution payments to the Funds from borrowers; (viii) negotiating the terms of each loan of securities, including but not limited to the amount of any loan premium, and monitoring the terms of securities loan agreements with prospective borrowers for consistency with the requirements of the Funds’ Securities Lending Authorization Agreement; (ix) selecting securities, including amounts (percentages), to be loaned; (x) recordkeeping and accounting servicing; and (xi) arranging for return of loaned securities to the Fund in accordance with the terms of the Securities Lending Authorization Agreement. State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), an affiliate of the Trust, has been approved by the Board to serve as securities lending agent for a Fund and the Trust has entered into an agreement with State Street for such services. Among other matters, the Trust has agreed to indemnify State Street for certain liabilities. State Street has received an order of exemption from the SEC under Sections 17(a) and 12(d)(1) under the 1940 Act to serve as the lending agent for affiliated investment companies such as the Trust and to invest the cash collateral received from loan transactions to be invested in an affiliated cash collateral fund.
Securities lending involves exposure to certain risks, including operational risk (i.e., the risk of losses resulting from problems in the settlement and accounting process especially so in certain international markets such as Taiwan), “gap” risk (i.e., the risk of a
20
mismatch between the return on cash collateral reinvestments and the fees a Fund has agreed to pay a borrower), risk of loss of collateral, credit, legal, counterparty and market risk. If a securities lending counterparty were to default, a Fund would be subject to the risk of a possible delay in receiving collateral or in recovering the loaned securities, or to a possible loss of rights in the collateral. In the event a borrower does not return a Fund’s securities as agreed, the Fund may experience losses if the proceeds received from liquidating the collateral do not at least equal the value of the loaned security at the time the collateral is liquidated, plus the transaction costs incurred in purchasing replacement securities. Although State Street has agreed to provide a Fund with indemnification in the event of a borrower default, a Fund is still exposed to the risk of losses in the event a borrower does not return a Fund’s securities as agreed. For example, delays in recovery of lent securities may cause a Fund to lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price.
LEVERAGING
While the Funds do not anticipate doing so, each Fund may borrow money in an amount greater than 5% of the value of their respective total assets. However, a Fund may not borrow money from a bank in an amount greater than 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund’s total assets. Borrowing for investment purposes is one form of leverage. Leveraging investments, by purchasing securities with borrowed money, is a speculative technique that increases investment risk, but also increases investment opportunity. Because substantially all of each Fund’s assets will fluctuate in value, whereas the interest obligations on borrowings may be fixed, the NAV of a Fund will increase more when such Fund’s portfolio assets increase in value and decrease more when the Fund’s portfolio assets decrease in value than would otherwise be the case. Moreover, interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the returns on the borrowed funds.
MORTGAGE DOLLAR ROLLS
A mortgage dollar roll is a transaction in which a fund sells mortgage-related securities for immediate settlement and simultaneously purchases the same type of securities for forward settlement at a discount. While a fund begins accruing interest on the newly purchased securities from the purchase or trade date, it is able to invest the proceeds from the sale of its previously owned securities, which will be used to pay for the new securities. The use of mortgage dollar rolls is a speculative technique involving leverage, and can have an economic effect similar to borrowing money for investment purposes.
MORTGAGE PASS-THROUGH SECURITIES
Each Fund may invest in U.S. agency mortgage pass-through securities. The term “U.S. agency mortgage pass-through security” refers to a category of pass-through securities backed by pools of mortgages and issued by one of several U.S. government-sponsored enterprises: the Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. In the basic mortgage pass-through structure, mortgages with similar issuer, term and coupon characteristics are collected and aggregated into a “pool” consisting of multiple mortgage loans. The pool is assigned a CUSIP number and undivided interests in the pool are traded and sold as pass-through securities. The holder of the security is entitled to a pro rata share of principal and interest payments (including unscheduled prepayments) from the pool of mortgage loans.
An investment in a specific pool of pass-through securities requires an analysis of the specific prepayment risk of mortgages within the covered pool (since mortgagors typically have the option to prepay their loans). The level of prepayments on a pool of mortgage securities is difficult to predict and can impact the subsequent cash flows and value of the mortgage pool. In addition, when trading specific mortgage pools, precise execution, delivery and settlement arrangements must be negotiated for each transaction. These factors combine to make trading in mortgage pools somewhat cumbersome.
For the foregoing and other reasons, the Funds seek to obtain exposure to U.S. agency mortgage pass-through securities primarily through the use of “to-be-announced” or “TBA transactions.” “TBA” refers to a commonly used mechanism for the forward settlement of U.S. agency mortgage pass-through securities, and not to a separate type of mortgage-backed security. Most transactions in mortgage pass-through securities occur through the use of TBA transactions. TBA transactions generally are conducted in accordance with widely-accepted guidelines which establish commonly observed terms and conditions for execution, settlement and delivery. In a TBA transaction, the buyer and seller decide on general trade parameters, such as agency, settlement date, par amount, and price. The actual pools delivered generally are determined two days prior to settlement date. A Fund may use TBA transactions in several ways. For example, a Fund may enter into TBA agreements and “roll over” such agreements prior to the settlement date stipulated in such agreements. This type of TBA transaction is sometimes known as a “TBA roll.” In a TBA roll, a Fund generally will sell the obligation to purchase the pools stipulated in the TBA agreement prior to the stipulated settlement date and will enter into a new TBA agreement for future delivery of pools of mortgage pass-through securities. In addition, a Fund may enter into TBA agreements and settle such transactions on the stipulated settlement date by accepting actual receipt or delivery of the pools of mortgage pass-through securities stipulated in the TBA agreement.
21
Default by or bankruptcy of a counterparty to a TBA transaction would expose a Fund to possible loss because of adverse market action, expenses or delays in connection with the purchase or sale of the pools of mortgage pass-through securities specified in the TBA transaction. To minimize this risk, a Fund will enter into TBA transactions only with established counterparties (such as major broker-dealers) and the Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of such counterparties. In addition, a Fund may accept assignments of TBA transactions from Authorized Participants (as defined below) from time to time. A Fund’s use of TBA rolls may cause such Fund to experience higher portfolio turnover, higher transaction costs and to pay higher capital gain distributions to shareholders (which may be taxable) than other funds.
The Funds intend to invest cash pending settlement of any TBA transactions in money market instruments, repurchase agreements, commercial paper (including asset-backed commercial paper) or other high-quality, liquid short-term instruments, which may include money market funds affiliated with the Adviser.
MUNICIPAL SECURITIES
General. Municipal securities are securities issued by states, municipalities and other political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities of states and multi-state agencies or authorities. Shareholders should note that, although interest paid on municipal securities is generally exempt from regular federal income tax, a Fund does not anticipate holding municipal securities in sufficient quantities to enable such Fund to qualify to pay exempt-interest dividends. As a result, distributions by the Fund to shareholders are expected to be treated for federal income tax purposes as ordinary dividends without regard to the character in the hands of the Fund of any interest that it receives on municipal securities.
Municipal securities share the attributes of debt/fixed income securities in general, but are generally issued by states, municipalities and other political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities of states and multi-state agencies or authorities. The municipal securities which a Fund may purchase include general obligation bonds and limited obligation bonds (or revenue bonds), including industrial development bonds issued pursuant to former federal tax law. General obligation bonds are obligations involving the credit of an issuer possessing taxing power and are payable from such issuer’s general revenues and not from any particular source. Limited obligation bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. Tax-exempt industrial development bonds generally are also revenue bonds and thus are not payable from the issuer’s general revenues. The credit and quality of industrial development bonds are usually related to the credit of the corporate user of the facilities. Payment of interest on and repayment of principal of such bonds is the responsibility of the corporate user (and/or any guarantor).
Some longer-term municipal securities give the investor the right to “put” or sell the security at par (face value) within a specified number of days following the investor’s request—usually one to seven days. This demand feature enhances a security’s liquidity by shortening its effective maturity and enables it to trade at a price equal to or very close to par. If a demand feature terminates prior to being exercised, a Fund would hold the longer-term security, which could experience substantially more volatility.
The market for municipal bonds may be less liquid than for taxable bonds. This means that it may be harder to buy and sell municipal securities, especially on short notice, than non-municipal securities. There may also be less information available on the financial condition of issuers of municipal securities than for public corporations. This means that it may be harder to buy and sell municipal securities, especially on short notice, and municipal securities may be more difficult for a Fund to value accurately than securities of public corporations. If a Fund invests in municipal securities, the Fund’s portfolio may have greater exposure to liquidity risk than a fund that only invests in non-municipal securities. In addition, the municipal securities market is generally characterized as a buy and hold investment strategy. As a result, the accessibility of municipal securities in the market is generally greater closer to the original date of issue of the securities and lessens as the securities move further away from such issuance date.
Municipal securities are subject to credit and market risk. Generally, prices of higher quality issues tend to fluctuate more with changes in market interest rates than prices of lower quality issues and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues.
Prices and yields on municipal securities are dependent on a variety of factors, including general money-market conditions, the financial condition of the issuer, general conditions of the municipal security market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. A number of these factors, including the ratings of particular issues, are subject to change from time to time. Information about the financial condition of an issuer of municipal securities may not be as extensive as that which is made available by corporations whose securities are publicly traded. As a result, municipal securities may be more difficult to value than securities of public corporations.
Obligations of issuers of municipal securities are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors. Congress or state legislatures may seek to extend the time for payment of principal or interest, or
22
both, or to impose other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations. In addition, municipal securities are subject to the risk that their tax treatment could be changed by Congress or state legislatures, thereby affecting the value of outstanding municipal securities. There is also the possibility that as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of issuers to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal on their municipal securities may be materially affected or their obligations may be found to be invalid or unenforceable. Such litigation or conditions may from time to time have the effect of introducing uncertainties in the market for municipal securities or certain segments thereof, or of materially affecting the credit risk with respect to particular bonds. Adverse economic, business, legal or political developments might affect all or a substantial portion of a Fund’s municipal securities in the same manner.
Municipal Leases and Certificates of Participation. Also included within the general category of municipal securities are municipal leases, certificates of participation in such lease obligations or installment purchase contract obligations (hereinafter collectively called “Municipal Lease Obligations”) of municipal authorities or entities. Although a Municipal Lease Obligation does not constitute a general obligation of the municipality for which the municipality’s taxing power is pledged, a Municipal Lease Obligation is ordinarily backed by the municipality’s covenant to budget for, appropriate and make the payments due under the Municipal Lease Obligation. However, certain Municipal Lease Obligations contain “non-appropriation” clauses which provide that the municipality has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in future years unless money is appropriated for such purpose on a yearly basis. In the case of a “non-appropriation” lease, a Fund’s ability to recover under the lease in the event of non-appropriation or default will be limited solely to the repossession of the leased property, without recourse to the general credit of the lessee, and disposition or releasing of the property might prove difficult.
Municipal Insurance. A municipal security may be covered by insurance that guarantees the bond’s scheduled payment of interest and repayment of principal. This type of insurance may be obtained by either (i) the issuer at the time the bond is issued (primary market insurance), or (ii) another party after the bond has been issued (secondary market insurance).
Both primary and secondary market insurance guarantee timely and scheduled repayment of all principal and payment of all interest on a municipal security in the event of default by the issuer, and cover a municipal security to its maturity, enhancing its credit quality and value.
Municipal security insurance does not insure against market fluctuations or fluctuations in a Fund’s share price. In addition, a municipal security insurance policy will not cover: (i) repayment of a municipal security before maturity (redemption), (ii) prepayment or payment of an acceleration premium (except for a mandatory sinking fund redemption) or any other provision of a bond indenture that advances the maturity of the bond, or (iii) nonpayment of principal or interest caused by negligence or bankruptcy of the paying agent. A mandatory sinking fund redemption may be a provision of a municipal security issue whereby part of the municipal security issue may be retired before maturity.
Because a significant portion of the municipal securities issued and outstanding is insured by a small number of insurance companies, an event involving one or more of these insurance companies could have a significant adverse effect on the value of the securities insured by that insurance company and on the municipal markets as a whole.
Municipal Market Disruption Risk. The value of municipal securities may be affected by uncertainties in the municipal market related to legislation or litigation involving the taxation of municipal securities or the rights of municipal securities holders in the event of a bankruptcy. Proposals to restrict or eliminate the federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal securities are introduced before Congress from time to time. Proposals also may be introduced before state legislatures that would affect the state tax treatment of a municipal fund’s distributions. If such proposals were enacted, the availability of municipal securities and the value of any municipal securities held by a Fund would be affected. Municipal bankruptcies are relatively rare, and certain provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code governing such bankruptcies are unclear and remain untested. Further, the application of state law to municipal issuers could produce varying results among the states or among municipal securities issuers within a state. These legal uncertainties could affect the municipal securities market generally, certain specific segments of the market, or the relative credit quality of particular securities. Any of these effects could have a significant impact on the prices of some or all of the municipal securities held by a Fund.
OTHER SHORT-TERM INSTRUMENTS
Each Fund may invest in short-term instruments, including money market instruments, (including money market funds advised by the Adviser), cash and cash equivalents, on an ongoing basis to provide liquidity or for other reasons. Money market instruments are generally short-term investments that may include but are not limited to: (i) shares of money market funds (including those advised by the Adviser); (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (iii) negotiable certificates of deposit (“CDs”), bankers’ acceptances, fixed time deposits and other obligations of U.S. and foreign banks (including foreign branches) and similar institutions; (iv) commercial paper rated at the date of purchase
23
“Prime-1” by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) or “A-1” by S&P, or if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by the Adviser; (v) non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than 397 days and that present minimal credit risks; and (vi) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of foreign banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of the Adviser, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks which may be purchased by a Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or a forward-settled basis. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions. Money market instruments also include shares of money market funds. The SEC and other government agencies continue to review the regulation of money market funds. The SEC has adopted changes to the rules that govern money market funds, and compliance with many of these amendments was required in October 2016. Legislative developments may also affect money market funds. These changes and developments may affect the investment strategies, performance, yield, operating expenses and continued viability of a money market fund.
PERPETUAL BONDS
Perpetual bonds offer a fixed return with no maturity date. Because they never mature, perpetual bonds can be more volatile than other types of bonds that have a maturity date and may have heightened sensitivity to changes in interest rates. An issuer of perpetual bonds is responsible for coupon payments in perpetuity but does not have to redeem the securities. Perpetual bonds may be callable after a set period of time. It is possible that one or more perpetual bonds in which a Fund invests will be characterized as equity rather than debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Where such perpetual bonds are issued by non-U.S. issuers, they may be treated in turn as equity securities of a “passive foreign investment company.”
PREFERRED SECURITIES
Preferred securities pay fixed or adjustable rate dividends to investors, and have “preference” over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of a company’s assets. This means that a company must pay dividends on preferred stock before paying any dividends on its common stock. In order to be payable, distributions on preferred securities must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Income payments on typical preferred securities currently outstanding are cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accrue even if not declared by the board of directors or otherwise made payable. There is no assurance that dividends or distributions on the preferred securities in which a Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable.
The market value of preferred securities may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes impacting companies in the utilities and financial services sectors, which are prominent issuers of preferred securities, and by actual and anticipated changes in tax laws.
Because the claim on an issuer’s earnings represented by preferred securities may become onerous when interest rates fall below the rate payable on such securities, the issuer may redeem the securities. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, a Fund’s holdings of higher rate-paying fixed rate preferred securities may be reduced and a Fund would be unable to acquire securities paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds.
PRIVATE MORTGAGE PASS-THROUGH SECURITIES
Private mortgage pass-through securities are structured similarly to the Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage pass-through securities and are issued by United States and foreign private issuers such as originators of and investors in mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. These securities usually are backed by a pool of conventional fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans. Since private mortgage pass-through securities typically are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement.
Mortgage Assets often consist of a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. There are usually fewer properties in a pool of assets backing commercial mortgage-backed securities than in a pool of assets backing residential mortgage-backed securities hence they may be more sensitive to the performance of fewer Mortgage Assets. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, those securities may contain elements of credit support, which fall into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from default ensures ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. This protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquencies or losses in excess of those anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in a security.
24
PRIVATE PLACEMENTS AND RESTRICTED SECURITIES
Each Fund may invest in securities that are purchased in private placements and, accordingly, are subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or under federal securities laws. While such private placements may offer attractive opportunities for investment not otherwise available on the open market, the securities so purchased are often “restricted securities,” i.e., securities which cannot be sold to the public without registration under the Securities Act or the availability of an exemption from registration (such as Rules 144 or 144A), or which are not readily marketable because they are subject to other legal or contractual delays in or restrictions on resale. Generally speaking, restricted securities may be sold only to qualified institutional buyers, or in a privately negotiated transaction to a limited number of purchasers, or in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met pursuant to an exemption from registration, or in a public offering for which a registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act.
Because there may be relatively few potential purchasers for such investments, especially under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, a Fund could find it more difficult to sell such securities when the Adviser believes it advisable to do so or may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if such securities were more widely held. Market quotations for such securities are generally less readily available than for publicly traded securities. The absence of a trading market can make it difficult to ascertain a market value for such securities for purposes of computing a Fund’s net asset value, and the judgment of the Adviser may at times play a greater role in valuing these securities than in the case of publicly traded securities. Disposing of such securities, which may be illiquid investments, can involve time-consuming negotiation and legal expenses, and it may be difficult or impossible for a Fund to sell them promptly at an acceptable price. A Fund may have to bear the extra expense of registering such securities for resale and the risk of substantial delay in effecting such registration.
A Fund may be deemed to be an “underwriter” for purposes of the Securities Act when selling restricted securities to the public, and in such event the Fund may be liable to purchasers of such securities if the registration statement prepared by the issuer, or the prospectus forming a part of it, is materially inaccurate or misleading.
QUALIFIED PUBLICLY TRADED PARTNERSHIPS
Regulated investment companies (“RICs”) are subject to favorable tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code. To qualify as a RIC, each Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from sources generating “qualifying income.” Income derived from direct and certain indirect investments in commodities is not qualifying income. Thus, income from certain commodities-related investments may cause a Fund not to qualify as a RIC. Each Fund may invest up to 25%, except for the SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF, which may invest up to 20%, of its total assets in one or more ETPs that are qualified publicly traded partnerships (“QPTPs”) and whose principal activities are the buying and selling of commodities or options, futures, or forwards with respect to commodities. Income from QPTPs is generally qualifying income. A QPTP is an entity that is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, subject to certain requirements. If such an ETP fails to qualify as a QPTP, the income generated from a Fund’s investment in the ETP may not be qualifying income. A Fund will only invest in such an ETP if it intends to qualify as a QPTP, but there is no guarantee that each such ETP will be successful in qualifying as a QPTP. In addition, there is little regulatory guidance concerning the application of the rules governing qualification as a QPTP, and it is possible that future guidance may adversely affect the qualification of such ETPs as QPTPs. If a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC, the Fund itself will be subject to tax, which will reduce returns to the Fund’s shareholders. Such a failure will also alter the treatment of distributions to the Fund’s shareholders.
RATINGS
An investment-grade rating means the security or issuer is rated investment-grade by Moody’s, S&P, Fitch, Inc., Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited, or another credit rating agency designated as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization by the SEC, or is unrated but considered to be of equivalent quality by the Adviser or applicable Sub-Adviser.
Subsequent to purchase by a Fund, a rated security may cease to be rated or its investment grade rating may be reduced below an investment grade rating. Bonds rated lower than Baa3 by Moody’s or BBB- by S&P or Fitch are below investment grade quality and are obligations of issuers that are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal according to the terms of the obligation and, therefore, carry greater investment risk, including the possibility of issuer default and bankruptcy and increased market price volatility. Such securities (“lower rated securities”) are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are subject to a substantial degree of credit risk. Lower rated securities are often issued by smaller, less creditworthy
25
companies or by highly leveraged (indebted) firms, which are generally less able than more financially stable firms to make scheduled payments of interest and principal. The risks posed by securities issued under such circumstances are substantial. Bonds rated below investment grade tend to be less marketable than higher-quality bonds because the market for them is less broad. The market for unrated bonds is even narrower. See “HIGH YIELD SECURITIES” above for more information relating to the risks associated with investing in lower rated securities.
REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS (“REITs”)
REITs pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income producing real estate or real estate loans or interests. A REIT is not taxed on income distributed to shareholders if it complies with several requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets, and income and a requirement that it distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its taxable income (other than net capital gains) for each taxable year. REITs can generally be classified as Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs, which invest the majority of their assets directly in real property, derive their income primarily from rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs, which invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages, derive their income primarily from interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both Equity REITs and Mortgage REITs. A Fund will not invest in real estate directly, but only in securities issued by real estate companies. However, a Fund may be subject to risks similar to those associated with the direct ownership of real estate (in addition to securities markets risks) to the extent it invests in the securities of companies in the real estate industry. These include declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, dependency on management skill, heavy cash flow dependency, possible lack of availability of mortgage funds, overbuilding, extended vacancies of properties, increased competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, changes in zoning laws, losses due to costs resulting from the clean-up of environmental problems, liability to third parties for damages resulting from environmental problems, casualty or condemnation losses, limitations on rents, changes in neighborhood values, the appeal of properties to tenants and changes in interest rates. Investments in REITs may subject Fund shareholders to duplicate management and administrative fees.
In addition to these risks, Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the trusts, while Mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. Further, Equity and Mortgage REITs are dependent upon management skills and generally may not be diversified. Equity and Mortgage REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers and self-liquidation. In addition, Equity and Mortgage REITs could possibly fail to qualify for the beneficial tax treatment available to REITs under the Internal Revenue Code, or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act. The above factors may also adversely affect a borrower’s or a lessee’s ability to meet its obligations to the REIT. In the event of a default by a borrower or lessee, the REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting investments.
REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
Each Fund may invest in repurchase agreements with commercial banks, brokers or dealers to generate income from its excess cash balances and to invest securities lending cash collateral. A repurchase agreement is an agreement under which a fund acquires a financial instrument (e.g., a security issued by the U.S. government or an agency thereof, a banker’s acceptance or a certificate of deposit) from a seller, subject to resale to the seller at an agreed upon price and date (normally, the next Business Day – as defined below). A repurchase agreement may be considered a loan collateralized by securities. The resale price reflects an agreed upon interest rate effective for the period the instrument is held by a fund and is unrelated to the interest rate on the underlying instrument.
In these repurchase agreement transactions, the securities acquired by a fund (including accrued interest earned thereon) must have a total value in excess of the value of the repurchase agreement and are held by the Custodian until repurchased. No more than an aggregate of 15% of a Fund’s net assets will be invested in illiquid securities, including repurchase agreements having maturities longer than seven days and securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale, or for which there are no readily available market quotations.
The use of repurchase agreements involves certain risks. For example, if the other party to the agreement defaults on its obligation to repurchase the underlying security at a time when the value of the security has declined, a fund may incur a loss upon disposition of the security. If the other party to the agreement becomes insolvent and subject to liquidation or reorganization under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or other laws, a court may determine that the underlying security is collateral for a loan by a fund not within the control of the fund and, therefore, the fund may not be able to substantiate its interest in the underlying security and may be deemed an unsecured creditor of the other party to the agreement.
26
REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
Each Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements, which involve the sale of securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment and have the characteristics of borrowing. The securities purchased with the funds obtained from the agreement and securities collateralizing the agreement will have maturity dates no later than the repayment date. Generally the effect of such transactions is that a fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases a fund is able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are only advantageous if a fund has an opportunity to earn a greater rate of interest on the cash derived from these transactions than the interest cost of obtaining the same amount of cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available and a Fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when the Adviser believes it will be advantageous to the Fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any interim increase or decrease in the value of a Fund’s assets. A Fund’s exposure to reverse repurchase agreements will be covered by securities having a value equal to or greater than such commitments. Under the 1940 Act, reverse repurchase agreements are considered borrowings. Although there is no limit on the percentage of fund assets that can be used in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, the Funds do not expect to engage, under normal circumstances, in reverse repurchase agreements with respect to more than 33 1/3%, or in the case of the SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF and SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF more than 10%, of their respective total assets.
SENIOR LOANS
The SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF and SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF, through investments in an underlying exchange-traded product (the “Underlying Fund”) may, and SRLN through direct investments will, receive exposure to first lien senior secured floating rate bank loans (“Senior Loans”). Senior Loans consist generally of obligations of companies and other entities (collectively, “borrowers”) incurred for the purpose of reorganizing the assets and liabilities of a borrower; acquiring another company; taking over control of a company (leveraged buyout); temporary refinancing; or financing internal growth or other general business purposes. Senior Loans are often obligations of borrowers who have incurred a significant percentage of debt compared to their total assets and thus are highly leveraged. The Underlying Fund and SRLN do not treat the banks originating or acting as agents for the lenders, or granting or acting as intermediary in participation interests, in loans held by the Underlying Fund or SRLN as the issuers of such loans.
Senior Loans may be acquired by direct investment as a lender at the inception of the loan or by assignment of a portion of a loan previously made to a different lender or by purchase of a participation interest. If the Fund makes a direct investment in a Senior Loan as one of the lenders, it generally acquires the loan at or below par. This means the Underlying Fund or SRLN receives a return at or above the full interest rate for the loan. If the Underlying Fund or SRLN acquires its interest in Senior Loans in the secondary market or acquires a participation interest, the loans may be purchased or sold above, at, or below par, which can result in a yield that is below, equal to, or above the stated interest rate of the loan. At times, the Underlying Fund or SRLN may be able to invest in Senior Loans only through assignments or participations.
When the Underlying Fund or SRLN is a purchaser of an assignment, it succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. These rights include the ability to vote along with the other lenders on such matters as enforcing the terms of the loan agreement (e.g., declaring defaults, initiating collection actions, etc.). Taking such actions typically requires at least a vote of the lenders holding a majority of the investment in the loan and may require a vote by lenders holding two-thirds or more of the investment in the loan. Because the Underlying Fund or SRLN usually does not hold a majority of the investment in any loan, it will not be able by itself to control decisions that require a vote by the lenders.
The Underlying Fund and SRLN may, but will not typically, invest in Senior Loans through participations. A participation interest represents a fractional interest in a loan held by the lender selling the Underlying Fund or SRLN the participation interest. In the case of participations, the Underlying Fund or SRLN will not have any direct contractual relationship with the borrower, the Underlying Fund’s or SRLN’s rights to consent to modifications of the loan are limited and it is dependent upon the participating lender to enforce the Underlying Fund’s or SRLN’s rights upon a default. The Underlying Fund or SRLN will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest, and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. The Underlying Fund or SRLN will only purchase participations from lenders with credit ratings of Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P or Fitch, or a comparable rating by another nationally recognized rating agency.
The Underlying Fund or SRLN may be affected by the credit of both the agent and the lender from whom the Underlying Fund or SRLN acquires a participation interest. These credit risks may include delay in receiving payments of principal and interest paid by the borrower to the agent or by the agent to the lender or offsets against payments received from the borrower. In the event of the borrower’s bankruptcy, the borrower’s obligation to repay the loan may be subject to defenses that the borrower can assert as a result of improper conduct by the agent.
27
Historically, the amount of public information available about a specific Senior Loan has been less extensive than if the loan were registered or exchange-traded.
The loans in which the Underlying Fund or SRLN will invest will, in most instances, be Senior Loans, which are secured and senior to other indebtedness of the borrower. Each Senior Loan will generally be secured by collateral such as accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, real estate, intangible assets such as trademarks, copyrights and patents, and securities of subsidiaries or affiliates. The value of the collateral generally will be determined by reference to financial statements of the borrower, by an independent appraisal, by obtaining the market value of such collateral, in the case of cash or securities if readily ascertainable, or by other customary valuation techniques considered appropriate by the Adviser. The value of collateral may decline after the Underlying Fund’s or SRLN’s investment, and collateral may be difficult to sell in the event of default. Consequently, the Underlying Fund or SRLN may not receive all the payments to which it is entitled. By virtue of their senior position and collateral, Senior Loans typically provide lenders with the first right to cash flows or proceeds from the sale of a borrower’s collateral if the borrower becomes insolvent (subject to the limitations of bankruptcy law, which may provide higher priority to certain claims such as employee salaries, employee pensions, and taxes). This means Senior Loans are generally repaid before unsecured bank loans, corporate bonds, subordinated debt, trade creditors, and preferred or common stockholders. To the extent that the Underlying Fund or SRLN invests in unsecured loans, if the borrower defaults on such loan, there is no specific collateral on which the lender can foreclose. If the borrower defaults on a subordinated loan, the collateral may not be sufficient to cover both the senior and subordinated loans.
Senior Loans will usually require, in addition to scheduled payments of interest and principal, the prepayment of the Senior Loan from free cash flow, as further described below. The degree to which borrowers prepay Senior Loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among loan investors, among others. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Certain market conditions, including those where default rates are falling, among others, may lead to increased prepayment frequency and loan renegotiations. These renegotiations are often on terms more favorable to borrowers. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which the Underlying Fund or SRLN derives interest income will be reduced. However, the Underlying Fund or SRLN may receive a prepayment penalty fee assessed against the prepaying borrower.
Senior Loans typically pay interest at least quarterly at rates which equal a fixed percentage spread over a base rate such as the LIBOR. For example, if LIBOR were 0.3% and the borrower was paying a fixed spread of 2.50%, the total interest rate paid by the borrower would be 2.80%. Additionally, many Senior Loans also have a minimum base rate, or floor, which will be used if the actual base rate is below this minimum base rate. This measure is designed to ensure lenders receive a minimum interest rate in periods of low interest rates. By illustration, if LIBOR were 0.3% and the borrower was paying a fixed spread of 2.50%, the total interest rate paid by the borrower would be 2.80%. However, if the same Senior Loan had a LIBOR floor of 1.50%, then 1.50% would be used as the base rate notwithstanding that LIBOR was currently at 0.3%, thereby making the interest rate paid the borrower 4.00% (1.50% LIBOR floor base rate plus 2.50% fixed spread). During periods when LIBOR is greater than the LIBOR floor, the LIBOR floor would have no impact on the interest rate paid by the borrower. Not all Senior Loans have LIBOR floors and this feature may not persist in future issuances of Senior Loans.
Although a base rate such as LIBOR can change every day, loan agreements for Senior Loans typically allow the borrower the ability to choose how often the base rate for its loan will reset. A single loan may have multiple reset periods at the same time, with each reset period applicable to a designated portion of the loan. Such reset periods can range from one day to one year, with most borrowers choosing monthly or quarterly reset periods. During periods of rising interest rates, borrowers will tend to choose longer reset periods, and during periods of declining interest rates, borrowers will tend to choose shorter reset periods.
Senior Loans generally are arranged through private negotiations between a borrower and several financial institutions represented by an agent who is usually one of the originating lenders. In larger transactions, it is common to have several agents; however, generally only one such agent has primary responsibility for ongoing administration of a Senior Loan. Agents are typically paid fees by the borrower for their services.
The administrative agent is primarily responsible for negotiating the loan agreement which establishes the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan and the rights of the borrower and the lenders. The collateral agent is responsible for monitoring collateral and for exercising remedies available to the lenders such as foreclosure upon collateral. Any applicable Sub-Adviser or its affiliates may from time to time borrow from financial institutions that act as agents for loans.
Loan agreements may provide for the termination of the agent’s agency status in the event that it fails to act as required under the relevant loan or collateral agreement, becomes insolvent, enters Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) receivership or, if
28
not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy. Should such an agent, lender or assignor with respect to an assignment interpositioned between the Underlying Fund or SRLN and the borrower become insolvent or enter FDIC receivership or bankruptcy, any interest in the Senior Loan of such person and any loan payment held by such person for the benefit of the Underlying Fund or SRLN should not be included in such person’s or entity’s bankruptcy estate. If, however, any such amount were included in such person’s or entity’s bankruptcy estate, the Underlying Fund or SRLN would incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment or could suffer a loss of principal or interest. In this event, SRLN or the Underlying Fund and, therefore, the applicable Fund could experience a decrease in the NAV.
Most borrowers pay their debts from cash flow generated by their businesses. If a borrower’s cash flow is insufficient to pay its debts, it may attempt to restructure its debts rather than sell collateral. Borrowers may try to restructure their debts by filing for protection under the federal bankruptcy laws or negotiating a work-out. If a borrower becomes involved in a bankruptcy proceeding, access to collateral may be limited by bankruptcy and other laws. Such action by a court could be based, for example, on a “fraudulent conveyance” claim to the effect that the borrower did not receive fair consideration for granting the security interest in the loan collateral to the Underlying Fund or SRLN. If a court decides that access to collateral is limited or void, the Underlying Fund or SRLN may not recover the full amount of principal and interest that is due.
A borrower must comply with certain restrictive covenants contained in the loan agreement. In addition to requiring the scheduled payment of principal and interest, these covenants may include restrictions on the payment of dividends and other distributions to the borrower’s shareholders, provisions requiring compliance with specific financial ratios, and limits on total indebtedness. The agreement may also require the prepayment of the loans from excess cash flow. A breach of a covenant that is not waived by the agent (or lenders directly) is normally an event of default, which provides the agent and lenders the right to call for repayment of the outstanding loan. The typical practice of an agent or a loan investor in relying exclusively or primarily on reports from the borrower to monitor the borrower’s compliance with covenants may involve a risk of fraud by the borrower.
In the process of buying, selling and holding Senior Loans, the Underlying Fund or SRLN may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. When the Underlying Fund or SRLN buys or sells a Senior Loan it may pay an assignment fee. On an ongoing basis, the Underlying Fund or SRLN may receive a commitment fee based on the undrawn portion of the underlying line of credit portion of a Senior Loan. In certain circumstances, the Underlying Fund or SRLN may receive a prepayment penalty fee upon prepayment of a Senior Loan. Other fees received by the Underlying Fund or SRLN may include covenant waiver fees, covenant modification fees or other consent or amendment fees.
Notwithstanding its intention in certain situations to not receive material, non-public information with respect to its management of investments in Senior Loans, the Adviser and/or applicable Sub-Adviser may from time to time come into possession of material, non-public information about the issuers of loans that may be held in the Underlying Fund’s or SRLN’s portfolio. Possession of such information may in some instances occur despite the Adviser’s and/or applicable Sub-Adviser’s efforts to avoid such possession, but in other instances the Adviser and/or applicable Sub-Adviser may choose to receive such information (for example, in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee with respect to a financially distressed issuer). The Adviser’s and/or applicable Sub-Adviser’s ability to trade in these Senior Loans for the account of the Underlying Fund or SRLN could potentially be limited by its possession of such information. Such limitations on the Adviser’s and/or applicable Sub-Adviser’s ability to trade could have an adverse effect on the Underlying Fund or SRLN by, for example, preventing the Underlying Fund or SRLN from selling a Senior Loan that is experiencing a material decline in value. In some instances, these trading restrictions could continue in effect for a substantial period of time.
An increase in demand for Senior Loans may benefit the Underlying Fund or SRLN by providing increased liquidity for such loans and higher sales prices, but it may also adversely affect the rate of interest payable on such loans acquired by the Underlying Fund or SRLN and the rights provided to the Underlying Fund or SRLN under the terms of the applicable loan agreement, and may increase the price of loans that the Underlying Fund or SRLN wishes to purchase in the secondary market. A decrease in the demand for Senior Loans may adversely affect the price of loans in the Underlying Fund’s or SRLN’s portfolio, which could cause SRLN’s or the Underlying Fund’s and, therefore, the applicable Fund’s net asset value to decline. The size of the loan market and number of participants may vary over time.
29
The Underlying Fund or SRLN may acquire interests in Senior Loans which are designed to provide temporary or “bridge” financing to a borrower pending the sale of identified assets or the arrangement of longer-term loans or the issuance and sale of debt obligations. The Underlying Fund or SRLN may also invest in Senior Loans of borrowers that have obtained bridge loans from other parties. A borrower’s use of bridge loans involves a risk that the borrower may be unable to locate permanent financing to replace the bridge loan, which may impair the borrower’s perceived creditworthiness. Bridge loans may have less liquidity than other Senior Loans that were issued to fund corporate purposes on a longer term basis.
Although not anticipated in the normal course, the Underlying Fund or SRLN may occasionally acquire warrants and other equity securities as part of a unit combining a Senior Loan and equity securities of a borrower or its affiliates. The acquisition of such equity securities will only be incidental to the Underlying Fund’s or SRLN’s purchase of a Senior Loan. The Underlying Fund or SRLN may also acquire equity securities or credit securities (including non-dollar denominated equity or credit securities) issued in exchange for a Senior Loan or issued in connection with the debt restructuring or reorganization of a Borrower, or if such acquisition, in the judgment of the Adviser may enhance the value of a Senior Loan or would otherwise be consistent with the Underlying Fund’s or SRLN’s investment policies. Such warrants and equity securities will typically have limited value and there is no assurance that such securities will ever obtain value.
Other loans. The Underlying Fund or SRLN may invest in secured loans that are not first lien and loans that are unsecured. These loans have the same characteristics as Senior Loans except that such loans are not first in priority of repayment and/or are not secured by collateral. Accordingly, the risks associated with these loans are higher than the risks for loans with first priority over the collateral. Because these loans are lower in priority and/or unsecured, they are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the secured obligations of the borrower. In the event of default on such a loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. It is possible that no value would remain for the holders of secured loans that are not first lien and loans that are unsecured and therefore result in a loss of investment to the Underlying Fund or SRLN.
Secured loans that are not first lien and loans that are unsecured generally have greater price volatility than Senior Loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in these loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure for the holders of such loans. Secured loans that are not first lien and loans that are unsecured share the same risks as other below investment grade instruments.
SOVEREIGN DEBT OBLIGATIONS
Sovereign debt obligations are issued or guaranteed by foreign governments or their agencies. Sovereign debt may be in the form of conventional securities or other types of debt instruments such as loans or loan participations. Governmental entities responsible for repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal and pay interest when due, and may require renegotiation or reschedule of debt payments. In addition, prospects for repayment of principal and payment of interest may depend on political as well as economic factors. Although some sovereign debt, such as Brady Bonds, is collateralized by U.S. government securities, repayment of principal and payment of interest is not guaranteed by the U.S. government.
STRIPPED MORTGAGE SECURITIES
Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by Federal Agencies, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage securities not issued by Federal Agencies will be treated by a Fund as illiquid securities so long as the staff of the SEC maintains its position that such securities are illiquid. Stripped mortgage securities issued by Federal Agencies generally will be treated by a Fund as liquid securities under procedures adopted by the Fund and approved by the Fund’s Board.
Stripped mortgage securities usually are structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distribution of a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest-only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or “PO” class). PO classes generate income through the accretion of the deep discount at which such securities are purchased, and, while PO classes do not receive periodic payments of interest, they receive monthly payments associated with scheduled amortization and principal prepayment from the mortgage assets underlying the PO class. The yield to maturity on a PO or an IO class security is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. A slower than expected rate of principal payments may have an adverse
30
effect on a PO class security’s yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience slower than anticipated principal repayment, a Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on an IO class security’s yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments or principal, a Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities.
A Fund may purchase stripped mortgage securities for income, or for hedging purposes to protect the Fund against interest rate fluctuations. For example, since an IO class will tend to increase in value as interest rates rise, it may be utilized to hedge against a decrease in value of other fixed-income securities in a rising interest rate environment.
STRUCTURED INVESTMENTS
The SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF may invest in structured investments. A structured investment is a security having a return tied to an underlying index or other security or asset class. Structured investments generally are individually negotiated agreements and may be traded over-the-counter. Structured investments are organized and operated to restructure the investment characteristics of the underlying security. This restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or trust, on specified instruments (such as commercial bank loans) and the issuance by that entity or one or more classes of securities (“structured securities”) backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured securities to create securities with different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the extent of such payments made with respect to structured securities is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments. Because structured securities typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments. Investments in structured securities are generally of a class of structured securities that is either subordinated or unsubordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated structured securities typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated structured securities. Structured securities are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for structured securities. Investments in government and government-related and restructured debt instruments are subject to special risks, including the inability or unwillingness to repay principal and interest, requests to reschedule or restructure outstanding debt and requests to extend additional loan amounts. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in structured securities; although the Fund’s investments in structured securities and junior bank loans in the aggregate may not exceed 20% of its assets.
U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS
U.S. government obligations are a type of bond. U.S. government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities.
One type of U.S. government obligation, U.S. Treasury obligations, are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury and differ only in their interest rates, maturities, and times of issuance. U.S. Treasury bills have initial maturities of one-year or less; U.S. Treasury notes have initial maturities of one to ten years; and U.S. Treasury bonds generally have initial maturities of greater than ten years.
Other U.S. government obligations are issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government including, but not limited to, Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the Small Business Administration, the Federal Farm Credit Administration, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), the Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLB”), Banks for Cooperatives (including the Central Bank for Cooperatives), the Federal Land Banks, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Export-Import Bank of the United States, the Commodity Credit Corporation, the Federal Financing Bank, the Student Loan Marketing Association, the National Credit Union Administration and the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation (Farmer Mac). Some obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities, including, for example, Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Other obligations issued by or guaranteed by federal agencies, such as those securities issued by Fannie Mae, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the federal agency, while other obligations issued by or guaranteed by federal agencies, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks, are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury. While the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored federal agencies, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will always do so, since the U.S. government is not so obligated by law.
In September 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, placing the two federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. Under the terms of the takeover, the U.S. Treasury agreed to acquire $1 billion of senior preferred stock of each instrumentality and obtained warrants for the purchase of common stock of each instrumentality. Under these Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements (“SPAs”), the U.S. Treasury has pledged to provide a limited amount of capital per instrumentality as needed, including the contribution of cash capital to the instrumentalities in the event their liabilities exceed their
31
assets. In May 2009, the U.S. Treasury increased its maximum commitment to each instrumentality under the SPAs from $100 billion to $200 billion per instrumentality. In December 2009, the U.S. Treasury amended the SPAs to provide Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with some additional flexibility to meet the requirement to reduce their mortgage portfolios. Also in December 2009, the U.S. Treasury further amended the SPAs to allow the cap on the U.S. Treasury’s funding commitment to increase as necessary to accommodate any cumulative reduction in Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s net worth through the end of 2012. On August 17, 2012, the U.S. Treasury announced that it was again amending the SPAs to terminate the requirement that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac each pay a 10% dividend annually on all amounts received under the funding commitment. Instead, they were required to transfer to the U.S. Treasury on a quarterly basis all profits earned during a quarter that exceeded a capital reserve amount of $3 billion. On September 30, 2019, the U.S. Treasury announced amendments to the SPAs permitting Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to maintain capital reserves of $25 billion and $20 billion, respectively. It is believed that the amendment puts Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in a better position to service their debt because the companies no longer have to borrow from the U.S. Treasury to make fixed dividend payments.
Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are the subject of several continuing class action lawsuits and investigations by federal regulators over certain accounting, disclosure or corporate governance matters, which (along with any resulting financial restatements) may adversely affect the guaranteeing entities. Importantly, the future of the entities is in serious question as the U.S. government reportedly is considering multiple options, ranging from nationalization, privatization, consolidation, or abolishment of the entities.
U.S. REGISTERED SECURITIES OF FOREIGN ISSUERS
Each Fund may purchase exchange-traded common stocks and exchange-traded preferred securities of foreign corporations, as well as U.S. registered, dollar-denominated bonds of foreign corporations, governments, agencies and supra-national entities. Investing in U.S. registered, dollar-denominated, securities issued by non-U.S. issuers involves some risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, political instability which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries, and potential restrictions of the flow of international capital. Foreign companies may be subject to less governmental regulation than U.S. issuers. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.
A Fund’s investments in common stock of foreign corporations may also be in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) (collectively “Depositary Receipts”). Depositary Receipts are receipts, typically issued by a bank or trust company, which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. For ADRs, the depository is typically a U.S. financial institution and the underlying securities are issued by a foreign issuer. For other Depositary Receipts, the depository may be a foreign or a U.S. entity, and the underlying securities may have a foreign or a U.S. issuer. Depositary Receipts will not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, in bearer form, are designated for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the United States and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world. The SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF, SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF and SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF each may invest in sponsored or unsponsored ADRs; however, not more than 10% of the net assets of each of the SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF, SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF and SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF will be invested in unsponsored ADRs. The issuers of unsponsored ADRs are not obligated to disclose material information in the United States, and, therefore, there may be less information available regarding such issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the ADRs.
VARIABLE AND FLOATING RATE SECURITIES
Variable rate securities are instruments issued or guaranteed by entities such as (1) US government, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, (2) states, municipalities and other political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities of states and multi-states agencies or authorities, (3) corporations, (4) financial institutions, (5) insurance companies or (6) trusts that have a rate of interest subject to adjustment at regular intervals but less frequently than annually. A variable rate security provides for the automatic establishment of a new interest rate on set dates. Variable rate obligations whose interest is readjusted no less frequently than annually will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the next readjustment of the interest rate. Each Fund may also purchase floating rate securities. A floating rate security provides for the automatic adjustment of its interest rate whenever a specified interest rate changes. Interest rates on these securities are ordinarily tied to, and are a percentage of, a widely recognized interest rate, such as the yield on 90-day US Treasury bills or the prime rate of a specified bank. These rates may change as often as twice daily. Generally, changes in interest rates will have a smaller effect on the market value of variable and fixed rate floating rate securities than on the market value of comparable fixed rate fixed income obligations. Thus, investing in variable and fixed rate floating rate securities generally allows less opportunity for capital appreciation and depreciation than investing in comparable fixed rate fixed income securities.
32
VARIABLE RATE DEMAND OBLIGATIONS
Variable Rate Demand Obligations (“VRDOs”) are short-term tax-exempt fixed income instruments whose yield is reset on a periodic basis. VRDO securities tend to be issued with long maturities of up to 30 or 40 years; however, they are considered short-term instruments because they include a put feature which coincides with the periodic yield reset. For example, a VRDO whose yield resets weekly will have a put feature that is exercisable upon seven days’ notice. VRDOs are put back to a bank or other entity that serves as a liquidity provider, who then tries to resell the VRDOs or, if unable to resell, holds them in its own inventory. VRDOs are generally supported by either a Letter of Credit or a Stand-by Bond Purchase Agreement to provide credit enhancement.
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AND RISKS
A discussion of the risks associated with an investment in each Fund is contained in the Prospectus. The discussion below supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the Prospectus.
GENERAL
Investment in a Fund should be made with an understanding that the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of the issuers of the portfolio securities, the value of securities generally and other factors.
An investment in a Fund should also be made with an understanding of the risks inherent in an investment in securities, including the risk that the financial condition of issuers may become impaired or that the general condition of the securities markets may deteriorate (either of which may cause a decrease in the value of the portfolio securities and thus in the value of Shares). Securities are susceptible to general market fluctuations and to volatile increases and decreases in value as market confidence in and perceptions of their issuers change. These investor perceptions are based on various and unpredictable factors including expectations regarding government, economic, monetary and fiscal policies, inflation and interest rates, economic expansion or contraction, and global or regional political, economic and banking crises. Securities of issuers traded on exchanges may be suspended on certain exchanges by the issuers themselves, by an exchange or by government authorities. The likelihood of such suspensions may be higher for securities of issuers in emerging or less-developed market countries than in countries with more developed markets. Trading suspensions may be applied from time to time to the securities of individual issuers for reasons specific to that issuer, or may be applied broadly by exchanges or governmental authorities in response to market events. Suspensions may last for significant periods of time, during which trading in the securities and instruments that reference the securities, such as participatory notes (or “P-notes”) or other derivative instruments, may be halted.
Holders of common stocks incur more risk than holders of preferred stocks and debt obligations because common stockholders, as owners of the issuer, have generally inferior rights to receive payments from the issuer in comparison with the rights of creditors of, or holders of debt obligations or preferred stocks issued by, the issuer. Further, unlike debt securities which typically have a stated principal amount payable at maturity (whose value, however, will be subject to market fluctuations prior thereto), or preferred stocks which typically have a liquidation preference and which may have stated optional or mandatory redemption provisions, common stocks have neither a fixed principal amount nor a maturity. Common stock values are subject to market fluctuations as long as the common stock remains outstanding.
The principal trading market for some securities may be in the over-the-counter market. The existence of a liquid trading market for certain securities may depend on whether dealers will make a market in such securities. There can be no assurance that a market will be made or maintained or that any such market will be or remain liquid. The price at which securities may be sold and the value of a Fund’s Shares will be adversely affected if trading markets for the Fund’s portfolio securities are limited or absent or if bid/ask spreads are wide.
BREXIT RISK
In June 2016, citizens of the United Kingdom voted in a referendum to leave the EU (known as “Brexit”), creating economic and political uncertainty in its wake. In March 2017, the United Kingdom formally notified the European Council of the United Kingdom’s intention to withdraw from the EU pursuant to Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union. This formal notification began a two-year period of negotiations regarding the terms of the United Kingdom’s exit from the EU, which formally concluded on January 31, 2020. The United Kingdom is currently in a transition period where it remains subject to EU rules but has no role in the EU law-making process. During this transition period, United Kingdom and EU representatives are negotiating the precise terms of
33
their future relationship. The transition period is scheduled to end on December 31, 2020. The full scope and nature of the consequences of the exit are not at this time known and are unlikely to be known for a significant period of time. It is also unknown whether the United Kingdom’s exit will increase the likelihood of other countries also departing the EU. Any exits from the EU, or the possibility of such exits, may have a significant impact on the United Kingdom, Europe, and global economies, which may result in increased volatility and illiquidity, new legal and regulatory uncertainties and potentially lower economic growth for such economies that could potentially have an adverse effect on the value of a Fund’s investments.
CHINA A SHARE RISK
Certain Funds may be subject to risks associated with investments in A Shares of Chinese issuers (“China A Shares” or “A Shares”). The Funds may invest in A Shares through the Hong Kong-Shanghai Stock Connect or Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect programs (the “Stock Connect program”).
Investing through the Stock Connect Program
A Fund may invest in eligible securities listed and traded on the Shanghai Stock Exchange (“SSE”) or Shenzhen Stock Exchange (“SZSE”) through the Stock Connect program, a securities trading and clearing program developed by The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”), SSE and SZSE, Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited (“HKSCC”) and China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited (“ChinaClear”) for the establishment of mutual market access between SEHK and the SSE and SZSE. Among other restrictions, investors in securities obtained via the Stock Connect program are generally subject to Chinese securities regulations and SSE or SZSE rules. Securities obtained via the Stock Connect program generally may only be sold, purchased or otherwise transferred through the Stock Connect program in accordance with applicable rules. The Stock Connect program is recently-established and further developments are likely. There can be no assurance as to whether or how such developments may restrict or affect a Fund’s investments or returns. In addition, the application and interpretation of the laws and regulations of Hong Kong and the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”), and the rules, policies or guidelines published or applied by relevant regulators and exchanges in respect of the Stock Connect program, are uncertain, and they may have a detrimental effect on a Fund’s investments and returns. The securities eligible to be traded by a Fund through the Stock Connect program are subject to change.
Ownership of A Shares Risk. A Shares acquired by Hong Kong and foreign investors, including each Fund, through the Stock Connect program are held by HKSCC as the “nominee holder” of such A Shares. A nominee holder is the person who holds securities on behalf of an underlying investor, or “beneficial owner,” who is entitled to the rights and benefits of the SSE or SZSE securities acquired through the Stock Connect program. The China Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”) Stock Connect rules expressly provide that investors enjoy the rights and benefits of A-Shares listed on the SSE or SZSE (together, the “Mainland Securities”) acquired through Stock Connect in accordance with applicable laws. The CSRC has clarified that (i) the concept of nominee shareholding is recognized in China, (ii) overseas investors shall hold Mainland Securities through HKSCC and are entitled to proprietary interests in such securities as shareholders, (iii) China law does not expressly provide for a beneficial owner under the nominee holding structure to bring legal proceedings, nor does it prohibit a beneficial owner from doing so, (iv) as long as certification issued by HKSCC is treated as lawful proof of a beneficial owner’s holding of Mainland Securities under the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region law, it would be fully respected by CSRC, and (v) as long as an overseas investor can provide evidential proof of direct interest as a beneficial owner, the investor may take legal actions in its own name in PRC courts.
Under the rules of the Central Clearing and Settlement System operated by HKSCC for the clearing of securities listed or traded on SEHK, HKSCC as nominee holder shall have no obligation to take any legal action or court proceeding to enforce any rights on behalf of the investors in respect of the Mainland Securities in the PRC or elsewhere. Therefore, although a Fund’s ownership may be ultimately recognized and the HKSCC confirmed that it is prepared to provide assistance to the beneficial owners of Mainland Securities where necessary, a Fund may suffer difficulties or delays in enforcing their rights in China A Shares. Moreover, whether PRC courts will accept the legal action independently initiated by the overseas investor with the certification of holding Mainland Securities issued by HKSCC has yet to be tested.
Quota Limitations Risk. Although a Fund’s investments through the Stock Connect program, if any, are not subject to individual investment quotas, daily investment quotas apply to all participants in the Stock Connect program. Trading through the Stock Connect program is subject to daily quotas (“Daily Quotas”). The Daily Quotas differ for Hong Kong and foreign investors (including the Funds) trading into Mainland China (“Northbound Trading”) and PRC investors trading into Hong Kong (“Southbound Trading”). The Daily Quotas are applicable to trading activity transacted through the Stock Connect program and are monitored by the SEHK. The Daily Quota limits the maximum net buy value of cross-border trades via Northbound Trading through the Stock Connect program each day. The Daily Quotas may affect a Fund’s ability to trade through the Stock Connect program at any given time during a trading day. In particular, once the remaining balance of the Daily Quota applicable to Northbound Trading drops to zero or such Daily Quota is exceeded, new buy orders will be rejected (though investors will be allowed to sell their A Shares regardless of the quota balance). Therefore, quota limitations may restrict or limit a Fund’s ability to invest in A Shares through the Stock Connect program on a timely basis or at all on any given day.
34
Restriction on Day Trading Risk. Day (turnaround) trading is not permitted through the Stock Connect program. Investors buying A Shares on day T can only sell the shares on and after day T+1 subject to any Stock Connect program rules.
A Share Market Suspension Risk. A Shares may only be purchased from, or sold to, a Fund from time to time where the relevant A Shares may be sold or purchased on the SSE or the SZSE, as appropriate. Securities exchanges in the PRC typically have the right to suspend or limit trading in any security traded on the relevant exchange, which could adversely affect a Fund’s ability to access the PRC market.
Restrictions on selling imposed by front-end monitoring. PRC regulations require that before an investor sells any share, there should be sufficient shares in the account; otherwise SSE or SZSE will reject the sell order concerned. SEHK will carry out pre-trade checking on China A-Shares sell orders of its participants (i.e., the stock brokers) to ensure there is no over-selling.
If a Fund wishes to sell certain China A Shares it holds, it must transfer those China A Shares to the respective accounts of its brokers before the market opens on the day of selling (“Trading Day”). If it fails to meet this deadline, it will not be able to sell those shares on the Trading Day. Because of this requirement, the Fund may not be able to dispose of holdings of China A Shares in a timely manner.
However, a Fund may request a custodian to open a special segregated account (“SPSA”) in CCASS (the Central Clearing and Settlement System operated by the HKSCC for the clearing of securities listed or traded on SEHK) to maintain its holdings in China A Shares under the enhanced pre-trade checking model. Each SPSA will be assigned a unique “Investor ID” by CCASS for the purpose of facilitating China Stock Connect System to verify the holdings of an investor (such as the Fund). Provided that there is sufficient holdings in the SPSA when a broker inputs the Fund’s sell order, the Fund will be able to dispose of its holdings of China A Shares (as opposed to the practice of transferring China A Shares to the broker’s account under the pre-trade checking model for non-SPSA accounts). Opening of the SPSA accounts for the Fund will enable it to dispose of its holdings of China A Shares in a timely manner.
Additional Clearing, Settlement and Custody Risk. HKSCC and ChinaClear establish the clearing links and each is a participant of each other to facilitate clearing and settlement of cross-boundary trades. As the national central counterparty of the PRC’s securities market, ChinaClear operates a comprehensive network of clearing, settlement and stock holding infrastructure. ChinaClear has established a risk management framework and measures that are approved and supervised by the CSRC. The chances of a ChinaClear default are considered to be remote.
Should the remote event of a ChinaClear default occur and ChinaClear be declared as a defaulter, HKSCC will, in good faith, seek recovery of the outstanding stocks and monies from ChinaClear through available legal channels or through ChinaClear’s liquidation. In that event, the Fund may suffer a delay in the recovery process or may not be able to fully recover its losses from ChinaClear.
The China A-Shares traded through Stock Connect are issued in scriptless form, so investors, such as the Funds, will not hold any physical China A-Shares. Hong Kong and overseas investors, such as the Funds, who have acquired Mainland Securities through Northbound trading should maintain the Mainland Securities with their brokers’ or custodians’ stock accounts with the Central Clearing and Settlement System operated by HKSCC for the clearing securities listed or traded on SEHK.
Investment compensation. Since a Fund is carrying out Northbound trading through securities brokers in Hong Kong but not PRC brokers, it is not protected by the China Securities Investor Protection Fund in the PRC. However, if the Fund suffers losses due to default matters of its securities brokers in Hong Kong in relation to the investment of China A Shares through the Stock Connect program, it would be compensated by Hong Kong Investor Compensation Fund.
Trading costs. In addition to paying trading fees and stamp duties in connection with China A-Share trading, a Fund may be subject to new portfolio fees, dividend tax and tax concerned with income arising from stock transfers which are yet to be determined by the relevant authorities.
Additional Operational Risk. The Stock Connect program is premised on the functioning of the operational systems of the relevant market participants. Market participants are able to participate in the Stock Connect program subject to meeting certain information technology capability, risk management and other requirements as may be specified by the relevant exchange and/or clearing house. Further, the “connectivity” in the Stock Connect program requires routing of orders across the border of Hong Kong and the PRC. This requires the development of new information technology systems on the part of the SEHK and Exchange Participants (i.e., China Stock Connect System). There is no assurance that the systems of the SEHK and market participants will function properly or will continue to be adapted to changes and developments in both markets. In the event that the relevant systems fail to function properly, trading in A Shares through the Stock Connect program could be disrupted. A Fund’s ability to access the A Share market through the Stock Connect program may be adversely affected.
35
Differences in Trading Day Risk. The Stock Connect program will only operate on days when both the PRC and Hong Kong markets are open for trading and when banks in both markets are open on the corresponding settlement days. So it is possible that there are occasions when it is a normal trading day for the PRC market but investors, including the Funds, cannot carry out any A Shares trading. A Fund may be subject to a risk of price fluctuations in A Shares during the time when the Stock Connect program is not trading as a result.
A Share Tax Risk.
Uncertainties in PRC tax rules governing taxation of income and gains from investments in A-Shares could result in unexpected tax liabilities for a Fund. A Fund’s investments in securities, including A-Shares, issued by PRC companies may cause the Fund to become subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by the PRC. If the Fund were considered to be a tax resident of the PRC, it would be subject to PRC corporate income tax at the rate of 25% on its worldwide taxable income. If the Fund were considered to be a non-resident enterprise with a “permanent establishment” in the PRC, it would be subject to PRC corporate income tax of 25% on the profits attributable to the permanent establishment. The Adviser intends to operate such Fund in a manner that will prevent it from being treated as a tax resident of the PRC and from having a permanent establishment in the PRC. It is possible, however, that the PRC could disagree with that conclusion or that changes in PRC tax law could affect the PRC corporate income tax status of the Fund.
The PRC generally imposes withholding income tax at a rate of 10% on dividends, premiums, interest and capital gains originating in the PRC and paid to a company that is not a resident of the PRC for tax purposes and that has no permanent establishment in China. The withholding is in general made by the relevant PRC tax resident company making such payments. In the event the relevant PRC tax resident company fails to withhold the relevant PRC withholding income tax or otherwise fails to pay the relevant withholding income tax to the PRC tax authorities, the competent PRC tax authorities may, at their sole discretion, impose tax obligations on a Fund.
The Ministry of Finance of the PRC, the State Administration of Taxation of the PRC and the CSRC (collectively, the “PRC Tax Authorities”) issued the “Notice on the Pilot Program of Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect” Caishui [2014] No.81 (Notice 81), on October 31, 2014, which states that the capital gain from disposal of A-Shares by foreign investor enterprises via the Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect program will be temporarily exempt from withholding income tax. Notice 81 also states that the dividends derived from A-Shares by foreign investor enterprises are subject to 10% withholding income tax.
The PRC Tax Authorities issued the “Notice on the Pilot Program of Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect” Caishui [2016] No.127 (Notice 127)” on November 5, 2016, which states that the capital gain from disposal of A-Shares by foreign investor enterprises via the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect program will be temporarily exempt from withholding income tax. Notice 127 also states that the dividends derived from A-Shares by foreign investor enterprises is subject to 10% withholding income tax.
There is no indication of how long the temporary exemption will remain in effect and a Fund may be subject to such withholding income tax in the future. If, in the future, China begins applying tax rules regarding the taxation of income from investments through Stock Connect and/or begins collecting capital gains taxes on such investments, a Fund could be subject to withholding income tax liability if the Fund determines that such liability cannot be reduced or eliminated by applicable tax treaties. The PRC Tax Authorities may, in the future, issue further guidance in this regard and with potential retrospective effect. The negative impact of any such tax liability on the Fund’s return could be substantial.
In light of the uncertainty as to how gains or income that may be derived from a Fund’s investments in the PRC will be taxed, the Fund reserves the right to provide for withholding tax on such gains or income and withhold tax for the account of the Fund. Withholding tax may already be withheld at a broker/custodian level. If the Fund expects such withholding tax on trading in A-Shares to be imposed, it reserves the right to establish a reserve for such tax. If the Fund establishes such a reserve but is not ultimately subject to the tax, shareholders who redeemed or sold their shares while the reserve was in place will effectively bear the tax and may not benefit from the later release, if any, of the reserve. Conversely, if the Fund does not establish such a reserve but ultimately is subject to the tax, shareholders who redeemed or sold their shares prior to the tax being withheld, reserved or paid will have effectively avoided the tax, even if they benefited from the trading that precipitated the Fund’s payment of it. Investors should note that such provision may be excessive or inadequate to meet actual withholding tax liabilities (which could include interest and penalties) on the Fund’s investments. As a result, investors may be advantaged or disadvantaged depending on the final rules of the relevant PRC tax authorities.
Any tax provision, if made, will be reflected in the NAV per share of such Fund at the time of debit or release of such provision and thus will impact shares which remain in the Fund at the time of debit or release of such provision. If the actual applicable tax levied by
36
PRC tax authorities is greater than that provided for by a Fund so that there is a shortfall in the tax provision amount, investors should note that the NAV of the Fund may suffer more than the tax provision amount as the Fund will ultimately have to bear the additional tax liabilities. In this case, the then-existing and subsequent investors will be disadvantaged. On the other hand, if the actual applicable tax levied by PRC tax authorities is less than that provided for by the Fund so that there is an excess in the tax provision amount, investors who have redeemed Fund shares before the PRC tax authorities’ ruling, decision or guidance in this respect will be disadvantaged as they would have borne the loss from the Fund’s overprovision. In this case, the then-existing and subsequent investors may benefit if the difference between the tax provision and the actual taxation liability can be returned to the account of the Fund as assets thereof. In case of having excess in the tax provision amount (for example, the actual applicable tax levied by PRC tax authorities is less than the tax provision amount or due to a change in provisioning by the Fund), such excess shall be treated as property of the Fund and investors who have already transferred or redeemed their shares in the Fund will not be entitled or have any right to claim any part of the amount representing the excess.
Stamp duty under the PRC laws generally applies to the execution and receipt of taxable documents, which include contracts for the sale of A-Shares traded on PRC stock exchanges. In the case of such contracts, the stamp duty is currently imposed on the seller but not on the purchaser, at the rate of 0.1%. While overseas investors currently are exempt from value added taxes (currently at the rate of 6%) on capital gains derived from trading of A-Shares through Stock Connect, the PRC tax rules could be changed which could result in unexpected tax liabilities for a Fund. In addition, urban maintenance and construction tax (currently at rates ranging from 1% to 7%), educational surcharge (currently at the rate of 3%) and local educational surcharge (currently at the rate of 2%) (collectively, the “surtaxes”) are imposed based on value added tax liabilities, so if a Fund were liable for value added tax it would also be required to pay the applicable surtaxes. The PRC rules for taxation of Stock Connect are evolving and certain of the tax regulations to be issued by the PRC State Administration of Taxation and/or PRC SAFE to clarify the subject matter may apply retrospectively, even if such rules are adverse to a Fund and its investors. The imposition of such taxes, particularly on a retrospective basis, could have a material adverse effect on a Fund’s returns. Before further guidance is issued and is well established in the administrative practice of the PRC tax authorities, the practices of the PRC tax authorities that collect PRC taxes relevant to a Fund may differ from, or be applied in a manner inconsistent with, the practices with respect to the analogous investments described herein or any further guidance that may be issued. The value of a Fund’s investment in the PRC and the amount of its income and gains could be adversely affected by an increase in tax rates or change in the taxation basis.
The above information is only a general summary of the potential PRC tax consequences that may be imposed on a Fund and its investors either directly or indirectly and should not be taken as a definitive, authoritative or comprehensive statement of the relevant matter. Investors should seek their own tax advice on their tax position with regard to their investment in a Fund.
The PRC government has implemented a number of tax reform policies in recent years. The current tax laws and regulations may be revised or amended in the future. Any revision or amendment in tax laws and regulations may affect the after-taxation profit of PRC companies and foreign investors in such companies, such as the Funds.
General PRC-Related Risks
Economic, Political and Social Risks of the PRC. The economy of China, which has been in a state of transition from a planned economy to a more market oriented economy, differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, its state of development, its growth rate, control of foreign exchange, protection of intellectual property rights and allocation of resources.
Although the majority of productive assets in China are still owned by the PRC government at various levels, in recent years, the PRC government has implemented economic reform measures emphasizing utilization of market forces in the development of the economy of China and a high level of management autonomy. The economy of China has experienced significant growth in the past several decades, but growth has been uneven both geographically and among various sectors of the economy, and no assurance can be given that such growth will continue. Economic growth has also been accompanied by periods of high inflation. The PRC government has implemented various measures from time to time to control inflation and restrain the rate of economic growth.
There can, however, be no assurance that the PRC government will continue to pursue such economic policies or, if it does, that those policies will continue to be successful. Any such adjustment and modification of those economic policies may have an adverse impact on the securities markets in the PRC as well as the portfolio securities of a Fund. Further, the PRC government may from time to time adopt corrective measures to control the growth of the PRC economy, which may also have an adverse impact on the capital growth and performance of a Fund. Political changes, social instability and adverse diplomatic developments in the PRC could result in the imposition of additional government restrictions, including expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxes, limits on repatriation, or nationalization of some or all of the property held by the underlying issuers of a Fund’s portfolio securities.
37
PRC Laws and Regulations Risk. The regulatory and legal framework for capital markets and joint stock companies in the PRC may not be as well developed as those of developed countries. PRC laws and regulations affecting securities markets are relatively new and evolving, and because of the limited volume of published cases and judicial interpretation and their non-binding nature, interpretation and enforcement of these regulations involve significant uncertainties. In addition, as the PRC legal system develops, no assurance can be given that changes in such laws and regulations or new laws, regulations or practices relating to transactions in Chinese securities will be promulgated, or that their interpretation or enforcement will not have a material adverse effect on a Fund’s portfolio securities.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST RISK
An investment in a Fund may be subject to a number of actual or potential conflicts of interest. For example, the Adviser or its affiliates may provide services to a Fund, such as securities lending agency services, custodial, administrative, bookkeeping, and accounting services, transfer agency and shareholder servicing, securities brokerage services, and other services for which the Fund would compensate the Adviser and/or such affiliates. A Fund may invest in other pooled investment vehicles sponsored, managed, or otherwise affiliated with the Adviser. There is no assurance that the rates at which a Fund pays fees or expenses to the Adviser or its affiliates, or the terms on which it enters into transactions with the Adviser or its affiliates, will be the most favorable available in the market generally or as favorable as the rates the Adviser makes available to other clients. Because of its financial interest, the Adviser may have an incentive to enter into transactions or arrangements on behalf of a Fund with itself or its affiliates in circumstances where it might not have done so in the absence of that interest.
CONTINUOUS OFFERING
The method by which Creation Units of Shares are created and traded may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Units of Shares are issued and sold by the Trust on an ongoing basis, at any point a “distribution,” as such term is used in the Securities Act, may occur. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner which could render them statutory underwriters and subject them to the prospectus delivery and liability provisions of the Securities Act.
For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes Creation Units after placing an order with the Distributor, breaks them down into constituent Shares, and sells such Shares directly to customers, or if it chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new Shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for Shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes of the Securities Act must take into account all the facts and circumstances pertaining to the activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case, and the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to a categorization as an underwriter.
Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in Shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of Shares, are generally required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus-delivery obligation with respect to Shares of a Fund are reminded that under Securities Act Rule 153, a prospectus-delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Exchange is satisfied by the fact that a Fund’s Prospectus is available at the Exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is only available with respect to transactions on an exchange.
SSGA or its affiliates (the “Selling Shareholder”) may purchase Creation Units through a broker-dealer to “seed” (in whole or in part) Funds as they are launched, or may purchase shares from broker-dealers or other investors that have previously provided “seed” for Funds when they were launched or otherwise in secondary market transactions, and because the Selling Shareholder may be deemed an affiliate of such Funds, the Fund Shares are being registered to permit the resale of these shares from time to time after purchase. The Funds will not receive any of the proceeds from the resale by the Selling Shareholders of these Fund Shares.
The Selling Shareholder intends to sell all or a portion of the Fund Shares owned by it and offered hereby from time to time directly or through one or more broker-dealers, and may also hedge such positions. The Fund Shares may be sold on any national securities exchange on which the Fund Shares may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, in the over-the-counter market or in transactions other than on these exchanges or systems at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of the sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. These sales may be effected in transactions, which may involve cross or block transactions.
The Selling Shareholder may also loan or pledge Fund Shares to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such Fund Shares, to the extent permitted by applicable law. The Selling Shareholder may also enter into options or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of Fund Shares, which Fund Shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell.
38
The Selling Shareholder and any broker-dealer or agents participating in the distribution of Fund Shares may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. In such event, any commissions paid to any such broker-dealer or agent and any profit on the resale of the Fund Shares purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. The Selling Shareholder who may be deemed an “underwriter” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act will be subject to the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
COUNTERPARTY RISK
Counterparty risk with respect to derivatives has been and may continue to be affected by new rules and regulations affecting the derivatives market. Some derivatives transactions are required to be centrally cleared, and a party to a cleared derivatives transaction is subject to the credit risk of the clearing house and the clearing member through which it holds its cleared position, rather than the credit risk of its original counterparty to the derivatives transaction. Credit risk of market participants with respect to derivatives that are centrally cleared is concentrated in a few clearing houses, and it is not clear how an insolvency proceeding of a clearing house would be conducted, what effect the insolvency proceeding would have on any recovery by a Fund, and what impact an insolvency of a clearing house would have on the financial system more generally.
FUTURES AND OPTIONS TRANSACTIONS
There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract or option at any specific time. Thus, it may not be possible to close a futures or options position. In the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments to maintain its required margin. In such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, the Fund may be required to make delivery of the instruments underlying futures contracts it has sold.
A Fund will minimize the risk that it will be unable to close out a futures or options contract by only entering into futures and options for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market.
The risk of loss in trading futures contracts or uncovered call options in some strategies (e.g., selling uncovered index futures contracts) is potentially unlimited. The risk of a futures position may still be large as traditionally measured due to the low margin deposits required. In many cases, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss or gain to the investor relative to the size of a required margin deposit. A Fund, however, may utilize futures and options contracts in a manner designed to limit its risk exposure to that which is comparable to what it would have incurred through direct investment in securities.
Utilization of futures transactions by a Fund involves the risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund has an open position in the futures contract or option.
Certain financial futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.
RISKS OF SWAP AGREEMENTS
Swap agreements are subject to the risk that the swap counterparty will default on its obligations. If such a default occurs, a Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction, but such remedies may be subject to bankruptcy and insolvency laws which could affect the Fund’s rights as a creditor.
The use of interest-rate and index swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, reference rate or index but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all possible market conditions. These transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal.
39
The absence of a regulated execution facility or contract market and lack of liquidity for swap transactions has led, in some instances, to difficulties in trading and valuation, especially in the event of market disruptions. Under recently adopted rules and regulations, transactions in some types of swaps are required to be centrally cleared. In a cleared derivatives transaction, a Fund’s counterparty to the transaction is a central derivatives clearing organization, or clearing house, rather than a bank or broker. Because each Fund is not a member of a clearing house, and only members of a clearing house can participate directly in the clearing house, the Fund holds cleared derivatives through accounts at clearing members. In cleared derivatives transactions, a Fund will make payments (including margin payments) to and receive payments from a clearing house through its accounts at clearing members. Clearing members guarantee performance of their clients’ obligations to the clearing house. Centrally cleared derivative arrangements may be less favorable to a Fund than bilateral (non-cleared) arrangements. For example, a Fund may be required to provide greater amounts of margin for cleared derivatives transactions than for bilateral derivatives transactions. Also, in contrast to bilateral derivatives transactions, in some cases following a period of notice to a Fund, a clearing member generally can require termination of existing cleared derivatives transactions at any time or an increase in margin requirements above the margin that the clearing member required at the beginning of a transaction. Clearing houses also have broad rights to increase margin requirements for existing transactions or to terminate transactions at any time. A Fund is subject to risk if it enters into a derivatives transaction that is required to be cleared (or which SSGA FM or a Sub-Adviser expects to be cleared), and no clearing member is willing or able to clear the transaction on the Fund’s behalf. In that case, the transaction might have to be terminated, and the Fund could lose some or all of the benefit of the transaction, including loss of an increase in the value of the transaction and loss of hedging protection. In addition, the documentation governing the relationship between a Fund and clearing members is drafted by the clearing members and generally is less favorable to the Fund than typical bilateral derivatives documentation.
These clearing rules and other new rules and regulations could, among other things, restrict a Fund’s ability to engage in, or increase the cost to the Fund of, derivatives transactions, for example, by making some types of derivatives no longer available to the Fund, increasing margin or capital requirements, or otherwise limiting liquidity or increasing transaction costs. These regulations are new and evolving, so their potential impact on a Fund and the financial system are not yet known.
Because they are two party contracts that may be subject to contractual restrictions on transferability and termination and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid and subject to a Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. To the extent that a swap is not liquid, it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses. Like most other investments, swap agreements are subject to the risk that the market value of the instrument will change in a way detrimental to a Fund’s interest.
If a Fund uses a swap as a hedge against, or as a substitute for, a portfolio investment, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the swap will have or will develop imperfect or no correlation with the portfolio investment. This could cause substantial losses for the Fund. While hedging strategies involving swap instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other portfolio investments. Many swaps are complex and often valued subjectively.
LIBOR RISK
On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. Various financial industry groups have begun planning for that transition, however, there remains uncertainty regarding the future utilization of LIBOR and the nature of any replacement rate. The replacement or abandonment of, or modification to, LIBOR could have adverse impacts on newly issued financial instruments and existing financial instruments which reference LIBOR. While some instruments may contemplate a scenario where LIBOR is no longer available by providing for an alternative rate setting methodology, not all instruments may have such provisions and there are significant uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of any such alternative methodologies. Abandonment of or modifications to LIBOR could lead to significant short-term and long-term uncertainty and market instability and the extent to which that may impact a Fund may vary depending on various factors, which include, but are not limited to: (i) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and (ii) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new successor reference rates and/or fallbacks for both legacy and new instruments. In addition, the transition to a successor rate could potentially cause (i) increased volatility or illiquidity in markets for instruments that currently rely on LIBOR, (ii) a reduction in the value of certain instruments held by the Fund, or (iii) reduced effectiveness of related Fund transactions, such as hedging. It remains uncertain how such changes would be implemented and the effects such changes would have on a Fund, issuers of instruments in which the Fund invests and financial markets generally. Instruments in which the Fund invests may pay interest at floating or adjusting rates based on LIBOR or may be subject to interest caps or floors. There remains uncertainty regarding the future utilization of LIBOR and the nature of any replacement rate. The unavailability or replacement of LIBOR may affect the value, liquidity or return on certain Fund investments and may result in costs incurred in connection with closing out positions and entering into new trades. Any pricing adjustments to a Fund’s investments resulting from a substitute reference rate may also adversely affect the Fund’s performance and/or NAV. Such successor or substitute reference rate and any adjustments selected may negatively impact a Fund’s investments, performance or financial condition, and may expose the Fund to additional tax, accounting and regulatory risks, Additionally, if LIBOR ceases to exist, a Fund may need to renegotiate the credit agreements extending beyond 2021 with the Fund’s obligors that utilize LIBOR as a factor in determining the interest rate and certain of the Fund’s existing credit facilities to replace LIBOR with the new standard that is established. Any pricing adjustments to a Fund’s investments resulting from a substitute reference rate may also adversely affect the Fund’s performance and/or NAV. Such successor or substitute reference rate and any adjustments selected may negatively impact a Fund’s investments, performance or financial condition, and may expose the Fund to additional tax, accounting and regulatory risks.
40
The U.S. Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions, intends to replace the U.S. dollar LIBOR with the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), a new index calculated by short-term repurchase agreements, backed by Treasury securities. Abandonment of or modifications to LIBOR could have adverse impacts on newly issued financial instruments and existing financial instruments which reference LIBOR. While some instruments may contemplate a scenario where LIBOR is no longer available by providing for an alternative rate setting methodology, not all instruments may have such provisions and there are significant uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of any such alternative methodologies.
In 2012, regulators in the United States and the United Kingdom alleged that some of the member banks surveyed by the British Bankers Association engaged in manipulative acts in connection with the calculation of LIBOR. Several financial institutions have reached settlements with the CFTC, the U.S. Department of Justice Fraud Section and the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority in connection with investigations by such authorities into submissions made by such financial institutions to the bodies that set LIBOR and other interbank offered rates. Additional investigations remain ongoing with respect to other major banks. Despite increased regulation and other corrective actions since that time, concerns have arisen regarding LIBOR’s viability as a benchmark, due to decreased confidence of the market in LIBOR and lead market participants looking for alternative, non-LIBOR based types of financing, such as fixed rate loans or bonds or floating rate loans based on non-LIBOR indices.
MARKET TURBULENCE RESULTING FROM COVID-19
An outbreak of a respiratory disease caused by a novel coronavirus first detected in China in December 2019 has spread globally in a short period of time. In an organized attempt to contain and mitigate the effects of the spread of the coronavirus known as COVID-19, governments and businesses world-wide have taken aggressive measures, including closing borders, restricting international and domestic travel, and the imposition of prolonged quarantines of large populations. COVID-19 has resulted in the disruption of and delays in the delivery of healthcare services and processes, the cancellation of organized events and educational institutions, the disruption of production and supply chains, a decline in consumer demand for certain goods and services, and general concern and uncertainty, all of which have contributed to increased volatility in global markets. The effects of COVID-19 will likely affect certain sectors and industries more dramatically than others, which may adversely affect the value of a Fund’s investments in those sectors or industries. COVID-19, and other epidemics and pandemics that may arise in the future, could adversely affect the economies of many nations, the global economy, individual companies and capital markets in ways that cannot be foreseen at the present time. In addition, the impact of infectious diseases in developing or emerging market countries may be greater due to limited health care resources. Political, economic and social stresses caused by COVID-19 also may exacerbate other pre-existing political, social and economic risks in certain countries. The duration of COVID-19 and its effects cannot be determined at this time, but the effects could be present for an extended period of time.
TAX RISKS
As with any investment, you should consider how your investment in Shares of a Fund will be taxed. The tax information in the Prospectus and this SAI is provided as general information. You should consult your own tax professional about the tax consequences of an investment in Shares of a Fund.
Unless your investment in Shares is made through a tax-exempt entity or tax-advantaged retirement account, such as an individual retirement account, you need to be aware of the possible tax consequences when a Fund makes distributions or you sell Shares.
41
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
The Trust has adopted the following investment restrictions as fundamental policies with respect to each Fund. These restrictions cannot be changed with respect to a Fund without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. For purposes of the 1940 Act, a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund means the vote, at an annual or a special meeting of the security holders of the Trust, of the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the voting securities of the Fund present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. Except with the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities, a Fund may not:
1. (Except SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF and SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF) Purchase securities of an issuer that would cause the Fund to fail to satisfy the diversification requirement for a diversified management company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time;
2. Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the Rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time;1
3. Make loans to another person except as permitted by the 1940 Act or other governing statute, by the Rules thereunder, or by the SEC or other regulatory agency with authority over the Funds;
4. Issue senior securities or borrow money except as permitted by the 1940 Act or other governing statute, by the Rules thereunder, or by the SEC or other regulatory agency with authority over the Funds;
5. Invest directly in real estate unless the real estate is acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments. This restriction shall not preclude a Fund from investing in companies that deal in real estate or in instruments that are backed or secured by real estate;
6. Act as an underwriter of another issuer’s securities, except to the extent the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the Fund’s purchase and sale of portfolio securities; or
7. Invest in commodities except as permitted by the 1940 Act or other governing statute, by the Rules thereunder, or by the SEC or other regulatory agency with authority over the Funds.
In addition to the investment restrictions adopted as fundamental policies as set forth above, each Fund observes the following restrictions, which may be changed by the Board without a shareholder vote. A Fund will not:
1. Invest in the securities of a company for the purpose of exercising management or control, provided that the Trust may vote the investment securities owned by the Fund in accordance with its views;
2. With respect to the SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF, under normal circumstances, invest less than 80% of its net assets (plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes) directly, or indirectly through investments in underlying ETFs, in fixed income securities. Prior to any change in this 80% investment policy, the Fund will provide shareholders with 60 days’ written notice;
3. With respect to the SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF, under normal circumstances, invest less than 80% of its net assets (plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes) directly, or indirectly through investments in underlying ETFs, in securities of U.S. companies. Prior to any change in this 80% investment policy, the Fund will provide shareholders with 60 days’ written notice;
4. With respect to the SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF, under normal circumstances, invest less than 80% of its net assets (plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes) in debt securities. Prior to any change in this 80% investment policy, the Fund will provide shareholders with 60 days’ written notice;
| 1 |
The SEC Staff considers concentration to involve more than 25% of a fund’s assets to be invested in an industry or group of industries. |
42
5. With respect to the MFS ETFs, under normal circumstances, invest less than 80% of a Fund’s net assets (plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities. Prior to any change in this 80% investment policy, a Fund will provide shareholders with 60 days’ written notice;
6. With respect to the SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF, under normal circumstances, invest less than 80% of its net assets (plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in senior loans. For purposes of this 80% test, “senior loans” are first lien senior secured floating rate bank loans. Prior to any change this 80% investment policy, the Fund will provide shareholders with 60 days’ written notice;
7. With respect to the SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF, under normal circumstances, invest less than 80% of its net assets (plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes) in emerging market fixed income instruments or in derivatives or other instruments that provide investment exposure to emerging market fixed income instruments. Prior to any change in this 80% investment policy, the Fund will provide shareholders with 60 days’ written notice; or
8. With respect to the SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF, under normal circumstances, invest less than 80% of its net assets (plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes) in fixed-income securities. Prior to any change in this 80% investment policy, the Fund will provide shareholders with 60 days’ written notice.
If a percentage limitation is adhered to at the time of investment or contract, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from any change in value or total or net assets will not result in a violation of such restriction, except that the percentage limitations with respect to the borrowing of money will be observed continuously. With respect to the limitation on borrowing, in the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances cause a Fund to exceed its limitation, the Fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of borrowing back within the limitations within three days thereafter (not including Sundays and holidays).
The 1940 Act currently permits each Fund to loan up to 33 1/3% of its total assets. With respect to borrowing, the 1940 Act presently allows each Fund to: (1) borrow from any bank (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total assets, (2) borrow money for temporary purposes in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of each Fund’s total assets at the time of the loan, and (3) enter into reverse repurchase agreements. However, under normal circumstances any borrowings by a Fund will not exceed 10% of a Fund’s total assets. The 1940 Act generally prohibits funds from issuing senior securities, although it does not treat certain transactions as senior securities, such as certain borrowings, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligation. With respect to investments in commodities, the 1940 Act presently permits each Fund to invest in commodities in accordance with investment policies contained in its prospectus and SAI. Any such investment shall also comply with the CEA and the rules and regulations thereunder. The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment company’s ability to invest in real estate, but does require that every investment company have the fundamental investment policy governing such investments. A Fund will not purchase or sell real estate, except that the Fund may invest in companies that deal in real estate (including REITs) or in instruments that are backed or secured by real estate.
EXCHANGE LISTING AND TRADING
A discussion of exchange listing and trading matters associated with an investment in a Fund is contained in the Prospectus under “PURCHASE AND SALE INFORMATION” and “ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND SALE INFORMATION.” The discussion below supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, such sections of the Prospectus.
The Shares of each Fund are approved for listing and trading on the Exchange, subject to notice of issuance. The Shares trade on the Exchange at prices that may differ to some degree from their net asset value. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of Shares of a Fund will continue to be met.
The Exchange may consider the suspension of trading in, and may initiate delisting proceedings of, the Shares of a Fund under any of the following circumstances: (i) if the Exchange becomes aware that the Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the 1940 Act; (ii) if the Fund no longer complies with the applicable listing requirements set forth in the Exchange’s rules; (iii) if, following the initial twelve-month period after commencement of trading on the Exchange of the Fund, there are fewer than 50 beneficial holders of the Fund; or (iv) if such other event shall occur or condition exists which, in the opinion of the Exchange, makes further dealings on the Exchange inadvisable. The Exchange will remove the Shares from listing and trading upon termination of a Fund.
43
The Trust reserves the right to adjust the Share price of each Fund in the future to maintain convenient trading ranges for investors. Any adjustments would be accomplished through stock splits or reverse stock splits, which would have no effect on the net assets of a Fund or an investor’s equity interest in a Fund.
As in the case of other publicly traded securities, brokers’ commissions on transactions will be based on negotiated commission rates at customary levels.
The base and trading currencies of the Funds is the U.S. dollar. The base currency is the currency in which a Fund’s net asset value per Share is calculated and the trading currency is the currency in which Shares of a Fund are listed and traded on the Exchange.
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Prospectus entitled “MANAGEMENT.”
Board Responsibilities. The management and affairs of the Trust and its series, including the Funds described in this SAI, are overseen by the Trustees. The Board has approved contracts, as described in this SAI, under which certain companies provide essential management services to the Trust.
Like most mutual funds, the day-to-day business of the Trust, including the management of risk, is performed by third party service providers, such as the Adviser, Sub-Advisers, Distributor, Administrator and Sub-Administrator. The Trustees are responsible for overseeing the Trust’s service providers and, thus, have oversight responsibility with respect to risk management performed by those service providers. Risk management seeks to identify and address risks, i.e., events or circumstances that could have material adverse effects on the business, operations, shareholder services, investment performance or reputation of the Funds. The Funds and their service providers employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various of those possible events or circumstances, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur. Each service provider is responsible for one or more discrete aspects of the Trust’s business (e.g., a Sub-Adviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of a Fund’s portfolio investments) and, consequently, for managing the risks associated with that business. The Board has emphasized to the Funds’ service providers the importance of maintaining vigorous risk management.
The Trustees’ role in risk oversight begins before the inception of a Fund, at which time the Fund’s Adviser and, if applicable, Sub-Adviser present the Board with information concerning the investment objectives, strategies and risks of the Fund, as well as proposed investment limitations for the Fund. Additionally, the Fund’s Adviser and Sub-Adviser provide the Board with an overview of, among other things, their investment philosophies, brokerage practices and compliance infrastructures. Thereafter, the Board continues its oversight function as various personnel, including the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer, as well as personnel of the Adviser and other service providers, such as the Fund’s independent accountants, make periodic reports to the Audit Committee or to the Board with respect to various aspects of risk management. The Board and the Audit Committee oversee efforts by management and service providers to manage risks to which a Fund may be exposed.
The Board is responsible for overseeing the nature, extent and quality of the services provided to the Funds by the Adviser and Sub-Adviser and receives information about those services at its regular meetings. In addition, on an annual basis, in connection with its consideration of whether to renew the Investment Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement with the Adviser and Sub-Adviser, respectively, the Board meets with the Adviser and Sub-Adviser to review such services. Among other things, the Board regularly considers the Adviser’s and Sub-Adviser’s adherence to the Fund’s investment restrictions and compliance with various Fund policies and procedures and with applicable securities regulations. The Board also reviews information about each Fund’s investments.
The Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer reports regularly to the Board to review and discuss compliance issues. At least annually, the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer provides the Board with a report reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Trust’s policies and procedures and those of its service providers, including the Adviser and any Sub-Adviser. The report addresses the operation of the policies and procedures of the Trust and each service provider since the date of the last report; any material changes to the policies and procedures since the date of the last report; any recommendations for material changes to the policies and procedures; and any material compliance matters since the date of the last report.
The Board receives reports from the Funds’ service providers regarding operational risks and risks related to the valuation and liquidity of portfolio securities. Regular reports are made to the Board concerning investments for which market quotations are not readily available. Annually, the independent registered public accounting firm reviews with the Audit Committee its audit of each Fund’s financial statements, focusing on major areas of risk encountered by the Funds and noting any significant deficiencies or
44
material weaknesses in the Fund’s internal controls. Additionally, in connection with its oversight function, the Board oversees Fund management’s implementation of disclosure controls and procedures, which are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Trust in its periodic reports with the SEC are recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the required time periods. The Board also oversees the Trust’s internal controls over financial reporting, which comprise policies and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the Trust’s financial reporting and the preparation of the Trust’s financial statements.
From their review of these reports and discussions with the Adviser and Sub-Adviser, the Chief Compliance Officer, the independent registered public accounting firm and other service providers, the Board and the Audit Committee learn in detail about the material risks of the Funds, thereby facilitating a dialogue about how management and service providers identify and mitigate those risks.
The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect a Fund can be identified and/or quantified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve a Fund’s goals, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the Trustees as to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information. Most of the Funds’ investment management and business affairs are carried out by or through the Fund’s Adviser, Sub-Adviser and other service providers, each of which has an independent interest in risk management but whose policies and the methods by which one or more risk management functions are carried out may differ from the Funds’ and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the Board’s ability to monitor and manage risk, as a practical matter, is subject to limitations.
Trustees and Officers. There are seven members of the Board of Trustees, six of whom are not interested persons of the Trust, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act (“Independent Trustees”). Frank Nesvet, an Independent Trustee, serves as Chairman of the Board. The Board has determined its leadership structure is appropriate given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the Trust. The Board made this determination in consideration of, among other things, the fact that the Independent Trustees constitute a super-majority (greater than 75%) of the Board, the fact that the chairperson of each Committee of the Board is an Independent Trustee, the amount of assets under management in the Trust, and the number of funds (and classes of shares) overseen by the Board. The Board also believes that its leadership structure facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Trustees from fund management.
The Board of Trustees has two standing committees: the Audit Committee and Trustee Committee. The Audit Committee and Trustee Committee are each chaired by an Independent Trustee and composed of all of the Independent Trustees.
Set forth below are the names, year of birth, position with the Trust, length of term of office, and the principal occupations during the last five years and other directorships held of each of the persons currently serving as a Trustee or Officer of the Trust.
45
TRUSTEES
|
NAME, ADDRESS AND YEAR OF BIRTH |
POSITION(S)
|
TERM OF
|
PRINCIPAL
|
NUMBER OF
PORTFOLIOS IN FUND COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY TRUSTEE† |
OTHER
|
|||||
| INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES | ||||||||||
|
FRANK NESVET c/o SSGA Active Trust One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1943 |
Independent Trustee,
Chairman,
|
Term: Unlimited Served: since March 2011 |
Retired. | 125 | None. | |||||
|
BONNY EUGENIA BOATMAN c/o SSGA Active Trust One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1950 |
Independent Trustee |
Term: Unlimited Served: since March 2011 |
Retired. | 125 | None. | |||||
|
DWIGHT D. CHURCHILL c/o SSGA Active Trust One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1953 |
Independent Trustee |
Term: Unlimited Served: since March 2011 |
Self-employed
CFA Institute (June 2014 - January 2015). |
125 |
Affiliated
Managers Group, Inc. (Chairman, Director and Audit Committee Chair). |
|||||
|
CLARE S. RICHER c/o SSGA Active Trust One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1958 |
Independent Trustee |
Term: Unlimited Served: since July 2018 |
Retired. Chief Financial Officer, Putnam Investments LLC (December 2008 – May 2017). | 125 |
Principal Financial Group (Director); Bain Capital Specialty Finance (Director); Putnam Acquisition Financing Inc. (Director); Putnam Acquisition Financing LLC (Director); Putnam GP Inc. (Director); Putnam Investor Services, Inc. (Director); Putnam Investments Limited (Director); University of Notre Dame (Trustee). |
|||||
46
|
NAME, ADDRESS AND YEAR OF BIRTH |
POSITION(S)
|
TERM OF
|
PRINCIPAL
|
NUMBER OF
PORTFOLIOS IN FUND COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY TRUSTEE† |
OTHER
|
|||||
|
SANDRA G. SPONEM c/o SSGA Active Trust One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1958 |
Independent Trustee |
Term: Unlimited Served: since July 2018 |
Retired. Chief Financial Officer, M.A. Mortenson Companies, Inc. (February 2007 – April 2017). | 125 | Rydex Series Funds, Rydex Dynamic Funds, Rydex Variable Trust, Guggenheim Funds Trust, Guggenheim Variable Funds Trust, Guggenheim Strategy Funds Trust, Transparent Value Trust, Fiduciary/ Claymore Energy Infrastructure Fund, Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust, Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund, Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Income Fund, Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, Guggenheim Energy & Income Fund (Trustee and Audit Committee Chair). | |||||
|
CARL G. VERBONCOEUR c/o SSGA Active Trust One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1952 |
Independent Trustee, Audit Committee Chair |
Term: Unlimited Served: since March 2011 |
Self-employed
consultant since 2009. |
125 |
The Motley Fool
Funds Trust (Trustee). |
|||||
47
|
NAME, ADDRESS AND YEAR OF BIRTH |
POSITION(S)
|
TERM OF
|
PRINCIPAL
|
NUMBER OF
PORTFOLIOS IN FUND COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY TRUSTEE† |
OTHER
|
|||||
| INTERESTED TRUSTEE | ||||||||||
|
JAMES E. ROSS* c/o SSGA Active Trust One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1965 |
Interested Trustee |
Term: Unlimited Served as Trustee: since March 2011 |
Non-Executive Chairman, Fusion Acquisition Corp. (June 2020 – Present); Retired Chairman and Director, SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (2005 – March 2020); Retired Executive Vice President, State Street Global Advisors (2012 – March 2020); Retired Chief Executive Officer and Director, State Street Global Advisors Funds Distributors, LLC (May 2017 – March 2020); Director, State Street Global Markets, LLC (2013—April 2017); President, SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (2005—2012); Principal, State Street Global Advisors (2000—2005). | 136 | SSGA SPDR ETFs Europe I plc (Director) (November 2016 – March 2020); SSGA SPDR ETFs Europe II plc (Director) (November 2016 – March 2020); State Street Navigator Securities Lending Trust (July 2016 – March 2020); SSGA Funds (January 2014 – March 2020); State Street Institutional Investment Trust (February 2007 – March 2020); State Street Master Funds (February 2007 – March 2020); Elfun Funds (July 2016 – December 2018). | |||||
| † |
For the purpose of determining the number of portfolios overseen by the Trustees, “Fund Complex” comprises registered investment companies for which SSGA Funds Management, Inc. serves as investment adviser. |
| * |
Mr. Ross is an Interested Trustee because of his former position with the Adviser and ownership interest in an affiliate of the Adviser. |
48
OFFICERS
|
NAME, ADDRESS AND YEAR OF BIRTH |
POSITION(S) WITH FUNDS |
TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED |
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST 5 YEARS |
|||
|
ELLEN M. NEEDHAM SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1967 |
President |
Term: Unlimited Served: since October 2012 |
Chairman, SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (March 2020 - present); President and Director, SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (2001 - present)*; Senior Managing Director, State Street Global Advisors (1992 - present)*; Manager, State Street Global Advisors Funds Distributors, LLC (May 2017 - present). | |||
|
BRUCE S. ROSENBERG SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1961 |
Treasurer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since February 2016 |
Managing Director, State Street Global Advisors and SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (July 2015 - present); Director, Credit Suisse (April 2008 - July 2015). | |||
|
ANN M. CARPENTER SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1966 |
Vice President; Deputy Treasurer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since August 2012 (with respect to Vice President); Unlimited Served: since February 2016 (with respect to Deputy Treasurer) |
Chief Operating Officer, SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (April 2005 - present)*; Managing Director, State Street Global Advisors (April 2005 - present).* | |||
|
MICHAEL P. RILEY SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1969 |
Vice President |
Term: Unlimited Served: since March 2011 |
Managing Director, State Street Global Advisors (2005 - present).* | |||
|
SEAN O’MALLEY SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1969 |
Chief Legal Officer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since August 2019 |
Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel, State Street Global Advisors (November 2013 - present). | |||
|
ANDREW DELORME SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1975 |
Secretary |
Term: Unlimited Served: since August 2019 |
Vice President and Senior Counsel, State Street Global Advisors (April 2016 - present); Vice President and Counsel, State Street Global Advisors (August 2014 - March 2016). | |||
49
|
NAME, ADDRESS AND YEAR OF BIRTH |
POSITION(S) WITH FUNDS |
TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED |
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST 5 YEARS |
|||
|
KEVIN MORRIS SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1982 |
Assistant Secretary |
Term: Unlimited Served: since August 2019 |
Vice President and Senior Counsel, State Street Global Advisors (April 2019 - present); Vice President and Counsel, State Street Global Advisors (January 2016 - April 2019); Director, Asset Management Compliance, Fidelity Investments (June 2015 - January 2016); Senior Compliance Advisor, Asset Management Compliance, Fidelity Investments
(June 2012 - June 2015). |
|||
|
DAVID URMAN SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1985 |
Assistant Secretary |
Term: Unlimited Served: since August 2019 |
Vice President and Senior Counsel, State Street Global Advisors (April 2019 - present); Vice President and Counsel, State Street Global Advisors (August 2015 - April 2019); Associate, Ropes & Gray LLP (November 2012 - August 2015). | |||
|
CHAD C. HALLETT SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1969 |
Deputy Treasurer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since February 2016 |
Vice President, State Street Global Advisors and SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (November 2014 - present); Vice President, State Street Bank and Trust Company (2001 - November 2014).* | |||
|
DARLENE ANDERSON-VASQUEZ SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1968 |
Deputy Treasurer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since November 2016 |
Managing Director, State Street Global Advisors and SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (May 2016 - present); Senior Vice President, John Hancock Investments (September 2007 - May 2016). |
|||
50
|
NAME, ADDRESS AND YEAR OF BIRTH |
POSITION(S) WITH FUNDS |
TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED |
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST 5 YEARS |
|||
|
ARTHUR A. JENSEN SSGA Funds Management, Inc. 1600 Summer Street Stamford, CT 06905 1966 |
Deputy Treasurer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since August 2017 |
Vice President, State Street Global Advisors and SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (July 2016 - present); Deputy Treasurer of Elfun Funds (July 2016 - present); Treasurer of State Street Institutional Funds, State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc. and GE Retirement Savings Plan Funds (June 2011 - present); Treasurer of Elfun Funds (June 2011 - July 2016); Mutual Funds Controller of GE Asset Management Incorporated (April 2011 -July 2016). | |||
|
DANIEL FOLEY SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1972 |
Assistant Treasurer |
Term: Unlimited
Served: since
|
Vice President, State Street Global Advisors and SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (April 2007 - present).* | |||
|
DANIEL G. PLOURDE SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1980 |
Assistant Treasurer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since May 2017 |
Vice President, State Street Global Advisors and SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (May 2015 - present); Officer, State Street Bank and Trust Company (March 2009 - May 2015). | |||
|
SUJATA UPRETI SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1974 |
Assistant Treasurer |
Term: Unlimited
Served: since February 2016 |
Vice President, State Street Global Advisors and SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (May 2015 - present). | |||
|
BRIAN HARRIS SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1973 |
Chief Compliance Officer; Anti-Money Laundering Officer; Code of Ethics Compliance Officer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since November 2013 |
Managing Director, State Street Global Advisors and SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (June 2013 - present)*. | |||
| * |
Served in various capacities and/or with various affiliated entities during noted time period. |
51
Individual Trustee Qualifications
The Board has concluded that each of the Trustees should serve on the Board because of his or her ability to review and understand information about the Funds provided to him or her by management, to identify and request other information he or she may deem relevant to the performance of his or her duties, to question management and other service providers regarding material factors bearing on the management and administration of the Funds, and to exercise his or her business judgment in a manner that serves the best interests of each Fund’s shareholders. The Board has concluded that each of the Trustees should serve as a Trustee based on his or her own experience, qualifications, attributes and skills as described below.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Nesvet should serve as Trustee because of the experience he has gained serving as the Chief Executive Officer of a financial services consulting company, serving on the boards of other investment companies, and serving as chief financial officer of a major financial services company; his knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving as Trustee of SPDR Index Shares Funds and SPDR Series Trust since 2000.
The Board has concluded that Ms. Boatman should serve as Trustee because of the experience she gained serving as Managing Director of the primary investment division of one of the nation’s leading financial institutions, her knowledge of the financial services industry and the experience she has gained serving as Trustee of SPDR Index Shares Funds and SPDR Series Trust since April 2010.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Churchill should serve as Trustee because of the experience he gained serving as Head of the Fixed Income Division of one of the nation’s leading mutual fund companies and provider of financial services, his knowledge of the financial services industry and the experience he has gained serving as Trustee of SPDR Index Shares Funds and SPDR Series Trust since April 2010.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Verboncoeur should serve as Trustee because of the experience he gained serving as the Chief Executive Officer of a large financial services and investment management company, his knowledge of the financial services industry and his experience serving on the boards of other investment companies, including SPDR Index Shares Funds and SPDR Series Trust since April 2010.
The Board has concluded that Ms. Richer should serve as Trustee because of the experience she gained serving as the Chief Financial Officer of a large financial services and investment management company, her knowledge of the financial services industry and her experience serving on the board of a major educational institution. Ms. Richer was appointed to serve as Trustee of the Trust in July 2018.
The Board has concluded that Ms. Sponem should serve as Trustee because of the experience she gained serving as the Chief Financial Officer of a large financial services company, her knowledge of the financial services industry and her experience serving on the board of another investment company. Ms. Sponem was appointed to serve as Trustee of the Trust in July 2018.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Ross should serve as Trustee because of the experience he has gained in his various roles with the Adviser, his knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving as Trustee of SPDR Index Shares Funds and SPDR Series Trust since 2005 (Mr. Ross did not serve as Trustee of SPDR Index Shares Funds or SPDR Series Trust from December 2009 until April 2010).
In its periodic assessment of the effectiveness of the Board, the Board considers the complementary individual skills and experience of the individual Trustees primarily in the broader context of the Board’s overall composition so that the Board, as a body, possesses the appropriate (and appropriately diverse) skills and experience to oversee the business of the Funds.
REMUNERATION OF THE TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS
No officer, director or employee of the Adviser, its parent or subsidiaries receives any compensation from the Trust for serving as an officer or Trustee of the Trust. The Trust, SPDR Series Trust and SPDR Index Shares Funds (together with the Trust, the “Trusts”) pay, in the aggregate, each Trustee an annual fee of $245,000 plus $10,000 per in-person meeting attended and $1,250 for each telephonic or video conference meeting attended. Effective January 1, 2021, each Trustee will receive an annual fee of $270,000 plus $10,000 per in-person meeting attended and $1,250 for each telephonic or video conference meeting attended. The Chairman of the Board receives an additional annual fee of $75,000 and the Chairman of the Audit Committee receives an additional annual fee of $30,000. Prior to July 1, 2020, the Chairman of the Board received an additional annual fee of $60,000. The Trusts also reimburse each Trustee for travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by him/her in connection with attending such meetings and in connection with attending industry seminars and meetings. Trustee fees are allocated between the Trusts and each of their respective series in such a manner as deemed equitable, taking into consideration the relative net assets of the series.
52
The table below shows the compensation that the Trustees received during the Trust’s fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.
|
NAME OF TRUSTEE |
AGGREGATE
COMPENSATION FROM THE TRUST(1) |
PENSION OR
RETIREMENT BENEFITS ACCRUED AS PART OF TRUST EXPENSES |
ESTIMATED
ANNUAL BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT |
TOTAL
COMPENSATION FROM THE TRUST AND FUND COMPLEX PAID TO TRUSTEES(1) |
||||||||
|
Independent Trustees: |
||||||||||||
|
Frank Nesvet |
$ | 15,830 | N/A | N/A | $ | 371,250 | ||||||
|
Bonny Eugenia
|
$ | 13,256 | N/A | N/A | $ | 311,250 | ||||||
|
Dwight D. Churchill |
$ | 13,256 | N/A | N/A | $ | 311,250 | ||||||
|
Clare S. Richer |
$ | 13,256 | N/A | N/A | $ | 311,250 | ||||||
|
Sandra G. Sponem |
$ | 13,256 | N/A | N/A | $ | 311,250 | ||||||
|
Carl G. Verboncoeur |
$ | 14,543 | N/A | N/A | $ | 341,250 | ||||||
|
Interested Trustee: |
||||||||||||
|
James E. Ross(2) |
$ | 3,297 | N/A | N/A | $ | 85,000 | ||||||
| (1) |
The Fund Complex includes the Trust. |
| (2) |
Mr. Ross became eligible to receive compensation from the Trust on April 1, 2020. |
STANDING COMMITTEES
Audit Committee. The Board has an Audit Committee consisting of all Independent Trustees. Mr. Verboncoeur serves as Chair. The Audit Committee meets with the Trust’s independent auditors to review and approve the scope and results of their professional services; to review the procedures for evaluating the adequacy of the Trust’s accounting controls; to consider the range of audit fees; and to make recommendations to the Board regarding the engagement of the Trust’s independent auditors. The Audit Committee met five (5) times during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.
Trustee Committee. The Board has established a Trustee Committee consisting of all Independent Trustees. Mr. Nesvet serves as Chair. The responsibilities of the Trustee Committee are to: 1) nominate Independent Trustees; 2) review on a periodic basis the governance structures and procedures of the Funds; 3) review proposed resolutions and conflicts of interest that may arise in the business of the Funds and may have an impact on the investors of the Funds; 4) select any independent counsel of the independent trustees as well as make determinations as to that counsel’s independence; 5) review matters that are referred to the Committee by the Chief Legal Officer or other counsel to the Trust; and 6) provide general oversight of the Funds on behalf of the investors of the Funds. The Trustee Committee does not have specific procedures in place with respect to the consideration of nominees recommended by security holders, but may consider such nominees in the event that one is recommended. The Trustee Committee met four (4) times during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.
OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES
As of December 31, 2019, neither the Independent Trustees nor their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities in the Adviser, Sub-Advisers, Principal Underwriter or any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Adviser, Sub-Adviser or Principal Underwriter.
The following table shows, as of December 31, 2019, the amount of equity securities beneficially owned by each Trustee in the Funds and the Trust.
53
| Name of Trustee | Fund |
Dollar Range of
in the Trust |
Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity Securities in All Funds Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies |
|||
|
Independent Trustees: |
||||||
|
Frank Nesvet |
None | None | None | |||
|
Bonny Eugenia
|
None | None | None | |||
|
Dwight D. Churchill |
SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF | Over $100,000 | Over $100,000 | |||
|
Clare S. Richer |
SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF |
$10,001 - $50,000
Over $100,000 |
Over $100,000 | |||
|
Sandra G. Sponem |
None | |||||
| None | None | |||||
|
Carl G. Verboncoeur |
None | None | $10,001 - $50,000 | |||
|
Interested Trustee: |
||||||
|
James E. Ross |
SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF |
$1 - $10,000
$50,001 - $100,000 |
Over $100,000 |
CODES OF ETHICS
The Trust, Adviser (which includes applicable reporting personnel of the Distributor) and Sub-Advisers each have adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, which is designed to prevent affiliated persons of the Trust, the Adviser, Sub-Advisers and Distributor from engaging in deceptive, manipulative or fraudulent activities in connection with securities held or to be acquired by the Funds (which may also be held by persons subject to the codes of ethics). Each Code of Ethics permits personnel, subject to that Code of Ethics, to invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, subject to certain limitations, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds.
There can be no assurance that the codes of ethics will be effective in preventing such activities. Each code of ethics, filed as exhibits to this registration statement, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. or on the Internet at the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov.
PROXY VOTING POLICIES
The Board believes that the voting of proxies on securities held by each Fund is an important element of the overall investment process. As such, the Board has delegated the responsibility to vote such proxies to the Adviser for each Fund, other than SRLN, which is sub-advised by GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (“GSO / Blackstone”), the SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF (“EMTL”), SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF (“STOT”) and SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF (“TOTL” and, together with EMTL and STOT, the “DoubleLine ETFs”), which are sub-advised by DoubleLine Capital LP (“DoubleLine”), and the MFS ETFs, which are sub-advised by MFS. The Board has delegated the responsibility to vote proxies of SRLN, the DoubleLine ETFs and the MFS ETFs to GSO / Blackstone, DoubleLine and MFS, respectively. The Trust’s, Adviser’s and Sub-Advisers’ proxy voting policies are attached at the end of this SAI. Information regarding how a Fund voted proxies relating to its portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 is available: (1) without charge by calling 1-866-787-2257; (2) on the Funds’ website at https://www.ssga.com/spdrs; and (3) on the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov.
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS POLICY
The Trust has adopted a policy regarding the disclosure of information about the Trust’s portfolio holdings. The Board must approve all material amendments to this policy. The Funds’ portfolio holdings are publicly disseminated each day a Fund is open for business through financial reporting and news services including publicly accessible Internet web sites. In addition, a basket composition file, which includes the security names and share quantities to deliver in exchange for Shares, together with estimates and actual cash components, is publicly disseminated daily prior to the opening of the Exchange via the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”). The basket represents one Creation Unit of a Fund. Neither the Trust nor the Adviser, the Sub-Advisers or State Street will disseminate non-public information concerning the Trust, except information may be made available prior to its public availability: (i) to a party for a legitimate business purpose related to the day-to-day operations of the Funds, including (a) a service provider, (b) the stock exchanges upon which the ETF is listed, (c) the NSCC, (d) the Depository Trust Company, and (e) financial
54
data/research companies such as Morningstar, Bloomberg L.P., and Reuters, or (ii) to any other party for a legitimate business or regulatory purpose, upon waiver or exception, with the consent of an applicable Trust officer.
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES
THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
SSGA FM acts as investment adviser to the Trust and, subject to the oversight of the Board, is responsible for the investment management of each Fund. As of June 30, 2020, the Adviser managed approximately $612.89 billion in assets. The Adviser’s principal address is One Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. The Adviser, a Massachusetts corporation, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of State Street Global Advisors, Inc., which is itself a wholly-owned subsidiary of State Street Corporation, a publicly held financial holding company. State Street Global Advisors (“SSGA”), consisting of the Adviser and other investment advisory affiliates of State Street Corporation, is the investment management arm of State Street Corporation.
The Adviser serves as investment adviser to each Fund pursuant to an investment advisory agreement (“Investment Advisory Agreement”) between the Trust and the Adviser. The Investment Advisory Agreement, with respect to each Fund, continues in effect for two years from its effective date, and thereafter is subject to annual approval by (1) the Board or (2) vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, provided that in either event such continuance also is approved by a majority of the Board who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Investment Advisory Agreement with respect to each Fund is terminable without penalty, on 60 days’ notice, by the Board or by a vote of the holders of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of a Fund’s outstanding voting securities. The Investment Advisory Agreement is also terminable upon 90 days’ notice by the Adviser and will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).
Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser, subject to the oversight of the Board and in conformity with the stated investment policies of each Fund, manages the investment of each Fund’s assets. The Adviser is responsible for placing purchase and sale orders and providing continuous supervision of the investment portfolio of each Fund. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is not liable for certain liabilities, including certain liabilities arising under the federal securities laws, unless such loss or liability results from (a) willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties; (b) the reckless disregard of its obligations and duties; or (c) a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services.
Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser performs certain oversight and supervisory functions with respect to GSO / Blackstone as sub-adviser to SRLN, DoubleLine as sub-adviser to the DoubleLine ETFs and MFS as sub-adviser to the MFS ETFs, including: (i) conduct periodic analysis and review of the performance by GSO / Blackstone, MFS and DoubleLine of their obligations to their respective Funds and provide periodic reports to the Board regarding such performance; (ii) review any changes to GSO / Blackstone, DoubleLine and MFS ownership, management, or personnel responsible for performing their obligations to their respective Funds and make appropriate reports to the Board; (iii) perform periodic due diligence meetings with representatives of GSO / Blackstone, DoubleLine and MFS; and (iv) assist the Board and management of the Trust, as applicable, concerning the initial approval, continued retention or replacement of GSO / Blackstone, DoubleLine and MFS as sub-advisers to their respective Funds.
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement regarding each Fund is available in the Trust’s Annual Report to Shareholders dated June 30, 2020.
For the services provided to the Funds under the Investment Advisory Agreement, each Fund pays the Adviser monthly fees based on a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets as set forth in each Fund’s Prospectus. With respect to each Fund, the management fee is reduced by any acquired fund fees and expenses attributable to the Funds’ investments in other investment companies. The Adviser pays all expenses of each Fund other than the management fee, brokerage, taxes, interest, fees and expenses of the Independent Trustees (including any Trustee’s counsel fees), litigation expenses and other extraordinary expenses. The Adviser may, from time to time, waive all or a portion of its fee. The Adviser has agreed to pay all costs associated with the organization of the Trust and each Fund. The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse expenses in an amount equal to any acquired fund fees and expenses (excluding holdings in acquired funds for cash management purposes, if any) for each Fund until October 31, 2021. Additionally, with respect to EMTL, STOT and TOTL, the Adviser has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse certain expenses, until October 31, 2021, so that the net annual fund operating expenses, before application of any fees and expenses not paid by the Adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, if any, are limited to 0.65%, 0.45% and 0.55%, respectively, of each Fund’s average daily net assets. Each contractual fee waiver and/or
55
reimbursement does not provide for the recoupment by the Adviser of any fees the Adviser previously waived. The Adviser may continue each waiver and/or reimbursement from year to year, but there is no guarantee that the Adviser will do so and after October 31, 2021, the waiver and/or reimbursement may be cancelled or modified at any time. Each waiver and/or reimbursement may not be terminated during the relevant period except with the approval of the Board. For the past three fiscal years ended June 30, the Funds paid the following amounts to the Adviser:
|
FUND |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2020 |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2018 |
|||||||||
|
SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF |
$ | 12,940,867 | $ | 11,017,790 | $ | 9,582,402 | ||||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF(1) |
$ | 582,952 | $ | 425,307 | $ | 295,514 | ||||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF(2) |
$ | 671,492 | $ | 464,195 | $ | 245,100 | ||||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF(3) |
$ | 21,349,833 | $ | 19,964,162 | $ | 13,523,982 | ||||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF |
$ | 209,371 | $ | 196,466 | $ | 61,018 | ||||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF |
$ | 220,583 | $ | 228,879 | $ | 168,872 | ||||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF |
$ | 180,791 | $ | 207,733 | $ | 55,447 | ||||||
|
SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF(4) |
$ | 80,659 | 5,176 | N/A | ||||||||
|
SPDR SSGA Global Allocation ETF(5) |
$ | 215,937 | $ | 368,921 | $ | 58,547 | ||||||
|
SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF |
$ | 223,466 | $ | 179,134 | $ | 202,417 | ||||||
|
SPDR SSGA Multi-Asset Real Return ETF |
$ | 70,916 | $ | 156,618 | $ | 59,525 | ||||||
|
SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond |
$ | 465,044 | $ | 261,275 | $ | 11,941 | ||||||
|
SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF(4) |
$ | 181,978 | 9,324 | N/A | ||||||||
| (1) |
For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018, the Adviser reimbursed the Fund in the amounts of $79,090, $57,655 and $41,412, respectively. |
| (2) |
For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018, the Adviser reimbursed the Fund in the amounts of $69,417, $47,864 and $26,660, respectively. |
| (3) |
For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018, the Adviser reimbursed the Fund in the amounts of $3,332,350, $3,126,916 and $3,543,588, respectively. |
| (4) |
The Fund commenced operations on April 3, 2019. |
| (5) |
For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018, the Adviser reimbursed the Fund in the amounts of $0, $0 and $260,382, respectively. |
INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER – SRLN
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement between the Fund and the Adviser, the Adviser is authorized to engage one or more sub-advisers for the performance of any of the services contemplated to be rendered by the Adviser. The Adviser has retained GSO / Blackstone to be responsible for the day to day management of the Fund’s investments, subject to supervision of the Adviser and oversight by the Board while the Adviser will provide administrative, compliance and general management services to the Fund. GSO / Blackstone is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GSO Capital Partners LP (collectively with its affiliates, “GSO”). GSO is part of the credit-focused platform of The Blackstone Group Inc. (collectively with its affiliates, “Blackstone”). Blackstone is a leading global manager of private capital and provider of financial advisory services. It is one of the largest independent managers of private capital in the world, with assets under management of over $564 billion as of June 2020. As of June 30, 2020, GSO’s asset management operations had aggregate assets under management of approximately $129 billion across multiple strategies within the leveraged finance marketplace, including Senior Loans, high yield bonds, investment grade corporate credit, distressed and mezzanine debt. GSO / Blackstone’s principal business address is 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, New York 10154.
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the continuation of the Sub-Advisory Agreement is available in the Trust’s Annual Report to Shareholders dated June 30, 2020.
In accordance with the Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Adviser and GSO / Blackstone, the Adviser will pay GSO / Blackstone an annual investment sub-advisory fee equal to a portion of average daily net assets of the Fund. For the past three fiscal years ended June 30, the Adviser paid the following amounts to the GSO / Blackstone for its services:
56
| FUND |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2020 |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2018 |
|||||||||
|
SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF |
$ | 6,289,505 | $ | 7,246,921 | $ | 7,944,811 | ||||||
INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER – DoubleLine ETFs
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement between the Funds and the Adviser, the Adviser is authorized to engage one or more sub-advisers for the performance of any of the services contemplated to be rendered by the Adviser. The Adviser has retained DoubleLine as sub-adviser, to be responsible for the day to day management of the DoubleLine ETFs’ investments, subject to oversight of the Adviser and the Board while the Adviser provides administrative, compliance and general management services to the Funds. DoubleLine’s principal office is located at 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, California 90071. As of June 30, 2020, DoubleLine had approximately $137.7 billion in assets under management.
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the continuation of the Sub-Advisory Agreement is available in the Trust’s Annual Report to Shareholders dated June 30, 2020.
In accordance with the Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Adviser and DoubleLine, the Adviser will pay DoubleLine an annual investment sub-advisory fee equal to a portion of average daily net assets of each DoubleLine ETF; such fee will be reduced pro rata by the Adviser to the extent that the Adviser waives or reimburses fees payable to the Adviser under a contractual waiver or reimbursement with respect to each DoubleLine ETF. For the past three fiscal years ended June 30, the Adviser paid the following amounts to DoubleLine Capital LP for its services:
| FUND |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2020 |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2018 |
|||||||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF |
$ | 173,815 | $ | 73,977 | $ | 93,666 | ||||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF |
$ | 211,422 | $ | 82,811 | $ | 69,555 | ||||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF |
$ | 8,326,751 | $ | 7,659,596 | $ | 8,621,060 | ||||||
INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER – MFS ETFs
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement between the Funds and the Adviser, the Adviser is authorized to engage one or more sub-advisers for the performance of any of the services contemplated to be rendered by the Adviser. The Adviser has retained MFS as sub-adviser, to be responsible for the day to day management of each of the MFS ETF’s investments, subject to the oversight of the Adviser and the Board while the Adviser will provide administrative, compliance and general management services to the Fund. MFS is located at 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02199. MFS is a subsidiary of Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Financial Services Holdings, Inc., which in turn is an indirect majority-owned subsidiary of Sun Life Financial Inc. (a diversified financial services organization). Net assets under the management of the MFS organization were approximately $507.24 billion as of June 30, 2020.
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the continuation of the Sub-Advisory Agreement is available in the Trust’s Annual Report to Shareholders dated June 30, 2020.
In accordance with the Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Adviser and MFS, the Adviser will pay MFS an annual investment sub-advisory fee equal to a portion of average daily net assets of each Fund. For the past three fiscal years ended June 30, the Adviser paid the following amounts to Massachusetts Financial Services Company for its services:
| FUND |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2020 |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2018 |
|||||||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF |
$ | 43,820 | $ | 38,084 | $ | 26,365 | ||||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF |
$ | 36,346 | $ | 60,530 | $ | 77,886 | ||||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF |
$ | 116,622 | $ | 47,023 | $ | 18,517 | ||||||
57
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
The Adviser manages the Funds, GSO / Blackstone manages SRLN, DoubleLine manages the DoubleLine ETFs and MFS manages the MFS ETFs, using a team of investment professionals. The professionals primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of each Fund are:
|
Fund |
Portfolio Managers |
|
| SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF | Daniel T. McMullen and Gordon McKemie | |
| SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF | Luz Padilla, Mark Christensen and Su Fei Koo | |
| SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF | Jeffrey Gundlach and Jeffrey Sherman | |
| SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF | Jeffrey Gundlach and Jeffrey Sherman | |
| SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF | Matt Krummell | |
| SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF | Matt Krummell | |
| SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF | Jonathan Sage | |
| SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF | Michael Martel, Jeremiah Holly and Leo Law | |
| SPDR SSGA Global Allocation ETF | Michael Martel and Jeremiah Holly | |
| SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF | Michael Martel and Jeremiah Holly | |
| SPDR SSGA Multi-Asset Real Return ETF | Robert Guiliano and Michael Narkiewicz | |
| SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF | James Palmieri and John Mele | |
| SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF | Michael Martel, Michael Narkiewicz and Jeremiah Holly |
All ETFs (except SRLN, the DoubleLine ETFs and the MFS ETFs). The following table lists the number and types of accounts managed by each of the key professionals involved in the day-to-day portfolio management for each Fund and assets under management in those accounts. The portfolio managers, who are also members of the Funds’ Investment Committee, are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. The other members of the Funds’ Investment Committee have oversight responsibilities for the investments made by the Funds.
Other Accounts Managed as of June 30, 2020
|
Portfolio Manager |
Registered
Investment Company Accounts |
Assets
Managed (billions) |
Other
Pooled Investment Vehicle Accounts |
Assets
Managed (billions) |
Other
Accounts |
Assets
Managed (billions) |
Total
Assets Managed (billions) |
|||||||||||||||||
|
Robert Guiliano |
29 | $ | 12.86 | 133 | $ | 67.73 | 247 | * | $ | 87.59 | * | $ | 168.18 | |||||||||||
|
Jeremiah Holly |
29 | $ | 12.86 | 133 | $ | 67.73 | 247 | * | $ | 87.59 | * | $ | 168.18 | |||||||||||
|
Leo Law |
29 | $ | 12.86 | 133 | $ | 67.73 | 247 | * | $ | 87.59 | * | $ | 168.18 | |||||||||||
|
Michael Martel |
29 | $ | 12.86 | 133 | $ | 67.73 | 247 | * | $ | 87.59 | * | $ | 168.18 | |||||||||||
|
Michael Narkiewicz |
29 | $ | 12.86 | 133 | $ | 67.73 | 247 | * | $ | 87.59 | * | $ | 168.18 | |||||||||||
|
John Mele |
5 | $ | 3.81 | 1 | $ | 0.06 | 98 | ** | $ | 59.13 | ** | $ | 63.00 | |||||||||||
|
James Palmieri |
5 | $ | 3.81 | 1 | $ | 0.06 | 98 | ** | $ | 59.13 | ** | $ | 63.00 | |||||||||||
| * |
Includes 4 accounts (totaling $194.22 million in assets under management) with performance-based fees. |
| ** |
Includes 3 accounts (totaling $2.36 billion in assets under management) with performance-based fees. |
58
None of the portfolio managers listed above beneficially owned Shares as of June 30, 2020, except as noted in the table below:
|
Portfolio Manager |
Fund |
Dollar Range of Trust
Shares Beneficially Owned |
||
|
Robert Guiliano |
SPDR SSGA Multi-Asset Real Return ETF | $1 - $10,000 | ||
|
Jeremiah Holly |
SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF | $1 - $10,000 | ||
| SPDR SSGA Global Allocation ETF | $1 - $10,000 | |||
| SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF | $10,001 - $50,000 | |||
|
SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF |
$10,001 - $50,000 | |||
|
Michael Martel |
SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF | $10,001 - $50,000 | ||
| SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF | $1 - $10,000 | |||
| SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF | $10,001 - $50,000 |
A portfolio manager that has responsibility for managing more than one account may be subject to potential conflicts of interest because he or she is responsible for other accounts in addition to the Funds. Those conflicts could include preferential treatment of one account over others in terms of: (a) the portfolio manager’s execution of different investment strategies for various accounts; or (b) the allocation of resources or of investment opportunities.
Portfolio managers may manage numerous accounts for multiple clients. These accounts may include registered investment companies, other types of pooled accounts (e.g., collective investment funds), and separate accounts (i.e., accounts managed on behalf of individuals or public or private institutions). Portfolio managers make investment decisions for each account based on the investment objectives and policies and other relevant investment considerations applicable to that portfolio. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers’ responsibility for multiple accounts with similar investment guidelines. Under these circumstances, a potential investment may be suitable for more than one of the portfolio managers’ accounts, but the quantity of the investment available for purchase is less than the aggregate amount the accounts would ideally devote to the opportunity. Similar conflicts may arise when multiple accounts seek to dispose of the same investment. The portfolio managers may also manage accounts whose objectives and policies differ from that of the Funds. These differences may be such that under certain circumstances, trading activity appropriate for one account managed by the portfolio manager may have adverse consequences for another account managed by the portfolio manager. For example, an account may sell a significant position in a security, which could cause the market price of that security to decrease, while a Fund maintained its position in that security.
A potential conflict may arise when the portfolio managers are responsible for accounts that have different advisory fees—the difference in fees could create an incentive for the portfolio manager to favor one account over another, for example, in terms of access to investment opportunities. This conflict may be heightened if an account is subject to a performance-based fee, as applicable. Another potential conflict may arise when the portfolio manager has an investment in one or more accounts that participate in transactions with other accounts. His or her investment(s) may create an incentive for the portfolio manager to favor one account over another. The Adviser has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to address these potential material conflicts. For instance, portfolio managers are normally responsible for all accounts within a certain investment discipline, and do not, absent special circumstances, differentiate among the various accounts when allocating resources. Additionally, the Adviser and its advisory affiliates have processes and procedures for allocating investment opportunities among portfolios that are designed to provide a fair and equitable allocation.
SSGA’s culture is complemented and reinforced by a total rewards strategy that is based on a pay for performance philosophy which seeks to offer a competitive pay mix of base salary, benefits, cash incentives and deferred compensation.
Salary is based on a number of factors, including external benchmarking data and market trends, State Street performance, SSGA performance, and individual overall performance. SSGA’s Global Human Resources department regularly participates in compensation surveys in order to provide SSGA with market-based compensation information that helps support individual pay decisions.
Additionally, subject to State Street and SSGA business results, State Street allocates an incentive pool to SSGA to reward its employees. The size of the incentive pool for most business units is based on the firm’s overall profitability and other factors, including performance against risk-related goals. For most SSGA investment teams, SSGA recognizes and rewards performance by linking annual incentive decisions for investment teams to the firm’s or business unit’s profitability and business unit investment performance over a multi-year period.
59
Incentive pool funding for most active investment teams is driven in part by the post-tax investment performance of fund(s) managed by the team versus the return levels of the benchmark index(es) of the fund(s) on a one-, three- and, in some cases, five-year basis. For most active investment teams, a material portion of incentive compensation for senior staff is deferred over a four-year period into the SSGA Long-Term Incentive (“SSGA LTI”) program. For these teams, The SSGA LTI program indexes the performance of these deferred awards against the post-tax investment performance of fund(s) managed by the team. This is intended to align our investment team’s compensation with client interests, both through annual incentive compensation awards and through the long-term value of deferred awards in the SSGA LTI program.
For the passive equity investment team, incentive pool funding is driven in part by the post-tax 1 and 3-year tracking error of the funds managed by the team against the benchmark indexes of the funds.
The discretionary allocation of the incentive pool to the business units within SSGA is influenced by market-based compensation data, as well as the overall performance of each business unit. Individual compensation decisions are made by the employee’s manager, in conjunction with the senior management of the employee’s business unit. These decisions are based on the overall performance of the employee and, as mentioned above, on the performance of the firm and business unit. Depending on the job level, a portion of the annual incentive may be awarded in deferred compensation, which may include cash and/or Deferred Stock Awards (State Street stock), which typically vest over a four-year period. This helps to retain staff and further aligns SSGA employees’ interests with SSGA clients’ and shareholders’ long-term interests.
SSGA recognizes and rewards outstanding performance by:
| • |
Promoting employee ownership to connect employees directly to the company’s success. |
| • |
Using rewards to reinforce mission, vision, values and business strategy. |
| • |
Seeking to recognize and preserve the firm’s unique culture and team orientation. |
| • |
Providing all employees the opportunity to share in the success of SSGA. |
SRLN. The following table lists the number and types of accounts managed by each of the key professionals involved in the day-to-day portfolio management for the Fund and assets under management in those accounts as of June 30, 2020. The Portfolio Managers, who are also members of the Sub-Adviser’s Investment Committee, are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund. The other members of the Sub-Adviser’s Investment Committee have oversight responsibilities for the investments made by the Fund.
Other Accounts Managed as of June 30, 2020
|
Portfolio Manager and Member of the Investment Committee |
Registered
Investment Company Accounts |
Assets
Managed (billions)* |
Other Pooled
Investment Vehicle Accounts |
Assets
Managed (billions)* |
Other**
Accounts |
Assets
Managed (billions)* |
Total
Assets Managed (billions) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Daniel T. McMullen |
1 | $ | 0.48 | 3 | $ | 2.01 | 22 | $ | 7.87 | $ | 10.36 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Gordon McKemie |
4 | $ | 2.01 | 0 | $ | 0 | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 2.01 | |||||||||||||||||
| * |
There are no performance-based fees associated with these accounts. |
| ** |
Separately Managed Accounts. |
The following table lists the dollar range of Shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers listed above as of June 30, 2020:
|
Portfolio Manager |
Dollar Range of Trust
Shares Beneficially Owned |
|
|
Daniel T. McMullen |
$50,001 – $100,000 | |
|
Gordon McKemie |
$1 – $ 10,000 |
Compensation. The Sub-Adviser’s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary and a discretionary bonus.
60
Base Compensation. Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation and employee benefits based on their individual seniority and/or their position with the firm.
Discretionary Compensation. In addition to base compensation, portfolio managers may receive discretionary compensation. Discretionary compensation is based on individual seniority, contributions to the Sub-Adviser and performance of the client assets that the portfolio manager has primary responsibility for. The discretionary compensation is not based on a precise formula, benchmark or other metric. These compensation guidelines are structured to closely align the interests of employees with those of the Sub-Adviser and its clients.
GSO Potential Conflicts of Interest.
The purchase of Shares in the Fund involves a number of significant risks that should be considered before making any investment. The Fund and shareholders will be subject to a number of actual and potential conflicts of interest involving Blackstone and GSO (together, the “Firm”). In addition, as a consequence of Blackstone holding a controlling interest in GSO and Blackstone’s status as a public company, the officers, directors, members, managers and employees of GSO will take into account certain additional considerations and other factors in connection with the management of the business and affairs of the Fund that would not necessarily be taken into account if Blackstone were not a public company. The following discussion enumerates certain, but not all, potential conflicts of interest that should be carefully evaluated before making an investment in the Fund, but is not intended to be an exclusive list of all such conflicts. The Firm and its personnel may in the future engage in further activities that may result in additional conflicts of interest not addressed below. Any references to the Firm, GSO, Blackstone or GSO / Blackstone in this section will be deemed to include their respective affiliates, partners, members, shareholders, officers, directors and employees, except that portfolio companies of managed clients shall only be included to the extent the context shall require and references to GSO affiliates shall only be to affiliates operating as a part of Blackstone’s credit focused business group.
Broad and Wide-Ranging Activities. The Firm engages in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of its business activities, the Firm will engage in activities where the interests of certain divisions of the Firm or the interests of its clients will conflict with the interests of the shareholders in the Fund. Other present and future activities of the Firm will give rise to additional conflicts of interest. In the event that a conflict of interest arises, GSO / Blackstone will attempt to resolve such conflict in a fair and equitable manner, subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act. Shareholders should be aware that conflicts will not necessarily be resolved in favor of the Fund’s interests.
The Firm’s Policies and Procedures. Certain policies and procedures implemented by the Firm to mitigate potential conflicts of interest and address certain regulatory requirements and contractual restrictions will from time to time reduce the synergies across the Firm’s various businesses that the Fund expects to draw on for purposes of pursuing attractive investment opportunities. Because the Firm has many different asset management and advisory businesses, which GSO investment teams and portfolio companies may engage to advise on and to execute debt and equity financings, it is subject to a number of actual and potential conflicts of interest, greater regulatory oversight and more legal and contractual restrictions than that to which it would otherwise be subject if it had just one line of business. In addressing these conflicts and regulatory, legal and contractual requirements across its various businesses, the Firm has implemented certain policies and procedures (e.g., information walls) that reduce the positive synergies that GSO may utilize for purposes of managing the Fund. For example, the Firm will from time to time come into possession of material non-public information with respect to companies, including portfolio companies, in which the Fund may be considering making an investment or companies that are the Firm’s advisory clients. The information, which could be of benefit to the Fund, is likely to be restricted to those other businesses of the Firm and otherwise be unavailable to the Fund, and will also restrict the Fund’s investment opportunities. Additionally, the operations of the Firm’s policies may restrict or otherwise limit the Fund from entering into agreements with, or related to, companies that either are advisory clients of the Firm or in which any other registered investment companies, investment funds, client accounts or proprietary accounts that GSO or Blackstone may establish and that are advisory clients of GSO or Blackstone (collectively, the “Other Clients”) have invested or have considered making an investment. Furthermore, there will be circumstances in which affiliates of the Firm (including Other Clients) may refrain from taking certain confidential information in order to avoid trading restrictions. Finally, the Firm has and will enter into one or more strategic relationships in certain regions or with respect to certain types of investments that, although possibly intended to provide greater opportunities for the Fund, may require the Fund to share such opportunities or otherwise limit the amount of an opportunity the Fund can otherwise take.
Other Firm Businesses, Activities and Relationships. As part of its regular business, Blackstone provides a broad range of investment banking, advisory and other services. In addition, Blackstone and its affiliates may provide services in the future beyond those currently provided. Shareholders will not receive any benefit from any fees received by Blackstone. In the regular course of its capital markets, investment banking, real estate, advisory and other businesses, Blackstone represents potential purchasers, sellers and other involved parties, including corporations, financial buyers, management, shareholders and institutions, with respect to transactions that could give rise to investments that are suitable for the Fund. In such a case, a Blackstone advisory client would typically require Blackstone to act exclusively on its behalf. Such advisory client requests may preclude all Blackstone-affiliated clients, including the
61
Fund, from participating in related transactions that would otherwise be suitable. Blackstone will be under no obligation to decline any such engagements in order to make an investment opportunity available to the Fund. In connection with its capital markets, investment banking, real estate, advisory and other businesses, Blackstone will from time to time determine that there are conflicts of interest or come into possession of information that limit its ability to engage in potential transactions. The Fund’s activities are expected to be constrained as a result of such conflicts of interest and the inability of Blackstone personnel to use such information. For example, employees of Blackstone from time to time are prohibited by law or contract from sharing information with members of the Fund’s investment team. Additionally, there are expected to be circumstances in which one or more of certain individuals associated with Blackstone affiliates (including clients) will be precluded from providing services related to the Fund’s activities because of certain confidential information available to those individuals or to other parts of Blackstone (e.g., trading may be restricted). Where Blackstone affiliates are engaged to find buyers or financing sources for potential sellers of assets, the seller may permit the Fund to act as a participant in such transactions (as a buyer or financing partner), which would raise certain conflicts of interest inherent in such a situation (including as to the negotiation of the purchase price). The Firm has long-term relationships with a significant number of corporations and their senior management. In determining whether to invest in a particular transaction on behalf of the Fund, GSO / Blackstone will consider those relationships and may decline to participate in a transaction as a result of one or more of such relationships. The Firm is under no obligation to decline any engagements or investments in order to make an investment opportunity available to the Fund. The Fund may be forced to sell or hold existing investments as a result of investment banking relationships or other relationships that the Firm may have or transactions or investments the Firm may make or have made. Subject to the 1940 Act, the Fund may also co-invest with clients of the Firm in particular investment opportunities, and the relationship with such clients could influence the decisions made by GSO / Blackstone with respect to such investments. There can be no assurance that all potentially suitable investment opportunities that come to the attention of the Firm will be made available to the Fund.
The Fund may invest in securities of the same issuers as Other Clients or other investment vehicles, accounts and clients of the Firm and GSO / Blackstone. To the extent that the Fund holds interests that are different (or more senior or junior) than those held by such Other Clients, GSO may be presented with decisions involving circumstances where the interests of such Other Clients are in conflict with those of the Fund. Furthermore, it is possible the Fund’s interest may be subordinated or otherwise adversely affected by virtue of such Other Clients’ involvement and actions relating to its investment.
Blackstone, its affiliates and their related parties and personnel will from time to time participate in underwriting or lending syndicates with respect to current or potential portfolio companies, or may otherwise be involved in and/or act as arrangers of financing, including with respect to the public offering and/or private placement of debt or equity securities issued by, or loan proceeds borrowed by, such portfolio companies, or otherwise in arranging financing (including loans) for such portfolio companies or advise on such transactions. Such underwritings or engagements may be on a firm commitment basis or may be on an uncommitted, or “best efforts”, basis, and the underwriting or financing parties are under no duty to provide any commitment unless specifically set forth in the relevant contract. Blackstone may also provide placement or other similar services to purchasers or sellers of securities, including loans or instruments issued by portfolio companies. There may also be circumstances in which the Fund commits to purchase any portion of such issuance from its portfolio company, some or all of which portion a Blackstone broker-dealer intends to syndicate to third parties and, in connection therewith and as a result thereof, subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, Blackstone may receive commissions or other compensation, thereby creating a potential conflict of interest. This could include, by way of example, fees and/or commissions for equity syndications to co-investment vehicles. In certain cases, a Blackstone broker-dealer will from time to time act as the managing underwriter or a member of the underwriting syndicate or broker for the Fund or portfolio companies, or as dealer, broker or advisor to a counterparty to the Fund or a portfolio company and purchase securities from or sell securities to the Fund, Other Clients or portfolio companies or Other Clients or advise on such transactions.
Blackstone will also from time to time, on behalf of the Fund or other parties to a transaction involving the Fund, effect transactions, including transactions in the secondary markets, where it will nonetheless have a potential conflict of interest regarding the Fund and the other parties to those transactions to the extent it receives commissions or other compensation from the Fund and/or such other parties. Subject to applicable law, Blackstone will from time to time receive underwriting fees, discounts, placement commissions, lending arrangement and syndication fees (or, in each case, rebates of any such fees, whether in the form of purchase price discounts or otherwise, even in cases where Blackstone or an Other Client or account is purchasing debt) or other compensation with respect to the foregoing activities, none of which are required to be shared with the Fund or its shareholders. In addition, the advisory fee generally will not be reduced by such amounts. Therefore, Blackstone will have a potential conflict of interest regarding the Fund and the other parties to those transactions to the extent it receives commissions, discounts or such other compensation from such other parties. Subject to applicable law, the Fund may approve any transactions in which a Blackstone broker-dealer acts as an underwriter, as broker for the Fund, or as dealer, broker or advisor, on the other side of a transaction with the Fund.
Firm employees, including employees of GSO, are generally permitted to invest in alternative investment funds, private equity funds, real estate funds, hedge funds or other investment vehicles, including potential competitors of the Fund. Shareholders will not receive any benefit from any such investments. Additionally, it can be expected that GSO and/or Blackstone will, from time to time, enter into arrangements or strategic relationships with third parties, including other asset managers, financial firms or other businesses or
62
companies, which, among other things, provide for referral, sourcing or sharing of investment opportunities. Blackstone or GSO may pay management fees and performance-based compensation in connection with such arrangements. Blackstone or GSO may also provide for or receive reimbursement of certain expenses incurred or received in connection with these arrangements, including diligence expenses and general overhead, administrative, deal sourcing and related corporate expenses. The amount of these rebates may relate to allocations of co-investment opportunities and increase if certain co-investment allocations are not made. While it is possible that the Fund will, along with GSO and/or Blackstone itself, benefit from the existence of those arrangements and/or relationships, it is also possible that investment opportunities that would otherwise would be presented to or made by the Fund would instead be referred (in whole or in part) to such third party, or, as indicated above, to other third parties. For example, a firm with which GSO and/or Blackstone has entered into a strategic relationship may be afforded with “first-call” rights on a particular category of investment opportunities, although there is not expected to be substantial overlap in the investment strategies and/or objectives between the Fund and any such firm.
On October 1, 2015, Blackstone spun-off its financial and strategic advisory services, restructuring and reorganization advisory services, and its Park Hill fund placement businesses and combined these businesses with PJT Partners (“PJT”), an independent financial advisory firm founded by Paul J. Taubman. While the new combined business operates independently from Blackstone and is not an affiliate thereof, nevertheless conflicts may arise in connection with transactions between or involving the Fund and the entities in which it invests on the one hand and PJT on the other. Specifically, given that PJT is not an affiliate of Blackstone, there may be fewer or no restrictions or limitations placed on transactions or relationships engaged in by PJT’s new advisory business as compared to the limitations or restrictions that might apply to transactions engaged in by an affiliate of Blackstone. It is expected that there will be substantial overlapping ownership between Blackstone and PJT for a considerable period of time going forward. Therefore, conflicts of interest in doing transactions involving PJT will still arise. The pre-existing relationship between Blackstone and its former personnel involved in such financial and strategic advisory services, the overlapping ownership, co-investment and other continuing arrangements, may influence GSO in deciding to select or recommend PJT to perform such services for the Fund (the cost of which will generally be borne directly or indirectly by the Fund). Nonetheless, GSO / Blackstone and GSO will be free to cause the Fund to transact with PJT Partners generally without restriction under the applicable governing documents notwithstanding such overlapping interests in, and relationships with, PJT Partners. (See also “Service Providers and Counterparties” below.)
In addition, other present and future activities of the Firm and its affiliates (including GSO and GSO / Blackstone) will from time to time give rise to additional conflicts of interest relating to the Firm and its investment activities. In the event that any such conflict of interest arises, GSO / Blackstone will attempt to resolve such conflict in a fair and equitable manner. Shareholders should be aware that, subject to applicable law, conflicts will not necessarily be resolved in favor of the Fund’s interests.
Other Affiliate Transactions and Investments in Different Levels of Capital Structure. From time to time, the Fund and the Other Clients may make investments at different levels of an issuer’s capital structure or otherwise in different classes of an issuer’s securities, subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act. In addition, the Fund may invest in securities of the same issues as Other Clients. Such investments may inherently give rise to conflicts of interest or perceived conflicts of interest between or among the various classes of securities that may be held by such entities. To the extent the Fund holds securities that are different (including with respect to their relative seniority) from those held by an Other Client, GSO / Blackstone and its affiliates may be presented with decisions when the interests of the Fund and Other Clients are in conflict. For example, conflicts could arise where the Fund lends funds to a portfolio company while an Other Client invests in equity securities of such portfolio company. In this circumstance, for example, if such portfolio company goes into bankruptcy, becomes insolvent or is otherwise unable to meet its payment obligations or comply with its debt covenants, conflicts of interest could arise between the holders of different types of securities as to what actions the portfolio company should take. In addition, purchases or sales of securities for the account of the Fund (particularly marketable securities) will be bunched or aggregated with orders for Other Clients, including other funds. It is frequently not possible to receive the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities sold, and the various prices may be averaged, which may be disadvantageous to the Fund.
In addition, the 1940 Act may limit the Fund’s ability to undertake certain transactions with its affiliates that are registered under the 1940 Act or regulated as business development companies under the 1940 Act. As a result of these restrictions, the Fund may be prohibited from executing “joint” transactions with such affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times). These limitations may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to the Fund.
Further conflicts could arise after the Fund and other affiliates have made their respective initial investments. For example, if additional financing is necessary as a result of financial or other difficulties, it may not be in the best interests of the Fund to provide such additional financing. If the other affiliates were to lose their respective investments as a result of such difficulties, the ability of GSO / Blackstone to recommend actions in the best interests of the Fund might be impaired. GSO may in its discretion take steps to reduce the potential for adversity between the Fund and the Other Clients, including causing the Fund and/or such Other Clients to take certain actions that, in the absence of such conflict, it would not take, including selling Fund assets (possibly at disadvantageous
63
times or disadvantageous conditions) or taking other actions in order to comply with the 1940 Act. In addition, there may be circumstances where GSO agrees to implement certain procedures to ameliorate conflicts of interest that may involve a forbearance of rights relating to the Fund or Other Clients, such as where GSO may cause Other Clients to decline to exercise certain control- and/or foreclosure-related rights with respect to a portfolio company. In addition, conflicts may arise in determining the amount of an investment, if any, to be allocated among potential investors and the respective terms thereof. There can be no assurance that any conflict will be resolved in favor of the Fund and a decision by GSO to take any particular action could have the effect of benefiting an Other Client (and, incidentally, may also have the effect of benefiting GSO) and therefore may not have been in the best interests of, and may be adverse to, the Fund. There can be no assurance that the return on the Fund’s investment will be equivalent to or better than the returns obtained by the Other Clients participating in the transaction. The Shareholders will not receive any benefit from fees paid to any affiliate of GSO / Blackstone from a portfolio company in which an Other Client also has an interest, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.
Other Blackstone and GSO Clients; Allocation of Investment Opportunities. Certain inherent conflicts of interest arise from the fact that GSO and Blackstone provide investment management and sub-advisory services to the Fund and Other Clients.
The respective investment programs of the Fund and the Other Clients may or may not be substantially similar. GSO and/or Blackstone may give advice to, and recommend securities for, Other Clients that may differ from advice given to, or securities recommended or bought for, the Fund, even though their investment objectives may be the same as or similar to those of the Fund. While GSO will seek to manage potential conflicts of interest in a fair and equitable manner, the portfolio strategies employed by GSO and Blackstone in managing their respective Other Clients could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by GSO in managing the Fund and may affect the prices and availability of the securities and instruments in which the Fund invests. Conversely, participation in specific investment opportunities may be appropriate, at times, for both the Fund and Other Clients. In addition, certain exceptions exist that allow specified types of investment opportunities that fall within the Fund’s investment objectives or strategy to be allocated in whole or in part to Blackstone or GSO itself or Other Clients, such as strategic investments made by Blackstone or GSO itself (whether in financial institutions or otherwise) and the exception for Other Clients that have investment objectives or guidelines similar to or overlapping with those of the Fund. In any event, it is the policy of GSO to allocate investment opportunities and sale opportunities on a basis deemed by GSO, in its sole discretion, to be fair and equitable over time.
Allocation Methodology Considerations. GSO will share appropriate investment opportunities (and sale opportunities) with Other Clients and the Fund in accordance with the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) and Firm-wide allocation policies, which generally provide for sharing pro rata based on targeted acquisition size (generally based on available capacity) or targeted sale size (or, in some sales cases, the aggregate positions), taking into account capital commitments, available cash and the relative capital of the respective funds and accounts and such other factors as GSO / Blackstone determines in good faith to be appropriate.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSO may also consider the following factors in making any allocation determinations (which determinations shall be on a basis that GSO believes in good faith to be fair and reasonable), and such factors may result in a different allocation of investment and/or sale opportunities:
(a) the risk-return and target return profile of the proposed investment relative to the Fund’s and the Other Clients’ current risk profiles;
(b) the Fund’s and/or the Other Clients’ investment objectives, policies, guidelines, restrictions and terms, including whether such objectives are considered solely in light of the specific investment under consideration or in the context of the respective portfolios’ overall holdings;
(c) the need to re-size risk in the Fund’s or the Other Clients’ portfolios (including the potential for the proposed investment to create an industry, sector or issuer imbalance in the Fund’s and Other Clients’ portfolios, as applicable) and taking into account any existing non-pro rata investment positions in the portfolio of the Fund and Other Clients;
(d) liquidity considerations of the Fund and the Other Clients, including during a ramp-up of the Fund or such Other Clients or wind-down of Other Clients, proximity to the end of the Other Clients’ specified term or investment period, any redemption/withdrawal/repurchase requests, anticipated future contributions and available cash;
(e) legal, tax, accounting and other consequences;
(f) regulatory or contractual restrictions or consequences;
(g) avoiding a de minimis or odd lot allocation;
(h) availability and degree of leverage and any requirements or other terms of any existing leverage facilities;
64
(i) the Fund’s or Other Clients’ investment focus on a classification attributable to an investment or issuer of an investment, including, without limitation, investment strategy, geography, industry or business sector;
(j) the nature and extent of involvement in the transaction on the part of the respective teams of investment professionals dedicated to the Fund or such Other Clients;
(k) the management of any actual or potential conflict of interest;
(l) with respect to investments that are made available to GSO by counterparties pursuant to negotiated trading platforms (e.g., ISDA contracts), the absence of such relationships that may not be available for the Fund and all Other Clients; and
(m) any other considerations deemed relevant by GSO in good faith.
GSO shall not have any obligation to present any investment opportunity to the Fund if GSO determines in good faith that such opportunity should not be presented to the Fund for any one or a combination of the reasons specified above, or if GSO is otherwise restricted from presenting such investment opportunity to the Fund. Subject to the Advisers Act and as further set forth in this SAI, certain Other Clients may receive certain priority or other allocation rights with respect to certain investments, subject to various conditions set forth in such Other Clients’ respective governing agreements, provided, however, GSO does not anticipate that such priority or other allocation rights will impact the investments available to the Fund in the ordinary course. It should be noted that investment opportunities originated by business units of the Firm other than GSO will be allocated in accordance with such business units’ allocation policies, which will result in such investment opportunities being allocated, in whole or in part, away from GSO. Additionally, investment opportunities originated by GSO will be allocated in accordance with GSO’s allocation policy, which may provide that investment opportunities will be allocated in part to other business units of the Firm on a basis that GSO believes in good faith to be fair and reasonable, based on various factors, including the involvement of the respective teams from GSO and such other units. Furthermore, for the avoidance of doubt, any investment opportunity that is allocated to the Fund may be allocated to co-investors in GSO’s discretion to the extent that an amount of such investment opportunity remains after the Fund has received its target allocation in respect of such investment opportunity. Moreover, with respect to GSO’s ability to allocate investment opportunities, including where such opportunities are within the common objectives and guidelines of the Fund and an Other Client (which allocations are to be made on a basis that GSO believes in good faith to be fair and reasonable), GSO and Blackstone have established general guidelines and policies, which it may update from time to time, for determining how such allocations are to be made, which, among other things, set forth priorities and presumptions regarding what constitutes “debt” investments, ranges of rates of returns for defining “core” investments, presumptions regarding allocation for certain types of investments (e.g., distressed investments) and other matters. The application of those guidelines may result in the Fund not participating (and/or not participating to the same extent) in certain investment opportunities in which it would have otherwise participated had the related allocations been determined without regard to such guidelines and/or based only on the circumstances of those particular investments.
When GSO determines not to pursue some or all of an investment opportunity for the Fund that would otherwise be within the Fund’s objectives and strategies, and Blackstone or GSO provides the opportunity or offers the opportunity to Other Clients, Blackstone or GSO, including their personnel (including real estate personnel), may receive compensation from the Other Clients, whether or not in respect of a particular investment, including an allocation of referral fees, and any such compensation could be greater than amounts paid by the Fund to GSO. As a result, GSO (including real estate personnel who receive such compensation) could be incentivized to allocate investment opportunities away from the Fund to or source investment opportunities for Other Clients. In addition, in some cases Blackstone or GSO may earn greater fees when Other Clients participate alongside or instead of the Fund in an Investment.
GSO makes good faith determinations for allocation decisions based on expectations that may prove inaccurate. Information unavailable to GSO, or circumstances not foreseen by GSO at the time of allocation, may cause an investment opportunity to yield a different return than expected. Conversely, an investment that GSO expects to be consistent with the Fund’s return objectives may fail to achieve them.
Orders may be combined for the Fund and all other participating Other Clients, and if any order is not filled at the same price, they may be allocated on an average price basis. Similarly, if an order on behalf of more than one account cannot be fully executed under prevailing market conditions, securities may be allocated among the different accounts on a basis that GSO or its affiliates consider equitable.
Co-Investment Opportunities. As a registered investment company under the 1940 Act, the Fund is subject to certain limitations relating to co-investments and joint transactions with affiliates, which likely will in certain circumstances limit the Fund’s ability to make investments or enter into other transactions alongside the Other Clients. There can be no assurance that such regulatory restrictions will not adversely affect the Fund’s ability to capitalize on attractive investment opportunities. However, subject to the 1940 Act, the Fund may co-invest with Other Clients (including co-investment or other vehicles in which the Firm or its personnel invest and that co-invest with such Other Clients) in investments that are suitable for the Fund and one or more of such Other Clients. Even if the Fund and any such Other Clients and/or co-investment or other vehicles invest in the same securities, conflicts of interest may still arise.
65
Debt Financings in connection with Acquisitions and Dispositions. To the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the Fund may from time to time provide financing (i) as part of a third party purchaser’s bid for, or acquisition of, a portfolio entity or the underlying assets thereof owned by one or more Other Clients and/or (ii) in connection with a proposed acquisition or investment by one or more Other Clients or affiliates of a portfolio company and/or its underlying assets. This generally would include the circumstance where the Fund is making commitments to provide financing at or prior to the time such third-party purchaser commits to purchase such investments or assets from one or more Other Clients. While the terms and conditions of any such arrangements will generally be at arms’ length terms negotiated on a case by case basis, the involvement of the Fund and/or such Other Clients or affiliates may affect the terms of such transactions or arrangements and/or may otherwise influence GSO / Blackstone’s decisions with respect to the management of the Fund and/or such Other Clients or the relevant portfolio company, which may give rise to potential or actual conflicts of interest and which could adversely impact the Fund.
The Fund may from time to time dispose of all or a portion of an investment where the Firm or one or more Other Clients is providing financing to repay debt issued to the Fund. Such involvement may give rise to potential or actual conflicts of interest.
Activities of Principals and Employees. Certain of the principals and employees of GSO / Blackstone may be subject to a variety of conflicts of interest relating to their responsibilities to the Fund and the management of the Fund’s investment portfolio. Such individuals may serve in an advisory capacity to other managed accounts or investment vehicles. Such positions may create a conflict between the services and advice provided to such entities and the responsibilities owed to the Fund. The other managed accounts and/or investment funds in which such individuals may become involved may have investment objectives that overlap with the Fund. Furthermore, certain principals and employees of GSO / Blackstone may have a greater financial interest in the performance of such other funds or accounts than the performance of the Fund. Such involvement may create conflicts of interest in making investments on behalf of the Fund and such other funds and accounts. Such principals and employees will seek to limit any such conflicts in a manner that is in accordance with their fiduciary duties to the Fund.
Multiple Firm Business Lines. The Firm has multiple business lines which Blackstone, GSO, the Fund, Other Clients and third parties may engage for debt and equity financings and to provide other investment banking, brokerage, investment advisory or other services. As a result of these activities, the Firm is subject to a number of actual and potential conflicts of interest, greater regulatory oversight and more legal and contractual restrictions than if it had one line of business. For example, the Firm may come into possession of information that limits the Fund’s ability to engage in potential transactions. Similarly, other Firm businesses and their personnel may be prohibited by law or contract from sharing information with GSO that would be relevant to monitoring the Fund’s Investments and other activities. Additionally, Blackstone, GSO or Other Clients can be expected to enter into covenants that restrict or otherwise limit the ability of the Fund or its portfolio entities and their affiliates to make investments in, or otherwise engage in, certain businesses or activities. For example, Other Clients could have granted exclusivity to a joint venture partner that limits the Fund and Other Clients from owning assets within a certain distance of any of the joint venture’s assets, or Blackstone, GSO or an Other Client could have entered into a non-compete in connection with a sale or other transaction. These types of restrictions may negatively impact the ability of the Fund to implement its investment program. (See also “Other Blackstone and GSO Clients; Allocation of Investment Opportunities”).
Finally, Blackstone and GSO personnel who are members of the investment team or investment committee may be excluded from participating in certain investment decisions due to conflicts involving other Firm businesses or for other reasons, in which case the Fund will not benefit from their experience. The limited partners will not receive a benefit from any fees earned by the Firm or their personnel from these other businesses.
Service Providers and Counterparties. Certain of the Fund’s, the Firm’s and/or portfolio companies’ advisors and other service providers or their affiliates (including accountants, administrators, lenders, bankers, brokers, attorneys, consultants, and investment or commercial banking firms) also provide goods or services to, or have business, personal, financial or other relationships with, the Firm, its affiliates and portfolio companies. Such advisors and service providers (or their affiliates) may be investors in the Fund, sources of investment opportunities, co-investors, commercial counterparties and/or portfolio companies in which the Firm and/or the Fund has an investment. Accordingly, payments by the Fund and/or such entities may indirectly benefit the Fund and/or its affiliates. In addition, the retention of such entities as advisors or service providers may give rise to actual or potential conflicts of interest. Additionally, certain employees and other professionals of the Firm may have family members or relatives employed by such advisors and service providers (or their affiliates) or otherwise actively involved in (or have business, financial or other relationships with) relevant industries. For example, such family members or relatives might be employees, officers, directors or owners of companies or assets that are actual or potential investments of the Fund or other counterparties of the Fund and its portfolio companies and/or assets. Moreover, in certain instances, the Fund or its portfolio companies may issue loans to or acquire securities from, or otherwise transact with, companies that are owned by such family members or relatives or in respect of which such family members or relatives have other involvement. These relationships may influence GSO and/or GSO / Blackstone in deciding whether to select or recommend such advisors or service providers to perform services for the Fund or portfolio companies (the cost of which will generally be borne
66
directly or indirectly by the Fund or such portfolio companies, as applicable). Notwithstanding the foregoing, investment transactions relating to the Fund that require the use of a service provider will generally be allocated to service providers on the basis of best execution, the evaluation of which includes, among other considerations, such service provider’s provision of certain investment-related services and research that GSO / Blackstone believes to be of benefit to the Fund.
Certain Blackstone-affiliated service providers and their respective personnel will receive a management fee, an incentive fee and other performance-based compensation in respect of investments. Furthermore, Blackstone-affiliated service providers may charge costs and expenses based on allocable overhead associated with personnel working on relevant matters (including salaries, benefits and other similar expenses), provided that these amounts will not exceed market rates as determined by Blackstone or GSO to be appropriate under the circumstances.
Portfolio company service providers described in this section are generally owned by an Other Client. In certain instances a similar company could be owned by Blackstone directly. Blackstone could cause a transfer of ownership of one of these service providers from an Other Client to a Fund. The transfer of a portfolio company service provider between a Fund and an Other Client will generally be consummated for minimal or no consideration, and without obtaining any consent from a limited partner advisory committee. In such instances, GSO may, but is not required to, obtain a third party valuation confirming the same, and if it does, GSO may rely on such valuation.
Advisers and service providers, or their affiliates, often charge different rates (including below-market or no fee) or have different arrangements for different types of services. With respect to service providers, for example, the fee for a given type of work may vary depending on the complexity of the matter as well as the expertise required and demands placed on the service provider. Therefore, to the extent the types of services used by the Fund and/or portfolio companies are different from those used by the Firm and its affiliates (including personnel), GSO or its affiliates (including personnel) may pay different amounts or rates than those paid by the Fund and/or portfolio companies. However, GSO and its affiliates have a longstanding practice of not entering into any arrangements with advisors or service providers that could provide for lower rates or discounts than those available to the Fund, Other Clients and/or portfolio companies for the same services. In addition, the Firm and its affiliates, including without limitation, the Fund, the Other Clients and/or their portfolio companies, may enter into agreements or other arrangements with vendors and other similar counterparties (whether such counterparties are affiliated or unaffiliated with the Firm) from time to time whereby such counterparty may charge lower rates (or no fee) and/or provide discounts or rebates for such counterparty’s products and/or services depending on certain factors, including without limitation, volume of transactions entered into with such counterparty by the Firm, its affiliates, the Fund, the Other Clients and their portfolio companies in the aggregate. Furthermore, advisors and service providers may provide services exclusively to GSO and/or Blackstone, including Other Clients and their portfolio companies, although such advisors and service providers will not be considered employees of Blackstone or GSO.
In addition, certain advisors and service providers (including law firms) may temporarily provide their personnel to GSO and/or Blackstone pursuant to various arrangements including at cost or at no cost. While the Fund is often the beneficiary of these types of arrangements, GSO and/or Blackstone are from time to time the beneficiaries of these arrangements as well, including in circumstances where the advisor or service provider also provides services to the Fund in the ordinary course. Such personnel may provide services in respect of multiple matters, including in respect of matters related to GSO and/or Blackstone, their affiliates and/or portfolio companies and any costs of such personnel may be allocated accordingly.
In addition, investment banks or other financial institutions, as well as Blackstone employees, may also be Fund investors. These institutions and employees are a potential source of information and ideas that could benefit the Fund. Blackstone has procedures in place reasonably designed to prevent the inappropriate use of such information by the Fund.
Blackstone-affiliated service providers are generally expected to receive competitive market rate fees (as determined by GSO / Blackstone or its affiliates) with respect to certain investments, include:
| • |
COE. The Blackstone Center of Excellence, located in Gurgaon, India (the “COE”) is a captive center of resources administered by Blackstone and ThoughtFocus Technologies LLC (“ThoughtFocus”), an independent firm in which Blackstone holds a minority position and participates as a member of the board. The COE is expected to perform services for certain funds that may have historically been performed by Blackstone personnel, such as funds’ administrative services, data collection and management services, and technology implementation and support services, which may be paid for by the funds that receive such services on a similar basis as a third party providing such services. Blackstone, through its interest in ThoughtFocus, receives an indirect benefit resulting from the funds’ payments for such services. These fees do not offset advisory fees payable by the shareholders. |
| • |
Entic. Entic Inc. (“Entic”) provides a cloud-based software that uses proprietary wireless sensors and advanced analytics to reduce energy consumption. Blackstone, which holds a minority position in and participates as a member of the board of Entic, receives an indirect benefit resulting from payments for such services. These fees do not offset |
67
|
the advisory fees payable by the shareholders. Part of Blackstone’s investment includes performance-based warrants giving Blackstone managed funds the ability to earn shares of stock based on usage of Entic. |
| • |
Equity Healthcare. Equity Healthcare LLC (“Equity Healthcare”) is a Blackstone affiliate that negotiates with providers of standard administrative services for health benefit plans and other related services for cost discounts, quality of service monitoring, data services and clinical consulting. Because of the combined purchasing power of its client participants, which include unaffiliated third parties, Equity Healthcare is able to negotiate pricing terms that are believed to be more favorable than those that the portfolio companies could obtain on an individual basis. The fees received by Equity Healthcare in connection with services provided to investments will not offset the advisory fee payable by the shareholders. |
| • |
Optiv. Optiv is a portfolio company held by certain Blackstone private equity funds that provides a full slate of information security services and solutions and may provide goods and services for the funds and their portfolio companies. |
| • |
BTIG. In December 2016, certain funds made a strategic minority investment in BTIG. BTIG is a global financial services firm that provides institutional trading, investment banking, research and related brokerage services and may provide goods and services for Other Clients or any of their portfolio companies and the Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Program. |
| • |
LNLS. Lexington National Land Services (“LNLS”) is a Blackstone affiliate that acts as an agent for one or more underwriters in issuing title policies and providing support services in connection with investments by Other Clients and their portfolio companies, affiliates and related parties, and third parties. LNLS focuses on transactions in rate-regulated states where the cost of title insurance is non-negotiable. LNLS currently does not perform services in nonregulated states for Other Clients unless (i) in the context of a portfolio transaction that includes properties in rate regulated states, (ii) as part of a syndicate of title insurance companies where the rate is negotiated by other insurers or their agents, (iii) when a third party is paying all or a material portion of the premium or (iv) when LNLS provides support services for compensation to the underwriter but does not negotiate the rate or issue the title policy to the insured. LNLS earns fees, which would have otherwise been paid to third parties, by providing title agency services and facilitating the placement of title insurance with underwriters and otherwise providing the support services described in (iv) above. |
| • |
Refinitiv. In October 2018, a consortium led by Blackstone acquired a 55% equity stake of Refinitiv, formerly the Financial & Risk division of Thomson Reuters, which includes the Evaluated Pricing Service (formerly known as Thomson Reuters Pricing Service). From time to time, Refinitiv is expected to provide valuation and other services to the Fund on an arms-length basis. |
Allocation of Personnel. GSO / Blackstone and their respective members, partners, officers and employees will devote as much of their time to the activities of the Fund as they deem necessary to conduct its business affairs in an appropriate manner. By the terms of the investment sub-advisory agreement, GSO / Blackstone is not restricted from forming additional investment funds, from entering into other investment advisory relationships or from engaging in other business activities, even though such activities may be in competition with the Fund and/or may involve substantial time and resources of GSO / Blackstone. These activities could be viewed as creating a conflict of interest in that the time and effort of the members of GSO / Blackstone and GSO, and their officers and employees will not be devoted exclusively to the business of the Fund, but will be allocated between the business of the Fund and the management of the monies of such other advisees of GSO / Blackstone and GSO. Time spent on these other initiatives diverts attention from the activities of the Fund, which could negatively impact the Fund and shareholders. Furthermore, GSO and GSO personnel derive financial benefit from these other activities, including fees and performance-based compensation. Firm personnel outside of GSO may share in the fees and performance-based compensation from the Fund; similarly, GSO personnel may share in the fees and performance-based compensation generated by Other Clients. These and other factors create conflicts of interest in the allocation of time by Firm personnel. GSO’s determination of the amount of time necessary to conduct the Fund’s activities will be conclusive, and shareholders rely on GSO’s judgment in this regard.
Portfolio Company Data. The Firm receives or obtains various kinds of portfolio company/entity data and information (including from portfolio companies and/or entities of the Fund), including data and information relating to business operations, trends, budgets, customers and other metrics (this includes data that is sometimes referred to as “big data”). As a result, the Firm may be better able to anticipate macroeconomic and other trends, and otherwise develop investment themes, as a result of information learned from a portfolio company and/or entity. The Firm has entered and may further enter into information sharing and user arrangements with portfolio companies and/or entities that may give the Firm access to data that it would not otherwise obtain in the ordinary course. The Firm may further engage in information sharing of such data with the Fund, Other Clients, and their portfolio companies, related parties and service providers. Although the Firm believes that these activities improve the Firm’s investment management activities on behalf of the Fund and Other Clients, information obtained from the Fund and portfolio companies also provides material benefits
68
to Blackstone, GSO or Other Clients without compensation or other benefit accruing to the Fund or shareholders. For example, information from a portfolio company owned by the Fund may enable the Firm to better understand a particular industry and execute trading and investment strategies in reliance on that understanding for Blackstone, GSO and Other Clients that do not own an interest in the portfolio company, without compensation or benefit to the Fund or portfolio companies.
Furthermore, except for contractual obligations to third parties to maintain confidentiality of certain information, and regulatory limitations on the use of material nonpublic information, the Firm is generally free to use data and information from the Fund’s activities to assist in the pursuit of the Firm’s various other activities, including to trade for the benefit of the Firm and/or an Other Client in the securities of unaffiliated issuers while using or otherwise being in possession of such information. Any confidentiality obligations in the investment sub-advisory agreement do not limit the Firm’s ability to do so. For example, the Firm’s ability to trade in securities of an issuer relating to a specific industry may, subject to applicable law, be enhanced by information of a portfolio company and/or entity in the same or related industry. Such trading may provide a material benefit to the Firm without compensation or other benefit to the Fund or shareholders.
The Firm believes that access to this information furthers the interests of the Shareholders by providing opportunities for operational improvements across portfolio companies and/or entities and in connection with the Fund’s investment management activities. Subject to appropriate contractual arrangements, the Firm may also utilize such information outside of the Fund’s activities in a manner that provides a material benefit to the Firm and/or its affiliates, but not the Fund. The sharing and use of “big data” and other information presents potential conflicts of interest and investors acknowledge and agree that any corresponding/resulting benefits received by the Firm will not be subject to management fee offset provisions or otherwise shared with shareholders. As a result, GSO / Blackstone may have an incentive to pursue investments in companies and/or entities based on their data and information and/or to utilize such information in a manner that benefits the Firm.
Material, Non-Public Information. GSO may come into possession of material non-public information with respect to an issuer. Should this occur, GSO would be restricted from buying, originating or selling securities, loans of, or derivatives with respect to, the issuer on behalf of the Fund until such time as the information becomes public or is no longer deemed material such that it would preclude the Fund from participating in an investment. Disclosure of such information to GSO / Blackstone’s personnel responsible for the affairs of the Fund will be on a need-to-know basis only, and the Fund may not be free to act for the Fund upon any such information. Therefore, the Fund may not have access to material non-public information in the possession of GSO that might be relevant to an investment decision to be made for the Fund. In addition, GSO, in an effort to avoid buying or selling restrictions on behalf of the Fund or Other Clients, may choose to forgo an opportunity to receive (or elect not to receive) information that other market participants or counterparties, including those with the same positions in the issuer as the Fund, are eligible to receive or have received, even if possession of such information would otherwise be advantageous to the Fund.
In addition, affiliates of GSO within Blackstone may come into possession of material non-public information with respect to an issuer. Should this occur, GSO may be restricted from buying, originating or selling securities, loans of, or derivatives with respect to, the issuer on behalf of the Fund if the Firm deemed such restriction appropriate. Disclosure of such information to GSO / Blackstone’s personnel responsible for the affairs of the Fund will be on a need-to-know basis only, and the Fund may not be free to act upon any such information. Therefore, the Fund may not have access to material non-public information in the possession of the Firm that might be relevant to an investment decision to be made by the Fund. Accordingly, the Fund may not be able to initiate a transaction that it otherwise might have initiated and may not be able to sell an investment that it otherwise might have sold.
Other Trading and Investing Activities. Certain Other Clients may invest in securities of publicly traded companies that are actual or potential issuers of the Fund. The trading activities of those vehicles may differ from or be inconsistent with activities that are undertaken for the account of the Fund in such securities or related securities. In addition, the Fund might not pursue an investment in an issuer as a result of such trading activities by Other Clients.
Possible Future Activities. The Firm and its affiliates may expand the range of services that it provides over time. Except as provided herein, the Firm and its affiliates will not be restricted in the scope of its business or in the performance of any such services (whether now offered or undertaken in the future) even if such activities could give rise to conflicts of interest, and whether or not such conflicts are described herein. The Firm and its affiliates have, and will continue to develop, relationships with a significant number of companies, financial sponsors and their senior managers, including relationships with clients who may hold or may have held investments similar to those intended to be made by the Fund. These clients may themselves represent appropriate investment opportunities for the Fund or may compete with the Fund for investment opportunities.
Regulatory Inquiries. Blackstone is subject to extensive regulation, including periodic examinations, by governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations in the jurisdictions in which it operates around the world. These authorities have regulatory powers dealing with many aspects of financial services, including the authority to grant, and in specific circumstances to cancel, permissions to carry on particular activities. Many of these regulators, including U.S. and foreign government agencies and self-regulatory organizations, as well as state securities commissions in the United States, are also empowered to conduct investigations and
69
administrative proceedings that can result in fines, suspensions of personnel, changes in policies, procedures or disclosure or other sanctions, including censure, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, the suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer or investment adviser from registration or memberships or the commencement of a civil or criminal lawsuit against Blackstone or its personnel. Blackstone is regularly subject to requests for information and informal or formal investigations by the SEC and other regulatory authorities, with which Blackstone routinely cooperates and even historical practices that have been previously examined are being revisited. Even if an investigation or proceeding did not result in a sanction or the sanction imposed against Blackstone or its personnel by a regulator were small in monetary amount, the adverse publicity relating to the investigation, proceeding or imposition of these sanctions could harm Blackstone, GSO, GSO / Blackstone and the Fund. While it is difficult to predict what impact, if any, the foregoing may have, there can be no assurance that any of the foregoing, whether applicable to Blackstone or GSO specifically or the underlying funds in which Blackstone or GSO invests generally, would not have a material adverse effect on the Fund and its ability to achieve its investment objective. As a result, there can be no assurance that any of the foregoing will not have an adverse impact on Blackstone, GSO or GSO / Blackstone or otherwise impede the Fund’s ability to effectively achieve its investment objective.
Restrictions Arising under the Securities Laws. The Firm’s activities and the activities of Other Clients (including, without limitation, the holding of securities positions or having one of its employees on the board of directors of a portfolio company) could result in securities law restrictions (including under the 1940 Act) on transactions in securities held by the Fund, affect the prices of such securities or the ability of such entities to purchase, retain or dispose of such investments, or otherwise create conflicts of interest, any of which could have an adverse impact on the performance of the Fund and thus the return to the shareholders.
In addition, the 1940 Act limits the Fund’s ability to enter into certain transactions with certain of the Fund’s affiliates. As a result of these restrictions, the Fund may be prohibited from buying or selling any security directly from or to any portfolio company of a fund or account managed by the Firm. However, the Fund may under certain circumstances purchase any such portfolio company’s securities in the secondary market, which could create a conflict for GSO / Blackstone between its interests in the Fund and the portfolio company, in that the ability of GSO / Blackstone to act in the Fund’s best interest might be restricted by applicable law. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of the Fund’s affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times) or buying investments from, or selling them to, Other Clients. These limitations may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to the Fund.
Additional Potential Conflicts. The officers, directors, members, managers, and employees of GSO / Blackstone and GSO may trade in securities for their own accounts, subject to restrictions and reporting requirements as may be required by law or the Firm’s policies, or otherwise determined from time to time by GSO / Blackstone or GSO, as applicable. In addition, certain Other Clients may be subject to the 1940 Act or other regulations that, due to the role of the Firm, could restrict the ability of the Fund to buy investments from, to sell investments to or to invest in the same securities as, such Other Clients. Such regulations may have the effect of limiting the investment opportunities available to the Fund.
Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk. GSO / Blackstone will be subject to certain conflicts of interest in its management of the Fund. These conflicts will arise primarily from the involvement of Blackstone in other activities that may conflict with those of the Fund. Blackstone engages in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of its business activities, Blackstone may engage in activities where the interests of certain divisions of Blackstone or the interests of their clients may conflict with the interests of shareholders. Other present and future activities of Blackstone may give rise to additional conflicts of interest. In the event that a conflict of interest arises, GSO / Blackstone will attempt to resolve such conflicts in a fair and equitable manner.
In addressing these conflicts and regulatory, legal and contractual requirements across its various businesses, Blackstone has implemented certain policies and procedures (e.g., information walls) that may reduce the positive firm-wide synergies that GSO / Blackstone may have potentially utilized for purposes of finding attractive investments. Additionally, Blackstone may limit a client and/or its portfolio companies from engaging in agreements with or related to companies in which any fund of Blackstone has or has considered making an investment or which is otherwise an advisory client of Blackstone and/or from time to time restrict or otherwise limit the ability of the Fund to make investments in or otherwise engage in businesses or activities competitive with companies or other clients of Blackstone, either as result of contractual restrictions or otherwise. Finally, Blackstone has in the past entered, and is likely in the future to enter, into one or more strategic relationships in certain regions or with respect to certain types of investments that, although possibly intended to provide greater opportunities for the Fund, may require the Fund to share such opportunities or otherwise limit the amount of an opportunity the Fund can otherwise take.
As part of its regular business, Blackstone provides a broad range of services other than those provided by GSO / Blackstone , including investment banking, underwriting, capital markets syndication and advisory (including underwriting), placement, financial advisory, restructuring and advisory, consulting, asset/property management, mortgage servicing, insurance (including title insurance), monitoring, commitment, syndication, origination, servicing, management consulting and other similar operational and finance matters, healthcare consulting/brokerage, group purchasing, organizational, operational, loan servicing, financing, divestment
70
and other services. In addition, Blackstone may provide services in the future beyond those currently provided. The Fund will not receive a benefit from the fees or profits derived from such services. In such a case, a client of Blackstone would typically require Blackstone to act exclusively on its behalf. This request may preclude all of Blackstone clients (including the Fund) from participating in related transactions that would otherwise be suitable. Blackstone will be under no obligation to decline any such engagements in order to make an investment opportunity available to the Fund. In connection with its other businesses, Blackstone will likely come into possession of information that limits its ability to engage in potential transactions. The Fund’s activities are expected to be constrained as a result of the inability of the personnel of Blackstone to use such information. For example, employees of Blackstone from time to time are prohibited by law or contract from sharing information with members of GSO / Blackstone’s investment team that would be relevant to monitoring the Fund’s portfolio and other investment decisions. Additionally, there are expected to be circumstances in which one or more of certain individuals associated with Blackstone will be precluded from providing services related to the Fund’s activities because of certain confidential information available to those individuals or to other parts of Blackstone (e.g., trading may be restricted). Blackstone has long term relationships with a significant number of corporations and their senior management. In determining whether to invest in a particular transaction on behalf of the Fund, GSO / Blackstone will consider those relationships, and may decline to participate in a transaction as a result of such relationships. To the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the Fund may also co-invest with clients of Blackstone in particular investment opportunities, and the relationship with such clients could influence the decisions made by GSO / Blackstone with respect to such investments. The Fund may be forced to sell or hold existing investments (possibly at disadvantageous times or under disadvantageous conditions) as a result of various relationships that Blackstone may have or transactions or investments Blackstone and its affiliates may make or have made. The inability to transact in any security, derivative or loan held by the Fund could result in significant losses or lost opportunity costs to the Fund.
DoubleLine ETFs. The following table lists the number and types of accounts managed by each of the key professionals involved in the day-to-day portfolio management for each Fund and assets under management in those accounts. The total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.
Other Accounts Managed as of June 30, 2020
|
Portfolio Manager |
Registered
Investment Company Accounts* |
Assets
Managed (billions) |
Other
Pooled Investment Vehicle Accounts** |
Assets
Managed (billions) |
Other
Accounts*** |
Assets
Managed (billions) |
Total
Assets Managed (billions) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Mark Christensen |
5 | $ | 2.07 | 0 | $ | 0 | 2(1) | $ | 0.67(1) | $ | 2.74 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Jeffrey Gundlach |
36 | $ | 95.74 | 16(2) | $ | 8.15(2) | 78(3) | $ | 25.90(3) | $ | 129.79 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Su Fei Koo |
5 | $ | 2.07 | 0 | $ | 0 | 2(1) | $ | 0.67(1) | $ | 2.74 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Luz Padilla |
10 | $ | 12.05 | 2(4) | $ | 2.13(4) | 5(1) | $ | 2.17(1) | $ | 16.35 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Jeffrey Sherman |
23 | $ | 36.40 | 7 | $ | 2.65 | 20 | $ | 12.73 | $ | 51.78 | |||||||||||||||||
| * |
“Registered Investment Companies” include only those funds for which a portfolio manager is listed in the prospectus. |
| ** |
“Pooled Investment Vehicle” indicates private accounts and undertakings for collective investments in transferable securities. |
| *** |
“Other” indicates DoubleLine’s view of the portfolio manager primarily responsible to manage those accounts. |
| (1) |
Includes 1 account (totaling $548.84 million in assets under management) with performance-based fees. |
| (2) |
Includes 2 accounts (totaling $2.24 billion in assets under management) with performance-based fees. |
| (3) |
Includes 2 accounts (totaling $996.93 million in assets under management) with performance-based fees. |
| (4) |
Includes 1 account (totaling $2.10 billion in assets under management) with performance-based fees. |
The portfolio managers listed above did not beneficially own any interests of any Fund as of June 30, 2020.
Portfolio Manager Compensation – DoubleLine
The overall objective of the compensation program for the portfolio managers employed by the Sub-Adviser is for the Sub-Adviser to attract competent and expert investment professionals and to retain them over the long-term. Compensation is comprised of several components which, in the aggregate, are designed to achieve these objectives and to reward the Sub-Adviser’s portfolio managers for their contribution to the success of the clients and the Sub-Adviser. The Sub-Adviser Portfolio managers are compensated through a combination of base salary, discretionary bonus and, in some cases, equity participation in the Sub-Adviser.
71
Salary. Salary is agreed to with managers at time of employment and is reviewed from time to time. It does not change significantly and often does not constitute a significant part of portfolio managers’ compensation.
Discretionary Bonus/Guaranteed Minimums. Portfolio managers receive discretionary bonuses. However, in some cases, pursuant to contractual arrangements, some portfolio managers may be entitled to a mandatory minimum bonus if the sum of their salary and profit sharing does not reach certain levels.
Equity Incentives. Some portfolio managers participate in equity incentives based on overall firm performance of the Sub-Adviser, through direct ownership interests in the Sub-Adviser. These ownership interests or participation interests provide eligible portfolio managers the opportunity to participate in the financial performance of the Sub-Adviser. Participation is generally determined in the discretion of the Sub-Adviser, taking into account factors relevant to the portfolio manager’s contribution to the success of the Sub-Adviser.
Other Plans and Compensation Vehicles. Portfolio managers may elect to participate in the Sub-Adviser’s 401(k) plan, to which they may contribute a portion of their pre- and post-tax compensation to the plan for investment on a tax-deferred basis. The Sub-Adviser may also choose, from time to time, to offer certain other compensation plans and vehicles, such as a deferred compensation plan, to portfolio managers.
Summary. As described above, an investment professional’s total compensation is determined through a subjective process that evaluates numerous quantitative and qualitative factors, including the contribution made to the overall investment process. Not all factors apply to each employee and there is no particular weighting or formula for considering certain factors. Among the factors considered are: relative investment performance of portfolios (although there are no specific benchmarks or periods of time used in measuring performance); complexity of investment strategies; participation in the investment team’s dialogue; contribution to business results and overall business strategy; success of marketing/business development efforts and client servicing; seniority/length of service with the firm; management and supervisory responsibilities; and fulfillment of the Sub-Adviser’s leadership criteria.
Potential Conflicts of Interest
The Sub-Adviser seeks to identify potential conflicts of interest resulting from a portfolio manager’s management of both the Funds and other accounts, and has adopted policies and procedures designed to address such potential conflicts.
From time to time, potential and actual conflicts of interest may arise between a portfolio manager’s management of the investments of a Fund, on the one hand, and the management of other accounts, on the other. Potential and actual conflicts of interest also may result because of the Sub-Adviser’s other business activities. Other accounts managed by a portfolio manager might have similar investment objectives or strategies as a Fund or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by a Fund. The other accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies than a Fund.
Knowledge and Timing of Fund Trades. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s management of the Funds. Because of their positions with the Funds, the portfolio managers know the size, timing and possible market impact of each Fund’s trades. It is theoretically possible that a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts under management, and also theoretically possible that actions could be taken (or not taken) to the detriment of a Fund.
Investment Opportunities. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s management of a number of accounts with varying investment guidelines. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both the Funds and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, but securities may not be available in sufficient quantities for both a Fund and the other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by a Fund and another account. The Sub-Adviser has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.
Under the Sub-Adviser’s allocation procedures, investment opportunities are allocated among various investment strategies based on individual account investment guidelines, the Sub-Adviser’s investment outlook, cash availability and a series of other factors. The Sub-Adviser has also adopted additional internal practices to complement the general trade allocation policy that are designed to address potential conflicts of interest due to the side-by-side management of the Funds and certain pooled investment vehicles, including investment opportunity allocation issues.
Conflicts potentially limiting a Fund’s investment opportunities may also arise when a Fund and other clients of the Sub-Adviser invest in, or even conduct research relating to, different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, such as when a Fund owns senior debt obligations of an issuer and other clients own junior tranches of the same issuer. In such circumstances, decisions over whether to trigger an event of default, over the terms of any workout, or how to exit an investment may result in conflicts of interest. In order to
72
minimize such conflicts, a portfolio manager may avoid certain investment opportunities that would potentially give rise to conflicts with other clients of the Sub-Adviser or result in the Sub-Adviser receiving material, non-public information, or the Sub-Adviser may enact internal procedures designed to minimize such conflicts, which could have the effect of limiting a Fund’s investment opportunities. Additionally, if the Sub-Adviser acquires material non-public confidential information in connection with its business activities for other clients, a portfolio manager or other investment personnel may be restricted from purchasing securities or selling certain securities for a Fund or other clients. When making investment decisions where a conflict of interest may arise, the Sub-Adviser will endeavor to act in a fair and equitable manner between a Fund and other clients; however, in certain instances the resolution of the conflict may result in the Sub-Adviser acting on behalf of another client in a manner that may not be in the best interest, or may be opposed to the best interest, of a Fund.
Investors in a Fund may also be advisory clients of the Sub-Adviser or a Fund may invest in a product managed or sponsored or otherwise affiliated with the Sub-Adviser. Accordingly, the Sub-Adviser may in the course of its business provide advice to advisory clients whose interests may conflict with those of a Fund, may render advice to a Fund that provides a direct or indirect benefit to the Sub-Adviser or an affiliate of the Sub-Adviser or may manage or advise a product in which a Fund is invested in such a way that would not be beneficial to a Fund. The Sub-Adviser could also, for example, make decisions with respect to a structured product
managed or sponsored by the Sub-Adviser in a manner that could have adverse effects on investors in the product, including, potentially, a Fund.
Broad and Wide-Ranging Activities. The portfolio managers, the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the portfolio managers, the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates may engage in activities where the interests of certain divisions of the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates or the interests of their clients may conflict with the interests of the shareholders of a Fund.
Possible Future Activities. The Sub-Adviser and its affiliates may expand the range of services that it provides over time. Except as provided herein, the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates will not be restricted in the scope of its business or in the performance of any such services (whether now offered or undertaken in the future) even if such activities could give rise to conflicts of interest, and whether or not such conflicts are described herein. The Sub-Adviser and its affiliates have, and will continue to develop, relationships with a significant number of companies, financial sponsors and their senior managers, including relationships with clients who may hold or may have held investments similar to those intended to be made by a Fund. These clients may themselves represent appropriate investment opportunities for a Fund or may compete with a Fund for investment opportunities.
Performance Fees and Personal Investments. A portfolio manager may advise certain accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based entirely or partially on performance or in respect of which the portfolio manager may have made a significant personal investment. Such circumstances may create a conflict of interest for the portfolio manager in that the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate the investment opportunities that he or she believes might be the most profitable to such other accounts instead of allocating them to a Fund. The Sub-Adviser has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities between a Fund and performance fee based accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time.
MFS ETFs. The following table lists the number and types of accounts managed by each of the key professionals involved in the day-to-day portfolio management for the MFS ETFs and assets under management in those accounts as of June 30, 2020. The portfolio managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds.
|
Portfolio Manager |
Registered
Investment Company Accounts |
Assets
Managed (billions)* |
Other
Pooled Investment Vehicle Accounts |
Assets
Managed (billions)* |
Other
Accounts |
Assets
Managed (billions)* |
Total
Assets Managed (billions) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Matt Krummell |
16 | $ | 4.76 | 14 | $ | 2.00 | 18 | $ | 2.58 | $ | 9.34 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Jonathan Sage |
22 | $ | 21.24 | 17 | $ | 4.06 | 26 | $ | 6.78 | $ | 32.08 | |||||||||||||||||
| * |
There are no performance-based fees associated with these accounts. |
The portfolio managers listed above do not beneficially own any interests of any Fund as of June 30, 2020.
Compensation
MFS’ philosophy is to align portfolio manager compensation with the goal to provide shareholders with long-term value through a collaborative investment process. Therefore, MFS uses long-term investment performance as well as contribution to the overall investment process and collaborative culture as key factors in determining portfolio manager compensation. In addition, MFS seeks to maintain total compensation programs that are competitive in the asset management industry in each geographic market where it has employees. MFS uses competitive compensation data to ensure that compensation practices are aligned with its goals of attracting, retaining, and motivating the highest-quality professionals.
73
MFS reviews portfolio manager compensation annually. In determining portfolio manager compensation, MFS uses quantitative means and qualitative means to help ensure a sustainable investment process. As of December 31, 2019, portfolio manager total cash compensation is a combination of base salary and performance bonus:
Base Salary – Base salary generally represents a smaller percentage of portfolio manager total cash compensation than performance bonus.
Performance Bonus – Generally, the performance bonus represents more than a majority of portfolio manager total cash compensation.
The performance bonus is based on a combination of quantitative and qualitative factors, generally with more weight given to the former and less weight given to the latter.
The quantitative portion is primarily based on the pre-tax performance of accounts managed by the portfolio manager over a range of fixed-length time periods, intended to provide the ability to assess performance over time periods consistent with a full market cycle and a strategy’s investment horizon. The fixed-length time periods include the portfolio manager’s full tenure on each fund and, when available, ten-, five-, and three-year periods. For portfolio managers who have served for less than three years, shorter-term periods, including the one-year period, will also be considered, as will performance in previous roles, if any, held at the firm. Emphasis is generally placed on longer performance periods when multiple performance periods are available. Performance is evaluated across the full set of strategies and portfolios managed by a given portfolio manager, relative to appropriate peer group universes and/or representative indices (“benchmarks”).
As of December 31, 2019, the following benchmarks were used to measure the portfolio managers’ performance for the following Funds:
|
Fund |
Portfolio Manager |
Benchmark(s) |
||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF |
Matt Krummell | Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index | ||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF |
Matt Krummell | Russell 1000 Growth Index | ||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF |
Jonathan Sage | Russell 1000 Value Index |
Benchmarks may include versions and components of indices, custom indices, and linked indices that combine performance of different indices for different portions of the time period, where appropriate.
The qualitative portion is based on the results of an annual internal peer review process (where portfolio managers are evaluated by other portfolio managers, analysts, and traders) and management’s assessment of overall portfolio manager contribution to the MFS investment process and the client experience (distinct from fund and other account performance).
The performance bonus is generally a combination of cash and a deferred cash award. A deferred cash award is issued for a cash value and becomes payable over a three-year vesting period if the portfolio manager remains in the continuous employ of MFS or its affiliates. During the vesting period, the value of the unfunded deferred cash award will fluctuate as though the portfolio manager had invested the cash value of the award in an MFS Fund(s) selected by the portfolio manager.
MFS Equity Plan – Portfolio managers also typically benefit from the opportunity to participate in the MFS Equity Plan. Equity interests are awarded by management, on a discretionary basis, taking into account tenure at MFS, contribution to the investment process, and other factors.
Finally, portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans (including a defined contribution plan and health and other insurance plans) and programs available generally to other employees of MFS. The percentage such benefits represent of any portfolio manager’s compensation depends upon the length of the individual’s tenure at MFS and salary level, as well as other factors.
MFS Potential Conflicts of Interest
The Sub-Adviser seeks to identify potential conflicts of interest resulting from a portfolio manager’s management of both the Funds and other accounts, and has adopted policies and procedures designed to address such potential conflicts.
The management of multiple funds and accounts (including proprietary accounts) gives rise to conflicts of interest if the funds and accounts have different objectives and strategies, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees, as a portfolio manager must allocate his or her
74
time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. In certain instances, there are securities which are suitable for a Fund’s portfolio as well as for accounts of the Sub-Adviser or its subsidiaries with similar investment objectives. The Sub-Adviser’s trade allocation policies may give rise to conflicts of interest if the Fund’s orders do not get fully executed or are delayed in getting executed due to being aggregated with those of other accounts of the Sub-Adviser or its subsidiaries. A portfolio manager may execute transactions for another fund or account that may adversely affect the value of a Fund’s investments. Investments selected for funds or accounts other than the Funds may outperform investments selected for the Funds.
When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed by the Sub-Adviser to be fair and equitable to each. Allocations may be based on many factors and may not always be pro rata based on assets managed. The allocation methodology could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security as far as a Fund is concerned.
The Sub-Adviser and/or a portfolio manager may have a financial incentive to allocate favorable or limited opportunity investments or structure the timing of investments to favor accounts other than a Fund; for instance, those that pay a higher advisory fee and/or have a performance adjustment and/or include an investment by the portfolio manager.
THE ADMINISTRATOR, SUB-ADMINISTRATOR, CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
Administrator. SSGA FM serves as the administrator to each series of the Trust, pursuant to an Administration Agreement dated June 1, 2015 (the “SSGA Administration Agreement”). Pursuant to the SSGA Administration Agreement, SSGA FM is obligated to continuously provide business management services to the Trust and its series and will generally, subject to the general oversight of the Trustees and except as otherwise provided in the SSGA Administration Agreement, manage all of the business and affairs of the Trust.
Sub-Administrator, Custodian and Transfer Agent. State Street serves as the sub-administrator to each series of the Trust, pursuant to a Sub-Administration Agreement dated June 1, 2015 (the “Sub-Administration Agreement”). Under the Sub-Administration Agreement, State Street is obligated to provide certain administrative services to the Trust and its series. State Street is a wholly owned subsidiary of State Street Corporation, a publicly held financial holding company, and is affiliated with the Adviser. State Street’s mailing address is State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.
State Street also serves as Custodian for the Trust’s series pursuant to a custodian agreement (“Custodian Agreement”). As Custodian, State Street holds Fund assets, calculates the net asset value of the Shares and calculates net income and realized capital gains or losses. State Street and the Trust will comply with the self-custodian provisions of Rule 17f-2 under the 1940 Act.
State Street also serves as Transfer Agent for each series of the Trust pursuant to a transfer agency agreement (“Transfer Agency Agreement”).
Compensation. As compensation for its services provided under the SSGA Administration Agreement, SSGA FM shall receive fees for the services, calculated based on the average aggregate net assets of the Trust which are accrued daily and paid monthly out of its management fee.
As compensation for its services under the Sub-Administration Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, and the Transfer Agency Agreement, State Street shall receive an annual fixed fee per Fund. In addition, State Street shall receive global safekeeping and transaction fees, which are calculated on a per-country basis, in-kind creation (purchase) and redemption transaction fees (as described below) and revenue on certain cash balances. State Street may be reimbursed by the series of the Trust for its out-of-pocket expenses. The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser will pay certain operating expenses of the Trust, including the fees due to State Street under the Custodian Agreement and the Transfer Agency Agreement.
SECURITIES LENDING ACTIVITIES
The Trust’s Board has approved each Fund’s participation in a securities lending program. Under the securities lending program, each Fund has retained State Street to serve as the securities lending agent. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, the income earned by each Fund as well as the fees and/or compensation paid by each Fund (in dollars) pursuant to the Master Amended and Restated
75
Securities Lending Authorization Agreement among SPDR Series Trust, SPDR Index Shares Funds and the Trust, each on behalf of its respective series, and State Street (the “Securities Lending Authorization Agreement”) were as follows:
|
Fees and/or compensation paid by the Fund for securities lending activities and
related services |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross
income earned by the Fund from securities lending activities |
Fees paid
to State Street from a revenue split |
Fees paid for
any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in a revenue split |
Administrative
fees not included in a revenue split |
Indemnification
fees not included in a revenue split |
Rebate
(paid to borrower) |
Other fees
not included in a revenue split |
Aggregate
fees and/or compensation paid by the Fund for securities lending activities and related services |
Net income
from securities lending activities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF |
$ | 110,380 | $ | 14,447 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 14,058 | $ | 0 | $ | 28,505 | $ | 81,875 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
SPDR SSGA Global Allocation ETF |
$ | 834,279 | $ | 89,196 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 239,605 | $ | 0 | $ | 328,801 | $ | 505,478 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF |
$ | 595,339 | $ | 62,739 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 177,044 | $ | 0 | $ | 239,783 | $ | 355,555 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
SPDR SSGA Multi-Asset Real Return ETF |
$ | 254,720 | $ | 28,217 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 66,585 | $ | 0 | $ | 94,802 | $ | 159,918 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF |
$ | 55,421 | $ | 4,900 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 22,751 | $ | 0 | $ | 27,650 | $ | 27,770 | ||||||||||||||||||
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, State Street, acting as agent of the Funds, provided the following services to the Funds in connection with the Funds’ securities lending activities: (i) locating borrowers among an approved list of prospective borrowers; (ii) causing the delivery of loaned securities from a Fund to borrowers; (iii) monitoring the value of loaned securities, the value of
76
collateral received, and other lending parameters; (iv) seeking additional collateral, as necessary, from borrowers; (v) receiving and holding collateral from borrowers, and facilitating the investment and reinvestment of all or substantially all cash collateral in an investment vehicle designated by the Funds; (vi) returning collateral to borrowers; (vii) facilitating substitute dividend, interest, and other distribution payments to the Funds from borrowers; (viii) negotiating the terms of each loan of securities, including but not limited to the amount of any loan premium, and monitoring the terms of securities loan agreements with prospective borrowers for consistency with the requirements of the Funds’ Securities Lending Authorization Agreement; (ix) selecting securities, including amounts (percentages), to be loaned; (x) recordkeeping and accounting services; and (xi) arranging for return of loaned securities to the Fund in accordance with the terms of the Securities Lending Authorization Agreement.
THE DISTRIBUTOR
State Street Global Advisors Funds Distributors, LLC is the principal underwriter and Distributor of Shares. Its principal address is One Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. Investor information can be obtained by calling 1-866-787-2257. The Distributor has entered into a distribution agreement (“Distribution Agreement”) with the Trust pursuant to which it distributes Shares of each Fund. The Distribution Agreement will continue for two years from its effective date and is renewable annually thereafter. Shares will be continuously offered for sale by the Trust through the Distributor only in Creation Units, as described in the Prospectus and below under “Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units.” Shares in less than Creation Units are not distributed by the Distributor. The Distributor will deliver the Prospectus to persons purchasing Creation Units and will maintain records of both orders placed with it and confirmations of acceptance furnished by it. The Distributor is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). The Distributor has no role in determining the investment policies of the Trust or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Trust. An affiliate of the Distributor may assist Authorized Participants (as defined below) in assembling shares to purchase Creation Units or upon redemption, for which it may receive commissions or other fees from such Authorized Participants. An affiliate of the Distributor also receives compensation from State Street for providing on-line creation and redemption functionality to Authorized Participants through its Fund Connect application.
The Adviser or Distributor, or an affiliate of the Adviser or Distributor, may directly or indirectly make cash payments to certain broker-dealers for participating in activities that are designed to make registered representatives and other professionals more knowledgeable about exchange traded products, including the SPDR funds, or for other activities, such as participation in marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, the development of technology platforms and reporting systems.
In addition, as of the date of this SAI, the Adviser and/or Distributor had arrangements whereby they may make payments, other than for the educational programs and marketing activities described above, to Pershing LLC (“Pershing”), RBC Capital Markets, LLC (“RBC”), LPL Financial, LLC (“LPL”), and Morgan Stanley Wealth Management, LLC. These amounts, which may be significant, are paid by the Adviser and/or Distributor from their own resources and not from Fund assets. Pursuant to these arrangements, Pershing, RBC and LPL have agreed to offer certain SPDR funds to their customers and not to charge certain of their customers any commissions when those customers purchase or sell shares of certain SPDR funds. Payments to a broker-dealer or intermediary may create potential conflicts of interest between the broker dealer or intermediary and its clients.
In addition, the Adviser or Distributor, or an affiliate of the Adviser or Distributor, as well as an index provider that is not affiliated with the Adviser or Distributor, may also reimburse expenses or make payments from their own assets to other persons in consideration of services or other activities that they believe may benefit the SPDR business or facilitate investment in SPDR funds.
The Distribution Agreement provides that it may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, as to a Fund: (i) by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or (ii) by vote of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, on at least 60 days’ written notice to the Distributor. The Distribution Agreement is also terminable upon 60 days’ notice by the Distributor and will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).
The continuation of the Distribution Agreement and any other related agreements is subject to annual approval of the Board, including by a majority of the Independent Trustees, as described above.
The Distributor may also enter into agreements with securities dealers (“Soliciting Dealers”) who will solicit purchases of Creation Unit aggregations of Shares. Such Soliciting Dealers may also be Participating Parties (as defined in the “Book Entry Only System” section below) and/or DTC Participants (as defined below).
Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Trust has agreed to indemnify the Distributor, and may indemnify Soliciting Dealers and Authorized Participants (as described below) entering into agreements with the Distributor, for certain liabilities, including certain liabilities arising under the federal securities laws, unless such loss or liability results from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or the reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Distribution Agreement or other agreement, as applicable.
77
BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS
All portfolio transactions are placed on behalf of each Fund by the Adviser. Purchases and sales of securities on a securities exchange are affected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. Ordinarily commissions are not charged on over the counter orders (e.g., fixed income securities) because each Fund pays a spread which is included in the cost of the security and represents the difference between the dealer’s quoted price at which it is willing to sell the security and the dealer’s quoted price at which it is willing to buy the security. When a Fund executes an over the counter order with an electronic communications network or an alternative trading system, a commission is charged by such electronic communications networks and alternative trading systems as they execute such orders on an agency basis. Securities may be purchased from underwriters at prices that include underwriting fees.
In placing a portfolio transaction, the Adviser seeks to achieve best execution. The Adviser’s duty to seek best execution requires the Adviser to take reasonable steps to obtain for the client as favorable an overall result as possible for Fund portfolio transactions under the circumstances, taking into account various factors that are relevant to the particular transaction.
The Adviser refers to and selects from the list of approved trading counterparties maintained by the Adviser’s Credit Risk Management team. In selecting a trading counterparty for a particular trade, the Adviser seeks to weigh relevant factors including, but not limited to the following:
| • |
Prompt and reliable execution; |
| • |
The competitiveness of commission rates and spreads, if applicable; |
| • |
The financial strength, stability and/or reputation of the trading counterparty; |
| • |
The willingness and ability of the executing trading counterparty to execute transactions (and commit capital) of size in liquid and illiquid markets without disrupting the market for the security; |
| • |
Local laws, regulations or restrictions; |
| • |
The ability of the trading counterparty to maintain confidentiality; |
| • |
The availability and capability of execution venues, including electronic communications networks for trading and execution management systems made available to Adviser; |
| • |
Market share; |
| • |
Liquidity; |
| • |
Price; |
| • |
Execution related costs; |
| • |
History of execution of orders; |
| • |
Likelihood of execution and settlement; |
| • |
Order size and nature; |
| • |
Clearance and settlement capabilities, especially in high volatility market environments; |
| • |
Availability of lendable securities; |
| • |
Sophistication of the trading counterparty’s trading capabilities and infrastructure/facilities; |
| • |
The operational efficiency with which transactions are processed and cleared, taking into account the order size and complexity; |
| • |
Speed and responsiveness to the Adviser; |
| • |
Access to secondary markets; |
| • |
Counterparty exposure; and |
| • |
Depending upon the circumstances, the Adviser may take other relevant factors into account if the Adviser believes that these are important in taking all sufficient steps to obtain the best possible result for execution of the order. |
78
In selecting a trading counterparty, the price of the transaction and costs related to the execution of the transaction typically merit a high relative importance, depending on the circumstances. The Adviser does not necessarily select a trading counterparty based upon price and costs but may take other relevant factors into account if it believes that these are important in taking reasonable steps to obtain the best possible result for a Fund under the circumstances. Consequently, the Adviser may cause a client to pay a trading counterparty more than another trading counterparty might have charged for the same transaction in recognition of the value and quality of the brokerage services provided. The following matters may influence the relative importance that the Adviser places upon the relevant factors:
(i) The nature and characteristics of the order or transaction. For example, size of order, market impact of order, limits, or other instructions relating to the order;
(ii) The characteristics of the financial instrument(s) or other assets which are the subject of that order. For example, whether the order pertains to an equity, fixed income, derivative or convertible instrument;
(iii) The characteristics of the execution venues to which that order can be directed, if relevant. For example, availability and capabilities of electronic trading systems;
(iv) Whether the transaction is a ‘delivery versus payment’ or ‘over the counter’ transaction. The creditworthiness of the trading counterparty, the amount of existing exposure to a trading counterparty and trading counterparty settlement capabilities may be given a higher relative importance in the case of ‘over the counter’ transactions; and/or
(v) Any other circumstances the Adviser believes is relevant at the time.
The process by which trading counterparties are selected to effect transactions is designed to exclude consideration of the sales efforts conducted by broker-dealers in relation to each Fund.
The Adviser does not currently use the Funds’ assets in connection with third party soft dollar arrangements. While the Adviser does not currently use “soft” or commission dollars paid by the Funds for the purchase of third party research, the Adviser reserves the right to do so in the future.
GSO. GSO is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Fund, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of prices and any brokerage commissions. With respect to fixed income instruments and other types of securities, the Fund may (i) purchase securities in the over-the-counter market from an underwriter or dealer serving as market maker for the securities, in which case the price includes a fixed amount of compensation to the underwriter or dealer, and (ii) purchase and sell listed securities on an exchange, which are effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. Affiliates of GSO may participate in the primary and secondary market for fixed income instruments. Because of certain limitations imposed by the 1940 Act, this may restrict the Fund’s ability to acquire some fixed income instruments. GSO does not believe that this will have a material effect on the Fund’s ability to acquire fixed income instruments consistent with its investment policies. Sales to dealers are effected at bid prices.
Payments of commissions to brokers who are affiliated persons of the Fund (or affiliated persons of such persons) will be made in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act.
Commissions paid on such transactions would be commensurate with the rate of commissions paid on similar transactions to brokers that are not so affiliated.
GSO is responsible for placing portfolio transactions and will do so in a manner deemed fair and reasonable to the Fund and not according to any formula. The primary consideration in all portfolio transactions is best execution of orders, which the SEC generally describes as a duty to seek to execute securities transactions so that a client’s total costs or proceeds in each transaction are the most favorable under the circumstances. In selecting broker-dealers and in negotiating prices and any brokerage commissions on such transactions, GSO considers the full range and quality of broker services, including expertise and ability to perform execution services; ability to execute transactions in the markets at competitive prices without disrupting the market for a particular security; range of services provided and products offered (e.g., securities lending, margin lending, capital introduction, start-up services, reporting, research, valuation); quality and timeliness of market information provided; ability of broker to maintain confidentiality; relationship management/sales coverage; credit worthiness and financial responsibility; operational expertise; ability to maintain confidentiality; trading volumes; fees; and commission rate or spread involved.. There may be instances when, in the judgment of GSO, more than one firm can offer comparable execution services.
A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that GSO determine in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of GSO to the Fund and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Fund will be reasonable in
79
relation to the benefits to the Fund over the long-term. The advisory fees that the Fund pays to GSO will not be reduced as a consequence of GSO’s receipt of brokerage and research services. To the extent that portfolio transactions are used to obtain such services, the brokerage commissions paid by the Fund will exceed those that might otherwise be paid by an amount that cannot be presently determined. Such services generally would be useful and of value to GSO in serving one or more of its other clients and, conversely, such services obtained by the placement of brokerage business of other clients generally would be useful to GSO in carrying out its obligations to the Fund. While such services are not expected to reduce the expenses of GSO, GSO would, through use of the services, avoid the additional expenses that would be incurred if it should attempt to develop comparable information through its own staff. Commission rates for brokerage transactions on foreign stock exchanges are generally fixed.
One or more of the other accounts that GSO manages may own from time to time some of the same investments as the Fund. Investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of such other investment companies or accounts; however, from time to time, the same investment decision may be made for more than one company or account. When two or more companies or accounts seek to purchase or sell the same securities, the securities actually purchased or sold will be allocated among the companies and accounts on a good faith equitable basis, usually on a pro rata basis, by GSO in its discretion in accordance with the accounts’ various investment objectives. Such allocations are based upon the written procedures of GSO. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the price or size of the position obtainable for the Fund. In other cases, however, the ability of the Fund to participate in volume transactions may produce better execution for the Fund. It is the opinion of GSO that this advantage, when combined with the other benefits available due to GSO’s organization, outweighs any disadvantages that may exist from exposure to simultaneous transactions.
Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Fund. Because it is difficult to predict accurately portfolio turnover rates, actual turnover may be higher or lower than expected. Higher portfolio turnover results in increased Fund costs, including brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and on the reinvestment in other securities.
DoubleLine. The Sub-Adviser is responsible for the placement of each Fund’s portfolio transactions and, with respect thereto, the negotiation of prices, brokerage commissions, if any, and mark-ups and mark-downs or spreads on principal transactions. The Sub-Adviser may also purchase securities on behalf of a Fund in underwritten offerings at fixed prices that include discounts to underwriters and/or concessions to dealers.
In placing a portfolio transaction, the Sub-Adviser seeks to achieve best execution. This means that, in selecting broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the Funds, the Sub-Adviser seeks to select broker-dealers that will execute securities transactions in a manner such that the total cost or proceeds of each transaction is the most favorable under the circumstances. This does not mean, however, that portfolio transactions are always executed at the lowest available commission or spread, and the Sub-Adviser may effect transactions that cause a Fund to pay a commission or spread in excess of a commission or spread that another broker-dealer would have charged if the Sub-Adviser determines that, notwithstanding such commission or spread, such transaction is in such Fund’s best interest. In making this determination, the Sub-Adviser may take a variety of factors into consideration, including, without limitation, (i) execution quality in light of order size, difficulty of execution and other relevant factors; (ii) associated expenses and costs; (iii) the quality, reliability, responsiveness and value of the provided services, (iv) the operational compatibility between the broker-dealer and the Sub-Adviser; (v) the broker-dealer’s safety and soundness; and (vi) the provision of research and brokerage products and services. The provision of research and brokerage products and services is not typically considered in respect of transactions by a Fund when trading fixed income securities.
From time to time, the Sub-Adviser receives unsolicited research from various brokers, which may or may not be counterparties to trades placed on behalf of clients. While the Sub-Adviser may review and consider certain of the research received, the provision of unsolicited research does not factor into the Sub-Adviser’s broker selection process with respect to trading fixed-income securities. Research services include items such as reports on industries and companies, economic analyses, review of business conditions and portfolio strategy and various trading and quotation services. Such services also include advice from broker-dealers as to the value of securities, availability of securities, availability of buyers, and availability of sellers. These services also include recommendations as to purchase and sale of individual securities and timing of transactions.
Investment decisions for each Fund and for the other investment advisory clients of the Sub-Adviser are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. Investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for the particular client involved (including the Funds). Some securities considered for investment by a Fund also may be appropriate for other clients served by the Sub-Adviser. Thus, a particular security may be bought or sold for certain clients even though it could have been bought or sold for other clients at the same time, including accounts in which the Sub-Adviser, its officers or employees may have a financial interest. If a purchase or sale of securities consistent with the investment policies of a Fund and one or more of
80
these clients served by the Sub-Adviser is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be allocated among such Fund and other clients pursuant to the Sub-Adviser’s trade allocation policy that is designed to ensure that all accounts, including the Fund, are treated fairly and equitably over time.
As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act , the Sub-Adviser may, on behalf of a client, pay a broker or dealer that provides “brokerage and research services” (as defined in the Exchange Act) to the Sub-Adviser an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio investment transaction in excess of the amount of commission that another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Sub-Adviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Sub-Adviser’s overall responsibilities to the client and to other client accounts over which the Sub-Adviser exercises investment discretion. Such research services include proprietary research created internally by a broker or by a third-party provider (and made available to the Sub-Adviser by a broker) such as, for example, individual stock information and research, industry and sector analysis, trend analysis and forecasting, discussions with individual stock analysts, and meetings arranged with various sources of information regarding particular issuers, industries, governmental policies, specific information about local markets and applicable regulations, economic trends, and other matters. In addition, a broker may accumulate credits for the Sub-Adviser’s account and use them to purchase brokerage and research services at the Sub-Adviser’s discretion and based on the Sub-Adviser’s determination of the relative benefits of the various services available for purchase. These arrangements are commonly known as “commission sharing arrangements.” Accordingly, the Sub-Adviser’s clients may be deemed to be paying for research and these other services with “soft” or commission dollars. Research furnished by brokers or dealers or pursuant to credits accumulated at brokers or dealers through commission sharing arrangements may be used in servicing any or all of the Sub-Adviser’s clients and may be used for client accounts other than those that pay commissions to the broker or dealer providing the research. The Sub-Adviser also may receive soft dollar credits based on certain “riskless” principal securities transactions with brokerage firms. With respect to certain products and services used for both research/brokerage and non-research/brokerage purposes, the Sub-Adviser generally allocates the costs of such products and services between their research/brokerage and non-research/brokerage uses, and generally uses soft dollars to pay only for the portion allocated to research/brokerage uses. Examples of products and services used for non-research/brokerage purposes (and not paid for with soft dollars) include equipment and exchange data (e.g., quotes, volume). Some of these services may be of value to the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates in advising various of their clients (including the Funds), although not all of these services are necessarily useful and of value in managing the Funds. The sub-advisory fee paid by each Fund is not reduced because the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates receive these services even though the Sub-Adviser might otherwise be required to purchase some of these services for cash. The Sub-Adviser’s authority to cause a Fund to pay any such greater commissions is also subject to such policies as the Trustees may adopt from time to time.
The Sub-Adviser’s relationships with brokerage firms that provide soft dollar services to the Sub-Adviser (including brokerage firms that participate in commission sharing arrangements) may influence the Sub-Adviser’s judgment and create conflicts of interest, both in allocating brokerage business between firms that provide soft dollar services and firms that do not, and in allocating the costs of mixed-use products between their research and non-research uses. When the Sub-Adviser uses client brokerage commissions to obtain research or other products or services, the Sub-Adviser receives a benefit because it does not have to produce or pay for such research, products, or services. As such, the Sub-Adviser has an incentive to select or recommend a broker-dealer based on the Sub-Adviser’s interest in receiving the research or other products or services, rather than on the Sub-Adviser’s clients’ interest in receiving most favorable execution. Client trades executed through these brokers or any other brokerage firm may not be at the lowest price otherwise available. The Sub-Adviser maintains policies and procedures designed to address such conflicts of interest.
In an effort to achieve efficiencies in execution and reduce trading costs, the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates may, but will not necessarily, aggregate securities transactions on behalf of a number of accounts, including accounts of the Funds, at the same time. In addition, the Sub-Adviser may execute securities transactions alongside or interspersed between aggregated orders when the Sub-Adviser believes that such execution will not interfere with its ability to execute in a manner believed to be most favorable to its clients as a whole. The Sub-Adviser may exclude trades for accounts that direct brokerage or that are managed in part for tax considerations from aggregate orders.
When executing aggregate orders, trades will be allocated among accounts using procedures that the Sub-Adviser considers to be reasonably designed to be non-preferential and fair and equitable over time. This may include making the allocation on a random or pro rata basis or based on such considerations as diversification requirements, duration, investment objectives, client contractual or regulatory investment guidelines and restrictions, existing or targeted account weightings in particular securities or sectors, lot size, account size, cash availability, amount of existing holdings (or substitutes) of the security in the accounts, investment time horizons and directed brokerage instructions, if applicable.
The Sub-Adviser shares allocations of public offerings and other desirable but limited opportunities to buy or sell securities in a manner that the Sub-Adviser considers reasonably designed to be non-preferential and fair and equitable over time, such that no account or group of accounts receives consistently favorable or unfavorable treatment. Generally, such allocations will be made after
81
taking into account cash availability and need, suitability, investment objectives and guidelines and other factors deemed appropriate in making investment allocation decisions for each client. Shares obtained in initial public offerings will be allocated using these criteria unless the number of shares made available to the Adviser is de minimis, in which case the shares will be allocated among the eligible accounts based on the Sub-Adviser’s assessment of the circumstances.
In addition, and particularly with respect to fixed-income securities, if a small amount of an investment is allocated to the Sub-Adviser, the Sub-Adviser may allocate it disproportionately, taking into consideration lot size, existing or targeted account weightings in particular securities and/or sectors, account size, diversification requirements and investment objectives/restrictions.
MFS. Specific decisions to purchase or sell securities and other instruments for the Funds are made by persons affiliated with MFS. Any such person may serve other clients of MFS or any subsidiary of MFS in a similar capacity.
MFS places all Fund orders for the purchase or sale of securities and other instruments with the primary objective of seeking to obtain the best execution from responsible executing broker/dealers at competitive rates. MFS seeks to deal with broker/dealers that can provide high quality execution services. The specific criteria used in selecting a broker/dealer will vary depending upon the nature of the transaction, the market in which it is executed, and the extent to which it is possible to select among multiple broker/dealers. MFS defines best execution as a process that seeks to execute portfolio transactions that MFS believes will provide the most favorable qualitative execution, including execution price and commission, spread, or other transaction costs, reasonably available under the circumstances. This process involves the evaluation of the trading process and execution results over extended periods. In seeking best execution, MFS takes into account several factors that it considers to be relevant, which include without limitation and in no particular order, the following: price; the size of the transaction; the nature of the market or the security; the amount of the commission or “spread”; the timing and impact of the transaction, considering market prices and trends; the reputation, experience, and stability of the broker/dealer involved; the willingness of the broker/dealer to commit capital; the need for anonymity in the market; and the quality of services rendered by the broker/dealer in other transactions, which (except for those accounts managed, in whole or in part, in the European Union or the United Kingdom) may include the quality of the research and brokerage services provided by the broker/dealer.
MFS places trades in various manners including through different broker/dealers, agency brokers, principal market-making dealers, smaller brokers and dealers, which may specialize in particular regions or asset classes, futures commission merchants, and OTC derivatives dealers (each, a “broker/dealer” for purposes of the discussion in this section). MFS also utilizes electronic trading methods, including electronic communications networks (“ECNs”) (including, without limitation, multilateral trading facilities (“MTFs”) and alternative trading systems (“ATSs”)). These trading platforms often, in the case of equity transactions, execute transactions at a commission rate lower than that charged by a full-service broker/dealer. MFS may place Fund orders with Luminex Trading & Analytics LLC (“Luminex”), an alternative trading system in which MFS owns approximately 4.9%. While there may be an economic incentive for MFS to route orders to Luminex to enhance its profitability, Luminex’s objective is to run as close to break-even as possible while remaining financially sound and self-sustaining. Since Luminex does not currently seek to earn a profit on transactions, MFS should not increase Luminex’s profitability by routing more trades to it.
In certain circumstances, such as a “buy-in” for failure to deliver, MFS is not able to select the broker/dealer who will transact to cover the failure. For example, if the Fund sells a security short and is unable to deliver the securities sold short, the broker/dealer through whom the Fund sold short must deliver securities purchased for cash, (i.e., effect a buy-in, unless it knows that the Fund either is in the process of forwarding the securities to the broker/dealer or will do so as soon as possible without undue inconvenience or expense). Similarly, there can also be a failure to deliver in a long transaction and a resulting “buy-in” by the broker/dealer through whom the securities were sold. If the broker/dealer effects a buy-in, MFS will be unable to control the trading techniques, methods, venues, or any other aspect of the trade used by the broker/dealer.
Brokers/dealers generally will either receive (i) a commission, which is generally negotiable and can vary depending on the type of broker/dealer and market, or (ii) for trades executed on a “net” basis in lieu of a commission, a “spread” representing the difference (or a portion of the difference) between the buying price and the selling price. Most domestic transactions in equity securities are executed on listed markets (e.g., the New York Stock Exchange) on a commission or commission equivalent basis. Transactions in foreign equity securities are normally executed on foreign exchanges. Foreign equity securities are typically subject to a fixed commission rate which is negotiated on a country-by-country basis. Fixed income transactions are generally traded in the over the counter market and do not include a stated commission. As described above, the broker/dealer in a fixed income transaction typically retains the spread or a portion of the spread. In the case of securities purchased from underwriters, the cost of such securities generally includes a fixed underwriting commission or concession. Transaction costs related to trading may include market impact costs and opportunity costs in addition to dealer spreads and commission costs.
Commission rates for equity securities and some derivatives will vary depending upon the trading methods, venues, and broker/dealers selected, as well as the market(s) in which the securities are traded and their relative liquidity. As noted above, MFS can utilize a variety of broker/dealers and trading venues and strategies in order to seek the best execution for client transactions. MFS
82
periodically and systematically reviews the performance of the broker/dealers that execute Fund transactions, including the commission rates paid to broker/dealers. The quality of a broker/dealer’s services is measured by analyzing various factors that could affect the execution of trades. These factors include the ability to execute trades with a minimum of market impact, the speed and efficiency of executions, electronic trading capabilities, adequacy of capital, commitment of capital when necessary or desirable, market color provided to MFS, and accommodation of MFS’ special needs. MFS may employ outside vendors to provide reports on the quality of broker/dealer executions. With respect to transactions in derivatives, MFS trades only with broker/dealers with whom it has legally-required or client-requested documentation in place.
For accounts managed in whole or in part in the European Union or the United Kingdom, MFS will pay for external equity and fixed income research out of its own resources. In allocating brokerage for accounts not managed in whole or in part in the European Union or the United Kingdom, MFS can take into consideration the receipt of brokerage and research services, consistent with its obligation to seek best execution for Fund transactions, in determining how and with which broker/dealer to trade. As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act (“Section 28(e)”), MFS may cause the Fund to pay a broker/dealer that provides “Brokerage and Research Services” (as defined by Section 28(e)) to MFS an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction for the Fund in excess of the amount other broker/dealers would have charged for the transaction if MFS determines in good faith that the greater commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the Brokerage and Research Services provided by the executing broker/dealer viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or MFS’ overall responsibilities to the Fund and its other clients. MFS has voluntarily undertaken to reimburse clients from its own resources for Research Commissions, as defined below. “Commissions,” as currently interpreted by the SEC, include fees paid to broker/dealers for trades conducted on an agency basis, and certain mark-ups, markdowns, commission equivalents, and other fees received by broker/dealers in riskless principal transactions, as well as any separately identifiable charge for Brokerage and Research Services collected together with the transaction charge for execution in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities. “Research Commissions” represent the portion of Commissions that is paid on client transactions in excess of the portion that compensates the broker/dealer for executing, clearing, and/or settling the transaction.
Commissions do not include mark-ups, mark-downs, commission equivalents, and other fees received by dealers in principal transactions. MFS often receives research services from executing dealers in fixed income transactions. However, MFS believes that executing dealers in fixed income transactions do not charge lower mark-ups, mark-downs, commission equivalents, or other fees if clients forego research services. Consequently, MFS does not believe it pays a higher mark-up, mark-down, commission equivalent, or other fees to dealers on fixed income transactions than it would if it did not receive any research services from dealers. However, except to the extent that research received on fixed income transactions for accounts managed in the European Union or the United Kingdom is offered generally either to any investment firm, is made public or otherwise is believed by MFS not to constitute an illegal “inducement” under European Union law, MFS will pay for such research out of its own resources.
Brokerage and Research Services includes advice as to the value of securities; the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities; the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of portfolios; and effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance and settlement) or required in connection therewith by applicable rules. Such services can include access to corporate management; industry conferences; research field trips to visit corporate management and/or to tour manufacturing, production, or distribution facilities; statistical, research, and other factual information or services such as: investment research reports; access to analysts; execution systems and trading analytics; reports or databases containing corporate, fundamental, and technical analyses; portfolio modeling strategies; and economic research services, such as publications, chart services, and advice from economists concerning macroeconomics information, and analytical investment information about particular corporations (collectively, “Research”).
The MFS global investment platform is built on the principle of close collaboration among members of its investment team, where research and investment ideas are shared. MFS investment professionals utilize Research to help develop their own investment ideas as well as to help understand market consensus, sentiment, or perception, and identify relative inefficiencies more quickly and effectively. Research is one of many tools MFS uses to either corroborate or challenge investment professionals’ individual investment theses in clients’ portfolios. Specifically, Research can be useful in helping investment professionals understand current market consensus and sentiment.
Through the use of Research acquired with Research Commissions, MFS initially avoids the additional expenses that it would incur if it developed comparable information through its own staff or if it purchased such Research with its own resources. As a result, the Fund pays more for its portfolio transactions in the first instance than if MFS caused the Fund to pay execution only rates; however, because MFS has voluntarily undertaken to reimburse clients from its own resources for Research Commissions, MFS ultimately assumes the additional expenses that it would incur if it purchased such Research with its own resources. To the extent that MFS were to determine to discontinue its voluntary undertaking, it may have an incentive to select or recommend a broker/dealer based on its interest in receiving Research rather than the Fund’s interest in receiving lower commission rates. The Research received may be useful and of value to MFS or its affiliates in serving both the Fund and other clients of MFS or its affiliates. Accordingly, not all of the Research provided by broker/dealers through which the Fund effects securities transactions may be used by MFS in connection with the Fund.
83
The table below shows the aggregate dollar amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Funds for the past three fiscal years ended June 30. Brokerage commissions paid by a Fund may be substantially different from year to year for multiple reasons, including market volatility, the demand for a particular Fund, or increases or decreases in trading volume.
|
FUND |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2020 |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2018 |
|||||||||
|
SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF(1) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF(2) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF(2) |
$ | 4,203 | $ | 4,621 | $ | 2,516 | ||||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF(2) |
$ | 4,122 | $ | 4,913 | $ | 10,314 | ||||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF(2) |
$ | 4,538 | $ | 6,401 | $ | 3,094 | ||||||
|
SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF(3) |
$ | 19,090 | $ | 1,131 | N/A | |||||||
|
SPDR SSGA Global Allocation ETF(2) |
$ | 138,680 | $ | 104,375 | $ | 56,933 | ||||||
|
SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF(2) |
$ | 27,035 | $ | 41,193 | $ | 13,412 | ||||||
|
SPDR SSGA Multi-Asset Real Return ETF(2) |
$ | 14,517 | $ | 23,452 | $ | 4,030 | ||||||
|
SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF(2) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
|
SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF(3) |
$ | 22,917 | $ | 1,059 | N/A | |||||||
| (1) |
Prior to September 9, 2019, the Fund operated as a feeder fund in a master-feeder arrangement and payments were made by the Fund’s master portfolio. |
| (2) |
Prior to May 7, 2018, the Fund operated as a feeder fund in a master-feeder arrangement and payments were made by the Fund’s master portfolio. |
| (3) |
The Fund commenced operations on April 3, 2019. |
Securities of “Regular Broker-Dealers.” The Trust is required to identify any securities of its “regular brokers and dealers” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) which it may hold at the close of its most recent fiscal year. “Regular brokers or dealers” of the Trust are the ten brokers or dealers that, during the most recent fiscal year: (i) received the greatest dollar amounts of brokerage commissions from the Trust’s portfolio transactions; (ii) engaged as principal in the largest dollar amounts of portfolio transactions of the Trust; or (iii) sold the largest dollar amounts of the Trust’s shares.
The Trust’s holdings in Securities of Regular Broker-Dealers as of June 30, 2020:
|
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. |
$ | 1,406,579 | ||
|
Bank of America Corp. |
$ | 663,813 | ||
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC |
$ | 514,395 | ||
|
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. |
$ | 15,144 |
Portfolio Turnover. Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. High turnover rates are likely to result in comparatively greater brokerage expenses or transaction costs. The overall reasonableness of brokerage commissions and transaction costs is evaluated by the Adviser based upon its knowledge of available information as to the general level of commissions and transaction costs paid by other institutional investors for comparable services.
BOOK ENTRY ONLY SYSTEM
The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Prospectus entitled “ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND SALE INFORMATION.”
The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) acts as securities depositary for the Shares. Shares of each Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC. Except in the limited circumstance provided below, certificates will not be issued for Shares. DTC, a limited-purpose trust company, was created to hold
84
securities of its participants (the “DTC Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among the DTC Participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the DTC Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC. More specifically, DTC is owned by a number of its DTC Participants and by the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and FINRA. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (the “Indirect Participants”).
Beneficial ownership of Shares is limited to DTC Participants, Indirect Participants and persons holding interests through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in Shares (owners of such beneficial interests are referred to herein as “Beneficial Owners”) is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to DTC Participants) and on the records of DTC Participants (with respect to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners that are not DTC Participants). Beneficial Owners will receive from or through the DTC Participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase of Shares.
Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Trust a listing of the Shares of each Fund held by each DTC Participant. The Trust, either directly or through a third party service, shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding Shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust, either directly or through a third party service, shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant and/or third party service a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.
Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all Shares. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in Shares of a Fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of Shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.
The Trust has no responsibility or liability for any aspects of the records relating to or notices to Beneficial Owners, or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in such Shares, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and the DTC Participants or the relationship between such DTC Participants and the Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners owning through such DTC Participants.
DTC may determine to discontinue providing its service with respect to Shares at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Trust and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law. Under such circumstances, the Trust shall take action either to find a replacement for DTC to perform its functions at a comparable cost or, if such a replacement is unavailable, to issue and deliver printed certificates representing ownership of Shares, unless the Trust makes other arrangements with respect thereto satisfactory to the Exchange.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
Although the Funds do not have information concerning their beneficial ownership held in the names of DTC Participants, as of October 2, 2020, the names, addresses and percentage ownership of each DTC Participant that owned of record 5% or more of the outstanding Shares of the Funds were as follows:
| Fund | Name and Address |
Percentage of Ownership |
||||
|
SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF |
State Street Bank and Trust Company 1776 Heritage Drive, 5th Floor Quincy, MA 02171 |
12.71 | % | |||
|
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104 |
10.88 | % | ||||
85
|
The Bank of New York Mellon One Wall Street, 5th Floor New York, NY 10286 |
8.73 | % | ||||
|
National Financial Services Corporation 200 Liberty Street New York, NY 10281 |
7.13 | % | ||||
|
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
7.11 | % | ||||
|
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC 1 Harborside Financial Center, Plaza II Jersey City, NJ 07311 |
6.36 | % | ||||
|
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated 4803 Deer Lake Drive W Jacksonville, FL 32246 |
6.22 | % | ||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF |
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104 |
20.65 | % | |||
|
Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399 |
18.53 | % | ||||
|
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
17.80 | % | ||||
|
State Street Bank and Trust Company 1776 Heritage Drive, 5th Floor Quincy, MA 02171 |
10.98 | % | ||||
|
LPL Financial Corporation 4707 Executive Drive San Diego, CA 92121 |
10.84 | % | ||||
|
National Financial Services Corporation 200 Liberty Street New York, NY 10281 |
6.19 | % | ||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF |
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
30.94 | % | |||
|
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104 |
24.99 | % | ||||
|
National Financial Services Corporation 200 Liberty Street New York, NY 10281 |
8.76 | % | ||||
|
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC 1 Harborside Financial Center, Plaza II Jersey City, NJ 07311 |
7.34 | % | ||||
|
JP Morgan Chase Bank, National Association 14201 Dallas Parkway Chase International Plaza Dallas, TX 75254 |
5.89 | % | ||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF |
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104 |
22.36 | % | |||
86
|
National Financial Services Corporation 200 Liberty Street New York, NY 10281 |
12.50 | % | ||||
|
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
12.15 | % | ||||
|
LPL Financial Corporation 4707 Executive Drive San Diego, CA 92121 |
11.83 | % | ||||
|
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC 1 Harborside Financial Center, Plaza II Jersey City, NJ 07311 |
8.17 | % | ||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF |
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
46.37 | % | |||
|
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104 |
14.35 | % | ||||
|
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 880 Carillon Parkway St. Petersburg, FL 33733 |
9.57 | % | ||||
|
National Financial Services Corporation 200 Liberty Street New York, NY 10281 |
7.74 | % | ||||
|
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
200 Vesey Street, 9th Floor
|
6.82 | % | ||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF |
Fifth Third Bank 34 Fountain Square Plaza Cincinnati, OH 45202 |
34.71 | % | |||
|
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104 |
22.73 | % | ||||
|
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
16.62 | % | ||||
|
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
200 Vesey Street, 9th Floor
|
9.50 | % | ||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF |
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
26.64 | % | |||
|
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104 |
14.96 | % | ||||
|
BofA Securities, Inc. One Bryant Park New York, NY 10036 |
11.68 | % | ||||
|
The Northern Trust Company 50 South LaSalle Street Chicago, IL 60675 |
9.60 | % | ||||
|
Fifth Third Bank 34 Fountain Square Plaza Cincinnati, OH 45202 |
7.67 | % | ||||
|
Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399 |
6.18 | % | ||||
87
|
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 880 Carillon Parkway St. Petersburg, FL 33733 |
6.10 | % | ||||
|
National Financial Services Corporation 200 Liberty Street New York, NY 10281 |
5.40 | % | ||||
|
SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF |
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
33.17 | % | |||
|
Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399 |
22.66 | % | ||||
|
National Financial Services Corporation 200 Liberty Street New York, NY 10281 |
14.04 | % | ||||
|
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104 |
8.52 | % | ||||
|
LPL Financial Corporation 4707 Executive Drive San Diego, CA 92121 |
7.32 | % | ||||
|
Reliance Trust Company 300 West Avenue Woodstown, NJ 08098 |
6.81 | % | ||||
|
SPDR SSGA Global Allocation ETF |
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated 4803 Deer Lake Drive W Jacksonville, FL 32246 |
18.74 | % | |||
|
National Financial Services Corporation 200 Liberty Street New York, NY 10281 |
14.77 | % | ||||
|
SEI Private Trust Company 1 Freedom Valley Drive Oaks, PA 19456 |
14.15 | % | ||||
|
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 880 Carillon Parkway St. Petersburg, FL 33733 |
11.86 | % | ||||
|
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104 |
10.91 | % | ||||
|
SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF |
State Street Bank and Trust Company 1776 Heritage Drive, 5th Floor Quincy, MA 02171 |
51.23 | % | |||
|
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
9.98 | % | ||||
|
SPDR SSGA Multi-Asset Real Return ETF |
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104 |
18.83 | % | |||
|
National Financial Services Corporation 200 Liberty Street New York, NY 10281 |
14.75 | % | ||||
88
|
JP Morgan Chase Bank, National Association 14201 Dallas Parkway Chase International Plaza Dallas, TX 75254 |
11.60 | % | ||||
|
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
11.39 | % | ||||
|
Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399 |
8.32 | % | ||||
|
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated 4803 Deer Lake Drive W Jacksonville, FL 32246 |
6.24 | % | ||||
|
LPL Financial Corporation 4707 Executive Drive San Diego, CA 92121 |
5.43 | % | ||||
|
UBS Financial Services Inc. 1285 Avenue of the Americas New York, NY 10019 |
5.35 | % | ||||
|
SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF |
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC 1 Harborside Financial Center, Plaza II Jersey City, NJ 07311 |
21.77 | % | |||
|
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
19.95 | % | ||||
|
US Bank National Association 800 Nicollet Mall Minneapolis, MN 55402 |
14.32 | % | ||||
|
LPL Financial Corporation 4707 Executive Drive San Diego, CA 92121 |
13.27 | % | ||||
|
National Financial Services Corporation 200 Liberty Street New York, NY 10281 |
6.54 | % | ||||
|
SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF |
Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399 |
32.12 | % | |||
|
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
27.34 | % | ||||
|
National Financial Services Corporation 200 Liberty Street New York, NY 10281 |
19.20 | % | ||||
|
LPL Financial Corporation 4707 Executive Drive San Diego, CA 92121 |
5.69 | % | ||||
|
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104 |
5.48 | % | ||||
An Authorized Participant (as defined below) may hold of record more than 25% of the outstanding Shares of a Fund. From time to time, Authorized Participants may be a beneficial and/or legal owner of a Fund, may be affiliated with an index provider, may be deemed to have control of the applicable Fund and/or may be able to affect the outcome of matters presented for a vote of the shareholders of the Fund. Authorized Participants may execute an irrevocable proxy granting the Distributor or another affiliate of State Street (the “Agent”) power to vote or abstain from voting such Authorized Participant’s beneficially or legally owned Shares of a Fund. In such cases, the Agent shall mirror vote (or abstain from voting) such Shares in the same proportion as all other beneficial owners of the Fund.
89
As of October 2, 2020, to the knowledge of the Trust, the following persons held of record or beneficially through one or more accounts 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund.
| Fund | Name and Address |
Percentage of Ownership |
||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF |
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
30.94 | % | |||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF |
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
46.37 | % | |||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF |
Fifth Third Bank 34 Fountain Square Plaza Cincinnati, OH 45202 |
34.71 | % | |||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF |
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
26.64 | % | |||
|
SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF |
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
33.17 | % | |||
|
SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF |
State Street Bank and Trust Company 1776 Heritage Drive, 5th Floor Quincy, MA 02171 |
51.23 | % | |||
|
SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF |
Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399 |
32.12 | % | |||
|
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4211 South 102nd Street Omaha, NE 68127 |
27.34 | % | ||||
The Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, own less than 1% of the Trust’s voting securities as of the date of this SAI.
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS
Each Fund issues and redeems its Shares on a continuous basis, at net asset value, only in a large specified number of Shares called a “Creation Unit.” The value of each Fund is determined once each business day, normally as of the Closing Time, except weekends and the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day (observed), Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. The net asset value of a Fund is determined once each business day, normally as of the Closing Time. The Creation Unit size for each Fund may change. Authorized Participants (as defined below) will be notified of such change. The principal consideration for creations and redemptions for each Fund is set forth in the table below:
|
FUND |
CREATION* |
REDEMPTION* |
||
|
SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF |
Cash | Cash | ||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF |
Cash | Cash | ||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF |
Cash | Cash | ||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF |
Cash | Cash | ||
90
|
FUND |
CREATION* |
REDEMPTION* |
||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF |
In-Kind | In-Kind | ||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF |
In-Kind | In-Kind | ||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF |
In-Kind | In-Kind | ||
|
SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF |
In-Kind | In-Kind | ||
|
SPDR SSGA Global Allocation ETF |
In-Kind | In-Kind | ||
|
SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF |
In-Kind | In-Kind | ||
|
SPDR SSGA Multi-Asset Real Return ETF |
In-Kind | In-Kind | ||
|
SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF |
Cash | Cash | ||
|
SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF |
In-Kind | In-Kind | ||
| * |
May be revised at any time without notice. |
PURCHASE (CREATION). The Trust issues and sells Shares of each Fund only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Principal Underwriter, without a sales load (but subject to transaction fees), at their NAV per share next determined after receipt of an order, on any Business Day (as defined below), in proper form pursuant to the terms of the Authorized Participant Agreement (“Participant Agreement”). A “Business Day” with respect to a Fund is, generally, any day on which the NYSE is open for business.
FUND DEPOSIT. The consideration for purchase of a Creation Unit of a Fund generally consists of either (i) the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component (defined below), computed as described below; or (ii) the cash value of the Deposit Securities and “Cash Component,” computed as described below. When accepting purchases of Creation Units for cash, a Fund may incur additional costs associated with the acquisition of Deposit Securities that would otherwise be provided by an in-kind purchaser.
Together, the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of any Fund. The “Cash Component”, which may include a Dividend Equivalent Payment, is an amount equal to the difference between the net asset value of the Shares (per Creation Unit) and the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable. The “Dividend Equivalent Payment” enables the Fund to make a complete distribution of dividends on the day preceding the next dividend payment date, and is an amount equal, on a per Creation Unit basis, to the dividends on all the portfolio securities of the Fund (“Dividend Securities”) with ex-dividend dates within the accumulation period for such distribution (the “Accumulation Period”), net of expenses and liabilities for such period, as if all of the Dividend Securities had been held by the Fund for the entire Accumulation Period. The Accumulation Period begins on the ex-dividend date for each Fund and ends on the day preceding the next ex-dividend date. If the Cash Component is a positive number (i.e., the net asset value per Creation Unit exceeds the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable), the Cash Component shall be such positive amount. If the Cash Component is a negative number (i.e., the net asset value per Creation Unit is less than the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable), the Cash Component shall be such negative amount and the creator will be entitled to receive cash in an amount equal to the Cash Component. The Cash Component serves the function of compensating for any differences between the net asset value per Creation Unit and the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable. Computation of the Cash Component excludes any stamp duty or other similar fees and expenses payable upon transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities, if applicable, which shall be the sole responsibility of the Authorized Participant (as defined below).
The Custodian, through NSCC, makes available on each Business Day, prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time), the list of the names and the required number of shares of each Deposit Security or the required amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, to be included in the current standard Fund Deposit (based on information at the end of the previous Business Day) for a Fund. Such standard Fund Deposit is subject to any applicable adjustments as described below, in order to effect purchases of Creation Units of a Fund until such time as the next-announced composition of the Deposit Securities or the required amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, is made available.
The identity and number of shares of the Deposit Securities or the amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, required for a Fund Deposit for each Fund may be changed from time to time with a view to the investment objective of the Fund. Information regarding the Fund Deposit necessary for the purchase of a Creation Unit is made available to Authorized Participants and other market participants seeking to transact in Creation Unit aggregations.
91
As noted above, the Trust reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of Deposit Cash to replace any Deposit Security, which shall be added to the Cash Component, including, without limitation, situations where the Deposit Security: (i) may not be available in sufficient quantity for delivery, (ii) may not be eligible for transfer through the systems of DTC for corporate securities and municipal securities; (iii) may not be eligible for trading by an Authorized Participant (as defined below) or the investor for which it is acting; (iv) would be restricted under the securities laws or where the delivery of the Deposit Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Deposit Security by the Authorized Participant becoming restricted under the securities laws, or (v) in certain other situations (collectively, “non-standard orders”). The Trust also reserves the right to: permit or require the substitution of Deposit Securities in lieu of Deposit Cash. The adjustments described above will reflect changes, known to the Adviser on the date of announcement to be in effect by the time of delivery of the Fund Deposit, resulting from certain corporate actions.
PROCEDURES FOR PURCHASE OF CREATION UNITS. To be eligible to place orders with the Principal Underwriter, as facilitated via the Transfer Agent, to purchase a Creation Unit of a Fund, an entity must be (i) a “Participating Party”, i.e., a broker-dealer or other participant in the clearing process through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC (the “Clearing Process”), a clearing agency that is registered with the SEC; or (ii) a DTC Participant (see “Book Entry Only System”). In addition, each Participating Party or DTC Participant (each, an “Authorized Participant”) must execute a Participant Agreement that has been agreed to by the Principal Underwriter and the Transfer Agent, and that has been accepted by the Trust, with respect to purchases and redemptions of Creation Units. Each Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of a Participant Agreement, on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that it will pay to the Trust, an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component together with the creation transaction fee (described below) and any other applicable fees, taxes and additional variable charge.
All orders to purchase Shares directly from a Fund, including non-standard orders, must be placed for one or more Creation Units and in the manner and by the time set forth in the Participant Agreement and/or the applicable order form. The date on which an order to purchase Creation Units (or an order to redeem Creation Units, as set forth below) is received and accepted is referred to as the “Order Placement Date.”
An Authorized Participant may require an investor to make certain representations or enter into agreements with respect to the order (e.g., to provide for payments of cash, when required). Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed a Participant Agreement and that, therefore, orders to purchase Shares directly from a Fund in Creation Units have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an Authorized Participant that has executed a Participant Agreement. In such cases there may be additional charges to such investor. At any given time, there may be only a limited number of broker-dealers that have executed a Participant Agreement and only a small number of such Authorized Participants may have international capabilities.
On days when the Exchange or the bond markets close earlier than normal, a Fund may require orders to create Creation Units to be placed earlier in the day. In addition, if a market or markets on which a Fund’s investments are primarily traded is closed, the Fund will also generally not accept orders on such day(s). Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to the Distributor pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement and in accordance with the applicable order form. Those placing orders through an Authorized Participant should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the purchase order by the cut-off time. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or an Authorized Participant.
Fund Deposits must be delivered by an Authorized Participant through the Federal Reserve System (for cash and U.S. government securities), or through DTC (for corporate securities and municipal securities), through a subcustody agent (for foreign securities) and/or through such other arrangements allowed by the Trust or its agents. With respect to foreign Deposit Securities, the Custodian shall cause the subcustodian of a Fund to maintain an account into which the Authorized Participant shall deliver, on behalf of itself or the party on whose behalf it is acting, such Deposit Securities. Foreign Deposit Securities must be delivered to an account maintained at the applicable local subcustodian. The Fund Deposit transfer must be ordered by the Authorized Participant in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, to the account of a Fund or its
agents by no later than the Settlement Date. The “Settlement Date” for a Fund is generally the second Business Day (“T+2”) after the Order Placement Date, except for SRLN and EMTL, which generally settle on the third business day (“T+3”). All questions as to the number of Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash to be delivered, as applicable, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities or cash, as applicable, will be determined by the Trust, whose determination shall be final and binding. The amount of cash represented by the Cash Component must be transferred directly to the Custodian through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner so as to be received by the Custodian no later than the Settlement Date. If the Cash Component and the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, are not received in a timely manner by the Settlement Date, the creation order may be cancelled. Upon written notice to the Distributor, such canceled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using a Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then current NAV of the Fund. The delivery of
92
Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the second Business Day, or in the case of SRLN and EMTL on the third Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor.
The order shall be deemed to be received on the Business Day on which the order is placed provided that the order is placed in proper form prior to the applicable cut-off time and the federal funds in the appropriate amount are deposited by 2:00 p.m. or 3:00 p.m. Eastern time (per applicable instructions), with the Custodian on the Settlement Date. If the order is not placed in proper form as required, or federal funds in the appropriate amount are not received by 2:00 p.m. or 3:00 p.m. Eastern time (per applicable instructions) on the Settlement Date, then the order may be deemed to be rejected and the Authorized Participant shall be liable to the Fund for losses, if any, resulting therefrom. A creation request is considered to be in “proper form” if all procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, order form and this SAI are properly followed.
ISSUANCE OF A CREATION UNIT. Except as provided herein, Creation Units will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the Trust of the Deposit Securities or payment of Deposit Cash, as applicable, and the payment of the Cash Component have been completed. When the subcustodian has confirmed to the Custodian that the required Deposit Securities (or the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the relevant subcustodian or subcustodians, the Principal Underwriter and the Adviser shall be notified of such delivery, and the Trust will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Units.
In instances where the Trust accepts Deposit Securities for the purchase of a Creation Unit, the Creation Unit may be purchased in advance of receipt by the Trust of all or a portion of the applicable Deposit Securities as described below. In these circumstances, the initial deposit will have a value greater than the net asset value of the Shares on the date the order is placed in proper form since in addition to available Deposit Securities, cash must be deposited in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Cash Component, plus (ii) an additional amount of cash equal to a percentage of the market value as set forth in the Participant Agreement, of the undelivered Deposit Securities (the “Additional Cash Deposit”), which shall be maintained in a separate non-interest bearing collateral account. An additional amount of cash shall be required to be deposited with the Trust, pending delivery of the missing Deposit Securities to the extent necessary to maintain the Additional Cash Deposit with the Trust in an amount at least equal to the applicable percentage, as set forth in the Participant Agreement, of the daily marked to market value of the missing Deposit Securities. The Trust may use such Additional Cash Deposit to buy the missing Deposit Securities at any time. Authorized Participants will be liable to the Trust for all costs, expenses, dividends, income and taxes associated with missing Deposit Securities, including the costs incurred by the Trust in connection with any such purchases. These costs will be deemed to include the amount by which the actual purchase price of the Deposit Securities exceeds the market value of such Deposit Securities on the day the purchase order was deemed received by the Principal Underwriter plus the brokerage and related transaction costs associated with such purchases. The Trust will return any unused portion of the Additional Cash Deposit once all of the missing Deposit Securities have been properly received by the Custodian or purchased by the Trust and deposited into the Trust. In addition, a transaction fee as set forth below under “Creation Transaction Fees” will be charged in all cases and an additional variable charge may also be applied. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the Settlement Date.
ACCEPTANCE OF ORDERS OF CREATION UNITS. The Trust reserves the absolute right to reject an order for Creation Units transmitted in respect of a Fund at its discretion, including, without limitation, if (a) the order is not in proper form; (b) the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, delivered by the Authorized Participant are not as disseminated through the facilities of the NSCC for that date by the Custodian; (c) the investor(s), upon obtaining the Shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding Shares of the Fund; (d) acceptance of the Deposit Securities would have certain adverse tax consequences to the Fund; (e) the acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; (f) the acceptance of the Fund Deposit would otherwise, in the discretion of the Trust or the Adviser, have an adverse effect on the Trust or the rights of beneficial owners; (g) the acceptance or receipt of the order for a Creation Unit would, in the opinion of counsel to the Trust, be unlawful; or (h) in the event that circumstances outside the control of the Trust, the Custodian, the Transfer Agent and/or the Adviser make it for all practical purposes not feasible to process orders for Creation Units. Examples of such circumstances include acts of God or public service or utility problems such as fires, floods, extreme weather conditions and power outages resulting in telephone, telecopy and computer failures; market conditions or activities causing trading halts; systems failures involving computer or other information systems affecting the Trust, the Principal Underwriter, the Custodian, the Transfer Agent, DTC, NSCC, Federal Reserve System, or any other participant in the creation process, and other extraordinary events. The Trust or its agents shall communicate to the Authorized Participant its rejection of an order. The Trust, the Transfer Agent, the Custodian and the Principal Underwriter are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits nor shall either of them incur any liability for the failure to give any such notification. The Trust, the Transfer Agent, the Custodian and the Principal Underwriter shall not be liable for the rejection of any purchase order for Creation Units.
All questions as to the number of shares of each security in the Deposit Securities and the validity, form, eligibility and acceptance for deposit of any securities to be delivered shall be determined by the Trust, and the Trust’s determination shall be final and binding.
93
REDEMPTION. Shares may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their net asset value next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by a Fund through the Transfer Agent and only on a Business Day. EXCEPT UPON LIQUIDATION OF A FUND, THE TRUST WILL NOT REDEEM SHARES IN AMOUNTS LESS THAN CREATION UNITS. Investors must accumulate enough Shares in the secondary market to constitute a Creation Unit in order to have such Shares redeemed by the Trust. There can be no assurance, however, that there will be sufficient liquidity in the public trading market at any time to permit assembly of a Creation Unit. Investors should expect to incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a sufficient number of Shares to constitute a redeemable Creation Unit.
With respect to each Fund, the Custodian, through the NSCC, makes available prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m. Eastern time) on each Business Day, the list of the names and share quantities of securities designated by the Fund that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day (“Redemption Securities”). Redemption Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities. The identity and number of shares of the Redemption Securities or the Cash Redemption Amount (defined below) may be changed from time to time with a view to the investment objective of a Fund.
Redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit are paid either in-kind or in cash or a combination thereof, as determined by the Trust. With respect to in-kind redemptions of a Fund, redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit will consist of Redemption Securities plus cash in an amount equal to the difference between the net asset value of the Shares being redeemed, as next determined after a receipt of a request in proper form, and the value of the Redemption Securities (the “Cash Redemption Amount”), less a fixed redemption transaction fee and any applicable additional variable charge as set forth below. In the event that the Redemption Securities have a value greater than the net asset value of the Shares, a compensating cash payment equal to the differential is required to be made by or through an Authorized Participant by the redeeming shareholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing: at the Trust’s discretion, an Authorized Participant may receive the corresponding cash value of the securities in lieu of the in-kind securities value representing one or more Redemption Securities.
PROCEDURES FOR REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS. Redemption proceeds from the Fund will be delivered to the redeeming Authorized Participant. The Fund may deliver redemption proceeds directly to a redeeming Authorized Participant. After the Trust has deemed an order for redemption received, the Trust will initiate procedures to transfer the requisite Redemption Securities and the Cash Redemption Amount to the Authorized Participant by the Settlement Date. With respect to in-kind redemptions of a Fund, the calculation of the value of the Redemption Securities and the Cash Redemption Amount to be delivered upon redemption will be made by the Custodian according to the procedures set forth under “Determination of Net Asset Value”, computed on the Business Day on which a redemption order is deemed received by the Trust. Therefore, if a redemption order in proper form is submitted to the Principal Underwriter by a DTC Participant by the specified time on the Order Placement Date, and the requisite number of Shares of a Fund are delivered to the Custodian prior to 2:00 p.m. or 3:00 p.m. Eastern time (per applicable instructions) on the Settlement Date, then the value of the Redemption Securities and the Cash Redemption Amount to be delivered will be determined by the Custodian on such Order Placement Date. If the requisite number of Shares of the Fund are not delivered by 2:00 p.m. or 3:00 p.m. Eastern time (per applicable instructions) on the Settlement Date, the Fund will not release the underlying securities for delivery unless collateral is posted in such percentage amount of missing Shares as set forth in the Participant Agreement (marked to market daily).
With respect to in-kind redemptions of a Fund, in connection with taking delivery of shares of Redemption Securities upon redemption of Creation Units, an Authorized Participant must maintain appropriate custody arrangements with a qualified broker-dealer, bank or other custody providers in each jurisdiction in which any of the Redemption Securities are customarily traded (or such other arrangements as allowed by the Trust or its agents), to which account such Redemption Securities will be delivered. Deliveries of redemption proceeds generally will be made within two Business Days of the trade date. Due to the schedule of holidays in certain countries, however, the delivery of in-kind redemption proceeds may take longer than two or three Business Days, as applicable, after the day on which the redemption request is received in proper form. If the Authorized Participant has not made appropriate arrangements to take delivery of the Redemption Securities in the applicable foreign jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of the Redemption Securities in such jurisdiction, the Trust may, in its discretion, exercise its option to redeem such Shares in cash, and the Authorized Participant will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash.
If it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of the Redemption Securities, the Trust may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such Shares in cash, and the redeeming investor will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In addition, an investor may request a redemption in cash that a Fund may, in its sole discretion, permit. In either case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the NAV of its Shares based on the NAV of Shares of the relevant Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charge for requested cash redemptions specified above, to offset the Trust’s brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the
94
disposition of Redemption Securities). A Fund may also, in its sole discretion, upon request of a shareholder, provide such redeemer a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the Redemption Securities but does not differ in net asset value.
An Authorized Participant submitting a redemption request is deemed to represent to the Trust that, as of the close of the Business Day on which the redemption request was submitted, it (or its client) will own (within the meaning of Rule 200 of Regulation SHO) or has arranged to borrow for delivery to the Trust on or prior to the Settlement Date of the redemption request, the requisite number of Shares of the relevant Fund to be redeemed as a Creation Unit. In either case, the Authorized Participant is deemed to acknowledge that: (i) it (or its client) has full legal authority and legal right to tender for redemption the requisite number of Shares of the applicable Fund and to receive the entire proceeds of the redemption; and (ii) if such Shares submitted for redemption have been loaned or pledged to another party or are the subject of a repurchase agreement, securities lending agreement or any other arrangement affecting legal or beneficial ownership of such Shares being tendered, there are no restrictions precluding the tender and delivery of such Shares (including borrowed shares, if any) for redemption, free and clear of liens, on the redemption Settlement Date. The Trust reserves the right to verify these representations at its discretion, but will typically require verification with respect to a redemption request from a Fund in connection with higher levels of redemption activity and/or short interest in the Fund. If the Authorized Participant, upon receipt of a verification request, does not provide sufficient verification of its representations as determined by the Trust, the redemption request will not be considered to have been received in proper form and may be rejected by the Trust.
Redemptions of Shares for Redemption Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and each Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Trust could not lawfully deliver specific Redemption Securities upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the Redemption Securities under such laws. An Authorized Participant or an investor for which it is acting subject to a legal restriction with respect to a particular security included in the Redemption Securities applicable to the redemption of Creation Units may be paid an equivalent amount of cash. The Authorized Participant may request the redeeming investor of the Shares to complete an order form or to enter into agreements with respect to such matters as compensating cash payment. Further, an Authorized Participant that is not a “qualified institutional buyer,” (“QIB”) as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, will not be able to receive Redemption Securities that are restricted securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A. An Authorized Participant may be required by the Trust to provide a written confirmation with respect to QIB status in order to receive Redemption Securities.
The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed with respect to a Fund (1) for any period during which the Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (2) for any period during which trading on the Exchange is suspended or restricted; (3) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the Shares of the Fund or determination of the NAV of the Shares is not reasonably practicable; or (4) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC.
REQUIRED EARLY ACCEPTANCE OF ORDERS. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as described in the Participant Agreement and/or the applicable order form, certain Funds may require orders to be placed prior to the trade date, as described in the Participant Agreement or the applicable order form, in order to receive the trade date’s net asset value. The cut-off time to receive the trade date’s net asset value will not precede the calculation of the net asset value of a Fund’s shares on the prior Business Day. Orders to purchase Shares of such Funds that are submitted on the Business Day immediately preceding a holiday or a day (other than a weekend) that the equity markets in the relevant foreign market are closed may not be accepted. Authorized Participants may be notified that the cut-off time for an order may be earlier on a particular Business Day, as described in the Participant Agreement and the applicable order form.
CREATION AND REDEMPTION TRANSACTION FEES. A transaction fee, as set forth in the table below, is imposed for the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the purchase or redemption of Creation Units, as applicable. Authorized Participants will be required to pay a fixed creation transaction fee and/or a fixed redemption transaction fee, as applicable, on a given day regardless of the number of Creation Units created or redeemed on that day. A Fund may adjust the transaction fee from time to time. An additional charge or a variable charge (discussed below) will be applied to certain creation and redemption transactions, including non-standard orders and whole or partial cash purchases or redemptions. With respect to creation orders, Authorized Participants are responsible for the costs of transferring the securities constituting the Deposit Securities to the account of the Trust and with respect to redemption orders, Authorized Participants are responsible for the costs of transferring the Redemption Securities from the Trust to their account or on their order. Investors who use the services of a broker or other such intermediary may also be charged a fee for such services.
95
Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees:
|
FUND |
TRANSACTION
FEE*, ** |
MAXIMUM
TRANSACTION FEE*, ** |
||||||
|
SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF |
$ | 50 | $ | 200 | ||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF |
$ | 500 | $ | 2,000 | ||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF |
$ | 500 | $ | 2,000 | ||||
|
SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF |
$ | 500 | $ | 2,000 | ||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF |
$ | 150 | $ | 600 | ||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF |
$ | 150 | $ | 600 | ||||
|
SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF |
$ | 150 | $ | 600 | ||||
|
SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF |
$ | 100 | $ | 400 | ||||
|
SPDR SSGA Global Allocation ETF |
$ | 100 | $ | 400 | ||||
|
SPDR SSGA Income Allocation ETF |
$ | 100 | $ | 400 | ||||
|
SPDR SSGA Multi-Asset Real Return ETF |
$ | 100 | $ | 400 | ||||
|
SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF |
$ | 150 | $ | 600 | ||||
|
SPDR SSGA US Sector Rotation ETF |
$ | 100 | $ | 400 | ||||
| * |
From time to time, any Fund may waive all or a portion of its applicable transaction fee(s). An additional charge of up to three (3) times the standard transaction fee may be charged to the extent a transaction is outside of the clearing process. |
| ** |
In addition to the transaction fees listed above, the Funds may charge an additional variable fee for creations and redemptions in cash to offset brokerage and impact expenses associated with the cash transaction. The variable transaction fee will be calculated based on historical transaction cost data and the Adviser’s view of current market conditions; however, the actual variable fee charged for a given transaction may be lower or higher than the trading expenses incurred by a Fund with respect to that transaction. |
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the sections in the Prospectus entitled “PURCHASE AND SALE INFORMATION” and “ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND SALE INFORMATION.”
Net asset value for each Fund is computed by dividing the value of the net assets of the Fund (i.e., the value of its total assets less total liabilities) by the total number of Shares outstanding. Expenses and fees, including the management fees, are accrued daily and taken into account for purposes of determining net asset value. The net asset value of a Fund is calculated by State Street and determined as of the close of the regular trading session on the NYSE (ordinarily 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day that such exchange is open. Fixed-income assets are generally valued as of the announced closing time for trading in fixed-income instruments in a particular market or exchange. Creation/redemption order cut-off times may be earlier on any day that the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (or applicable exchange or market on which a Fund’s investments are traded) announces an early closing time. Any assets or liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are converted into U.S. dollars at market rates on the date of valuation (generally as of 4:00 p.m. London time) as quoted by one or more sources.
In calculating a Fund’s net asset value, the Fund’s investments are generally valued using market valuations. A market valuation generally means a valuation (i) obtained from an exchange, a pricing service, or a major market maker (or dealer), (ii) based on a price quotation or other equivalent indication of value supplied by an exchange, a pricing service, or a major market maker (or dealer) or (iii) based on amortized cost. A Fund relies on a third-party service provider for assistance with the daily calculation of the Fund’s NAV. The third-party service provider, in turn, relies on other parties for certain pricing data and other inputs used in the calculation of the Fund’s NAV. Therefore, a Fund is subject to certain operational risks associated with reliance on its service provider and that service provider’s sources of pricing and other data. NAV calculation may be adversely affected by operational risks arising from factors such as errors or failures in systems and technology. Such errors or failures may result in inaccurately calculated NAVs, delays in the calculation of NAVs and/or the inability to calculate NAV over extended time periods. A Fund may be unable to recover any losses associated with such failures. In the case of shares of other funds that are not traded on an exchange, a market valuation means such fund’s published net asset value per share. The Adviser may use various pricing services, or discontinue the use of any pricing service, as approved by the Board from time to time. A price obtained from a pricing service based on such pricing service’s valuation matrix may be considered a market valuation.
96
In the event that current market valuations are not readily available or are deemed unreliable, the Trust’s procedures require the Oversight Committee to determine a security’s fair value. In determining such value the Oversight Committee may consider, among other things, (i) price comparisons among multiple sources, (ii) a review of corporate actions and news events, and (iii) a review of relevant financial indicators (e.g., movement in interest rates and market indices). In these cases, the Fund’s net asset value may reflect certain portfolio securities’ fair values rather than their market prices. The fair value of a portfolio instrument is generally the
price which a Fund might reasonably expect to receive upon its current sale in an orderly market between market participants. Ascertaining fair value requires a determination of the amount that an arm’s-length buyer, under the circumstances, would currently pay for the portfolio instrument. Fair value pricing involves subjective judgments and it is possible that the fair value determination for a security is materially different than the value that could be realized upon the sale of the security. With respect to securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges, the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or sell your Shares.
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in each Prospectus entitled “DISTRIBUTIONS.”
GENERAL POLICIES
Dividends from net investment income, if any, are generally declared and paid quarterly by each Fund (monthly for SRLN, EMTL, STOT, the SPDR SSGA Fixed Income Sector Rotation ETF and SPDR SSGA Ultra Short Term Bond ETF), but may vary significantly from period to period. Distributions of net realized securities gains, if any, generally are declared and paid once a year, but the Trust may make distributions on a more frequent basis for a Fund to comply with the distribution requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, in all events in a manner consistent with the provisions of the 1940 Act.
Dividends and other distributions on Shares are distributed, as described below, on a pro rata basis to Beneficial Owners of such Shares. Dividend payments are made through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants to Beneficial Owners then of record with proceeds received from the Trust.
Management of the Trust reserves the right to declare special dividends if, in its reasonable discretion, such action is necessary or advisable to preserve a Fund’s eligibility for treatment as a RIC under the Internal Revenue Code or to avoid imposition of income or excise taxes at the Fund level.
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT
Broker dealers, at their own discretion, may offer a dividend reinvestment service under which Shares are purchased in the secondary market at current market prices. Investors should consult their broker dealer for further information regarding any dividend reinvestment service offered by such broker dealer.
TAXES
The following is a summary of certain federal income tax considerations generally affecting the Funds and their shareholders that supplements the discussion in the Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a comprehensive explanation of the federal, state, local or foreign tax treatment of the Funds or their shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended to be a substitute for careful tax planning.
The following general discussion of certain federal income tax consequences is based on the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. New legislation, as well as administrative changes or court decisions, may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.
If the Fund redeems Creation Units in cash, it may bear additional costs and recognize more capital gains than it would if it redeems Creation Units in kind.
The following information should be read in conjunction with the section in the Prospectus entitled “ADDITIONAL TAX INFORMATION.”
97
TAXATION OF THE FUNDS. Each Fund is treated as a separate corporation for federal income tax purposes. Each Fund therefore is considered to be a separate entity in determining its treatment under the rules for RICs described herein and in the Prospectus. Losses in one series of the Trust do not offset gains in any other series of the Trust, and the requirements (other than certain organizational requirements) for qualifying for treatment as a RIC are determined at the Fund level rather than at the Trust level. Each Fund has elected or will elect and intends to qualify each year to be treated as a separate RIC under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. As such, each Fund should not be subject to federal income tax on its net investment income and capital gains, if any, to the extent that it timely distributes such income and capital gains to its shareholders. In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC, a Fund must distribute annually to its shareholders at least the sum of 90% of its net taxable investment income (generally including the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and 90% of its net tax-exempt interest income, if any (the “Distribution Requirement”) and also must meet several additional requirements. Among these requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of a Fund’s gross income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Qualifying Income Requirement”); and (ii) at the end of each quarter of a Fund’s taxable year, its assets must be diversified so that (a) at least 50% of the market value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect to any one issuer, to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, the securities (other than securities of other RICs) of two or more issuers that it controls and that are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Diversification Requirement”).
If a Fund fails to satisfy the Qualifying Income Requirement or the Diversification Requirement in any taxable year, the Fund may be eligible for relief provisions if the failures are due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect and if a penalty tax is paid with respect to each failure to satisfy the applicable requirements. Additionally, relief is provided for certain de minimis failures of the Diversification Requirement where the Fund corrects the failure within a specified period of time. In order to be eligible for the relief provisions with respect to a failure to meet the Diversification Requirement, a Fund may be required to dispose of certain assets. If these relief provisions were not available to a Fund and it were to fail to qualify for treatment as a RIC for a taxable year, all of its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and its distributions (including capital gains distributions) generally would be taxable as ordinary income dividends to its shareholders, subject to the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders and the lower tax rates on qualified dividend income received by noncorporate shareholders. To requalify for treatment as a RIC in a subsequent taxable year, the Fund would be required to satisfy the RIC qualification requirements for that year and to distribute any earnings and profits from any year in which the Fund failed to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC. If a Fund failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, it would generally be required to pay a Fund-level tax on certain net built-in gains recognized with respect to certain of its assets upon a disposition of such assets within five years of qualifying as a RIC in a subsequent year. The Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of a Fund for treatment as a RIC if it determines such course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.
As discussed more fully below, each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and its capital gains for each taxable year. If a Fund meets the Distribution Requirement but retains some or all of its income or gains, it will be subject to federal income tax to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. A Fund may designate certain amounts retained as undistributed net capital gain in a notice to its shareholders, who (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount so designated, (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the income tax paid by the Fund on that undistributed amount against their federal income tax liabilities and to claim refunds to the extent such credits exceed their liabilities and (iii) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for federal income tax purposes, in their Shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in their respective income over their respective income tax credits. If a Fund failed to satisfy the Distribution Requirement for any taxable year, it would be taxed as a regular corporation, with consequences generally similar to those described in the preceding paragraph.
A Fund will be subject to a 4% excise tax on certain undistributed income if it does not distribute to its shareholders in each calendar year an amount at least equal to 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year plus 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the twelve months ended October 31 of such year, subject to an increase for any shortfall in the prior year’s distribution. Each Fund intends to declare and distribute dividends and distributions in the amounts and at the times necessary to avoid the application of this 4% excise tax.
A Fund may elect to treat part or all of any “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in determining the Fund’s taxable income, net capital gain, net short-term capital gain, and earnings and profits. The effect of this election is to treat any such “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in characterizing Fund
98
distributions for any calendar year. A “qualified late year loss” generally includes net capital loss, net long-term capital loss, or net short-term capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year (commonly referred to as “post-October losses”) and certain other late-year losses.
Capital losses in excess of capital gains (“net capital losses”) are not permitted to be deducted against a RIC’s net investment income. Instead, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, potentially subject to certain limitations, each Fund may carry a net capital loss from any taxable year forward indefinitely a net capital loss to offset its capital gains, if any, in years following the year of the loss. To the extent subsequent capital gains are offset by such losses, they will not result in U.S. federal income tax liability to the Fund and may not be distributed as capital gains to its shareholders. Generally, the Funds may not carry forward any losses other than net capital losses.
TAXATION OF SHAREHOLDERS—DISTRIBUTIONS. Each Fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), its net tax-exempt income, if any, and any net capital gain (net recognized long-term capital gains in excess of net recognized short-term capital losses, taking into account any capital loss carryforwards). Each Fund will report to shareholders annually the amounts of dividends paid from ordinary income, the amount of distributions of net capital gain, the portion of dividends which may qualify for the dividends-received deduction, and the portion of dividends which may qualify for treatment as qualified dividend income, if any.
Subject to certain limitations, dividends reported by a Fund as qualified dividend income will be taxable to noncorporate shareholders at rates of up to 20%. Dividends may be reported by a Fund as qualified dividend income if they are attributable to qualified dividend income received by the Fund. Qualified dividend income includes, in general, subject to certain holding period requirements and other requirements, dividend income from certain U.S. and foreign corporations. Subject to certain limitations, eligible foreign corporations include those incorporated in possessions of the United States, those incorporated in certain countries with comprehensive tax treaties with the United States and other foreign corporations if the stock with respect to which the dividends are paid is tradable on an established securities market in the United States. A dividend generally will not be treated as qualified dividend income to the extent that (i) the shareholder has not held the stock on which the dividend was paid for more than 60 days during the 121-day period that begins on the date that is 60 days before the date on which the stock becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend or, in the case of certain preferred stock, for more than 90 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date, (ii) the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property, or (iii) the shareholder elects to treat such dividend as investment income under section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. The holding period requirements described in this paragraph apply to the shareholders’ investments in the Funds and to the Funds’ investments in the underlying dividend-paying stocks. Dividends treated as received by a Fund from a REIT or another RIC may be treated as qualified dividend income generally only to the extent the dividend distributions are attributable to qualified dividend income received by such REIT or RIC. It is expected that dividends received by a Fund from a REIT and distributed from that Fund to a shareholder generally will be taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income. Additionally, income derived in connection with a Fund’s securities lending activities will, in general, not be treated as qualified dividend income. If 95% or more of a Fund’s gross income (calculated without taking into account net capital gain derived from sales or other dispositions of stock or securities) consists of qualified dividend income, that Fund may report all distributions of such income as qualified dividend income.
Certain dividends received by a Fund from U.S. corporations (generally, dividends received by a Fund in respect of any share of stock (1) with a tax holding period of at least 46 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the date on which the stock becomes ex-dividend as to that dividend and (2) that is held in an unleveraged position) when distributed and appropriately so reported by the Fund may be eligible for the 50% dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations under the Internal Revenue Code. Dividends received by a Fund from REITs will not be eligible for that deduction. In order to qualify for the deduction, corporate shareholders must meet the minimum holding period requirement stated above with respect to their Shares, taking into account any holding period reductions from certain hedging or other transactions or positions that diminish their risk of loss with respect to their Shares, and, if they borrow to acquire or otherwise incur debt attributable to Shares, they may be denied a portion of the dividends-received deduction with respect to those Shares. Any corporate shareholder should consult its tax adviser regarding the possibility that its tax basis in its Shares may be reduced, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, by reason of “extraordinary dividends” received with respect to the Shares and, to the extent such basis would be reduced below zero, current recognition of income may be required.
Distributions from a Fund’s net short-term capital gains will generally be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net capital gain will be taxable to shareholders at long-term capital gains rates, regardless of how long shareholders have held their Shares. Long-term capital gains are generally taxed to noncorporate shareholders at rates of up to 20%. Certain capital gain dividends attributable to dividends a Fund receives from REITs may be taxable to noncorporate shareholders at a rate of 25%.
Although dividends generally will be treated as distributed when paid, any dividend declared by a Fund in October, November or December and payable to shareholders of record in such a month that is paid during the following January will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as received by shareholders on December 31 of the calendar year in which it was declared.
99
If a Fund’s distributions exceed its earnings and profits, all or a portion of the distributions made in the taxable year may be treated as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution generally will not be taxable but will reduce the shareholder’s cost basis and result in a higher capital gain or lower capital loss when the Shares on which the distribution was received are sold. After a shareholder’s basis in the Shares has been reduced to zero, distributions in excess of earnings and profits will be treated as gain from the sale of the shareholder’s Shares.
Distributions that are reinvested in additional Shares through the means of a dividend reinvestment service, if offered by your broker-dealer, will nevertheless be taxable dividends to the same extent as if such dividends had been received in cash.
A 3.8% Medicare contribution tax generally applies to all or a portion of the net investment income of a shareholder who is an individual and not a nonresident alien for federal income tax purposes and who has adjusted gross income (subject to certain adjustments) that exceeds a threshold amount ($250,000 if married filing jointly or if considered a “surviving spouse” for federal income tax purposes, $125,000 if married filing separately, and $200,000 in other cases). This 3.8% tax also applies to all or a portion of the undistributed net investment income of certain shareholders that are estates and trusts. For these purposes, dividends, interest and certain capital gains (generally including capital gain distributions and capital gains realized on the sale of Shares) are generally taken into account in computing a shareholder’s net investment income.
Distributions of ordinary income and capital gains may also be subject to foreign, state and local taxes depending on a shareholder’s circumstances.
TAXATION OF SHAREHOLDERS – SALE OF SHARES. In general, a sale of Shares results in capital gain or loss, and for individual shareholders, is taxable at a federal rate dependent upon the length of time the Shares were held. A sale of Shares held for a period of one year or less at the time of such sale will, for tax purposes, generally result in short-term capital gains or losses, and a sale of those held for more than one year will generally result in long-term capital gains or losses. Long-term capital gains are generally taxed to noncorporate shareholders at rates of up to 20%.
Gain or loss on the sale of Shares is measured by the difference between the amount received and the adjusted tax basis of the Shares. Shareholders should keep records of investments made (including Shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends and distributions) so they can compute the tax basis of their Shares. A loss realized on a sale of Shares may be disallowed if substantially identical Shares are acquired (whether through the reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a sixty-one (61) day period beginning thirty (30) days before and ending thirty (30) days after the date that the Shares are disposed of. In such a case, the basis of the Shares acquired must be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss upon the sale of Shares held for six (6) months or less is treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions to the shareholder of long-term capital gain (including any amounts credited to the shareholder as undistributed capital gains).
As noted above, each Fund may directly make investments in an ETP, invest in any of the instruments or engage in any of the investment practices described above if such investment activity is consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and permitted by each Fund’s stated investment policies.
COST BASIS REPORTING. The cost basis of Shares acquired by purchase will generally be based on the amount paid for the Shares and then may be subsequently adjusted for other applicable transactions as required by the Internal Revenue Code. The difference between the selling price and the cost basis of Shares generally determines the amount of the capital gain or loss realized on the sale or exchange of Shares. Contact the broker through whom you purchased your Shares to obtain information with respect to the available cost basis reporting methods and elections for your account.
INVESTMENTS IN MASTER LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS. A Fund’s ability to invest in Master Limited Partnerships (“MLPs”) and other related entities that are treated as QPTPs for federal income tax purposes is limited by the Fund’s intent to qualify as a RIC. In order to qualify as a RIC, a Fund generally may not invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in securities of QPTPs. Each Fund intends to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a RIC and, as such each Fund must limit its investments in QPTPs accordingly. In certain cases, the status of an investment as an investment in a QPTP is not clear.
When a Fund invests in the equity securities of an MLP or any other entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Fund will be treated as a partner in the entity for tax purposes. Accordingly, in calculating such Fund’s taxable income, it will be required to take into account its allocable share of the income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits recognized by each such entity, regardless of whether the entity distributes cash to a Fund. Distributions from such an entity to a Fund are not generally taxable unless the cash amount (or, in certain cases, the fair market value of marketable securities) distributed to a Fund exceeds a Fund’s adjusted tax basis in its interest in the entity. In general, a Fund’s allocable share of such an entity’s net income will increase a Fund’s
100
adjusted tax basis in its interest in the entity, and distributions to a Fund from such an entity and a Fund’s allocable share of the entity’s net losses will decrease a Fund’s adjusted basis in its interest in the entity, but not below zero. A Fund may receive cash distributions from such an entity in excess of the net amount of taxable income the Fund is allocated from its investment in the entity. In other circumstances, the net amount of taxable income the Fund is allocated from its investment in such an entity may exceed cash distributions received from the entity. Thus, a Fund’s investments in such an entity may cause the Fund to make distributions to shareholders in excess of its earnings and profits, or such Fund may be required to sell investments, including when not otherwise advantageous to do so, in order for the Fund to satisfy the distribution requirements applicable to RICs.
Depreciation or other cost recovery deductions passed through to a Fund in a given year from the Fund’s investment in an MLP or a related entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes will generally reduce the Fund’s taxable income, but those deductions may be recaptured in a Fund’s income in one or more subsequent years upon either (i) the sale of an interest in the MLP or related entity or (ii) in respect of the sale or other disposition by the MLP or related entity, of property held by it. When recognized and distributed, recapture income will generally be taxable to shareholders at the time of the distribution at ordinary income tax rates, even though the shareholders at that time might not have held Shares at the time the deductions were taken by a Fund, and even though those shareholders will not have corresponding economic gain on their Shares at the time of the recapture. In order to distribute recapture income or to fund redemption requests, a Fund may need to liquidate investments, which may lead to additional recapture income.
Noncorporate taxpayers are generally eligible for a deduction of up to 20% of “qualified publicly traded partnership income.” A Fund will not be able to claim such a deduction in respect of income allocated to it by any MLPs or other publicly traded partnerships in which it invests, and shareholders will not be able to claim such a deduction in respect of Fund dividends attributable to any such income.
TAXATION OF FUND INVESTMENTS. Dividends and interest received by a Fund on foreign securities may give rise to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If a Fund meets certain requirements, which include a requirement that more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of its respective taxable year consist of certain foreign securities (generally including foreign government securities), then the Fund should be eligible to file an election with the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that may enable its shareholders, in effect, to receive either the benefit of a foreign tax credit, or a tax deduction, with respect to certain foreign and U.S. possessions income taxes paid by the Fund, subject to certain limitations. If at least 50% of a Fund’s total assets at the close of each quarter of a taxable year consists of interests in other RICs (including money market funds and ETFs that are taxable as RICs), the Fund may make the same election and pass through to its shareholders their pro rata shares of qualified foreign taxes paid by those other RICs and passed through to the Fund for that taxable year. Pursuant to this election, a Fund would treat the applicable foreign taxes as dividends paid to its shareholders. Each such shareholder would be required to include a proportionate share of those taxes in gross income as income received from a foreign source and must treat the amount so included as if the shareholder had paid the foreign tax directly. The shareholder may then either deduct the taxes deemed paid by him or her in computing his or her taxable income or, alternatively, use the foregoing information in calculating any foreign tax credit the shareholder may be entitled to use against such shareholder’s federal income tax. If a Fund makes this election, the Fund will report annually to its shareholders the respective amounts per share of the Fund’s income from sources within, and taxes paid to, foreign countries and U.S. possessions. No deduction for such taxes will be permitted to individuals in computing their alternative minimum tax liability. If a Fund does not make this election, the Fund will be entitled to claim a deduction for certain foreign taxes incurred by the Fund. In certain instances, the Fund might not elect to apply otherwise allowable U.S. federal income tax deductions for those foreign taxes, whether or not credits or deductions for those foreign taxes could be passed through to its shareholders pursuant to the election described above. If the Fund does not elect to apply these deductions, taxable distributions you receive from the Fund may be larger than they would have been if the Fund had taken deductions for such taxes. Under certain circumstances, if a Fund receives a refund of foreign taxes paid in respect of a prior year, the value of Shares could be affected or any foreign tax credits or deductions passed through to shareholders in respect of the Fund’s foreign taxes for the current year could be reduced.
Certain of the Funds’ investments may be subject to complex provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (including provisions relating to hedging transactions, straddles, integrated transactions, foreign currency contracts, forward foreign currency contracts, and notional principal contracts) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by a Fund (e.g., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also may require a Fund to mark-to-market certain types of positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out) which may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions to its shareholders in amounts necessary to facilitate satisfaction of the RIC distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The Funds intend to monitor their transactions, intend to make appropriate tax elections, and intend to make appropriate entries in their books and records in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and preserve the Funds’ qualification for treatment as RICs.
101
Certain investments made by a Fund may be treated as equity in passive foreign investment companies or “PFICs” for federal income tax purposes. In general, a passive foreign investment company is a foreign corporation (i) that receives at least 75% of its annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or (ii) where at least 50% of its assets (computed based on average fair market value) either produce or are held for the production of passive income. If a Fund acquires any equity interest (under Treasury regulations that may be promulgated in the future, generally including not only stock but also an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond) in a PFIC, the Fund could be subject to U.S. federal income tax and nondeductible interest charges on “excess distributions” received from such companies or on gain from the sale of stock in such companies, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed by the Fund to its shareholders. The Fund would not be able to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for such a tax. A “qualified electing fund” election or a “mark to market” election may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections could require the applicable Fund to recognize taxable income or gain (subject to the distribution requirements applicable to RICs, as described above) without the concurrent receipt of cash. In order to satisfy the distribution requirements and avoid a tax at the Fund level, a Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss to the Fund. Gains from the sale of stock of PFICs may also be treated as ordinary income. In order for a Fund to make a qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC, the PFIC would have to agree to provide certain tax information to the Fund on an annual basis, which it might not agree to do. The Funds may limit and/or manage their holdings in PFICs to limit their tax liability or maximize their returns from these investments.
If a sufficient portion of the interests in a foreign issuer are held or deemed held by a Fund, independently or together with certain other U.S. persons, that issuer may be treated as a “controlled foreign corporation” (a “CFC”) with respect to the Fund, in which case the Fund will be required to take into account each year, as ordinary income, its share of certain portions of that issuer’s income, whether or not such amounts are distributed. A Fund may have to dispose of its portfolio securities (potentially resulting in the recognition of taxable gain or loss, and potentially under disadvantageous circumstances) to generate cash, or may have to borrow the cash, to meet its distribution requirements and avoid Fund-level taxes. In addition, some Fund gains on the disposition of interests in such an issuer may be treated as ordinary income. A Fund may limit and/or manage its holdings in issuers that could be treated as CFCs in order to limit its tax liability or maximize its after-tax return from these investments.
The Internal Revenue Code currently treats income and gains from trading in commodities as nonqualifying income under the Qualifying Income Requirement described above. A Fund intends to obtain exposure to commodities through investments that are consistent with the Fund’s intention to be taxable as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. For example, a Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in one or more QPTPs, including QPTPs such as ETPs or MLPs whose principal activities are the buying and selling of commodities or options, futures, or forwards with respect to commodities. Income from QPTPs is generally qualifying income. If an entity intending to qualify as a QPTP fails to qualify as a QPTP, the income generated from a Fund’s investment in the entity may not comply with Qualifying Income Requirement. A Fund will only invest in such an entity if it intends to qualify as a QPTP, but there is no guarantee that any such entity will be successful in qualifying as a QPTP. In addition, there is little regulatory guidance concerning the application of the rules governing qualification as a QPTP, and it is possible that future guidance may adversely affect the qualification of such entities as QPTPs. In order for a Fund to meet the Diversification Requirement, the Fund generally may not acquire an interest in any QPTP (including a QPTP in which the Fund already invests) if more than 25% of the value of a Fund’s total assets after the acquisition would be invested in the securities of QPTPs.
Each Fund is required for federal income tax purposes to mark to market and recognize as income for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on certain futures contracts as of the end of the year as well as those actually realized during the year. Gain or loss from futures and options contracts on broad-based indexes required to be marked to market will be 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. Application of this rule may alter the timing and character of distributions to shareholders. A Fund may be required to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, options contracts and swaps to the extent of any unrecognized gains on offsetting positions held by the Fund. It is anticipated that certain net gain realized from the closing out of futures or options contracts will be considered gain from the sale of securities and therefore will be qualifying income for purposes of the Qualifying Income Requirement.
Investments by a Fund in zero coupon or other discount securities will result in income to the Fund equal to a portion of the excess face value of the securities over their issue price (the “original issue discount” or “OID”) each year that the securities are held, even though the a Fund may receive no cash interest payments or may receive cash interest payments that are less than the income recognized for tax purposes. In other circumstances, whether pursuant to the terms of a security or as a result of other factors outside the control of the Fund, a Fund may recognize income without receiving a commensurate amount of cash. Such income is included in determining the amount of income that a Fund must distribute to maintain its eligibility for treatment as a RIC and to avoid the payment of federal income tax, including the nondeductible 4% excise tax described above.
Any market discount recognized on a market discount bond is taxable as ordinary income. A market discount bond is a bond acquired in the secondary market at a price below redemption value or below adjusted issue price if issued with original issue discount. Absent
102
a Fund’s election to include the market discount in income as it accrues, gain on the Fund’s disposition of such an obligation will be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain to the extent of the accrued market discount. Where the income required to be recognized as a result of the OID and/or market discount rules is not matched by a corresponding cash receipt by a Fund, the Fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of other securities to enable the Fund to make distributions to its shareholders in order to qualify for treatment as a RIC and eliminate taxes at the Fund level.
Special rules apply to any investments by the Fund in inflation-indexed bonds, such as TIPS. Generally, all stated interest on inflation-indexed bonds is taken into income by a Fund under its regular method of accounting for interest income. The amount of any positive inflation adjustment for a taxable year, which results from an increase in the inflation-adjusted principal amount of the bond, is treated as OID. The amount of a Fund’s OID in a taxable year with respect to a bond will increase a Fund’s taxable income for such year without a corresponding receipt of cash, until the bond matures. As a result, the Fund may need to use other sources of cash to satisfy its distribution requirements for the applicable year. The amount of any negative inflation adjustments, which result from a decrease in the inflation-adjusted principal amount of the bond, first reduces the amount of interest (including stated interest, OID, and market discount, if any) otherwise includable in the Fund’s taxable income with respect to the bond for the taxable year; any remaining negative adjustments will be either treated as ordinary loss or, in certain circumstances, carried forward to reduce the amount of interest income taken into account with respect to the bond in future taxable years.
TAX-EXEMPT SHAREHOLDERS. Certain tax-exempt shareholders, including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, salary deferral arrangements, 401(k) plans, and other tax-exempt entities, generally are exempt from federal income taxation except with respect to their unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”). Under current law, a Fund generally serves to block UBTI
from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, tax-exempt shareholders could realize UBTI by virtue of their investment in a Fund where, for example, (i) the Fund invests in REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) or (ii) Shares constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholders within the meaning of section 514(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. Charitable remainder trusts are subject to special rules and should consult their tax advisers. There are no restrictions preventing a Fund from holding investments in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs, and a Fund may do so. The IRS has issued guidance with respect to these issues and prospective shareholders, especially charitable remainder trusts, are strongly encouraged to consult with their tax advisers regarding these issues.
Certain tax-exempt educational institutions will be subject to a 1.4% tax on net investment income. For these purposes, certain dividends and capital gain distributions, and certain gains from the disposition of Shares (among other categories of income), are generally taken into account in computing a shareholder’s net investment income.
FOREIGN SHAREHOLDERS. Dividends, other than capital gains dividends, “short-term capital gain dividends” and “interest-related dividends” (described below), paid by a Fund to shareholders who are nonresident aliens or foreign entities will be subject to a 30% United States withholding tax unless a reduced rate of withholding or a withholding exemption is provided under applicable treaty law to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gain or unless such income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on through a permanent establishment in the United States. Nonresident shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers concerning the applicability of the United States withholding tax and the proper withholding form(s) to be submitted to a Fund. A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an appropriate IRS Form W-8 may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.
Dividends reported by a Fund as (i) interest-related dividends, to the extent such dividends are derived from the Fund’s “qualified net interest income,” or (ii) short-term capital gain dividends, to the extent such dividends are derived from the Fund’s “qualified short-term gain,” are generally exempt from this 30% withholding tax. “Qualified net interest income” is the Fund’s net income derived from U.S.-source interest and original issue discount, subject to certain exceptions and limitations. “Qualified short-term gain” generally means the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain for the taxable year over its net long-term capital loss, if any. In the case of Shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports the payment as an interest-related dividend or as a short-term capital gain dividend. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.
Unless certain non-U.S. entities that hold Shares comply with IRS requirements that will generally require them to report information regarding U.S. persons investing in, or holding accounts with, such entities, a 30% withholding tax may apply to Fund distributions payable to such entities. A non-U.S. shareholder may be exempt from the withholding described in this paragraph under an applicable intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and a foreign government, provided that the shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.
Non-U.S. persons are subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a “United States real property interest” (a “USRPI”). Gain on such a disposition is sometimes referred to as “FIRPTA gain”. The Internal Revenue Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of “FIRPTA gain” if certain requirements are met. If the look-through rule applies, certain distributions attributable to income treated as
103
received by a Fund from REITs may be treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing distributions to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at rates of up to 21%, and requiring non-U.S. investors to file nonresident U.S. income tax returns. Also, FIRPTA gain may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax in the hands of a non-U.S. shareholder that is treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. Under certain circumstances, Shares may qualify as USRPIs, which could result in 15% withholding on certain distributions and gross redemption proceeds paid to certain non-U.S. investors.
BACKUP WITHHOLDING. A Fund will be required in certain cases to withhold (as “backup withholding”) on amounts payable to any shareholder who (1) has provided the Fund either an incorrect tax identification number or no number at all, (2) is subject to backup withholding by the IRS for failure to properly report payments of interest or dividends, (3) has failed to certify to the Fund that such shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or (4) has not certified that such shareholder is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). The backup withholding rate is currently 24%. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that have been subject to the 30% withholding tax on shareholders who are neither citizens nor permanent residents of the U.S.
CREATION UNITS. An Authorized Participant who exchanges securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a gain or a loss. The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the time and the sum of the exchanger’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered plus the amount of cash paid for such Creation Units. A person who redeems Creation Units will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchanger’s basis in the Creation Units and the sum of the aggregate market value of any securities received plus the amount of any cash received for such Creation Units. The IRS, however, may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing “wash sales,” or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position.
Any gain or loss realized upon a creation of Creation Units will be treated as capital gain or loss if the Authorized Participant holds the securities exchanged therefor as capital assets, and otherwise will be ordinary income or loss. Similarly, any gain or loss realized upon a redemption of Creation Units will be treated as capital gain or loss if the Authorized Participant holds Shares comprising the Creation Units as capital assets, and otherwise will be ordinary income or loss. Any capital gain or loss realized upon the creation of Creation Units will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the securities exchanged for such Creation Units have been held for more than one year, and otherwise will be short-term capital gain or loss. Any capital gain or loss realized upon the redemption of Creation Units will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the Shares comprising the Creation Units have been held for more than one year, and otherwise, will generally be short-term capital gain or loss. Any capital loss realized upon a redemption of Creation Units held for six (6) months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions to the applicable Authorized Participant of long-term capital gains with respect to the Creation Units (including any amounts credited to the Authorized Participant as undistributed capital gains).
A Fund has the right to reject an order for Creation Units if the purchaser (or a group of purchasers) would, upon obtaining Shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund and if, pursuant to section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Fund would have a basis in any deposit securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. A Fund also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial Share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination. If a Fund does issue Creation Units to a purchaser (or a group of purchasers) that would, upon obtaining the Shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund, the purchaser (or a group of purchasers) may not recognize gain or loss upon the exchange of securities for Creation Units.
Persons purchasing or redeeming Creation Units should consult their own tax advisers with respect to the tax treatment of any creation or redemption transaction.
CERTAIN POTENTIAL TAX REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. Under promulgated Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss on disposition of a Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. A shareholder who fails to make the required disclosure to the IRS may be subject to adverse tax consequences, including significant penalties. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
The foregoing discussion is a summary only and is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Purchasers of Shares should consult their own tax advisers as to the tax consequences of investing in such Shares, including under state, local and other tax laws. Finally, the foregoing discussion is based on applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, regulations, judicial authority and administrative interpretations in effect on the date hereof. Changes in applicable authority could materially affect the conclusions discussed above, and such changes often occur.
104
CAPITAL STOCK AND SHAREHOLDER REPORTS
Each Fund issues shares of beneficial interest with no par value per Fund Share. The Board may designate additional funds.
Each Share issued by the Trust has a pro rata interest in the assets of the corresponding series of the Trust. Fund Shares have no preemptive, exchange, subscription or conversion rights and are freely transferable. Each Fund Share is entitled to participate equally in dividends and distributions declared by the Board with respect to the relevant Fund, and in the net distributable assets of such Fund on liquidation.
Each Fund Share has one vote with respect to matters upon which a shareholder vote is required consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the rules promulgated thereunder. Shares of all series of the Trust (“Funds”) vote together as a single class except that if the matter being voted on affects only a particular fund it will be voted on only by that fund and if a matter affects a particular fund differently from other Funds, that fund will vote separately on such matter. Under Massachusetts law, the Trust is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders unless required to do so under the 1940 Act. The policy of the Trust is not to hold an annual meeting of shareholders unless required to do so under the 1940 Act. All Shares of the Trust (regardless of the fund) have noncumulative voting rights for the election of Trustees. Under Massachusetts law, Trustees of the Trust may be removed by vote of the shareholders.
Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a business trust may, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable as partners for obligations of the Trust. However, the Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust, requires that Trust obligations include such disclaimer, and provides for indemnification and reimbursement of expenses out of the Trust’s property for any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Trust itself would be unable to meet its obligations. Given the above limitations on shareholder personal liability, and the nature of each Fund’s assets and operations, the risk to shareholders of personal liability is believed to be remote.
Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing to the Trust, c/o the Distributor, State Street Global Advisors Funds Distributors, LLC at, One Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.
COUNSEL AND INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, 1111 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20004, serves as counsel to the Trust. Ernst & Young LLP, located at 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116, serves as the independent registered public accounting firm of the Trust. Ernst & Young LLP performs annual audits of the Funds’ financial statements and provides other audit, tax and related services.
LOCAL MARKET HOLIDAY SCHEDULES
The Trust generally intends to effect deliveries of portfolio securities on a basis of “T” plus two Business Days (i.e., days on which the NYSE is open), or in the case of SRLN and EMTL on a basis of “T” plus three Business Days, in the relevant foreign market of a Fund. The ability of the Trust to effect in-kind redemptions within two or three Business Days, as applicable, of receipt of a redemption request is subject, among other things, to the condition that, within the time period from the date of the request to the date of delivery of the securities, there are no days that are local market holidays on the relevant Business Days. For every occurrence of one or more intervening holidays in the local market that are not holidays observed in the United States, the redemption settlement cycle may be extended by the number of such intervening local holidays. In addition to holidays, other unforeseeable closings in a foreign market due to emergencies may also prevent the Trust from delivering securities within two or three Business Days, as applicable.
The securities delivery cycles currently practicable for transferring portfolio securities to redeeming investors, coupled with local market holiday schedules, may require a delivery process longer than the standard settlement period. In certain circumstances during the calendar year, the settlement period may be greater than seven calendar days.
105
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements and financial highlights of the Funds that were operating during the year ended June 30, 2020, along with the Reports of Ernst & Young LLP, the Trust’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, included in the Trust’s Annual Reports to Shareholders on Form N-CSR under the 1940 Act, are incorporated by reference into this Statement of Additional Information.
ACTSAI
106
APPENDIX A
SPDR® Series Trust
SPDR® Index Shares Funds
SSGA Master Trust
SSGA Active Trust
(each, a “Trust,” and, collectively, the “Trusts”)
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
The Boards of Trustees of the Trusts have adopted the following policy and procedures with respect to voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Trusts’ investment portfolios.
| 1. |
Proxy Voting Policy |
The policy of each Trust is to delegate the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Trusts to SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (the “Adviser”), investment adviser to each series of the Trusts (the “Funds”), subject to the Trustees’ continuing oversight.
| 2. |
Fiduciary Duty |
The right to vote proxies with respect to portfolio securities held by each Trust is an asset of the Trusts. The Adviser acts as a fiduciary of the Trusts and must vote proxies in a manner consistent with the best interest of the Trusts and the Funds’ shareholders.
| 3. |
Proxy Voting Procedures |
| A. |
At least annually, the Adviser shall present to the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) its policies, procedures and other guidelines for voting proxies (“Policy”) (See attached Schedule A) and the Policy of any Sub-adviser (defined below) to which proxy voting authority has been delegated (see Section 9 below). In addition, the Adviser shall notify the Board of material changes to its Policy or the Policy of any Sub-adviser promptly and no later than the next regular meeting of the Board after such amendment is implemented. |
| B. |
At least annually, the Adviser shall present to the Board its policy for managing the conflicts of interests that may arise through the Adviser’s proxy voting activities. In addition, the Adviser shall report any Policy overrides involving portfolio securities held by the Trusts to the Trustees at the next regular meeting of the Board after such override(s) occur. |
| C. |
At least annually, the Adviser shall inform the Trustees that a record is available for each proxy voted with respect to portfolio securities of each Trust during the year. Also see Section 5 below. |
| 4. |
Revocation of Authority to Vote |
The delegation by the Trustees of the authority to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities of the Trusts may be revoked by the Trustees, in whole or in part, at any time.
| 5. |
Annual Filing of Proxy Voting Record |
The Adviser shall provide the required data for each proxy voted with respect to portfolio securities of a Trust to that respective Trust or its designated service provider in a timely manner and in a format acceptable to be filed in the Trust’s annual proxy voting report on Form N-PX for the twelve-month period ended June 30. Form N-PX is required to be filed not later than August 31 of each year.
| 6. |
Retention and Oversight of Proxy Advisory Firms |
| A. |
In considering whether to retain or continue retaining a particular proxy advisory firm, the Adviser will ascertain whether the proxy advisory firm has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues, act as proxy voting agent as requested, and implement the Policy. In this regard, the Adviser will consider, at least annually, among other things, the adequacy and quality of the proxy advisory firm’s staffing and personnel and the robustness of its policies and procedures regarding its ability to identify and address any conflicts of interest. The Adviser shall, at least annually, report to the Board regarding the results of this review. |
| B. |
The Adviser will request quarterly and annual reporting from any proxy advisory firm retained by the Adviser, and hold ad hoc meetings with such proxy advisory firm, in order to determine whether there has been any business changes that |
A-1
| might impact the proxy advisory firm’s capacity or competency to provide proxy voting advice or services or changes to the proxy advisory firm’s conflicts policies or procedures. The Adviser will also take reasonable steps to investigate any material factual error, notified to the Adviser by the proxy advisory firm or identified by the Adviser, made by the proxy advisory firm in providing proxy voting services. |
| 7. |
Periodic Sampling |
The Adviser will periodically sample proxy votes to review whether they complied with the Policy. The Adviser shall, at least annually, report to the Board regarding the frequency and results of the sampling performed.
| 8. |
Disclosures |
| A. |
A Trust shall include in its registration statement: |
| 1. |
A description of this policy and of the policies and procedures used by the Adviser to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities; and |
| 2. |
A statement disclosing that information regarding how the Trust voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 is available without charge, upon request, by calling the Trust’s toll-free telephone number; or through a specified Internet address; or both; and on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) website. |
| B. |
A Trust shall include in its annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders: |
| 1. |
A statement disclosing that a description of the policies and procedures used by or on behalf of the Trust to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities of the Funds is available without charge, upon request, by calling the Trust’s toll-free telephone number; through a specified Internet address, if applicable; and on the SEC’s website; and |
| 2. |
A statement disclosing that information regarding how the Trust voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 is available without charge, upon request, by calling the Trust’s toll-free telephone number; or through a specified Internet address; or both; and on the SEC’s website. |
| 9. |
Sub-Advisers |
For certain Funds, the Adviser retains investment management firms (“Sub-advisers”) to provide day-to-day investment management services to the Funds pursuant to sub-advisory agreements. It is the policy of the Trust that the Adviser may delegate proxy voting authority with respect to a Fund to a Sub-adviser. Pursuant to such delegation, a Sub-adviser is authorized to vote proxies on behalf of the applicable Fund or Funds for which it serves as sub-adviser, in accordance with the Sub-adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures.
| 10. |
Review of Policy |
The Trustees shall review this policy to determine its continued sufficiency as necessary from time to time.
|
Adopted (SPDR Series Trust/SPDR Index Shares Funds): |
May 31, 2006 | |
|
Updated: |
August 1, 2007 | |
|
Amended: |
May 29, 2009 | |
|
Amended: |
November 19, 2010 | |
|
Adopted (SSGA Master Trust/SSGA Active Trust)/Amended: |
May 25, 2011 | |
|
Amended: |
February 25, 2016 |
A-2
APPENDIX B
|
Insights Asset Stewardship
March 2020 |
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles |
|||
|
State Street Global Advisors, one of the industry’s largest institutional asset managers, is the investment management arm of State Street Corporation, a leading provider of financial services to institutional investors. As an investment manager, State Street Global Advisors has discretionary proxy voting authority over most of its client accounts, and State Street Global Advisors votes these proxies in the manner that we believe will most likely protect and promote the long-term economic value of client investments as described in this document.1
|
||||
|
|
State Street Global Advisors maintains Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for select markets, including: Australia, the European Union, Japan, New Zealand, North America (Canada and the US), the UK and Ireland, and emerging markets. International markets not covered by our market-specific guidelines are reviewed and voted in a manner that is consistent with our Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles; however, State Street Global Advisors also endeavors to show sensitivity to local market practices when voting in these various markets.
|
|||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Approach to Proxy Voting and Issuer Engagement |
At State Street Global Advisors, we take our fiduciary duties as an asset manager very seriously. We have a dedicated team of corporate governance professionals who help us carry out our duties as a responsible investor. These duties include engaging with companies, developing and enhancing in-house corporate governance guidelines, analyzing corporate governance issues on a case-by-case basis at the company level, and exercising our voting rights. The underlying goal is to maximize shareholder value. |
|||
| Our Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles (the “Principles”) may take different perspectives on common governance issues that vary from one market to another. Similarly, engagement activity may take different forms in order to best achieve long-term engagement goals. We believe that proxy voting and engagement with portfolio companies is often the most direct and productive way for shareholders to exercise their ownership rights. This comprehensive toolkit is an integral part of the overall investment process. | ||||
|
|
||||||
|
||||||
| B-1 | ||||||
|
We believe engagement and voting activity have a direct relationship. As a result, the integration of our engagement activities, while leveraging the exercise of our voting rights, provides a meaningful shareholder tool that we believe protects and enhances the long-term economic value of the holdings in our client accounts. We maximize our voting power and engagement by maintaining a centralized proxy voting and active ownership process covering all holdings, regardless of strategy. Despite the vast investment strategies and objectives across State Street Global Advisors, the fiduciary responsibilities of share ownership and voting for which State Street Global Advisors has voting discretion are carried out with a single voice and objective. |
||||
| The Principles support governance structures that we believe add to, or maximize shareholder value, for the companies held in our clients’ portfolios. We conduct issuer specific engagements with companies to discuss our principles, including sustainability related risks. In addition, we encourage issuers to find ways to increase the amount of direct communication board members have with shareholders. Direct communication with executive board members and independent non-executive directors is critical to helping companies understand shareholder concerns. Conversely, we conduct collaborative engagement activities with multiple shareholders and communicate with company representatives about common concerns where appropriate. | ||||
| In conducting our engagements, we also evaluate the various factors that influence the corporate governance framework of a country, including the macroeconomic conditions and broader political system, the quality of regulatory oversight, the enforcement of property and shareholder rights, and the independence of the judiciary. We understand that regulatory requirements and investor expectations relating to governance practices and engagement activities differ from country to country. As a result, we engage with issuers, regulators, or a combination of the two depending upon the market. We are also a member of various investor associations that seek to address broader corporate governance related policy at the country level as well as issuer- specific concerns at a company level. | ||||
| The State Street Global Advisors Asset Stewardship Team may collaborate with members of the Active Fundamental and various other investment teams to engage with companies on corporate governance issues and to address any specific concerns. This facilitates our comprehensive approach to information gathering as it relates to shareholder items that are to be voted upon at upcoming shareholder meetings. We also conduct issuer-specific engagements with companies covering various corporate governance and sustainability related topics outside of proxy season. | ||||
| The Asset Stewardship Team employs a blend of quantitative and qualitative research, analysis, and data in order to support screens that identify issuers where active engagement may be necessary to protect and promote shareholder value. Issuer engagement may also be event driven, focusing on issuer-specific corporate governance, sustainability concerns, or more broad industry-related trends. We also consider the size of our total position of the issuer in question and/or the potential negative governance, performance profile, and circumstance at hand. As a result, we believe issuer engagement can take many forms and be triggered by numerous circumstances. The following approaches represent how we define engagement methods: | ||||
| Active We use screening tools designed to capture a mix of company-specific data including governance and sustainability profiles to help us focus our voting and engagement activity. We will actively seek direct dialogue with the board and management of companies that we have identified through our screening processes. Such engagements may lead to further monitoring to ensure that the company improves its governance or sustainability practices. In these cases, the engagement process represents the most meaningful opportunity for us to protect long-term shareholder value from excessive risk due to poor governance and sustainability practices. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles | |||||
| B-2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles | |||||
| B-3 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles | |||||
| B-4 | ||||||
| protect shareholder interests. We also believe the right mix of skills, independence, diversity, and qualifications among directors provides boards with the knowledge and direct experience to manage risks and operating structures that are often complex and industry-specific. | ||||
|
Accounting and Audit- Related Issues |
We believe audit committees are critical and necessary as part of the board’s risk oversight role. The audit committee is responsible for setting out an internal audit function that provides robust audit and internal control systems designed to effectively manage potential and emerging risks to the company’s operations and strategy. We believe audit committees should have independent directors as members, and we will hold the members of the audit committee responsible for overseeing the management of the audit function. |
|||
| The disclosure and availability of reliable financial statements in a timely manner is imperative for the investment process. As a result, board oversight of the internal controls and the independence of the audit process are essential if investors are to rely upon financial statements. It is important for the audit committee to appoint external auditors who are independent from management; we expect auditors to provide assurance of a company’s financial condition. | ||||
|
Capital Structure, Reorganization and Mergers |
The ability to raise capital is critical for companies to carry out strategy, to grow, and to achieve returns above their cost of capital. The approval of capital raising activities is fundamental to a shareholder’s ability to monitor the amounts of proceeds and to ensure capital is deployed efficiently. Altering the capital structure of a company is a critical decision for boards. When making such a decision we believe the company should disclose a comprehensive business rationale that is consistent with corporate strategy and not overly dilutive to its shareholders. |
|||
| Mergers or reorganization of the structure of a company often involve proposals relating to reincorporation, restructurings, liquidations, and other major changes to the corporation. | ||||
| Proposals that are in the best interests of shareholders, demonstrated by enhancing share value or improving the effectiveness of the company’s operations, will be supported. In evaluating mergers and acquisitions, we consider the adequacy of the consideration and the impact of the corporate governance provisions to shareholders. In all cases, we use our discretion in order to maximize shareholder value. | ||||
| Occasionally, companies add anti-takeover provisions that reduce the chances of a potential acquirer to make an offer, or to reduce the likelihood of a successful offer. We do not support proposals that reduce shareholders’ rights, entrench management, or reduce the likelihood of shareholders’ right to vote on reasonable offers. | ||||
|
Compensation |
We consider it the board’s responsibility to identify the appropriate level of executive compensation. Despite the differences among the types of plans and the awards possible, there is a simple underlying philosophy that guides our analysis of executive compensation; we believe that there should be a direct relationship between executive compensation and company performance over the long term. |
|||
| Shareholders should have the opportunity to assess whether pay structures and levels are aligned with business performance. When assessing remuneration reports, we consider factors such as adequate disclosure of various remuneration elements, absolute and relative pay levels, | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles | |||||
| B-5 | ||||||
| peer selection and benchmarking, the mix of long-term and short-term incentives, alignment of pay structures with shareholder interests, as well as with corporate strategy and performance. We may oppose remuneration reports where pay seems misaligned with shareholders’ interests. We may also consider executive compensation practices when re-electing members of the remuneration committee. | ||||
| We recognize that compensation policies and practices are unique from market to market; often there are significant differences between the level of disclosures, the amount and forms of compensation paid, and the ability of shareholders to approve executive compensation practices. As a result, our ability to assess the appropriateness of executive compensation is often dependent on market practices and laws. | ||||
|
Environmental and Social Issues |
As a fiduciary, State Street Global Advisors takes a comprehensive approach to engaging with our portfolio companies about material environmental and social (sustainability) issues. We use our voice and our vote through engagement, proxy voting, and thought leadership in order to communicate with issuers and educate market participants about our perspective on important sustainability topics. Our Asset Stewardship program prioritization process allows us to proactively identify companies for engagement and voting in order to mitigate sustainability risks in our portfolio. Through engagement, we address a broad range of topics that align with our thematic priorities and build long-term relationships with issuers. When voting, we fundamentally consider whether the adoption of a shareholder proposal addressing a material sustainability issue would promote long-term shareholder value in the context of the company’s existing practices and disclosures as well as existing market practice. |
|||
| For more information on our approach to environmental and social issues, please see our Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues available at ssga.com/about-us/asset-stewardship.html. | ||||
|
General/Routine |
Although we do not seek involvement in the day-to-day operations of an organization, we recognize the need for conscientious oversight and input into management decisions that may affect a company’s value. We support proposals that encourage economically advantageous corporate practices and governance, while leaving decisions that are deemed to be routine or constitute ordinary business to management and the board of directors.
|
|||
|
Fixed Income Stewardship |
The two elements of our fixed income stewardship program are: |
|||
| Proxy Voting While matters that arise for a vote at bondholder meetings vary by jurisdiction, examples of common proxy voting resolutions at bondholder meetings include: | ||||
|
• Approving amendments to debt covenants and/or terms of issuance |
||||
|
• Authorizing procedural matters, such as filing of required documents/other formalities |
||||
|
• Approving debt restructuring plans |
||||
|
• Abstaining from challenging the bankruptcy trustees |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles | |||||
| B-6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles | |||||
| B-7 | ||||||
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered office: Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240-7600. F: 612 9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647 775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global
Advisors Limited, DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th floor), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971 (0)4-4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose office is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière-Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92. Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich. Authorised and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400. F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited is regulated by the
Central Bank of Ireland. Registered office address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960-R.E.A. 2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose office is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10-20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02 32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345) , Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th floor Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland
Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501. Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorised and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE-105.078.458. T: +41 (0)44 245 70 00. F: +41 (0)44 245 70 16. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No. 5776591 81. Registered office: 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 020 3395 6000. F: 020 3395 6350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210-1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
© 2020 State Street Corporation.
All Rights Reserved.
ID181820-3003736.2.1.GLB.RTL 0320 Exp. Date: 03/31/2021
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles | |||||
| B-8 | ||||||
|
Insights |
||||
|
Asset Stewardship
March 2020 |
Managing Conflicts of Interest Arising From State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Activity |
|||
|
State Street Corporation has a comprehensive standalone Conflicts of Interest Policy and other policies that address a range of conflicts of interests identified. In addition, State Street Global Advisors, the asset management business of State Street Corporation, maintains a conflicts register that identifies key conflicts and describes systems in place to mitigate the conflicts. This guidance1 is designed to act in conjunction with related policies and practices employed by other groups within the organization. Further, they complement those policies and practices by providing specific guidance on managing the conflicts of interests that may arise through State Street Global Advisors’ proxy voting and engagement activities.
|
||||
|
Managing Conflicts of Interest Related to Proxy Voting |
State Street Global Advisors has policies and procedures designed to prevent undue influence on State Street Global Advisors’ voting activities that may arise from relationships between proxy issuers or companies and State Street Corporation, State Street Global Advisors, State Street Global Advisors affiliates, State Street Global Advisors Funds or State Street Global Advisors Fund affiliates.
Protocols designed to help mitigate potential conflicts of interest include:
• Providing sole voting discretion to members of State Street Global Advisors’ Asset Stewardship team. Members of the Asset Stewardship team may from time to time discuss views on proxy voting matters, company performance, strategy etc. with other State Street Corporation or State Street Global Advisors employees including portfolio managers, senior executives and relationship managers. However, final voting decisions are made solely by the |
|||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-9 | ||||||
|
Asset Stewardship team, in a manner that is consistent with the best interests of all clients, taking into account various perspectives on risks and opportunities with a view of maximizing the value of client assets; |
||||
|
• Exercising a singular vote decision for each ballot item regardless of our investment strategy; |
||||
|
• Prohibiting members of State Street Global Advisors’ Asset Stewardship team from disclosing State Street Global Advisors’ voting decision to any individual not affiliated with the proxy voting process prior to the meeting or date of written consent, as the case may be; |
||||
|
• Mandatory disclosure by members of the State Street Global Advisors’ Asset Stewardship team, Global Proxy Review Committee (“PRC”) and Investment Committee (“IC”) of any personal conflict of interest (e.g., familial relationship with company management, serves as a director on the board of a listed company) to the Head of the Asset Stewardship team. Members are required to recuse themselves from any engagement or proxy voting activities related to the conflict; |
||||
|
• In certain instances, client accounts and/or State Street Global Advisors pooled funds, where State Street Global Advisors acts as trustee, may hold shares in State Street Corporation or other State Street Global Advisors affiliated entities, such as mutual funds affiliated with State Street Global Advisors Funds Management, Inc. In general, State Street Global Advisors will outsource any voting decision relating to a shareholder meeting of State Street Corporation or other State Street Global Advisors affiliated entities to independent outside third parties. Delegated third parties exercise vote decisions based upon State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines (“Guidelines”); and |
||||
|
• Reporting of overrides of Guidelines, if any, to the PRC on a quarterly basis. |
||||
|
In general, we do not believe matters that fall within the Guidelines and are voted consistently with the Guidelines present any potential conflicts, since the vote on the matter has effectively been determined without reference to the soliciting entity. However, where matters do not fall within the Guidelines or where we believe that voting in accordance with the Guidelines is unwarranted, we conduct an additional review to determine whether there is a conflict of interest. In circumstances where a conflict has been identified and either: (i) the matter does not fall clearly within the Guidelines; or (ii) State Street Global Advisors determines that voting in accordance with such guidance is not in the best interests of its clients, the Head of the Asset Stewardship team will determine whether a material relationship exists. If so, the matter is referred to the PRC. The PRC then reviews the matter and determines whether a conflict of interest exists, and if so, how to best resolve such conflict. For example, the PRC may (i) determine that the proxy vote does not give rise to a conflict due to the issues presented, (ii) refer the matter to the IC for further evaluation or (iii) retain an independent fiduciary to determine the appropriate vote.
|
||||
|
Endnotes |
1 These Managing Conflicts of Interest Arising From State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Activity Guidelines are also applicable to State Street Global Advisors Funds Management, Inc. State Street Global Advisors Funds Management, Inc. is an SEC-registered investment adviser. State Street Global Advisors Funds Management, Inc., State Street Global Advisors Trust Company, and other advisory affiliates of State Street make up State Street Global Advisors, the investment management arm of State Street Corporation. |
|||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Managing Conflicts of Interest Arising From State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Activity |
|||||
| B-10 | ||||||
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered office: Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240-7600. F: 612 9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647 775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global
Advisors Limited, DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th floor), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971 (0)4-4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose office is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière-Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92. Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich. Authorised and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400. F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited is regulated by the
Central Bank of Ireland. Registered office address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960 - R.E.A. 2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose office is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10 - 20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02 32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345) , Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th floor Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland
Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501. Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorised and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE-105.078.458. T: +41 (0)44 245 70 00. F: +41 (0)44 245 70 16. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No. 5776591 81. Registered office: 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 020 3395 6000. F: 020 3395 6350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210-1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
© 2020 State Street Corporation.
All Rights Reserved.
ID178863-3002323.1.1.GBL.RTL 0320
Exp. Date: 03/31/2021
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Managing Conflicts of Interest Arising From State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Activity |
|||||
| B-11 | ||||||
|
Insights |
||||
|
Asset Stewardship
March 2020 |
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues |
|||
|
Overview |
Our primary fiduciary obligation to our clients is to maximize the long-term returns of their investments. It is our view that material environmental and social (sustainability) issues can both create risk as well as generate long-term value in our portfolios. This philosophy provides the foundation for our value-based approach to Asset Stewardship. |
|||
| We use our voice and our vote through engagement, proxy voting, and thought leadership in order to communicate with issuers and educate market participants about our perspective on important sustainability topics. Our Asset Stewardship program prioritization process allows us to proactively identify companies for engagement and voting in order to mitigate sustainability risks in our portfolio. | ||||
| Through engagement, we address a broad range of topics that align with our thematic priorities and build long-term relationships with issuers. Engagements are often multi- year exercises. We share our views of key topics and also seek to understand the disclosure and practices of issuers. We leverage our long-term relationship with companies to effect change. Voting on sustainability issues is mainly driven through shareholder proposals. However, we may take voting action against directors even in the absence of shareholder proposals for unaddressed concerns pertaining to sustainability matters. | ||||
| In this document we provide additional transparency into our approach to engagement and voting on sustainability- related matters. | ||||
|
Our Approach to Assessing Materiality and Relevance of Sustainability Issues |
While we believe that sustainability-related factors can expose potential investment risks as well as drive long-term value creation, the materiality of specific sustainability issues varies from industry to industry and company by company. With this in mind, we leverage several distinct frameworks as well as additional resources to inform our views on the materiality of a sustainability issue at a given company including: |
|||
|
• The Sustainability Accounting Standards Board’s (SASB) Industry Standards |
||||
|
• The Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) Framework |
||||
|
• Disclosure expectations in a company’s given regulatory environment |
||||
|
• Market expectations for the sector and industry |
||||
|
• Other existing third party frameworks, such as the CDP (formally the Carbon Disclosure Project) or the Global Reporting Initiative |
||||
|
• Our proprietary R-FactorTM1 score |
||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-12 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues | |||||
| B-13 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues | |||||
| B-14 | ||||||
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates.
Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered
offi Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240-7600. F: 612
9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch offi of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647 775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global Advisors
Limited, DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th fl ), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971
(0)4-4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France:
State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose offi is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière- Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92.
Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich.
Authorised and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”).
Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400.
F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State
Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited is regulated by the Central Bank
of Ireland. Registered offi address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960 - R.E.A.
2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose offi is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10 - 20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02
32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345) , Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th fl Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch offi of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in
Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501.
Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorised and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE- 105.078.458. T: +41 (0)44 245 70 00. F: +41 (0)44 245 70 16. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No.
5776591 81. Registered offi 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 020 3395 6000. F: 020 3395 6350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210-1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
© 2020 State Street Corporation.
All Rights Reserved. ID179700-3002028.1.1.GBL
.RTL 0320
Exp. Date: 03/31/2021
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues | |||||
| B-15 | ||||||
|
Insights Asset Stewardship
March 2020 |
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Australia and New Zealand
|
|||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Australia and New Zealand Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines1 outline our expectations of companies listed on stock exchanges in Australia and New Zealand. These Guidelines complement and should be read in conjunction with State Street Global Advisors’ Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles, which provide a detailed explanation of our approach to voting and engaging with companies and State Street Global Advisors’ Conflict Mitigation Guidelines.
|
||||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Australia and New Zealand Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines address areas including board structure, audit related issues, capital structure, remuneration, environmental, social, and other governance related issues.
|
||||
|
When voting and engaging with companies in global markets, we consider market specific nuances in the manner that we believe will best protect and promote the long-term economic value of client investments. We expect companies to observe the relevant laws and regulations of their respective markets as well as country specific best practice guidelines, and corporate governance codes. We may hold companies in such markets to our global standards when we feel that a country’s regulatory requirements do not address some of the key philosophical principles that we believe are fundamental to our global voting guidelines.
|
||||
| In our analysis and research into corporate governance issues in Australia and New Zealand, we expect all companies at a minimum to comply with the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and proactively monitor companies’ adherence to the principles. Consistent with the ‘comply or explain’ expectations established by the Principles, we encourage companies to proactively disclose their level of compliance with the Principles. In instances of non-compliance when companies cannot explain the nuances of their governance structure effectively, either publicly or through engagement, we may vote against the independent board leader. |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-16 | ||||||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Philosophy |
In our view, corporate governance and sustainability issues are an integral part of the investment process. The Asset Stewardship Team consists of investment professionals with expertise in corporate governance and company law, remuneration, accounting, and environmental and social issues. We have established robust corporate governance principles and practices that are backed with extensive analytical expertise in order to understand the complexities of the corporate governance landscape. We engage with companies to provide insight on the principles and practices that drive our voting decisions. We also conduct proactive engagement to address significant shareholder concerns and environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) issues in a manner consistent with maximizing shareholder value. |
|||
| The team works alongside members of State Street Global Advisors’ Active Fundamental and Asia-Pacific (“APAC”) investment teams, collaborating on issuer engagement and providing input on company specific fundamentals. We are also a member of various investor associations that seek to address broader corporate governance related policy issues in the region. | ||||
|
State Street Global Advisors is a signatory to the United Nations Principles of Responsible Investment (“UNPRI”). We are committed to sustainable investing and are working to further integrate ESG principles into investment and corporate governance practices where applicable and consistent with our fiduciary duty.
|
||||
|
Directors and Boards |
Principally we believe the primary responsibility of the board of directors is to preserve and enhance shareholder value and protect shareholder interests. In order to carry out their primary responsibilities, directors have to undertake activities that range from setting strategy and overseeing executive management to monitoring the risks that arise from a company’s business, including risks related to sustainability issues. Further, good corporate governance necessitates the existence of effective internal controls and risk management systems, which should be governed by the board. |
|||
| State Street Global Advisors believes that a well constituted board of directors with a good balance of skills, expertise, and independence provides the foundations for a well governed company. We view board quality as a measure of director independence, director succession planning, board diversity, evaluations and refreshment, and company governance practices. We vote for the election/re-election of directors on a case-by-case basis after considering various factors including board quality, general market practice, and availability of information on director skills and expertise. In principle, we believe independent directors are crucial to corporate governance and help management establish sound ESG policies and practices. A sufficiently independent board will most effectively monitor management and perform oversight functions necessary to protect shareholder interests. We expect boards of ASX 300 and New Zealand listed companies to be comprised of at least a majority of independent directors. At all other Australian listed companies, we expect boards to be comprised of at least one-third independent directors. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Australia and New Zealand | |||||
| B-17 | ||||||
|
Our broad criteria for director independence in Australia and New Zealand include factors such as: |
||||
|
• Participation in related-party transactions and other business relations with the company |
||||
|
• Employment history with company |
||||
|
• Relations with controlling shareholders |
||||
|
• Family ties with any of the company’s advisers, directors, or senior employees |
||||
| When voting on the election or re-election of a director, we also consider the number of outside board directorships that a non-executive and an executive may undertake. Thus, we may withhold votes from board chairs and lead independent directors who sit on more than three public company boards, and from non-executive directors who hold more than four public company board mandates. We may also take voting action against named executive officers who undertake more than two public board memberships. We also consider attendance at board meetings and may withhold votes from directors who attend less than 75% of board meetings without appropriate explanation or providing reason for their failure to meet the attendance threshold. In addition, we monitor other factors that may influence the independence of a non-executive director, such as performance-related pay, cross-directorships, significant shareholdings, and tenure. We support the annual election of directors and encourages Australian and New Zealand companies to adopt this practice. | ||||
| While we are generally supportive of having the roles of chairman and CEO separated in the Australian and New Zealand markets, we assess the division of responsibilities between chairman and CEO on a case-by-case basis, giving consideration to factors such as company-specific circumstances, overall level of independence on the board and general corporate governance standards in the company. Similarly, we will monitor for circumstances in which a combined chairman/CEO is appointed or where a former CEO becomes chairman. | ||||
| We may also consider board performance and directors who appear to be remiss in the performance of their oversight responsibilities when analyzing their suitability for reappointment (e.g. fraud, criminal wrongdoing and breach of fiduciary responsibilities). | ||||
| We believe companies should have committees for audit, remuneration, and nomination oversight. The audit committee is responsible for monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of the company, appointing external auditors, monitoring their qualifications and independence, and their effectiveness and resource levels. ASX Corporate Governance Principles requires listed companies to have an audit committee of at least three members all of whom are non-executive directors and a majority of whom are independent directors. It also requires that the committee be chaired by an independent director who is not the chair of the board. We hold Australian and New Zealand companies to our global standards for developed financial markets by requiring that all members of the audit committee be independent directors. | ||||
| In our analysis of boards, we consider whether board members have adequate skills to provide effective oversight of corporate strategy, operations, and risks, including environmental and social issues. Boards should also have a regular evaluation process in place to assess the effectiveness of the board and the skills of board members to address issues, such as emerging risks, changes to corporate strategy, and diversification of operations and geographic footprint. The nomination committee is responsible for evaluating and reviewing the balance of skills, knowledge, and experience of the board. It also ensures that adequate succession plans are in place for directors and the CEO. We may vote against the re-election of members of the nomination committee if the board has failed to address concerns over board structure or succession. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Australia and New Zealand | |||||
| B-18 | ||||||
| Further, we expect boards of ASX 300 listed companies to have at least one female board member. If a company fails to meet this expectation, State Street Global Advisors may vote against the Chair of the board’s nominating committee or the board leader in the absence of a nominating committee, if necessary. Additionally, if a company fails to meet this expectation for four consecutive years, State Street Global Advisors may vote against all incumbent members of the nominating committee. | ||||
| Executive pay is another important aspect of corporate governance. We believe that executive pay should be determined by the board of directors. We expect companies to have in place remuneration committees to provide independent oversight over executive pay. ASX Corporate Governance Principles requires listed companies to have a remuneration committee of at least three members all of whom are non-executive directors and a majority of whom are independent directors. Since Australia has a non-binding vote on pay with a two-strike rule requiring a board spill vote in the event of a second strike, we believe that the vote provides investors a mechanism to address concerns they may have on the quality of oversight provided by the board on remuneration issues. Accordingly our voting guidelines accommodate local market practice. | ||||
| State Street Global Advisors may take voting action against board members at companies on the ASX 100 that are laggards based on their R-FactorTM scores2 and cannot articulate how they plan to improve their score. | ||||
|
Indemnification and Limitations on Liability |
Generally, State Street Global Advisors supports proposals to limit directors’ liability and/or expand indemnification and liability protection up to the limit provided by law, if he or she has not acted in bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. |
|||
|
Audit-Related Issues |
Companies should have robust internal audit and internal control systems designed for effective management of any potential and emerging risks to company operations and strategy. The responsibility of setting out an internal audit function lies with the audit committee, which should have independent non-executive directors designated as members. |
|||
|
Appointment of External Auditors |
State Street Global Advisors believes that a company’s auditor is an essential feature of an effective and transparent system of external supervision. Shareholders should be given the opportunity to vote on their appointment or to re-appoint at the annual meeting. When appointing external auditors and approving audit fees, we will take into consideration the level of detail in company disclosures. We will generally not support resolutions if adequate breakdown is not provided and if non-audit fees are more than 50% of audit fees. In addition, we may vote against members of the audit committee if we have concerns with audit-related issues or if the level of non-audit fees to audit fees is significant. In certain circumstances, we may consider auditor tenure when evaluating the audit process. |
|||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Australia and New Zealand | |||||
| B-19 | ||||||
|
Shareholder Rights and Capital- Related Issues Share Issuances
|
||||
|
Share Issuances |
The ability to raise capital is critical for companies to carry out strategy, to grow, and to achieve returns above their cost of capital. The approval of capital raising activities is fundamental to shareholders’ ability to monitor the returns and to ensure capital is deployed efficiently. State Street Global Advisors supports capital increases that have sound business reasons and are not excessive relative to a company’s existing capital base.
Pre-emption rights are a fundamental right for shareholders to protect their investment in a company. Where companies seek to issue new shares without pre-emption rights, we may vote against if such authorities are greater than 20% of the issued share capital. We may also vote against resolutions seeking authority to issue capital with pre-emption rights if the aggregate amount allowed seems excessive and is not justified by the board. Generally, we are against capital issuance proposals greater than 100% of the issued share capital when the proceeds are not intended for specific purpose. |
|||
|
Share Repurchase Programs |
We generally support proposals to repurchase shares, unless the issuer does not clearly state the business purpose for the program, a definitive number of shares to be repurchased, and the timeframe for the repurchase. We may vote against share repurchase requests that allow share repurchases during a takeover period. |
|||
|
Dividends |
We generally support dividend payouts that constitute 30% or more of net income. We may vote against the dividend payouts if the dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30% without adequate explanation. We may also vote against if the payout is excessive given the company’s financial position. Particular attention will be warranted when the payment may damage the company’s long-term financial health. |
|||
|
Mergers and Acquisitions |
Mergers or reorganization of the company structure often involve proposals relating to reincorporation, restructurings, liquidations, and other major changes to the corporation. Proposals that are in the best interests of shareholders, demonstrated by enhancing share value or improving the effectiveness of the company’s operations, will be supported. In general, provisions that are not viewed as financially sound or are thought to be destructive to shareholders’ rights are not supported. We will generally support transactions that maximize shareholder value. Some of the considerations include:
• Offer premium
• Strategic rationale
• Board oversight of the process for the recommended transaction, including, director and/or management conflicts of interest |
|||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Australia and New Zealand | |||||
| B-20 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Australia and New Zealand | |||||
| B-21 | ||||||
|
Risk Management |
State Street Global Advisors believes that risk management is a key function of the board, which is responsible for setting the overall risk appetite of a company and for providing oversight on the risk management process established by senior executives at a company. We allow boards to have discretion over the ways in which they provide oversight in this area. However, we expect companies to disclose ways in which the board provides oversight on its risk management system and to identify key risks facing the company. Boards should also review existing and emerging risks that evolve in tandem with the political and economic landscape or as companies diversify or expand their operations into new areas. |
|||||
|
Environmental and Social Issues |
As a fiduciary, State Street Global Advisors takes a comprehensive approach to engaging with our portfolio companies about material environmental and social (sustainability) issues. We use our voice and our vote through engagement, proxy voting, and thought leadership in order to communicate with issuers and educate market participants about our perspective on important sustainability topics. Our Asset Stewardship program prioritization process allows us to proactively identify companies for engagement and voting in order to mitigate sustainability risks in our portfolio. Through engagement, we address a broad range of topics that align with our thematic priorities and build long-term relationships with issuers. When voting, we fundamentally consider whether the adoption of a shareholder proposal addressing a material sustainability issue would promote long-term shareholder value in the context of the company’s existing practices and disclosures as well as existing market practice.
For more information on our approach to environmental and social issues, please see our Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues available at ssga.com/about-us/asset-stewardship.html. |
|||||
|
More Information |
Any client who wishes to receive information on how its proxies were voted should contact its State Street Global Advisors relationship manager.
|
|||||
|
Endnotes |
1 These Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines are also applicable to SSGA Funds Management, Inc. SSGA Funds Management, Inc. is an SEC registered investment adviser. SSGA Funds Management, Inc., State Street Global Advisors Trust Company, and other advisory affiliates of State Street make up State Street Global Advisors, the investment management arm of State Street Corporation. |
2 R-FactorTM is a scoring system created by SSGA that measures the performance of a company’s business operations and governance as it relates to financially material ESG factors facing the company’s industry. |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Australia and New Zealand | |||||
| B-22 | ||||||
|
About State Street Global Advisors |
Our clients are the world’s governments, institutions and financial advisors. To help them achieve their financial goals we live our guiding principles each and every day: |
|||
|
• Start with rigor
• Build from breadth
• Invest as stewards
• Invent the future |
||||
| For four decades, these principles have helped us be the quiet power in a tumultuous investing world. Helping millions of people secure their financial futures. This takes each of our employees in 27 offices around the world, and a firm-wide conviction that we can always do it better. As a result, we are the world’s third-largest asset manager with US $3.12 trillion* under our care. | ||||
|
* AUM reflects approximately $43.72 billion USD (as of December 31, 2019), with respect to which State Street Global Advisors Funds Distributors, LLC (SSGA FD) serves as marketing agent; SSGA FD and State Street Global Advisors are affiliated. |
||||
|
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered office: Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240-7600. F: 612 9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647 775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global |
Advisors Limited, DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th floor), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971 (0)4-4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose office is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière-Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92. Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich. Authorised and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400. F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited is regulated by the | Central Bank of Ireland. Registered office address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960-R.E.A. 2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose office is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10-20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02 32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345) , Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th floor Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland |
Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501. Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorised and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE-105.078.458. T: +41 (0)44 245 70 00. F: +41 (0)44 245 70 16. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No. 5776591 81. Registered office: 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 020 3395 6000. F: 020 3395 6350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210-1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
© 2020 State Street Corporation. All Rights Reserved. ID178858-3001282.1.1.GBL.RTL 0320 Exp. Date: 03/31/2021 |
|||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Australia and New Zealand | |||||
| B-23 | ||||||
|
Insights |
||||
|
Asset Stewardship
March 2020 |
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||
| State Street Global Advisors’ European Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines1 cover different corporate governance frameworks and practices in European markets, excluding the United Kingdom and Ireland. These guidelines complement and should be read in conjunction with State Street Global Advisors’ Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles, which provide a detailed explanation of our approach to voting and engaging with companies, and State Street Global Advisors’ Conflict Mitigation Guidelines. | ||||
|
|
||||
| State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines in European markets address areas such as board structure, audit-related issues, capital structure, remuneration, as well as environmental, social and other governance-related issues. | ||||
| When voting and engaging with companies in European markets, we consider market-specific nuances in the manner that we believe will most likely protect and promote the long-term financial value of client investments. We expect companies to observe the relevant laws and regulations of their respective markets, as well as country-specific best practice guidelines and corporate governance codes. We may hold companies in some markets to our global standards when we feel that a country’s regulatory requirements do not address some of the key philosophical principles that we believe are fundamental to our global voting guidelines. | ||||
| In our analysis and research into corporate governance issues in European companies, we also consider guidance issued by the European Commission and country-specific governance codes. We proactively monitor companies’ adherence to applicable guidance and requirements. Consistent with the diverse ”comply-or-explain” expectations established by guidance and codes, we encourage companies to proactively disclose their level of compliance with applicable provisions and requirements. In cases of non-compliance, when companies cannot explain the nuances of their governance structure effectively, either publicly or through engagement, we may vote against the independent board leader. | ||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-24 | ||||||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Philosophy |
Corporate governance and sustainability issues are an integral part of the investment process. The Asset Stewardship Team consists of investment professionals with expertise in corporate governance and company law, remuneration, accounting, and environmental and social issues. We have established robust corporate governance principles and practices that are backed with extensive analytical expertise in order to understand the complexities of the corporate governance landscape. We engage with companies to provide insight on the principles and practices that drive our voting decisions. We also conduct proactive engagement to address significant shareholder concerns and environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) issues in a manner consistent with maximizing shareholder value. |
|||
| The team works alongside members of State Street Global Advisors’ Active Fundamental and Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) investment teams, collaborating on issuer engagement and providing input on company-specific fundamentals. | ||||
|
|
State Street Global Advisors is a signatory to the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment (“UNPRI”). We are committed to sustainable investing; thus, we are working to further integrate ESG principles into investment and corporate governance practices where applicable and consistent with our fiduciary duty.
|
|||
| Directors and Boards | Principally, we believe the primary responsibility of the board of directors is to preserve and enhance shareholder value, and to protect shareholder interests. In order to carry out their primary responsibilities, directors have to undertake activities that range from setting strategy and overseeing executive management, to monitoring the risks that arise from a company’s business, including risks related to sustainability issues. Further, good corporate governance necessitates the existence of effective internal controls and risk management systems, which should be governed by the board. | |||
|
We believe that a well constituted board of directors, with a balance of skills, expertise and independence, provides the foundations for a well governed company. We view board quality as a measure of director independence, director succession planning, board diversity, evaluations and refreshment, and company governance practices. We vote for the election/re-election of directors on a case-by-case basis after considering various factors, including board quality, general market practice, and availability of information on director skills and expertise. In principle, we believe independent directors are crucial to good corporate governance and help management establish sound corporate governance policies and practices. A sufficiently independent board will most effectively monitor management and perform oversight functions necessary to protect shareholder interests. |
||||
| Our broad criteria for director independence in European companies include factors such as: | ||||
|
• Participation in related–party transactions and other business relations with the company |
||||
|
• Employment history with the company |
||||
|
• Relations with controlling shareholders |
||||
|
• Family ties with any of the company’s advisers, directors or senior employees |
||||
|
• Serving as an employee or government representative and |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||||
| B-25 | ||||||
|
• Overall average board tenure and individual director tenure at issuers with classified and de-classified boards, respectively |
||||
|
• Company classification of a director as non-independent |
||||
| While overall board independence requirements and board structures differ from market to market, we consider voting against directors we deem non-independent if overall board independence is below one-third or if overall independence level is below 50% after excluding employee representatives and/or directors elected in accordance with local laws who are not elected by shareholders. We may withhold support for a proposal to discharge the board if a company fails to meet adequate governance standards or board level independence. | ||||
| We also assess the division of responsibilities between chair and CEO on a case-by-case basis, giving consideration to factors such as overall level of independence on the board and general corporate governance standards in the company. However, we may take voting action against the chair or members of the nominating committee at the STOXX Europe 600 companies that have combined the roles of chair and CEO and have not appointed an independent deputy chair or a lead independent director. | ||||
| When voting on the election or re-election of a director, we also consider the number of outside board directorships a non-executive and an executive may undertake. Thus, we may withhold votes from board chairs and lead independent directors who sit on more than three public company boards, and from non-executive directors who hold more than four public company board mandates. We may also take voting action against named executive officers who undertake more than two public board memberships. | ||||
| We also consider attendance at board meetings and may withhold votes from directors who attend less than 75% of board meetings without appropriate explanation or providing reason for their failure to meet the attendance threshold . In addition, we monitor other factors that may influence the independence of a non-executive director, such as performance-related pay, cross-directorships and significant shareholdings. Moreover, we may vote against the election of a director whose biographical disclosures are insufficient to assess his or her role on the board and/or independence. | ||||
| Further, we expect boards of STOXX Europe 600 listed companies to have at least one female board member. If a company fails to meet this expectation, State Street Global Advisors may vote against the Chair of the board’s nominating committee or the board leader in the absence of a nominating committee, if necessary. | ||||
| Although we generally are in favour of the annual election of directors, we recognise that director terms vary considerably in different European markets. We may vote against article/bylaw changes that seek to extend director terms. In addition, we may vote against directors if their terms extend beyond four years in certain markets. | ||||
| We believe companies should have relevant board level committees for audit, remuneration and nomination oversight. The audit committee is responsible for monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of the company, appointing external auditors, monitoring their qualifications and independence, and assessing effectiveness and resource levels. Similarly, executive pay is an important aspect of corporate governance, and it should be determined by the board of directors. We expect companies to have remuneration committees to provide independent oversight of executive pay. We may vote against nominees who are executive members of audit or remuneration committees. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||||
| B-26 | ||||||
|
In our analysis of boards, we consider whether board members have adequate skills to provide effective oversight of corporate strategy, operations, and risks, including environmental and social issues. Boards should also have a regular evaluation process in place to assess the effectiveness of the board and the skills of board members to address issues such as emerging risks, changes to corporate strategy, and diversification of operations and geographic footprint. |
||||
| In certain European markets it is not uncommon for the election of directors to be presented in a single slate. In these cases, where executives serve on the audit or the remuneration committees, we may vote against the entire slate. | ||||
| We may also consider factors such as board performance and directors who appear to be remiss in the performance of their oversight responsibilities (e.g. fraud, criminal wrongdoing and/or breach of fiduciary responsibilities). | ||||
| State Street Global Advisors may take voting action against board members at companies on the DAX 30 and CAC 40 that are laggards based on their R-FactorTM scores2 and cannot articulate how they plan to improve their score. | ||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Indemnification and Limitations on Liability |
Generally, we support proposals to limit directors’ liability and/or expand indemnification and liability protection up to the limit provided by law if a director has not acted in bad faith, with gross negligence, or with reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Audit-Related Issues | Companies should have robust internal audit and internal control systems designed for effective management of any potential and emerging risks to company operations and strategy. The responsibility of setting up an internal audit function lies with the audit committee, which should have as members independent non-executive directors. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Appointment of External Auditors | We believe that a company’s auditor is an essential feature of an effective and transparent system of external supervision. Shareholders should be given the opportunity to vote on their appointment or re-appoint them at the annual meeting. When appointing external auditors and approving audit fees, we consider the level of detail in company disclosures; we will generally not support such resolutions if adequate breakdown is not provided and if non-audit fees are more than 50% of audit fees. In addition, we may vote against members of the audit committee if we have concerns with audit-related issues or if the level of non-audit fees to audit fees is significant. We may consider auditor tenure when evaluating the audit process in certain circumstances. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Limit Legal Liability of External Auditors | We generally oppose limiting the legal liability of audit firms as we believe this could create a negative impact on the quality of the audit function. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Shareholder Rights and Capital-Related Issues | In some European markets, differential voting rights continue to exist. State Street Global Advisors supports the one-share, one-vote policy and favors a share structure where all shares have equal voting rights. We believe pre-emption rights should be introduced for shareholders in order to provide adequate protection from excessive dilution from the issuance of new shares or convertible securities to third parties or a small number of select shareholders. | |||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||||
| B-27 | ||||||
|
Unequal Voting Rights |
We generally oppose proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of common stock with superior voting rights. We will generally oppose the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution and other rights. In addition, we will not support capitalization changes that add classes of stock with undefined voting rights or classes that may dilute the voting interests of existing shareholders. We support proposals to abolish voting caps and capitalization changes that eliminate other classes of stock and/or unequal voting rights. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
| Increase in Authorized Capital | The ability to raise capital is critical for companies to carry out strategy, to grow, and to achieve returns above their cost of capital. The approval of capital raising activities is fundamental to shareholders’ ability to monitor returns and to ensure capital is deployed efficiently. We support capital increases that have sound business reasons and are not excessive relative to a company’s existing capital base. | |||
| Pre-emption rights are a fundamental right for shareholders to protect their investment in a company. Where companies seek to issue new shares whilst disapplying pre-emption rights, we may vote against if such authorities are greater than 20% of the issued share capital. We may also vote against resolutions that seek authority to issue capital with pre-emption rights if the aggregate amount allowed seems excessive and is not justified by the board. Generally, we oppose capital issuance proposals greater than 100% of the issued share capital when the proceeds are not intended for a specific purpose. | ||||
|
|
|
|||
| Share Repurchase Programs | We typically support proposals to repurchase shares; however, there are exceptions in some cases. We do not support repurchases if the issuer does not clearly state the business purpose for the program, a definitive number of shares to be repurchased, the range of premium/ discount to market price at which the company can repurchase shares, and the timeframe for the repurchase. We may vote against share repurchase requests that allow share repurchases during a takeover period. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Dividends | We generally support dividend payouts that constitute 30% or more of net income. We may vote against the dividend payouts if the dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30% without adequate explanation or the payout is excessive given the company’s financial position. Particular attention will be paid to cases in which the payment may damage the company’s long-term financial health. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Related-Party Transactions | Some companies in European markets have a controlled ownership structure and complex cross-shareholdings between subsidiaries and parent companies (“related companies”). Such structures may result in the prevalence of related-party transactions between the company and its various stakeholders, such as directors and management, subsidiaries and shareholders. In markets where shareholders are required to approve such transactions, we expect companies to provide details of the transaction, such as the nature, the value and the purpose of such a transaction. We also encourage independent directors to ratify such transactions. Further, we encourage companies to describe the level of independent board oversight and the approval process, including details of any independent valuations provided by financial advisors on related-party transactions. | |||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||||
| B-28 | ||||||
|
Mergers and Acquisitions |
Mergers or restructurings often involve proposals relating to reincorporation, restructurings, mergers, liquidation and other major changes to the corporation. Proposals will be supported if they are in the best interest of the shareholders, which is demonstrated by enhancing share value or improving the effectiveness of the company’s operations. In general, provisions that are not viewed as financially sound or are thought to be destructive to shareholders’ rights are not supported. |
|||
| We will generally support transactions that maximize shareholder value. Some of the considerations include: | ||||
|
• Offer premium |
||||
|
• Strategic rationale |
||||
|
• Board oversight of the process for the recommended transaction, including director and/or management conflicts of interest |
||||
|
• Offers made at a premium and where there are no other higher bidders |
||||
|
• Offers in which the secondary market price is substantially lower than the net asset value |
||||
| We may vote against a transaction considering the following: | ||||
|
• Offers with potentially damaging consequences for minority shareholders because of illiquid stock |
||||
|
• Offers where we believe there is a reasonable prospect for an enhanced bid or other bidders |
||||
|
• The current market price of the security exceeds the bid price at the time of voting. |
||||
|
|
|
|||
| Anti–Takeover Measures | European markets have diverse regulations concerning the use of share issuances as takeover defenses, with legal restrictions lacking in some markets. We support the one-share, one-vote policy. For example, dual-class capital structures entrench certain shareholders and management, insulating them from possible takeovers. We oppose unlimited share issuance authorizations because they can be used as anti-takeover devices. They have the potential for substantial voting and earnings dilution. We also monitor the duration of time for authorities to issue shares, as well as whether there are restrictions and caps on multiple issuance authorities during the specified time periods. We oppose antitakeover defenses, such as authorities for the board when subject to a hostile takeover to issue warrants convertible into shares to existing shareholders. | |||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||||
| B-29 | ||||||
|
Remuneration |
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
| Executive Pay | Despite the differences among the various types of plans and awards, there is a simple underlying philosophy that guides our analysis of executive pay: there should be a direct relationship between remuneration and company performance over the long term. | |||
| Shareholders should have the opportunity to assess whether pay structures and levels are aligned with business performance. When assessing remuneration reports, we consider factors such as adequate disclosure of remuneration elements, absolute and relative pay levels, peer selection and benchmarking, the mix of long-term and short-term incentives, alignment of pay structures with shareholder interests, corporate strategy and performance. We may oppose remuneration reports where pay seems misaligned with shareholders’ interests. We may also vote against the re-election of members of the remuneration committee if we have serious concerns about remuneration practices and if the company has not been responsive to shareholder pressure to review its approach. | ||||
|
|
|
|||
| Equity Incentives Plans | We may not support proposals regarding equity-based incentive plans where insufficient information is provided on matters, including grant limits, performance metrics, performance and vesting periods, and overall dilution. Generally, we do not support options under such plans being issued at a discount to market price or plans that allow for retesting of performance metrics. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Non–Executive Director Pay | In European markets, proposals seeking shareholder approval for non-executive directors’ fees are generally not controversial. We typically support resolutions regarding directors’ fees unless disclosure is poor and we are unable to determine whether the fees are excessive relative to fees paid by comparable companies. We will evaluate any non-cash or performance-related pay to non-executive directors on a company-by-company basis. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Risk Management | We believe that risk management is a key function of the board, which is responsible for setting the overall risk appetite of a company and for providing oversight on the risk management process established by senior executives at a company. We allow boards discretion regarding the ways in which they provide oversight in this area. However, we expect companies to disclose how the board provides oversight on its risk management system and risk identification. Boards should also review existing and emerging risks, as they can change with a changing political and economic landscape or as companies diversify or expand their operations into new areas. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Environmental and Social Issues | As a fiduciary, State Street Global Advisors takes a comprehensive approach to engaging with our portfolio companies about material environmental and social (sustainability) issues. We use our voice and our vote through engagement, proxy voting and thought leadership in order to communicate with issuers and educate market participants about our perspective on important sustainability topics. Our Asset Stewardship program prioritization process allows us to proactively identify companies for engagement and voting in order to mitigate sustainability risks in our portfolio. Through engagement, we address a broad range of topics that align with our thematic priorities and build long-term relationships with issuers. When voting, we fundamentally consider whether the adoption of a shareholder proposal addressing a material sustainability issue would promote long-term shareholder value in the context of the company’s existing practices and disclosures as well as existing market practice. | |||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||||
| B-30 | ||||||
|
For more information on our approach to environmental and social issues, please see our Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues available at ssga.com/about-us/asset-stewardship.html. |
||||||
|
|
|
|||||
| More Information | Any client who wishes to receive information on how its proxies were voted should contact its State Street Global Advisors relationship manager. | |||||
|
|
|
|||||
| Endnotes |
1 These Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines are also applicable to SSGA Funds Management, Inc. SSGA Funds Management, Inc. is an SEC registered investment adviser. SSGA Funds Management, Inc., State Street Global Advisors Trust Company, and other advisory affiliates of State Street make up State Street Global Advisors, the investment management arm of State Street Corporation. |
2 R-FactorTM is a scoring system created by SSGA that measures the performance of a company’s business operations and governance as it relates to financially material ESG factors facing the company’s industry. |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||||
| B-31 | ||||||
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered office: Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240- 7600. F: 612 9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647 775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global Advisors Limited,
DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th floor), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971 (0)4- 4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose office is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière- Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92. Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich. Authorised and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400. F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. Registered office
address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960 - R.E.A. 2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose office is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10 - 20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02 32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345) , Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th floor Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number
145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501. Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorised and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE-105.078.458. T: +41 (0)44 245 70 00. F: +41 (0)44 245 70 16. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No. 5776591 81. Registered office: 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 020 3395 6000. F: 020 3395 6350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210-1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
© 2020 State Street Corporation.
All Rights Reserved.
ID178878-3001282.1.1 0320
Exp. Date: 03/31/2021
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||||
| B-32 | ||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-33 | ||||||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Philosophy |
In our view, corporate governance and sustainability issues are an integral part of the investment process. The Asset Stewardship Team consists of investment professionals with expertise in corporate governance and company law, remuneration, accounting, and environmental and social issues. We have established robust corporate governance principles and practices that are backed with extensive analytical expertise to understand the complexities of the corporate governance landscape. We engage with companies to provide insight on the principles and practices that drive our voting decisions. We also conduct proactive engagement to address significant shareholder concerns and environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) issues in a manner consistent with maximizing shareholder value. |
|||
| The team works alongside members of State Street Global Advisors’ Active Fundamental and Asia-Pacific (“APAC”) Investment Teams; the teams collaborate on issuer engagement and provide input on company specific fundamentals. We are also a member of various investor associations that seek to address broader corporate governance related policy issues in Japan. | ||||
| State Street Global Advisors is a signatory to the United Nations Principles of Responsible Investment (“UNPRI”) and is compliant with Japan’s Stewardship Code and Corporate Governance Code. We are committed to sustainable investing and are working to further integrate ESG principles into investment and corporate governance practices where applicable and consistent with our fiduciary duty. | ||||
|
Directors and Boards |
Principally, we believe the primary responsibility of the board of directors is to preserve and enhance shareholder value and protect shareholder interests. In order to carry out their primary responsibilities, directors have to undertake activities that range from setting strategy and overseeing executive management to monitoring the risks that arise from a company’s business, including risks related to sustainability issues. Further, good corporate governance necessitates the existence of effective internal controls and risk management systems, which should be governed by the board. |
|||
| State Street Global Advisors believes that a well constituted board of directors with a balance of skills, expertise, and independence, provides the foundation for a well governed company. We view board quality as a measure of director independence, director succession planning, board diversity, evaluations and refreshment, and company governance practices. We vote for the election/re-election of directors on a case-by-case basis after considering various factors, including board quality, general market practice, and availability of information on director skills and expertise. In principle, we believe independent directors are crucial to robust corporate governance and help management establish sound corporate governance policies and practices. A sufficiently independent board will most effectively monitor management and perform oversight functions that are necessary to protect shareholder interests. | ||||
| Further we expect boards of TOPIX 500 listed companies to have at least one female board member. If a company fails to meet this expectation, State Street Global Advisors may vote against the Chair of the board’s nominating committee or the board leader in the absence of a nominating committee, if necessary. | ||||
| Japanese companies have the option of having a traditional board of directors with statutory auditors, a board with a committee structure, or a hybrid board with a board level audit committee. We will generally support companies that seek shareholder approval to adopt a committee or hybrid board structure. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Japan | |||||
| B-34 | ||||||
|
Most Japanese issuers prefer the traditional statutory auditor structure. Statutory auditors act in a quasi-compliance role, as they are not involved in strategic decision-making nor are they part of the formal management decision process. Statutory auditors attend board meetings but do not have voting rights at the board; however, they have the right to seek an injunction and conduct broad investigations of unlawful behavior in the company’s operations. |
||||
| State Street Global Advisors will support the election of statutory auditors, unless the outside statutory auditor nominee is regarded as non-independent based on our criteria, the outside statutory auditor has attended less than 75 percent of meetings of the board of directors or board of statutory auditors during the year under review, or the statutory auditor has been remiss in the performance of their oversight responsibilities (fraud, criminal wrong doing, and breach of fiduciary responsibilities). | ||||
| For companies with a statutory auditor structure there is no legal requirement that boards have outside directors; however, we believe there should be a transparent process of independent and external monitoring of management on behalf of shareholders. | ||||
|
• We believe that boards of TOPIX 500 companies should have at least three independent directors or be at least one-third independent, whichever requires fewer independent directors. Otherwise, we may oppose the board leader who is responsible for the director nomination process. |
||||
|
• For controlled, non-TOPIX 500 companies with a statutory auditor structure or hybrid structure, we may oppose the board leader if the board does not have at least two independent directors. |
||||
|
• For non-controlled, non-TOPIX 500 companies with a statutory auditor structure or hybrid structure, State Street Global Advisors may oppose the board leader, if the board does not have at least two outside directors. |
||||
| For companies with a committee structure or a hybrid board structure, we also take into consideration the overall independence level of the committees. In determining director independence, we consider the following factors: | ||||
|
• Participation in related-party transactions and other business relations with the company |
||||
|
• Past employment with the company |
||||
|
• Professional services provided to the company |
||||
|
• Family ties with the company |
||||
| Regardless of board structure, we may oppose the election of a director for the following reasons: | ||||
|
• Failure to attend board meetings |
||||
|
• In instances of egregious actions related to a director’s service on the board |
||||
| State Street Global Advisors may take voting action against board members at companies on the TOPIX 100 that are laggards based on their R-FactorTM scores2 and cannot articulate how they plan to improve their score. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Japan | |||||
| B-35 | ||||||
|
Indemnification and Limitations on Liability |
Generally, State Street Global Advisors supports proposals to limit directors’ and statutory auditors’ liability and/or expand indemnification and liability protection up to the limit provided by law, if he or she has not acted in bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. We believe limitations and indemnification are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors.
|
|||
|
Audit-Related Items |
State Street Global Advisors believes that a company’s auditor is an essential feature of an effective and transparent system of external supervision. Shareholders should have the opportunity to vote on the appointment of the auditor at the annual meeting.
|
|||
|
Ratifying External Auditors |
We generally support the appointment of external auditors unless the external auditor is perceived as being non-independent and there are concerns about the accounts presented and the audit procedures followed.
|
|||
|
Limiting Legal Liability of External Auditors
|
We generally oppose limiting the legal liability of audit firms as we believe this could create a negative impact on the quality of the audit function.
|
|||
|
Capital Structure, Reorganization, and Mergers |
State Street Global Advisors supports the “one share one vote” policy and favors a share structure where all shares have equal voting rights. We support proposals to abolish voting caps or multiple voting rights and will oppose measures to introduce these types of restrictions on shareholder rights. |
|||
|
We believe pre-emption rights should be introduced for shareholders. This can provide adequate protection from excessive dilution due to the issuance of new shares or convertible securities to third parties or a small number of select shareholders.
|
||||
|
Unequal Voting Rights |
We generally oppose proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of common stock with superior voting rights. We will generally oppose new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights. In addition, we will not support capitalization changes that add classes of stock with undefined voting rights or classes that may dilute the voting interests of existing shareholders.
However, we will support capitalization changes that eliminate other classes of stock and/or unequal voting rights.
|
|||
|
Increase in Authorized Capital |
We generally support increases in authorized capital where the company provides an adequate explanation for the use of shares. In the absence of an adequate explanation, we may oppose the request if the increase in authorized capital exceeds 100% of the currently authorized capital. Where share issuance requests exceed our standard threshold, we will consider the nature of the specific need, such as mergers, acquisitions and stock splits.
|
|||
|
Dividends |
We generally support dividend payouts that constitute 30% or more of net income. We may vote against the dividend payouts if the dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30% without adequate explanation; or, the payout is excessive given the company’s financial position. Particular attention will be paid where the payment may damage the company’s long-term financial health. |
|||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Japan | |||||
| B-36 | ||||||
|
Share Repurchase Programs |
Companies are allowed under Japan Corporate Law to amend their articles to authorize the repurchase of shares at the board’s discretion. We will oppose an amendment to articles allowing the repurchase of shares at the board’s discretion. We believe the company should seek shareholder approval for a share repurchase program at each year’s AGM, providing shareholders the right to evaluate the purpose of the repurchase. |
|||
|
We generally support proposals to repurchase shares, unless the issuer does not clearly state the business purpose for the program, a definitive number of shares to be repurchased, and the timeframe for the repurchase. We may vote against share repurchase requests that allow share repurchases during a takeover period.
|
||||
|
Mergers and Acquisitions |
Mergers or reorganizing the structure of a company often involve proposals relating to reincorporation, restructurings, mergers, liquidations, and other major changes to the corporation. We will support proposals that are in the best interests of the shareholders, demonstrated by enhancing share value or improving the effectiveness of the company’s operations. In general, provisions that are deemed to be destructive to shareholders’ rights or financially detrimental are not supported. |
|||
| We evaluate mergers and structural reorganizations on a case-by-case basis. We will generally support transactions that maximize shareholder value. Some of the considerations include, but are not limited to the following: | ||||
|
• Offer premium |
||||
|
• Strategic rationale |
||||
|
• Board oversight of the process for the recommended transaction, including director and/or management conflicts of interest |
||||
|
• Offers made at a premium and where there are no other higher bidders |
||||
|
• Offers in which the secondary market price is substantially lower than the net asset value |
||||
|
We may vote against a transaction considering the following: |
||||
|
• Offers with potentially damaging consequences for minority shareholders because of illiquid stock |
||||
|
• Offers where we believe there is a reasonable prospect for an enhanced bid or other bidders |
||||
|
• Offers in which the current market price of the security exceeds the bid price at the time of voting |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Japan | |||||
| B-37 | ||||||
|
Shareholder Rights Plans |
In evaluating the adoption or renewal of a Japanese issuer’s shareholder rights plans (“poison pill”), we consider the following conditions: (i) release of proxy circular with details of the proposal with adequate notice in advance of meeting, (ii) minimum trigger of over 20%, (iii) maximum term of three years, (iv) sufficient number of independent directors, (v) presence of an independent committee, (vi) annual election of directors, and (vii) lack of protective or entrenchment features. Additionally, we consider the length of time that a shareholder rights plan has been in effect.
In evaluating an amendment to a shareholder rights plan (“poison pill”), in addition to the conditions above, we will also evaluate and consider supporting proposals where the terms of the new plans are more favorable to shareholders’ ability to accept unsolicited offers.
|
|||
|
Anti-Takeover Measures |
In general, State Street Global Advisors believes that adoption of poison pills that have been structured to protect management and to prevent takeover bids from succeeding is not in shareholders’ interest. A shareholder rights plan may lead to management entrenchment. It may also discourage legitimate tender offers and acquisitions. Even if the premium paid to companies with a shareholder rights plan is higher than that offered to unprotected firms, a company’s chances of receiving a takeover offer in the first place may be reduced by the presence of a shareholder rights plan.
Proposals that reduce shareholders’ rights or have the effect of entrenching incumbent management will not be supported.
Proposals that enhance the right of shareholders to make their own choices as to the desirability of a merger or other proposal are supported.
|
|||
|
Compensation |
In Japan, excessive compensation is rarely an issue. Rather, the problem is the lack of connection between pay and performance. Fixed salaries and cash retirement bonuses tend to comprise a significant portion of the compensation structure while performance-based pay is generally a small portion of the total pay. State Street Global Advisors, where possible, seeks to encourage the use of performance-based compensation in Japan as an incentive for executives and as a way to align interests with shareholders.
|
|||
|
Adjustments to Aggregate Compensation Ceiling for Directors |
Remuneration for directors is generally reasonable. Typically, each company sets the director compensation parameters as an aggregate thereby limiting the total pay to all directors. When requesting a change, a company must disclose the last time the ceiling was adjusted, and management provides the rationale for the ceiling increase. We will generally support proposed increases to the ceiling if the company discloses the rationale for the increase. We may oppose proposals to increase the ceiling if there has been corporate malfeasance or sustained poor performance.
|
|||
|
Annual Bonuses for Directors/Statutory Auditors |
In Japan, since there are no legal requirements that mandate companies to seek shareholder approval before awarding a bonus, we believe that existing shareholder approval of the bonus should be considered best practice. As a result, we support management proposals on executive compensation where there is a strong relationship between executive pay and performance over a five-year period.
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Japan | |||||
| B-38 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Japan | |||||
| B-39 | ||||||
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered office: Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240-7600. F: 612 9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647 775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global Advisors Limited,
DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th floor), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971 (0)4- 4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose office is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière - Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92. Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich. Authorised and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400. F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. Registered office
address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960 - R.E.A. 2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose office is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10 - 20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02 32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345), Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th floor Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number
145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501. Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorised and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE-105.078.458. T: +41 (0)4424570 00. F: +41 (0)442457016. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No. 5776591 81. Registered office: 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 02033956000. F: 02033956350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210 -1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
© 2020 State Street Corporation.
All Rights Reserved.
ID178876-3001933.1.1.GBL.RTL 0320
Exp. Date: 03/31/2021
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Japan | |||||
| B-40 | ||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-41 | ||||||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Philosophy |
Corporate governance and sustainability issues are an integral part of the investment process. The Asset Stewardship Team consists of investment professionals with expertise in corporate governance and company law, remuneration, accounting, and environmental and social issues. We have established robust corporate governance principles and practices that are backed with extensive analytical expertise to understand the complexities of the corporate governance landscape. We engage with companies to provide insight on the principles and practices that drive our voting decisions. We also conduct proactive engagements to address significant shareholder concerns and environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) issues in a manner consistent with maximizing shareholder value. |
|||
| The team works alongside members of State Street Global Advisors’ Active Fundamental and various other investment teams, collaborating on issuer engagements and providing input on company specific fundamentals. We are also a member of various investor associations that seek to address broader corporate governance related policy issues in North America. | ||||
| State Street Global Advisors is a signatory to the United Nations Principles of Responsible Investment (“UNPRI”) and is compliant with the US Investor Stewardship Group Principles. | ||||
| We are committed to sustainable investing and are working to further integrate ESG principles into investment and corporate governance practices, where applicable and consistent with our fiduciary duty. | ||||
|
Directors and Boards |
Principally, we believe the primary responsibility of the board of directors is to preserve and enhance shareholder value and protect shareholder interests. In order to carry out their primary responsibilities, directors have to undertake activities that range from setting strategy and overseeing executive management to monitoring the risks that arise from a company’s business, including risks related to sustainability issues. Further, good corporate governance necessitates the existence of effective internal controls and risk management systems, which should be governed by the board. |
|||
| State Street Global Advisors believes that a well constituted board of directors, with a balance of skills, expertise, and independence, provides the foundations for a well governed company. We view board quality as a measure of director independence, director succession planning, board diversity, evaluations and refreshment, and company governance practices. We vote for the election/re-election of directors on a case-by-case basis after considering various factors, including board quality, general market practice, and availability of information on director skills and expertise. In principle, we believe independent directors are crucial to robust corporate governance and help management establish sound corporate governance policies and practices. A sufficiently independent board will most effectively monitor management and perform oversight functions necessary to protect shareholder interests. | ||||
| Director related proposals include issues submitted to shareholders that deal with the composition of the board or with members of a corporation’s board of directors. In deciding the director nominee to support, we consider numerous factors. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-42 | ||||||
|
Director Elections |
Our director election guideline focuses on companies’ governance profile to identify if a company demonstrates appropriate governance practices or if it exhibits negative governance practices. Factors we consider when evaluating governance practices include, but are not limited to the following: |
|||
|
• Shareholder rights |
||||
|
• Board independence |
||||
|
• Board structure |
||||
| If a company demonstrates appropriate governance practices, we believe a director should be classified as independent based upon the relevant listing standards or local market practice standards. In such cases, the composition of the key oversight committees of a board should meet the minimum standards of independence. Accordingly, we will vote against a nominee at a company with appropriate governance practices if the director is classified as non-independent under relevant listing standards or local market practice and serves on a key committee of the board (compensation, audit, nominating, or committees required to be fully independent by local market standards). | ||||
| Conversely, if a company demonstrates negative governance practices, State Street Global Advisors believes the classification standards for director independence should be elevated. In such circumstances, we will evaluate all director nominees based upon the following classification standards: | ||||
|
• Is the nominee an employee of or related to an employee of the issuer or its auditor? |
||||
|
• Does the nominee provide professional services to the issuer? |
||||
|
• Has the nominee attended an appropriate number of board meetings? |
||||
|
• Has the nominee received non-board related compensation from the issuer? |
||||
| In the US market where companies demonstrate negative governance practices, these stricter standards will apply not only to directors who are a member of a key committee but to all directors on the board as market practice permits. Accordingly, we will vote against a nominee (with the exception of the CEO) where the board has inappropriate governance practices and is considered not independent based on the above independence criteria. | ||||
| Additionally, we may withhold votes from directors based on the following: | ||||
|
• Overall average board tenure is excessive. In assessing excessive tenure, we consider factors such as the preponderance of long tenured directors, board refreshment practices, and classified board structures |
||||
|
• Directors attend less than 75% of board meetings without appropriate explanation or providing reason for their failure to meet the attendance threshold |
||||
|
• NEOs of a public company who sit on more than two public company boards |
||||
|
• Board chairs or lead independent directors who sit on more than three public company boards |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-43 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-44 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-45 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-46 | ||||||
|
Capital-Related Issues |
Capital structure proposals include requests by management for approval of amendments to the certificate of incorporation that will alter the capital structure of the company. |
|||
| The most common request is for an increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock, usually in conjunction with a stock split or dividend. Typically, we support requests that are not unreasonably dilutive or enhance the rights of common shareholders. In considering authorized share proposals, the typical threshold for approval is 100% over current authorized shares. However, the threshold may be increased if the company offers a specific need or purpose (merger, stock splits, growth purposes, etc.). All proposals are evaluated on a case-by-case basis taking into account the company’s specific financial situation. | ||||
|
Increase in Authorized Common Shares |
In general, we support share increases for general corporate purposes up to 100% of current authorized stock. |
|||
| We support increases for specific corporate purposes up to 100% of the specific need plus 50% of current authorized common stock for US and Canadian firms. | ||||
| When applying the thresholds, we will also consider the nature of the specific need, such as mergers and acquisitions and stock splits. | ||||
|
Increase in Authorized Preferred Shares |
We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to increase the number of preferred shares. |
|||
| Generally, we will vote for the authorization of preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable. | ||||
| We will support proposals to create “declawed” blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense). However, we will vote against proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred stock authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or reserved for a specific purpose. | ||||
|
Unequal Voting Rights |
We will not support proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of common stock with superior voting rights and will vote against new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights. In addition, we will not support capitalization changes that add “blank check” classes of stock (i.e. classes of stock with undefined voting rights) or classes that dilute the voting interests of existing shareholders. |
|||
| However, we will support capitalization changes that eliminate other classes of stock and/or unequal voting rights. | ||||
|
Mergers and Acquisitions |
Mergers or the reorganization of the structure of a company often involve proposals relating to reincorporation, restructurings, liquidations, and other major changes to the corporation. |
|||
| Proposals that are in the best interests of the shareholders, demonstrated by enhancing share value or improving the effectiveness of the company’s operations, will be supported. | ||||
| In general, provisions that are not viewed as economically sound or are thought to be destructive to shareholders’ rights are not supported. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-47 | ||||||
|
We will generally support transactions that maximize shareholder value. Some of the considerations include the following: |
||||
|
• Offer premium |
||||
|
• Strategic rationale |
||||
|
• Board oversight of the process for the recommended transaction, including, director and/or management conflicts of interest |
||||
|
• Offers made at a premium and where there are no other higher bidders |
||||
|
• Offers in which the secondary market price is substantially lower than the net asset value
We may vote against a transaction considering the following: |
||||
|
• Offers with potentially damaging consequences for minority shareholders because of illiquid stock, especially in some non-US markets |
||||
|
• Offers where we believe there is a reasonable prospect for an enhanced bid or other bidders |
||||
|
• The current market price of the security exceeds the bid price at the time of voting |
||||
|
Anti–Takeover Issues |
Typically, these are proposals relating to requests by management to amend the certificate of incorporation or bylaws to add or to delete a provision that is deemed to have an anti-takeover effect. The majority of these proposals deal with management’s attempt to add some provision that makes a hostile takeover more difficult or will protect incumbent management in the event of a change in control of the company. |
|||
| Proposals that reduce shareholders’ rights or have the effect of entrenching incumbent management will not be supported. | ||||
| Proposals that enhance the right of shareholders to make their own choices as to the desirability of a merger or other proposal are supported. | ||||
|
Shareholder Rights Plans |
US We will support mandates requiring shareholder approval of a shareholder rights plans (“poison pill”) and repeals of various anti-takeover related provisions. |
|||
| In general, we will vote against the adoption or renewal of a US issuer’s shareholder rights plan (“poison pill”). | ||||
| We will vote for an amendment to a shareholder rights plan (“poison pill”) where the terms of the new plans are more favorable to shareholders’ ability to accept unsolicited offers (i.e. if one of the following conditions are met: (i) minimum trigger, flip-in or flip-over of 20%, (ii) maximum term of three years, (iii) no “dead hand,” “slow hand,” “no hand” nor similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill, and (iv) inclusion of a shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause), permitting ten percent of the shares to call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced). | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-48 | ||||||
|
Canada We analyze proposals for shareholder approval of a shareholder rights plan (“poison pill”) on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration numerous factors, including but not limited to, whether it conforms to ‘new generation’ rights plans and the scope of the plan. |
||||
|
Special Meetings |
We will vote for shareholder proposals related to special meetings at companies that do not provide shareholders the right to call for a special meeting in their bylaws if: |
|||
|
• The company also does not allow shareholders to act by written consent |
||||
|
• The company allows shareholders to act by written consent but the ownership threshold for acting by written consent is set above 25% of outstanding shares |
||||
| We will vote for shareholder proposals related to special meetings at companies that give shareholders (with a minimum 10% ownership threshold) the right to call for a special meeting in their bylaws if: | ||||
|
The current ownership threshold to call for a special meeting is above 25% of outstanding shares.
We will vote for management proposals related to special meetings. |
||||
|
Written Consent |
We will vote for shareholder proposals on written consent at companies if: |
|||
|
• The company does not have provisions in their bylaws giving shareholders the right to call for a special meeting |
||||
|
• The company allows shareholders the right to call for a special meeting, but the current ownership threshold to call for a special meeting is above 25% of outstanding shares |
||||
|
• The company has a poor governance profile |
||||
| We will vote management proposals on written consent on a case-by-case basis. | ||||
|
Super–Majority |
We will generally vote against amendments to bylaws requiring super-majority shareholder votes to pass or repeal certain provisions. We will vote for the reduction or elimination of super-majority vote requirements, unless management of the issuer was concurrently seeking to or had previously made such a reduction or elimination. |
|||
|
Remuneration Issues |
Despite the differences among the types of plans and the awards possible there is a simple underlying philosophy that guides the analysis of all compensation plans; namely, the terms of the plan should be designed to provide an incentive for executives and/or employees to align their interests with those of the shareholders and thus work toward enhancing shareholder value. Plans that benefit participants only when the shareholders also benefit are those most likely to be supported. |
|||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-49 | ||||||
|
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation and Frequency |
State Street Global Advisors believes executive compensation plays a critical role in aligning executives’ interest with shareholders’, attracting, retaining and incentivizing key talent, and ensuring positive correlation between the performance achieved by management and the benefits derived by shareholders. We support management proposals on executive compensation where there is a strong relationship between executive pay and performance over a five-year period. We seek adequate disclosure of various compensation elements, absolute and relative pay levels, peer selection and benchmarking, the mix of long-term and short-term incentives, alignment of pay structures with shareholder interests as well as with corporate strategy, and performance. |
|||
| Further shareholders should have the opportunity to assess whether pay structures and levels are aligned with business performance on an annual basis. | ||||
| In Canada, where advisory votes on executive compensation are not commonplace, we will rely primarily upon engagement to evaluate compensation plans. | ||||
|
Employee Equity Award Plans |
We consider numerous criteria when examining equity award proposals. Generally we do not vote against plans for lack of performance or vesting criteria. Rather the main criteria that will result in a vote against an equity award plan are: |
|||
| Excessive voting power dilution To assess the dilutive effect, we divide the number of shares required to fully fund the proposed plan, the number of authorized but unissued shares and the issued but unexercised shares by the fully diluted share count. We review that number in light of certain factors, such as the industry of the issuer. | ||||
| Historical option grants Excessive historical option grants over the past three years. Plans that provide for historical grant patterns of greater than five to eight percent are generally not supported. | ||||
| Repricing We will vote against any plan where repricing is expressly permitted. If a company has a history of repricing underwater options, the plan will not be supported. | ||||
| Other criteria include the following: | ||||
|
• Number of participants or eligible employees |
||||
|
• The variety of awards possible |
||||
|
• The period of time covered by the plan |
||||
| There are numerous factors that we view as negative. If combined they may result in a vote against a proposal. Factors include: | ||||
|
• Grants to individuals or very small groups of participants |
||||
|
• “Gun-jumping” grants which anticipate shareholder approval of a plan or amendment |
||||
|
• The power of the board to exchange “underwater” options without shareholder approval. This pertains to the ability of a company to reprice options, not the actual act of repricing described above |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-50 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-51 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-52 | ||||||
|
Environmental and Social Issues |
As a fiduciary, State Street Global Advisors takes a comprehensive approach to engaging with our portfolio companies about material environmental and social (sustainability) issues. We use our voice and our vote through engagement, proxy voting, and thought leadership in order to communicate with issuers and educate market participants about our perspective on important sustainability topics. Our Asset Stewardship program prioritization process allows us to proactively identify companies for engagement and voting in order to mitigate sustainability risks in our portfolio. Through engagement, we address a broad range of topics that align with our thematic priorities and build long-term relationships with issuers. When voting, we fundamentally consider whether the adoption of a shareholder proposal addressing a material sustainability issue would promote long-term shareholder value in the context of the company’s existing practices and disclosures as well as existing market practice. |
|||||
| For more information on our approach to environmental and social issues, please see our Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues available at ssga.com/about-us/asset-stewardship.html. | ||||||
|
More Information |
Any client who wishes to receive information on how its proxies were voted should contact its State Street Global Advisors relationship manager.
|
|||||
|
Endnotes |
1 These Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines are also applicable to SSGA Funds Management, Inc. SSGA Funds Management, Inc. is an SEC registered investment adviser. SSGA Funds Management, Inc., State Street Global Advisors Trust Company, and other advisory affiliates of State Street make up State Street Global Advisors, the investment management arm of State Street Corporation. |
2 R-FactorTM is a scoring system created by SSGA that measures the performance of a company’s business operations and governance as it relates to financially material ESG factors facing the company’s industry.
3 Common for non-US issuers; request from the issuer to discharge from liability the directors or auditors with respect to actions taken by them during the previous year. |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-53 | ||||||
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered office: Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240-7600. F: 612 9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647 775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global
Advisors Limited, DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th floor), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971 (0)4-4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose office is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière-Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92.
Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich. Authorised and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400. F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited is regulated by the
Central Bank of Ireland. Registered office address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global
Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960-R.E.A. 2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose office is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10-20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02 32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345) , Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th floor Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland
Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501. Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorised and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE-105.078.458. T: +41 (0)44 245 70 00. F: +41 (0)44 245 70 16. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No. 5776591 81. Registered office: 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 020 3395 6000. F: 020 3395 6350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210-1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
© 2020 State Street Corporation.
All Rights Reserved.
ID178872-3001365.1.1.GBL.RTL 0320
Exp. Date: 03/31/2021
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-54 | ||||||
|
Insights |
||||
| Asset Stewardship | Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: United Kingdom and Ireland | |||
|
March 2020 |
||||
| State Street Global Advisors’ United Kingdom and Ireland Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines1 outline our expectations of companies listed on stock exchanges in the United Kingdom and Ireland. These Guidelines complement and should be read in conjunction with State Street Global Advisors’ Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles, which provide a detailed explanation of our approach to voting and engaging with companies, and State Street Global Advisors’ Conflict Mitigation Guidelines. | ||||
|
|
|
|||
| State Street Global Advisors’ United Kingdom (“UK”) and Ireland Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines address areas including board structure, audit-related issues, capital structure, remuneration, environmental, social and other governance-related issues. | ||||
| When voting and engaging with companies in global markets, we consider market specific nuances in the manner that we believe will most likely protect and promote the long-term economic value of client investments. We expect companies to observe the relevant laws and regulations of their respective markets, as well as country-specific best practice guidelines and corporate governance codes. When we identify that a country’s regulatory requirements do not address some of the key philosophical principles that we believe are fundamental to our global voting guidelines, we may hold companies in such markets to our global standards. | ||||
|
In our analysis and research into corporate governance issues in the UK and Ireland, we expect all companies that obtain a primary listing on the London Stock Exchange or the Irish Stock Exchange, regardless of domicile, to comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code, and proactively monitor companies’ adherence to the Code. Consistent with the ‘comply or explain’ expectations established by the Code, we encourage companies to proactively disclose their level of compliance with the Code. In instances of non-compliance in which companies cannot explain the nuances of their governance structure effectively, either publicly or through engagement, we may vote against the independent board leader. |
||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-55 | ||||||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Philosophy |
In our view, corporate governance and sustainability issues are an integral part of the investment process. The Asset Stewardship Team consists of investment professionals with expertise in corporate governance and company law, remuneration, accounting, and environmental and social issues. We have established robust corporate governance principles and practices that are backed with extensive analytical expertise to understand the complexities of the corporate governance landscape. We engage with companies to provide insight on the principles and practices that drive our voting decisions. We also conduct proactive engagement to address significant shareholder concerns and environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) issues in a manner consistent with maximizing shareholder value. |
|||
| The team works alongside members of State Street Global Advisors’ Active Fundamental and Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) Investment teams. We collaborate on issuer engagement and provide input on company specific fundamentals. We are also a member of various investor associations that seek to address broader corporate governance related policy issues in the UK and European markets. | ||||
| State Street Global Advisors is a signatory to the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment (“UNPRI”) and is compliant with the UK Stewardship Code. We are committed to sustainable investing and are working to further integrate ESG principles into investment and corporate governance practice where applicable and consistent with our fiduciary duty. | ||||
|
|
|
|||
| Directors and Boards | Principally, we believe the primary responsibility of a board of directors is to preserve and enhance shareholder value and to protect shareholder interests. In order to carry out their primary responsibilities, directors have to undertake activities that range from setting strategy, overseeing executive management, and monitoring the risks that arise from a company’s business, including risks related to sustainability issues. Further, good corporate governance necessitates the existence of effective internal controls and risk management systems, which should be governed by the board. | |||
| We believe that a well constituted board of directors, with a balance of skills, expertise and independence, provides the foundations for a well governed company. We view board quality as a measure of director independence, director succession planning, board diversity, evaluations and refreshment, and company governance practices. We vote for the election/re-election of directors on a case-by-case basis after considering various factors, including board quality, general market practice, and availability of information on director skills and expertise. In principle, we believe independent directors are crucial to robust corporate governance and help management establish sound corporate governance policies and practices. A sufficiently independent board will most effectively monitor management and perform oversight functions necessary to protect shareholder interests. | ||||
| Our broad criteria for director independence for UK companies include factors such as: | ||||
|
• Participation in related-party transactions and other business relations with the company |
||||
|
• Employment history with company |
||||
|
• Excessive tenure and a preponderance of long-tenured directors |
||||
|
• Relations with controlling shareholders |
||||
|
• Family ties with any of the company’s advisers, directors or senior employees |
||||
|
• Company classification of a director as non-independent |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: United Kingdom and Ireland | |||||
| B-56 | ||||||
|
When voting on the election or re-election of a director, we also consider the number of outside board directorships a non-executive and an executive may undertake. Thus, we may withhold votes from board chairs and lead independent directors who sit on more than three public company boards, and from non-executive directors who hold more than four public company board mandates. We may also take voting action against Named Executive Officers who undertake more than two public board memberships. |
||||
| We also consider attendance at board meetings and may withhold votes from directors who attend less than 75% of board meetings in a given year without appropriate explanation or providing reason for their failure to meet the attendance threshold. In addition, we monitor other factors that may influence the independence of a non-executive director, such as performance-related pay, cross-directorships and significant shareholdings. | ||||
| We support the annual election of directors. | ||||
| Further, we expect boards of FTSE 350 listed companies to have at least one female board member. If a company fails to meet this expectation, State Street Global Advisors may vote against the chair of the board’s nominating committee or the board leader in the absence of a nominating committee, if necessary. Additionally, if a company fails to meet this expectation for four consecutive years, State Street Global Advisors may vote against all incumbent members of the nominating committee. | ||||
| While we are generally supportive of having the roles of chair and CEO separated in the UK market, we assess the division of responsibilities between chair and CEO on a case-by-case basis, giving consideration to factors such as the company’s specific circumstances, overall level of independence on the board and general corporate governance standards in the company. Similarly, we monitor for circumstances in which a combined chair/CEO is appointed or a former CEO becomes chair. | ||||
| We may also consider factors such as board performance and directors who appear to be remiss in the performance of their oversight responsibilities when considering their suitability for reappointment (e.g. fraud, criminal wrongdoing and breach of fiduciary responsibilities). | ||||
| We believe companies should have committees for audit, remuneration and nomination oversight. The audit committee is responsible for monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of the company, the appointment of external auditors, auditor qualifications and independence, and effectiveness and resource levels. Similarly, executive pay is an important aspect of corporate governance, and it should be determined by the board of directors. We expect companies to have remuneration committees to provide independent oversight over executive pay. We will vote against nominees who are executive members of audit or remuneration committees. | ||||
| We consider whether board members have adequate skills to provide effective oversight of corporate strategy, operations and risks, including environmental and social issues. Boards should also have a regular evaluation process in place to assess the effectiveness of the board and the skills of board members to address issues such as emerging risks, changes to corporate strategy, and diversification of operations and geographic footprint. The nomination committee is responsible for evaluating and reviewing the balance of skills, knowledge, and experience of the board. It also ensures that adequate succession plans are in place for directors and the CEO. We may vote against the re-election of members of the nomination committee if, over time, the board has failed to address concerns over board structure or succession. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: United Kingdom and Ireland | |||||
| B-57 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: United Kingdom and Ireland | |||||
| B-58 | ||||||
|
Share Repurchase Programs |
We generally support a proposal to repurchase shares. However, this is not the case if the issuer does not clearly state the business purpose for the program, a definitive number of shares to be repurchased, the range of premium/discount to market price at which a company can repurchase shares, and the timeframe for the repurchase. We may vote against share repurchase requests that allow share repurchases during a takeover period. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
| Dividends | We generally support dividend payouts that constitute 30% or more of net income. We may vote against the dividend payouts if the dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30% without adequate explanation or the payout is excessive given the company’s financial position. Particular attention will be paid where the payment may damage the company’s long term financial health. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Mergers and Acquisitions | Mergers or reorganizing the structure of a company often involve proposals relating to reincorporation, restructurings, mergers, liquidations, and other major changes to the corporation. Proposals that are in the best interests of the shareholders, demonstrated by enhancing share value or improving the effectiveness of the company’s operations, will be supported. In general, provisions that are not viewed as financially sound or are thought to be destructive to shareholders’ rights and are not supported. | |||
| We will generally support transactions that maximize shareholder value. Some of the considerations include the following: | ||||
|
• Offer premium |
||||
|
• Strategic rationale |
||||
|
• Board oversight of the process for the recommended transaction, including, director and/or management conflicts of interest |
||||
|
• Offers made at a premium and where there are no other higher bidders |
||||
|
• Offers in which the secondary market price is substantially lower than the net asset value |
||||
| We may vote against a transaction considering the following: | ||||
|
• Offers with potentially damaging consequences for minority shareholders because of illiquid stock |
||||
|
• Offers in which we believe there is a reasonable prospect for an enhanced bid or other bidders |
||||
|
• The current market price of the security exceeds the bid price at the time of voting |
||||
|
|
|
|||
| Anti-Takeover Measures | We oppose anti-takeover defenses such as authorities for the board when subject to a hostile takeover to issue warrants convertible into shares to existing shareholders. | |||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: United Kingdom and Ireland | |||||
| B-59 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||
| Notice Period to Convene a General Meeting | We expect companies to give as much notice as is practicable when calling a general meeting. Generally, we are not supportive of authorizations seeking to reduce the notice period to 14 days. | |||
|
|
||||
| Remuneration | ||||
|
|
|
|||
| Executive Pay | Despite the differences among the types of plans and awards possible, there is a simple underlying philosophy that guides our analysis of executive pay: there should be a direct relationship between remuneration and company performance over the long term. | |||
|
Shareholders should have the opportunity to assess whether pay structures and levels are aligned with business performance. When assessing remuneration policies and reports, we consider adequate disclosure of various remuneration elements, absolute and relative pay levels, peer selection and benchmarking, the mix of long-term and short-term incentives, alignment of pay structures with shareholder interests as well as with corporate strategy and performance. We may oppose remuneration reports where pay seems misaligned with shareholders’ interests. We may also vote against the re-election of members of the remuneration committee if we have serious concerns about remuneration practices or if the company has not been responsive to shareholder concerns. |
||||
|
|
|
|||
| Equity Incentive Plans | We may not support proposals on equity-based incentive plans where insufficient information is provided on matters such as grant limits, performance metrics, performance, vesting periods, and overall dilution. Generally we do not support options under such plans being issued at a discount to market price or plans that allow for re-testing of performance metrics. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Non-Executive Director Pay | Authorities that seek shareholder approval for non-executive directors’ fees are generally not controversial. We typically support resolutions regarding directors’ fees unless disclosure is poor and we are unable to determine whether they are excessive relative to fees paid by comparable companies. We will evaluate any non-cash or performance related pay to non-executive directors on a company- by-company basis. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Risk Management | State Street Global Advisors believes that risk management is a key function of the board, which is responsible for setting the overall risk appetite of a company and for providing oversight of the risk management process established by senior executives at a company. We allow boards discretion over how they provide oversight in this area. We expect companies to disclose how the board provides oversight on its risk management system and risk identification. Boards should also review existing and emerging risks as they can evolve with a changing political and economic landscape or as companies diversify their operations into new areas. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Environmental and Social Issues | As a fiduciary, State Street Global Advisors takes a comprehensive approach to engaging with our portfolio companies about material environmental and social (sustainability) issues. We use our voice and our vote through engagement, proxy voting, and thought leadership in order to communicate with issuers and educate market participants about our perspective on important sustainability topics. Our Asset Stewardship program prioritization process allows us to proactively identify companies for engagement and voting in order to mitigate sustainability | |||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: United Kingdom and Ireland | |||||
| B-60 | ||||||
| risks in our portfolio. Through engagement, we address a broad range of topics that align with our thematic priorities and build long-term relationships with issuers. When voting, we fundamentally consider whether the adoption of a shareholder proposal addressing a material sustainability issue would promote long-term shareholder value in the context of the company’s existing practices and disclosures as well as existing market practice. | ||||||
| For more information on our approach to environmental and social issues, please see our Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues available at ssga.com/about-us/asset-stewardship.html. | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
| More Information | Any client who wishes to receive information on how its proxies were voted should contact its State Street Global Advisors relationship manager. | |||||
|
|
|
|||||
| Endnotes |
1 These Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines are also applicable to SSGA Funds Management, Inc. SSGA Funds Management, Inc. is an SEC-registered investment adviser. SSGA Funds Management, Inc., State Street Global Advisors Trust Company, and other advisory affiliates of State Street make up State Street Global Advisors, the investment management arm of State Street Corporation. |
2 R-FactorTM is a scoring system created by SSGA that measures the performance of a company’s business operations and governance as it relates to financially material ESG factors facing the company’s industry. |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: United Kingdom and Ireland | |||||
| B-61 | ||||||
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered offi Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240-7600. F: 612 9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch offi of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorized and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647 775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global Advisors Limited, DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th fl ), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971
(0)4-4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorized and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose offi is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière- Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92. Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich. Authorized and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400. F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. Registered offi address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorized and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John
Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960 - R.E.A. 2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose offi is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10 -20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02 32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345) , Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th fl Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch offi of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorized and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501. Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorized and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE-105.078.458. T: +41 (0)44 245 70 00. F: +41 (0)44
2457016. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorized and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No. 577659181. Registered offi 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 020 3395 6000. F: 020 3395 6350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210-1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
The information provided does not constitute investment advice and it should not be relied on as such. It should not be considered a solicitation to buy or an offer to sell a security. It does not take into account any investor’s particular investment objectives, strategies, tax status or investment horizon. You should consult your tax and financial advisor.
All information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but its accuracy is not guaranteed. There is no representation or warranty as to the current accuracy, reliability or completeness of, nor liability for, decisions based on such information.
The whole or any part of this work may not be reproduced, copied or transmitted or any of its contents disclosed to third parties without State Street Global Advisors’ express written consent.
© 2020 State Street Corporation.
All Rights Reserved.
ID178865-3002357.1.1.GBL.
RTL 0320
Exp. Date: 03/31/2021
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: United Kingdom and Ireland | |||||
| B-62 | ||||||
|
Insights |
||||
|
Asset Stewardship
March 2020 |
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Rest of the World | |||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Rest of the World Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines1 cover different corporate governance frameworks and practices in international markets not covered under specific country/ regional guidelines. These Guidelines complement and should be read in conjunction with State Street Global Advisors’ overarching Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles, which provide a detailed explanation of our approach to voting and engaging with companies, and State Street Global Advisors’ Conflict Mitigation Guidelines.
|
||||
|
At State Street Global Advisors, we recognize that markets not covered under specific country/ regional guidelines, specifically emerging markets, are disparate in their corporate governance frameworks and practices. While they tend to pose broad common governance issues across all markets, such as concentrated ownership, poor disclosure of financial and related-party transactions, and weak enforcement of rules and regulation, our proxy voting Guidelines are designed to identify and to address specific governance concerns in each market. We also evaluate the various factors that contribute to the corporate governance framework of a country. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) the macroeconomic conditions and broader political system in a country; (ii) quality of regulatory oversight, enforcement of property and shareholder rights; and (iii) the independence of judiciary.
|
||||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Philosophy in Emerging Markets |
State Street Global Advisors’ approach to proxy voting and issuer engagement in emerging markets is designed to increase the value of our investments through the mitigation of governance risks. The overall quality of the corporate governance framework in an emerging market country drives the level of governance risks investors assign to a country. Thus, improving the macro governance framework in a country may help to reduce governance risks and to increase the overall value of our holdings over time. In order to improve the overall governance framework and practices in a country, members of our Asset Stewardship Team endeavor to engage with representatives from regulatory agencies and stock markets to highlight potential concerns with the macro governance framework of a country. We are also a member of various investor associations that seek to address broader corporate governance-related policy issues in emerging markets. To help mitigate company-specific risk, the State Street Global Advisors Asset Stewardship Team works alongside members of the Active Fundamental and emerging |
|||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-63 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Rest of the World | |||||
| B-64 | ||||||
|
Further, we expect boards of Straits Times and Hang Seng listed companies to have at least one female board member. If a company fails to meet this expectation, SSGA may vote against the Chair of the board’s nominating committee or the board leader in the absence of a nominating committee, if necessary.
|
||||
|
Audit-Related Issues |
The disclosure and availability of reliable financial statements in a timely manner is imperative for the investment process. As a result, board oversight of internal controls and the independence of the audit process are essential if investors are to rely upon financial statements. We believe that audit committees provide the necessary oversight for the selection and appointment of auditors, the company’s internal controls and the accounting policies, and the overall audit process.
|
|||
|
Appointment of External Auditors |
We believe that a company’s auditor is an essential feature of an effective and transparent system of external supervision. Shareholders should be given the opportunity to vote on their appointment or re-appointment at the annual meeting. We believe that it is imperative for audit committees to select outside auditors who are independent from management.
|
|||
|
Shareholder Rights and Capital-Related Issues |
State Street Global Advisors believes that changes to a company’s capital structure, such as changes in authorized share capital, share repurchase and debt issuances, are critical decisions made by the board. We believe the company should have a business rationale that is consistent with corporate strategy and should not overly dilute its shareholders.
|
|||
|
Related-Party Transactions |
Most companies in emerging markets have a controlled ownership structure that often includes complex cross-shareholdings between subsidiaries and parent companies (“related companies”). As a result, there is a high prevalence of related-party transactions between the company and its various stakeholders, such as directors and management. In addition, inter-group loan and loan guarantees provided to related companies are some of the other related-party transactions that increase the risk profile of companies. In markets where shareholders are required to approve such transactions, we expect companies to provide details about the transaction, such as its nature, value and purpose. This also encourages independent directors to ratify such transactions. Further, we encourage companies to describe the level of independent board oversight and the approval process, including details of any independent valuations provided by financial advisors on related-party transactions.
|
|||
|
Share Repurchase Programs |
With regard to share repurchase programs, we expect companies to clearly state the business purpose for the program and a definitive number of shares to be repurchased.
|
|||
|
Mergers and Acquisitions |
Mergers or reorganization of the structure of a company often involve proposals relating to reincorporation, restructurings, liquidations and other major changes to the corporation. Proposals that are in the best interest of the shareholders, demonstrated by enhancing share value or improving the effectiveness of the company’s operations, will be supported. In general, provisions that are not viewed as financially sound or are thought to be destructive to shareholders’ rights are not supported.
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Rest of the World | |||||
| B-65 | ||||||
|
We evaluate mergers and structural reorganizations on a case-by-case basis. We generally support transactions that maximize shareholder value. Some of the considerations include, but are not limited to, the following: |
||||
|
• Offer premium |
||||
|
• Strategic rationale |
||||
|
• Board oversight of the process for the recommended transaction, including director and/or management conflicts of interest |
||||
|
• Offers made at a premium and where there are no other higher bidders |
||||
|
• Offers in which the secondary market price is substantially lower than the net asset value |
||||
| We may vote against a transaction considering the following: | ||||
|
• Offers with potentially damaging consequences for minority shareholders because of illiquid stock |
||||
|
• Offers where we believe there is a reasonable prospect for an enhanced bid or other bidders |
||||
|
• The current market price of the security exceeds the bid price at the time of voting |
||||
|
We will actively seek direct dialogue with the board and management of companies that we have identified through our screening processes. Such engagements may lead to further monitoring to ensure the company improves its governance or sustainability practices. In these cases, the engagement process represents the most meaningful opportunity for State Street Global Advisors to protect long-term shareholder value from excessive risk due to poor governance and sustainability practices.
|
||||
|
Remuneration |
We consider it to be the board’s responsibility to set appropriate levels of executive remuneration. Despite the differences among the types of plans and the potential awards, there is a simple underlying philosophy that guides our analysis of executive remuneration: there should be a direct relationship between executive compensation and company performance over the long term. In emerging markets, we encourage companies to disclose information on senior executive remuneration. |
|||
| With regard to director remuneration, we support director pay provided the amounts are not excessive relative to other issuers in the market or industry, and are not overly dilutive to existing shareholders. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Rest of the World | |||||
| B-66 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Rest of the World | |||||
| B-67 | ||||||
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered offi Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240-7600. F: 612 9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch offi of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647
775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global Advisors Limited, DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th fl ), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971 (0)4-4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose offi is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière- Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92. Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich. Authorised and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400. F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors
Ireland Limited is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. Registered offi address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960 - R.E.A. 2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose offi is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10 - 20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02 32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345) , Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th fl Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch offi of State Street
Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501. Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorised and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE - 105.078.458. T: +41 (0)44 245 70 00. F: +41 (0)44 245 70 16. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No. 5776591 81. Registered offi 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 020 3395 6000. F: 020 3395 6350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210-1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
© 2020 State Street Corporation.
All Rights Reserved.
ID178868-3002453.1.1.GBL
.RTL 0320
Exp. Date: 03/31/2021
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Rest of the World | |||||
| B-68 | ||||||
APPENDIX C
GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
By virtue of GSO’s relationship as general partner or investment manager of funds, collateralized loan obligation vehicles, separately managed accounts, and registered funds (“Clients”), the Firm has proxy voting authority with respect to Client securities. When voting proxies on behalf of Clients, GSO’s overall objective is to vote proxies in the best interest of the Clients and, in so doing, to maximize the value of the investments made by the Clients taking into consideration the Clients’ investment horizons and other relevant factors.
This document sets forth GSO’s policies and procedures that are designed to meet these overall objectives. As described below, the Firm’s policies and procedures address the following areas:
| ◾ |
The personnel responsible for monitoring corporate actions, deciding how to vote proxies and confirming that proxies are submitted in a timely manner; |
| ◾ |
The basis on which decisions are made regarding whether and how to vote proxies depending on the nature of the matter at issue; |
| ◾ |
The approach to addressing material conflicts of interest that may arise between GSO and the Clients when voting proxies and how the Firm resolves those conflicts in the best interest of the Clients; |
| ◾ |
The means by which the Clients and their investors may obtain information about proxy voting; and |
| ◾ |
The books and records that GSO retains in connection with proxy voting. |
While GSO endeavors to follow these policies and procedures in all situations, special circumstances may arise from time to time that warrant a deviation. In addition, GSO will apply its proxy voting policies and procedures to votes cast with respect to publicly traded companies and, to the extent applicable, to analogous actions taken with respect to investments made in private companies.
General Procedures
Monitoring Corporate Actions
The Clients that GSO manages generally make a limited number of investments in equity securities. When the Firm receives proxy voting materials (or similar voting/solicitation notices), they are initially transmitted by the company’s corporate secretary or transfer agent to the Employee who is designated to receive notices in the definitive documentation governing the relevant Client’s investment, if any (the “Proxy Recipient”). The Proxy Recipient must inform the Head of Middle Office and Risk Management (“Head of MOOG”) of such receipt and review the materials, determine which Client(s) hold the securities and confirm the number of securities with the relevant Portfolio Manager and the Head of Middle Office and Risk Management. The Proxy Recipient will also consult the relevant Portfolio Manager(s) of each Client that holds the securities that are the subject of the proxy vote. The Proxy Recipient will monitor the voting deadline to confirm that the deadline for the response is met.
Determination of Voting Decisions
Decisions on how to vote a proxy generally are made by the relevant Portfolio Manager. The Portfolio Manager and the members of the investment team covering the applicable security often have the most intimate knowledge of both a company’s operations and the potential impact of a proxy vote’s outcome. Where appropriate, the Portfolio Manager or a member of the investment team may consult with the Chief Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer and the members of the applicable Investment Committee regarding decisions and completion of the proxy material. Decisions are based on a number of factors that may vary depending on a proxy’s subject matter, but are guided by the general policies described in this document. In addition, GSO may determine not to vote a proxy after consideration of the vote’s expected benefit to Clients and the cost of voting the proxy.1
Conflicts of Interest
Material conflicts of interest that may arise between GSO and the Clients when voting proxies will be resolved in accordance with GSO’s conflicts of interest policies and procedures.
| 1 |
In determining whether the cost of voting a proxy outweighs its expected benefit to Clients, the relevant Portfolio Manager may consider factors such as (1) the subject matter of the vote; (2) the additional length of time that GSO anticipates holding the investment; and (3) logistical issues associated with voting proxies for foreign companies. |
C-1
Communication of Decision
After making a decision to vote a proxy and determining how to vote the proxy, the Portfolio Manager or a member of the investment team covering the security will then submit the vote. The Portfolio Manager or such investment team member will send completed copies of the proxy materials to the Proxy Recipient and the Head of Middle Office and Risk Management. The procedures for voting proxies may vary, and can include electronic voting, forwarding voting instructions to the custodian or voting proxies forwarded by the custodian.
Providing Proxy Voting Information to Clients
GSO acknowledges that its investors have a right to information about how the Firm votes Client proxies, and GSO will make information available on request. The Firm also will make a copy of these policies and procedures available on request. When an investor makes a request about a particular vote, GSO usually will provide the following information: (1) the date of the vote; (2) a brief description of the matter voted on; (3) how (or whether) GSO cast the vote on the matter; and (4) any other reasonable information a limited partner might request. Proxy voting information and the procedure for obtaining such information is included in GSO’s Form ADV, which is available to each investor.
Books and Records
GSO must maintain the following additional records relating to proxy voting, which must be maintained by MOOG, or other applicable individual or group, as indicated, in an easily accessible place for five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years of which in GSO’s offices.
| ◾ |
A copy of these proxy voting policies and procedures (maintained by the LCD); |
| ◾ |
A copy of each proxy statement received by GSO regarding Client securities; |
| ◾ |
A record of each vote cast by GSO on behalf of a Client; |
| ◾ |
A copy of all memoranda or similar documents created by GSO that were material to making a decision on the voting of Client securities or that memorialize the basis for that decision (maintained by relevant deal team members); and |
| ◾ |
A copy of each written request by an investor for information on how GSO voted proxies on behalf of a Client, and a copy of any written response by GSO to any request (written or oral) by an investor for information on how GSO voted proxies on behalf of the Client (maintained by ICS). |
GSO may satisfy the requirement to maintain copies of proxy statements received and a record of votes cast on behalf of the Clients by relying on third parties to make and retain, on behalf of GSO, a copy of such proxy statements and voting records, provided that GSO has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the proxy statements and voting records promptly upon request. GSO also may satisfy the requirement to maintain copies of proxy statements by relying on its ability to obtain a copy of a proxy statement from the SEC’s EDGAR system (to the extent that such proxy statements are available through the EDGAR system).
C-2
APPENDIX D
DoubleLine Funds Trust
DoubleLine Capital LP
DoubleLine Alternatives LP
DoubleLine Equity LP
DoubleLine Private Funds
DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund
DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund
DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund
Proxy Voting, Corporate Actions and Class Actions
| I. |
Background |
This Proxy Voting, Corporate Actions and Class Actions Policy (“Policy”) is adopted by DoubleLine Capital LP, DoubleLine Alternatives LP and DoubleLine Equity LP (each, as applicable, “DoubleLine”, the “Adviser” or the “Firm”), DoubleLine Funds Trust (the “Trust”) and each series of the Trusts (each an “Open-End Fund”), the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (“DBL”) the DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (“DSL”) and the DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (“DLY” and, together with DBL, DSL and all of the Open-End Funds collectively, the “Funds”) to govern the voting of proxies related to securities held by the Funds and actions taken with respect to corporate actions and class actions affecting such securities, and to provide a method of reporting the actions taken and overseeing compliance with regulatory requirements.
Each private investment fund (such as, but not limited to), the DoubleLine Opportunistic Income Master Fund LP (and its related entities), the DoubleLine Opportunistic CMBS/CRE Fund LP (and its related entities), and the DoubleLine Mortgage Opportunities Master Fund LP (and its related entities), each of which is a “Private Fund” and, collectively, the “Private Funds”) managed by DoubleLine also adopts this Policy.
DoubleLine generally will exercise voting authority on behalf of its separate account clients (“Separate Account Clients” and together with the Funds and Private Funds, the “Clients”) only where a Client has expressly delegated authority in writing to DoubleLine and DoubleLine has accepted that responsibility. Separate Account Clients that do not provide written authorization for DoubleLine to exercise voting authority are responsible for their own proxy voting, corporate actions and class actions and this Policy does not apply to them.
To the extent that voting a proxy or taking action with respect to a class action or corporate action (in each case, a “proposal”) is desirable, DoubleLine (or its designee) will seek to take action on such proposal in a manner that it believes is most likely to enhance the economic value of the underlying securities held in Client accounts and, with respect to proposals not otherwise covered by the Guidelines herein, DoubleLine (or its designee) will seek to consider each proposal on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration any relevant contractual obligations as well as other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. DoubleLine will not respond to proxy solicitor requests unless DoubleLine determines that it is in the best interest of a Client to do so.
| II. |
Issue |
Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Rule”), requires every investment adviser who exercises voting authority with respect to client securities to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interest of its clients. The procedures must address material conflicts that may arise between DoubleLine and a Client in connection with proxy voting. The Rule further requires the adviser to provide a concise summary of the adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures and to provide copies of the complete proxy voting policy and procedures to clients upon request. Lastly, the Rule requires that the adviser disclose to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser voted their proxies.
D-1
| III. |
Policy – Proxies and Corporate Actions; Role of Third-Party Proxy Agent |
To assist DoubleLine in carrying out its proxy voting obligations, DoubleLine has retained a third-party proxy voting service provider, currently Glass, Lewis & Co. (“Glass Lewis”), as its proxy voting agent. Pursuant to an agreement with DoubleLine, Glass Lewis obtains proxy ballots with respect to securities held by one or more Client accounts advised by DoubleLine, evaluates the individual facts and circumstances relating to any proposal, and, except as otherwise provided below, votes on any such proposal in accordance with the Guidelines set forth in Attachment A hereto (the “Guidelines”).
In the event that a proposal is not adequately addressed by the Guidelines, Glass Lewis will make a recommendation to DoubleLine as to how to vote on such proposal. The portfolio manager or other authorized person of the relevant Client will review the recommendation made by Glass Lewis and will instruct Glass Lewis to vote the Client’s securities against Glass Lewis’ recommendation when DoubleLine believes doing so is in the best interests of the Client. The portfolio manager or authorized person shall record the reasons for any such instruction and shall provide that written record to the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee. In the absence of a timely instruction from DoubleLine to the contrary, Glass Lewis will vote in accordance with its recommendation. In the event that Glass Lewis does not provide a recommendation with respect to a proposal, DoubleLine may vote on any such proposal in its discretion and in a manner consistent with this Policy.
In the event that DoubleLine determines that a recommendation of Glass Lewis (or of any other third-party proxy voting service retained by DoubleLine) was based on a material factual error, DoubleLine will investigate the error, taking into account, among other things, the nature of the error and the related recommendation, and seek to determine whether Glass Lewis (or any other third-party proxy voting service retained by DoubleLine) is taking reasonable steps to reduce similar errors in the future.
The Guidelines provide a basis for making decisions in the voting of proxies and taking action with respect to class actions or corporate actions for Clients. When voting proxies or taking action with respect to class actions or corporate actions, DoubleLine’s utmost concern in exercising its duties of loyalty and care is that all decisions be made in the best interests of the Client and with the goal of maximizing the value of the Client’s investments. With this goal in mind, the Guidelines cover various categories of voting decisions and generally specify whether DoubleLine (or its designee) will vote (assuming it votes at all) for or against a particular type of proposal. The applicable portfolio managers who are primarily responsible for evaluating the individual holdings of the relevant Client are responsible in the first instance for overseeing the voting of proxies and taking action with respect to class actions or corporate actions for such Client (though they are not expected to review each such vote or action). Such portfolio managers may, in their discretion, vote proxies or take action with respect to class actions or corporate actions in a manner that is inconsistent with the Guidelines (or instruct Glass Lewis to do so) when they determine that doing so is in the best interests of the Client. In making any such determination, the portfolio managers may, in their discretion, take into account the recommendations of appropriate members of DoubleLine’s executive and senior management, other investment personnel and, if desired, an outside service.
Limitations of this Policy. This Policy applies to voting and/or consent rights of securities held by Clients. DoubleLine (or its designee) will, on behalf of each Client (including the Funds or the Private Funds) vote in circumstances such as, but not limited to, plans of reorganization, and waivers and consents under applicable indentures. This Policy does not apply, however, to consent rights that primarily represent decisions to buy or sell investments, such as tender or exchange offers, conversions, put options, redemption and Dutch auctions. Such decisions, while considered not to be covered within this Policy, shall be made with the Client’s best interests in mind. In certain limited circumstances, particularly in the area of structured finance, DoubleLine may, on behalf of Clients, enter into voting agreements or other contractual obligations that govern the voting of shares. In the event of a conflict between any such contractual requirements and the Guidelines, DoubleLine (or its designee) will vote in accordance with its contractual obligations.
In addition, where DoubleLine determines that there are unusual costs and/or difficulties associated with voting on a proposal, which more typically might be the case with respect to proposals relating to non-U.S. issuers, DoubleLine reserves the right to not vote on a proposal unless DoubleLine determines that the expected benefits of voting on such proposal exceed the expected cost to the Client, such as in situations where a jurisdiction imposes share blocking restrictions which may affect the ability of the portfolio managers to effect trades in the related security. DoubleLine will seek to consult with its Clients in such circumstances unless the investment management agreement or other written arrangement with the applicable Client gives DoubleLine authority to act in its discretion.
D-2
All proxies, class actions or corporate actions received shall be retained by the Chief Risk Officer or designee. Such records shall include whether DoubleLine voted such proxy or corporate actions and, if so, how the proxy was voted. The records also shall be transcribed into a format such that any Client’s overall proxy and corporate actions voting record can be provided upon request.
DoubleLine provides no assurance to former clients that applicable proxy, class actions or corporate actions information will be delivered to them.
| IV. |
Proofs of Claim |
DoubleLine does not complete proofs-of-claim on behalf of Clients for current or historical holdings other than for the Funds; however, DoubleLine will provide reasonable assistance to Clients with collecting information relevant to filing proofs-of-claim when such information is in the possession of DoubleLine. DoubleLine does not undertake to complete or provide proofs-of-claim for securities that had been held by any former client. DoubleLine will complete proofs-of-claim for the Funds and Private Funds, or provide reasonable access to the applicable Fund’s or Private Fund’s administrator to file such proofs-of-claim when appropriate.
| V. |
Class Actions Policy |
In the event that Client securities become the subject of a class action lawsuit, the applicable portfolio manager(s) will assess the value to Clients in participating in such legal action. If the portfolio manager decides that participating in the class action is in the Client’s best interest, DoubleLine will recommend that the Client or its custodian submit appropriate documentation on the Client’s behalf, subject to contractual or other authority. DoubleLine may consider any relevant information in determining whether participation in a class action lawsuit is in a Client’s best interest, including the costs that would be incurred by the Client and the resources that would be expended in participating in the class action, including in comparison to the Client pursuing other legal recourse against the issuer. DoubleLine also may choose to notify Clients (other than the Funds and the Private Funds) of the class action without making a recommendation as to participation, which would allow Clients to decide how or if to proceed.
DoubleLine provides no assurance to former clients that applicable class action information will be delivered to them.
| VI. |
Procedures for Lent Securities and Issuers in Share-blocking Countries |
At times, DoubleLine may not be able to take action in respect of a proposal on behalf of a Client when the Client’s relevant securities are on loan in accordance with the Client’s securities lending program and/or are controlled by a securities lending agent or custodian acting independently of DoubleLine. Notwithstanding this fact, in the event that DoubleLine becomes aware of a proposal on which a Client’s securities may be voted and with respect to which the outcome of such proposal could reasonably be expected to enhance the economic value of the Client’s position and some or a portion of that position is lent out, DoubleLine will make reasonable efforts to inform the Client that DoubleLine is not able to take action with respect to such proposal until and unless the Client recalls the lent security. When such situations relate to the Funds or the Private Funds, DoubleLine will take reasonable measures to recall the lent security in order to take action timely. There can be no assurance that any lent security will be returned timely.
In certain markets where share blocking occurs, shares must be frozen for trading purposes at the custodian or sub-custodian in order to vote. During the time that shares are blocked, any pending trades will not settle. Depending on the market, this period can last from one day to three weeks. Any sales that must be executed will settle late and potentially be subject to interest charges or other punitive fees. For this reason, in blocking markets, DoubleLine retains the right to vote or not, based on the determination of DoubleLine’s investment personnel as to whether voting would be in the Client’s best interest.
D-3
| VII. |
Proxy Voting Committee; Oversight |
DoubleLine has established a proxy voting committee (the “Committee”) with a primary responsibility of overseeing compliance with the Policy. The Committee, made up of non-investment executive officers, the Chief Risk Officer, and the Chief Compliance Officer (or his/her designee), meets on an as needed basis. The Committee will (1) monitor compliance with the Policy, including by periodically sampling proxy votes for review, (2) review, no less frequently than annually, the adequacy of this Policy to ensure that such Policy has been effectively implemented and that the Policy continues to be designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Clients, and (3) review potential conflicts of interest that may arise under this Policy, including changes to the businesses of DoubleLine, Glass Lewis or other third-party proxy voting services retained by DoubleLine to determine whether those changes present new or additional conflicts of interest that should be addressed by this Policy.
The Committee shall have primary responsibility for managing DoubleLine’s relationship with Glass Lewis and/or any other third-party proxy voting service provider, including overseeing their compliance with this Policy generally as well as reviewing periodically instances in which (i) DoubleLine overrides a recommendation made by Glass Lewis or (ii) Glass Lewis does not provide a recommendation with respect to a proposal. The Committee shall also periodically review DoubleLine’s relationships with such entities more generally, including for potential conflicts of interest relevant to such entities and whether DoubleLine’s relationships with such entities should continue.
| VIII. |
Procedures for Material Conflicts of Interest |
The portfolio managers will seek to monitor for conflicts of interest arising between DoubleLine and a Client and shall report any such conflict identified by the portfolio managers to the Committee. Should material conflicts of interest arise between DoubleLine and a Client as to a proposal, the proposal shall be brought to the attention of the Committee, who shall involve other executive managers, legal counsel (which may be DoubleLine’s in-house counsel or outside counsel) or the Chief Compliance Officer as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee to attempt to resolve such conflicts. The Committee shall determine the materiality of such conflict if the conflict cannot be resolved. (An example of a specific conflict of interest that should be brought to the Committee is a situation where a proxy contest involves securities issued by a Client. When in doubt as to a potential conflict, portfolio managers shall bring the proxy to the attention of the Committee.)
If, after appropriate review, a material conflict between DoubleLine and a Client is deemed to exist, DoubleLine will seek to resolve any such conflict in the best interest of the Client whose assets it is voting by pursuing any one of the following courses of action: (i) voting (or not voting) in accordance with the Guidelines; (ii) convening a Committee meeting to assess available measures to address the conflict and implementing those measures; (iii) voting in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third-party service provider chosen by the Committee; (iv) voting (or not voting) in accordance with the instructions of such Client; (v) or not voting with respect to the proposal if consistent with DoubleLine’s fiduciary obligations.
Investments in the DoubleLine Funds. In the event that DoubleLine has discretionary authority to vote shares of a Fund owned by all Clients (including the Funds), DoubleLine will vote the shares of such Fund in the same proportion as the votes of the other beneficial shareholders of such Fund. Under this “echo voting” approach, DoubleLine’s voting of a Fund’s shares would merely amplify the votes already received from such Fund’s other shareholders. DoubleLine’s potential conflict is therefore mitigated by replicating the voting preferences expressed by the Fund’s other shareholders.
| IX. |
Procedures for Proxy Solicitation |
In the event that any employee of DoubleLine receives a request to reveal or disclose DoubleLine’s voting intention on a specific proxy event to a third party, the employee must forward the solicitation request to the Chief Compliance Officer or designee. Such requests shall be reviewed with the Committee or appropriate executive and senior management. Any written requests shall be retained with the proxy files maintained by the Chief Operating Officer or designee.
| X. |
Additional Procedures for the Funds |
A. Filing Form N-PX
D-4
Rule 30b1-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 requires mutual funds to file an annual record of proxies voted by a Fund on Form N-PX. Form N-PX must be filed each year no later than August 31 and must contain the Funds’ proxy voting record for the most recent twelve-month period ending June 30.
The Funds rely upon their respective fund administrator to prepare and make their filings on Form N-PX. DoubleLine shall assist the fund administrator by providing information (including by causing such information to be provided by any third party proxy voting service for record comparison purposes as deemed necessary) regarding any proxy votes made for the Funds within the most recent twelve-month period ending June 30. DoubleLine shall retain records of any such votes with sufficient information to make accurate annual Form N-PX filings.
B. Providing Policies and Procedures
Mutual funds (including the Funds) that invest in voting securities are required to describe in their Statements of Additional Information (“SAIs”) the policies and procedures that they use to determine how to vote proxies relating to securities held in their portfolios. The Funds also may chose to include these policies and procedures as part of their registration statement. Closed-end funds (such as DBL, DSL and DLY) must disclose their proxy voting policies and procedures annually on Form N-CSR.
Funds are required to disclose in shareholder reports that a description of the fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures is available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling a specified toll-free (or collect) telephone number; (ii) on the fund’s website, if applicable; and (iii) on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov. The fund administrator shall ensure that such disclosures are included when preparing shareholder reports on the Funds’ behalf. The Funds currently do not provide the proxy policies and procedures on their website.
A Fund is required to send the description of the fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures within three business days of receipt of the request, by first-class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery. The Funds rely upon the fund administrator to provide this service.
| XI. |
Recordkeeping |
| A. |
DoubleLine must maintain the documentation described in this Policy for a period of not less than five (5) years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two (2) years at its principal place of business. DoubleLine will be responsible for the following procedures and for ensuring that the required documentation is retained, including with respect to class action claims or corporate actions other than proxy voting. DoubleLine has engaged Glass Lewis to retain the aforementioned proxy voting records on behalf of DoubleLine (and its Clients). |
| B. |
Client request to review proxy votes: |
Any written request from a Client related to actions taken with respect to a proposal received by any employee of DoubleLine must be retained. Only written responses to oral requests need to be maintained.
The Client Service group will record the identity of the Client, the date of the request, and the disposition (e.g., provided a written or oral response to Client’s request, referred to third party, not a proxy voting client, other dispositions, etc.).
In order to facilitate the management of proxy voting record keeping process, and to facilitate dissemination of such proxy voting records to Clients, the Client Service group will distribute to any Client requesting proxy voting information DoubleLine’s complete proxy voting record for the Client for the period requested. If deemed operationally more efficient, DoubleLine may choose to release its entire proxy voting record for the requested period, with any information identifying a particular Client redacted. The Client Service group shall furnish the information requested, free of charge, to the Client within a reasonable time period (within 10 business days) and maintain a copy of the written record provided in response to Client’s written (including e-mail) or oral request. A copy of the written response should be attached and maintained with the Client’s written request, if applicable, and stored in an appropriate file.
D-5
Clients can require the delivery of the proxy voting record relevant to their accounts for the five year period prior to their request.
| C. |
Examples of proxy voting records: |
| - |
Documents prepared or created by DoubleLine that were material to making a decision on how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision. Documentation or notes or any communications received from third parties, other industry analysts, third party service providers, company’s management discussions, etc. that were material in the basis for the decision. |
| XII. |
Disclosure |
The Chief Compliance Officer or designee will ensure that Form ADV Part 2A is updated as necessary to reflect: (i) all material changes to this Policy; and (ii) regulatory requirements related to proxy voting disclosure.
D-6
Attachment A to Proxy Voting, Corporate Action and Class Action Policy
Guidelines
The proxy voting decisions set forth below refer to proposals by company management except for the categories of “Shareholder Proposals” and “Social Issue Proposals.” The voting decisions in these latter two categories refer to proposals by outside shareholders.
Governance
| • |
For trustee nominees in uncontested elections |
| • |
For management nominees in contested elections |
| • |
For ratifying auditors, except against if the previous auditor was dismissed because of a disagreement with the company or if the fees for non-audit services exceed 51% of total fees |
| • |
For changing the company name |
| • |
For approving other business |
| • |
For adjourning the meeting |
| • |
For technical amendments to the charter and/or bylaws |
| • |
For approving financial statements |
Capital Structure
| • |
For increasing authorized common stock |
| • |
For decreasing authorized common stock |
| • |
For amending authorized common stock |
| • |
For the issuance of common stock, except against if the issued common stock has superior voting rights |
| • |
For approving the issuance or exercise of stock warrants |
| • |
For authorizing preferred stock, except against if the board has unlimited rights to set the terms and conditions of the shares |
| • |
For increasing authorized preferred stock, except against if the board has unlimited rights to set the terms and conditions of the shares |
| • |
For decreasing authorized preferred stock |
| • |
For canceling a class or series of preferred stock |
| • |
For amending preferred stock |
| • |
For issuing or converting preferred stock, except against if the shares have voting rights superior to those of other shareholders |
| • |
For eliminating preemptive rights |
| • |
For creating or restoring preemptive rights |
| • |
Against authorizing dual or multiple classes of common stock |
| • |
For eliminating authorized dual or multiple classes of common stock |
| • |
For amending authorized dual or multiple classes of common stock |
| • |
For increasing authorized shares of one or more classes of dual or multiple classes of common stock, except against if it will allow the company to issue additional shares with superior voting rights |
| • |
For a stock repurchase program |
| • |
For a stock split |
| • |
For a reverse stock split, except against if the company does not intend to proportionally reduce the number of authorized shares |
Mergers and Restructuring
| • |
For merging with or acquiring another company |
| • |
For recapitalization |
| • |
For restructuring the company |
| • |
For bankruptcy restructurings |
| • |
For liquidations |
D-7
| • |
For reincorporating in a different state |
| • |
For spinning off certain company operations or divisions |
| • |
For the sale of assets |
| • |
Against eliminating cumulative voting |
| • |
For adopting cumulative voting |
Board of Trustees
| • |
For limiting the liability of trustees |
| • |
For setting the board size |
| • |
For allowing the trustees to fill vacancies on the board without shareholder approval |
| • |
Against giving the board the authority to set the size of the board as needed without shareholder approval |
| • |
For a proposal regarding the removal of trustees, except against if the proposal limits the removal of trustees to cases where there is legal cause |
| • |
For non-technical amendments to the company’s certificate of incorporation, except against if an amendment would have the effect of reducing shareholders’ rights |
| • |
For non-technical amendments to the company’s bylaws, except against if an amendment would have the effect of reducing shareholder’s rights |
Anti-Takeover Provisions
| • |
Against a classified board |
| • |
Against amending a classified board |
| • |
For repealing a classified board |
| • |
Against ratifying or adopting a shareholder rights plan (poison pill) |
| • |
Against redeeming a shareholder rights plan (poison pill) |
| • |
Against eliminating shareholders’ right to call a special meeting |
| • |
Against limiting shareholders’ right to call a special meeting |
| • |
For restoring shareholders’ right to call a special meeting |
| • |
Against eliminating shareholders’ right to act by written consent |
| • |
Against limiting shareholders’ right to act by written consent |
| • |
For restoring shareholders’ right to act by written consent |
| • |
Against establishing a supermajority vote provision to approve a merger or other business combination |
| • |
For amending a supermajority vote provision to approve a merger or other business combination, except against if the amendment would increase the vote required to approve the transaction |
| • |
For eliminating a supermajority vote provision to approve a merger or other business combination |
| • |
Against adopting supermajority vote requirements (lock-ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions |
| • |
Against amending supermajority vote requirements (lock-ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions |
| • |
For eliminating supermajority vote requirements (lock-ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions |
| • |
Against expanding or clarifying the authority of the board of trustees to consider factors other than the interests of shareholders in assessing a takeover bid |
| • |
Against establishing a fair price provision |
| • |
Against amending a fair price provision |
| • |
For repealing a fair price provision |
| • |
For limiting the payment of greenmail |
| • |
Against adopting advance notice requirements |
| • |
For opting out of a state takeover statutory provision |
| • |
Against opt into a state takeover statutory provision |
Compensation
| • |
For adopting a stock incentive plan for employees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of outstanding common stock or if the potential dilution from all company plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common stock |
D-8
| • |
For amending a stock incentive plan for employees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the minimum potential dilution from all company plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common stock |
| • |
For adding shares to a stock incentive plan for employees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of outstanding common stock or if the potential dilution from all company plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common stock |
| • |
For limiting per-employee option awards |
| • |
For extending the term of a stock incentive plan for employees |
| • |
Case-by-case on assuming stock incentive plans |
| • |
For adopting a stock incentive plan for non-employee trustees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common equity |
| • |
For amending a stock incentive plan for non-employee trustees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common equity |
| • |
For adding shares to a stock incentive plan for non-employee trustees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity |
| • |
For adopting an employee stock purchase plan, except against if the proposed plan allows employees to purchase stock at prices of less than 85% of the stock’s fair market value |
| • |
For amending an employee stock purchase plan, except against if the proposal allows employees to purchase stock at prices of less than 85% of the stock’s fair market value |
| • |
For adding shares to an employee stock purchase plan, except against if the proposed plan allows employees to purchase stock at prices of less than 85% of the stock’s fair market value |
| • |
For adopting a stock award plan, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity |
| • |
For amending a stock award plan, except against if the amendment shortens the vesting requirements or lessens the performance requirements |
| • |
For adding shares to a stock award plan, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity |
| • |
For adopting a stock award plan for non-employee trustees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity |
| • |
For amending a stock award plan for non-employee trustees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the minimum potential dilution from all plans is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity. |
| • |
For adding shares to a stock award plan for non-employee trustees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity |
| • |
For approving an annual bonus plan |
| • |
For adopting a savings plan |
| • |
For granting a one-time stock option or stock award, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity |
| • |
For adopting a deferred compensation plan |
| • |
For approving a long-term bonus plan |
| • |
For approving an employment agreement or contract |
| • |
For amending a deferred compensation plan |
| • |
For amending an annual bonus plan |
| • |
For reapproving a stock option plan or bonus plan for purposes of OBRA |
| • |
For amending a long-term bonus plan |
Shareholder Proposals
| • |
For requiring shareholder ratification of auditors |
| • |
Against requiring the auditors to attend the annual meeting |
| • |
Against limiting consulting by auditors |
D-9
| • |
Against requiring the rotation of auditors |
| • |
Against restoring preemptive rights |
| • |
For asking the company to study sales, spin-offs, or other strategic alternatives |
| • |
For asking the board to adopt confidential voting and independent tabulation of the proxy ballots |
| • |
Against asking the company to refrain from counting abstentions and broker non-votes in vote tabulations |
| • |
Against eliminating the company’s discretion to vote unmarked proxy ballots. |
| • |
For providing equal access to the proxy materials for shareholders |
| • |
Against requiring a majority vote to elect trustees |
| • |
Against requiring the improvement of annual meeting reports |
| • |
Against changing the annual meeting location |
| • |
Against changing the annual meeting date |
| • |
Against asking the board to include more women and minorities as trustees. |
| • |
Against seeking to increase board independence |
| • |
Against limiting the period of time a trustee can serve by establishing a retirement or tenure policy |
| • |
Against requiring minimum stock ownership by trustees |
| • |
Against providing for union or employee representatives on the board of trustees |
| • |
For increasing disclosure regarding the board’s role in the development and monitoring of the company’s long-term strategic plan |
| • |
For creating a nominating committee of the board |
| • |
Against urging the creation of a shareholder committee |
| • |
Against asking that the chairman of the board of trustees be chosen from among the ranks of the non-employee trustees |
| • |
Against asking that a lead trustee be chosen from among the ranks of the non-employee trustees |
| • |
For adopting cumulative voting |
| • |
Against requiring trustees to place a statement of candidacy in the proxy statement |
| • |
Against requiring the nomination of two trustee candidates for each open board seat |
| • |
Against making trustees liable for acts or omissions that constitute a breach of fiduciary care resulting from a trustee’s gross negligence and/or reckless or willful neglect |
| • |
For repealing a classified board |
| • |
Against asking the board to redeem or to allow shareholders to vote on a poison pill shareholder rights plan |
| • |
Against repealing fair price provisions |
| • |
For restoring shareholders’ right to call a special meeting |
| • |
For restoring shareholders’ right to act by written consent |
| • |
For limiting the board’s discretion to issue targeted share placements or requiring shareholder approval before such block placements can be made |
| • |
For seeking to force the company to opt out of a state takeover statutory provision |
| • |
Against reincorporating the company in another state |
| • |
For limiting greenmail payments |
| • |
Against advisory vote on compensation |
| • |
Against restricting executive compensation |
| • |
For enhancing the disclosure of executive compensation |
| • |
Against restricting trustee compensation |
| • |
Against capping executive pay |
| • |
Against calling for trustees to be paid with company stock |
| • |
Against calling for shareholder votes on executive pay |
| • |
Against calling for the termination of trustee retirement plans |
| • |
Against asking management to review, report on, and/or link executive compensation to non-financial criteria, particularly social criteria |
| • |
Against seeking shareholder approval to reprice or replace underwater stock options |
D-10
| • |
For banning or calling for a shareholder vote on future golden parachutes |
| • |
Against seeking to award performance-based stock options |
| • |
Against establishing a policy of expensing the costs of all future stock options issued by the company in the company’s annual income statement |
| • |
Against requesting that future executive compensation be determined without regard to any pension fund income |
| • |
Against approving extra benefits under Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs) |
| • |
Against requiring option shares to be held |
| • |
For creating a compensation committee |
| • |
Against requiring that the compensation committee hire its own independent compensation consultants-separate from the compensation consultants working with corporate management-to assist with executive compensation issues |
| • |
For increasing the independence of the compensation committee |
| • |
For increasing the independence of the audit committee |
| • |
For increasing the independence of key committees |
Social Issue Proposals
| • |
Against asking the company to develop or report on human rights policies |
| • |
Against asking the company to limit or end operations in Burma |
| • |
For asking management to review operations in Burma |
| • |
For asking management to certify that company operations are free of forced labor |
| • |
Against asking management to implement and/or increase activity on each of the principles of the U.S. Business Principles for Human Rights of Workers in China. |
| • |
Against asking management to develop social, economic, and ethical criteria that the company could use to determine the acceptability of military contracts and to govern the execution of the contracts |
| • |
Against asking management to create a plan of converting the company’s facilities that are dependent on defense contracts toward production for commercial markets |
| • |
Against asking management to report on the company’s government contracts for the development of ballistic missile defense technologies and related space systems |
| • |
Against asking management to report on the company’s foreign military sales or foreign offset activities |
| • |
Against asking management to limit or end nuclear weapons production |
| • |
Against asking management to review nuclear weapons production |
| • |
Against asking the company to establish shareholder-designated contribution programs |
| • |
Against asking the company to limit or end charitable giving |
| • |
For asking the company to increase disclosure of political spending and activities |
| • |
Against asking the company to limit or end political spending |
| • |
For requesting disclosure of company executives’ prior government service |
| • |
Against requesting affirmation of political nonpartisanship |
| • |
For asking management to report on or change tobacco product marketing practices, except against if the proposal calls for action beyond reporting |
| • |
Against severing links with the tobacco industry |
| • |
Against asking the company to review or reduce tobacco harm to health |
| • |
For asking management to review or promote animal welfare, except against if the proposal calls for action beyond reporting |
| • |
For asking the company to report or take action on pharmaceutical drug pricing or distribution, except against if the proposal asks for more than a report |
| • |
Against asking the company to take action on embryo or fetal destruction |
| • |
For asking the company to review or report on nuclear facilities or nuclear waste, except against if the proposal asks for cessation of nuclear-related activities or other action beyond reporting |
| • |
For asking the company to review its reliance on nuclear and fossil fuels, its development or use of solar and wind power, or its energy efficiency, except vote against if the proposal asks for more than a report. |
| • |
Against asking management to endorse the Ceres principles |
| • |
For asking the company to control generation of pollutants, except against if the proposal asks for action beyond reporting or if the company reports its omissions and plans to limit their future growth or if the company reports its omissions and plans to reduce them from established levels |
D-11
| • |
For asking the company to report on its environmental impact or plans, except against if management has issued a written statement beyond the legal minimum |
| • |
For asking management to report or take action on climate change, except against if management acknowledges a global warming threat and has issued company policy or if management has issued a statement and committed to targets and timetables or if the company is not a major emitter of greenhouse gases |
| • |
For asking management to report on, label, or restrict sales of bioengineered products, except against if the proposal asks for action beyond reporting or calls for a moratorium on sales of bioengineered products |
| • |
Against asking the company to preserve natural habitat |
| • |
Against asking the company to review its developing country debt and lending criteria and to report to shareholders on its findings |
| • |
Against requesting the company to assess the environmental, public health, human rights, labor rights, or other socioeconomic impacts of its credit decisions |
| • |
For requesting reports and/or reviews of plans and/or policies on fair lending practices, except against if the proposal calls for action beyond reporting |
| • |
Against asking the company to establish committees to consider issues related to facilities closure and relocation of work |
| • |
For asking management to report on the company’s affirmative action policies and programs, including releasing its EEO-1 forms and providing statistical data on specific positions within the company, except against if the company releases its EEO-1 reports |
| • |
Against asking management to drop sexual orientation from EEO policy |
| • |
Against asking management to adopt a sexual orientation non-discrimination policy |
| • |
For asking management to report on or review Mexican operations |
| • |
Against asking management to adopt standards for Mexican operations |
| • |
Against asking management to review or implement the MacBride principles |
| • |
Against asking the company to encourage its contractors and franchisees to implement the MacBride principles |
| • |
For asking management to report on or review its global labor practices or those of its contractors, except against if the company already reports publicly using a recognized standard or if the resolution asks for more than a report |
| • |
Against asking management to adopt, implement, or enforce a global workplace code of conduct based on the International Labor Organization’s core labor conventions |
| • |
For requesting reports on sustainability, except against if the company has already issued a report in GRI format |
History of Amendments:
Updated and effective as of February 2020
Approved by the boards of DFT, DSL, DBL and DLY: November 21, 2019
Last reviewed November 2019
Reviewed and approved by the Boards of the DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity Funds, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund and DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund: August 20, 2015
Adopted by the DoubleLine Equity Funds Board of Trustees: March 19, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Equity Funds Board: May 22, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Equity Funds Board: November 20, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Equity Funds Board: August 21, 2014
Adopted by the DoubleLine Income Solutions Board of Trustees: March 19, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Income Solutions Board of Trustees: May 22, 2013 Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Income Solutions Board of Trustees: November 20, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Income Solutions Board of Trustees: August 21, 2014
Adopted by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees: August 24, 2011
Renewed and approved by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees: March 19, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees: May 22, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees: November 20, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees: August 21, 2014
D-12
Adopted by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board: March 25, 2010
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board: March 1, 2011
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board: August 25, 2011
Renewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board of Trustees: March 19, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board: May 22, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board: November 20, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board: August 21, 2014
D-13
APPENDIX E
MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
February 1, 2020
Massachusetts Financial Services Company, MFS Institutional Advisors, Inc., MFS International (UK) Limited, MFS Heritage Trust Company, MFS Investment Management (Canada) Limited, MFS Investment Management Company (Lux) S.à r.l., MFS International Singapore Pte. Ltd., MFS Investment Management K.K., MFS International Australia Pty. Ltd.; and MFS’ other subsidiaries that perform discretionary investment management activities (collectively, “MFS”) have adopted proxy voting policies and procedures, as set forth below (“MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures”), with respect to securities owned by the clients for which MFS serves as investment adviser and has the power to vote proxies, including the pooled investment vehicles sponsored by MFS (the “MFS Funds”). References to “clients” in these policies and procedures include the MFS Funds and other clients of MFS, such as funds organized offshore, sub-advised funds and separate account clients, to the extent these clients have delegated to MFS the responsibility to vote proxies on their behalf under the MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.
The MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures include:
A. Voting Guidelines;
B. Administrative Procedures;
C Records Retention; and
D. Reports.
| A. |
VOTING GUIDELINES |
| 1. |
General Policy; Potential Conflicts of Interest |
MFS’ policy is that proxy voting decisions are made in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in the interests of any other party or in MFS’ corporate interests, including interests such as the distribution of MFS Fund shares and institutional client relationships.
MFS reviews corporate governance issues and proxy voting matters that are presented for shareholder vote by either management or shareholders of public companies. Based on the overall principle that all votes cast by MFS on behalf of its clients must be in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of such clients, MFS has adopted proxy voting guidelines, set forth below, that govern how MFS generally will vote on specific matters presented for shareholder vote.
As a general matter, MFS votes consistently on similar proxy proposals across all shareholder meetings. However, some proxy proposals, such as certain excessive executive compensation, environmental, social and governance matters, are analyzed on a case-by-case basis in light of all the
E-1
relevant facts and circumstances of the proposal. Therefore, MFS may vote similar proposals differently at different shareholder meetings based on the specific facts and circumstances of the issuer or the terms of the proposal. In addition, MFS also reserves the right to override the guidelines with respect to a particular proxy proposal when such an override is, in MFS’ best judgment, consistent with the overall principle of voting proxies in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients.
While MFS generally votes consistently on the same matter when securities of an issuer are held by multiple client portfolios, MFS may vote differently on the matter for different client portfolios under certain circumstances. One reason why MFS may vote differently is if MFS has received explicit voting instructions to vote differently from a client for its own account. Likewise, MFS may vote differently if the portfolio management team responsible for a particular client account believes that a different voting instruction is in the best long-term economic interest of such account.
From time to time, MFS may receive comments on the MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures from its clients. These comments are carefully considered by MFS when it reviews these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and revises them as appropriate, in MFS’ sole judgment.
These policies and procedures are intended to address any potential material conflicts of interest on the part of MFS or its subsidiaries that are likely to arise in connection with the voting of proxies on behalf of MFS’ clients. If such potential material conflicts of interest do arise, MFS will analyze, document and report on such potential material conflicts of interest (see Sections B.2 and D below), and shall ultimately vote the relevant proxies in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of its clients. The MFS Proxy Voting Committee is responsible for monitoring and reporting with respect to such potential material conflicts of interest.
MFS is also a signatory to the Principles for Responsible Investment. In developing these guidelines, MFS considered environmental, social and corporate governance issues in light of MFS’ fiduciary obligation to vote proxies in the best long-term economic interest of its clients.
| 2. |
MFS’ Policy on Specific Issues |
Election of Directors
MFS believes that good governance should be based on a board with at least a simple majority of directors who are “independent” of management, and whose key committees (e.g., compensation, nominating, and audit committees) consist entirely of “independent” directors. While MFS generally supports the board’s nominees in uncontested or non-contentious elections, we will not support a nominee to a board of a U.S. issuer (or issuer listed on a U.S. exchange) if, as a result of such nominee being elected to the board, the board would consist of a simple majority of members who are not “independent” or, alternatively, the compensation, nominating (including instances in which the full board serves as the compensation or nominating committee) or audit committees would include members who are not “independent.” Likewise, we will evaluate nominees for a board of a U.S. issuer with a lead independent director whose overall tenure on the board exceeds twenty (20) years on a case-by-case basis.
MFS will also not support a nominee to a board if we can determine that he or she attended less than 75% of the board and/or relevant committee meetings in the previous year without a valid reason stated in the proxy materials or other company communications. In addition, MFS may not support some or all nominees standing for re-election to a board if we can determine: (1) the board or its compensation committee has re-priced or exchanged underwater stock options since the last annual meeting of
E-2
shareholders and without shareholder approval; (2) the board or relevant committee has not taken adequately responsive action to an issue that received majority support or opposition from shareholders; (3) the board has implemented a poison pill without shareholder approval since the last annual meeting and such poison pill is not on the subsequent shareholder meeting’s agenda, (including those related to net-operating loss carry-forwards); (4) the board or relevant committee has failed to adequately oversee risk by allowing the hedging and/or significant pledging of company shares by executives; or (5) there are governance concerns with a director or issuer.
MFS also believes that a well-balanced board with diverse perspectives is a foundation for sound corporate governance. MFS will generally vote against the chair of the nominating and governance committee or equivalent position at any U.S., Canadian or European company whose board is comprised of less than 15% female directors. MFS may consider, among other factors, whether the company is transitioning towards increased board gender diversity in determining MFS’ final voting decision. While MFS’ guideline currently pertains to U.S., Canadian and European companies, we generally believe greater female representation on boards is needed globally. As a result, we may increase the minimum percentage of gender diverse directors on company boards and/or expand our policy to other markets to reinforce this expectation.
MFS believes that the size of the board can have an effect on the board’s ability to function efficiently. While MFS evaluates board size on a case-by-case basis, we will typically vote against the chair of the nominating and governance committee in instances where the size of the board is greater than sixteen (16) members.
For a director who is not a CEO of a public company, MFS will vote against a nominee who serves on more than four (4) public company boards in total. For a director who is also a CEO of a public company, MFS will vote against a nominee who serves on more than two (2) public-company boards in total. MFS may consider exceptions to this policy if: (i) the company has disclosed the director’s plans to step down from the number of public company boards exceeding four (4) or two (2), as applicable, within a reasonable time; or (ii) the director exceeds the permitted number of public company board seats solely due to either his/her board service on an affiliated company (e.g., a subsidiary), or service on more than one investment company within the same investment company complex (as defined by applicable law). With respect to a director who serves as a CEO of a public company, MFS will support his or her re-election to the board of the company for which he or she serves as CEO.
MFS may not support certain board nominees of U.S. issuers under certain circumstances where MFS deems compensation to be egregious due to pay-for-performance issues and/or poor pay practices. Please see the section below titled “MFS’ Policy on Specific Issues - Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation” for further details.
MFS evaluates a contested or contentious election of directors on a case-by-case basis considering the long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry, management’s track record, the qualifications of all nominees, and an evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders.
Majority Voting and Director Elections
MFS votes for reasonably crafted proposals calling for directors to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast and/or the elimination of the plurality standard for electing directors (including binding resolutions requesting that the board amend the company’s bylaws), provided the proposal includes a carve-out for a plurality voting standard when there are more director nominees than board seats (e.g., contested elections) (“Majority Vote Proposals”).
E-3
Classified Boards
MFS generally supports proposals to declassify a board (i.e., a board in which only one-third of board members is elected each year) for all issuers other than for certain closed-end investment companies. MFS generally opposes proposals to classify a board for issuers other than for certain closed-end investment companies.
Proxy Access
MFS believes that the ability of qualifying shareholders to nominate a certain number of directors on the company’s proxy statement (“Proxy Access”) may have corporate governance benefits. However, such potential benefits must be balanced by its potential misuse by shareholders. Therefore, we support Proxy Access proposals at U.S. issuers that establish an ownership criteria of 3% of the company held continuously for a period of 3 years. In our view, such qualifying shareholders should have the ability to nominate at least 2 directors. Companies should be mindful of imposing any undue impediments within its bylaws that may render Proxy Access impractical, including re-submission thresholds for director nominees via Proxy Access.
MFS analyzes all other proposals seeking Proxy Access on a case-by-case basis. In its analysis, MFS will consider the proposed ownership criteria for qualifying shareholders (such as ownership threshold and holding period) as well as the proponent’s rationale for seeking Proxy Access.
Stock Plans
MFS opposes stock option programs and restricted stock plans that provide unduly generous compensation for officers, directors or employees, or that could result in excessive dilution to other shareholders. As a general guideline, MFS votes against restricted stock, stock option, non-employee director, omnibus stock plans and any other stock plan if all such plans for a particular company involve potential dilution, in the aggregate, of more than 15%. However, MFS will also vote against stock plans that involve potential dilution, in aggregate, of more than 10% at U.S. issuers that are listed in the Standard and Poor’s 100 index as of December 31 of the previous year. In the cases where a stock plan amendment is seeking qualitative changes and not additional shares, MFS will vote its shares on a case-by-case basis.
E-4
MFS also opposes stock option programs that allow the board or the compensation committee to re-price underwater options or to automatically replenish shares without shareholder approval. MFS also votes against stock option programs for officers, employees or non-employee directors that do not require an investment by the optionee, that give “free rides” on the stock price, or that permit grants of stock options with an exercise price below fair market value on the date the options are granted. MFS will consider proposals to exchange existing options for newly issued options, restricted stock or cash on a case-by-case basis, taking into account certain factors, including, but not limited to, whether there is a reasonable value-for-value exchange and whether senior executives are excluded from participating in the exchange.
MFS supports the use of a broad-based employee stock purchase plans to increase company stock ownership by employees, provided that shares purchased under the plan are acquired for no less than 85% of their market value and do not result in excessive dilution.
Shareholder Proposals on Executive Compensation
MFS believes that competitive compensation packages are necessary to attract, motivate and retain executives. However, MFS also recognizes that certain executive compensation practices can be “excessive” and not in the best, long-term economic interest of a company’s shareholders. We believe that the election of an issuer’s board of directors (as outlined above), votes on stock plans (as outlined above) and advisory votes on pay (as outlined below) are typically the most effective mechanisms to express our view on a company’s compensation practices.
MFS generally opposes shareholder proposals that seek to set rigid restrictions on executive compensation as MFS believes that compensation committees should retain some flexibility to determine the appropriate pay package for executives. Although we support linking executive stock option grants to a company’s performance, MFS also opposes shareholder proposals that mandate a link of performance-based pay to a specific metric. MFS generally supports reasonably crafted shareholder proposals that (i) require the issuer to adopt a policy to recover the portion of performance-based bonuses and awards paid to senior executives that were not earned based upon a significant negative restatement of earnings unless the company already has adopted a satisfactory policy on the matter, (ii) expressly prohibit the backdating of stock options, and (iii) prohibit the acceleration of vesting of equity awards upon a broad definition of a “change-in-control” (e.g., single or modified single-trigger).
Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation
MFS will analyze advisory votes on executive compensation on a case-by-case basis. MFS will vote against an issuer’s executive compensation practices if MFS determines that such practices are excessive or include incentive metrics or structures that are poorly aligned with the best, long-term economic interest of a company’s shareholders. MFS will vote in favor of executive compensation practices if MFS has not determined that these practices are excessive or that the practices include incentive metrics or structures that are poorly aligned with the best, long-term economic interest of a company’s shareholders. Examples of excessive executive compensation practices or poorly aligned incentives may include, but are not limited to, a pay-for-performance disconnect, a set of incentive metrics or a compensation plan structure that MFS believes may lead to a future pay-for-performance disconnect, employment contract terms such as guaranteed bonus provisions, unwarranted pension payouts, backdated stock options, overly generous hiring bonuses for chief executive officers, significant perquisites, or the potential reimbursement of excise taxes to an executive in regards to a severance package. In cases where MFS (i) votes against consecutive advisory pay votes, or (ii) determines that a particularly egregious
E-5
excessive executive compensation practice has occurred, then MFS may also vote against certain or all board nominees. MFS may also vote against certain or all board nominees if an advisory pay vote for a U.S. issuer is not on the agenda, or the company has not implemented the advisory vote frequency supported by a plurality/majority of shareholders.
MFS generally supports proposals to include an advisory shareholder vote on an issuer’s executive compensation practices on an annual basis.
“Golden Parachutes”
From time to time, MFS may evaluate a separate, advisory vote on severance packages or “golden parachutes” to certain executives at the same time as a vote on a proposed merger or acquisition. MFS will support an advisory vote on a severance package on a case-by-case basis, and MFS may vote against the severance package regardless of whether MFS supports the proposed merger or acquisition.
Shareholders of companies may also submit proxy proposals that would require shareholder approval of severance packages for executive officers that exceed certain predetermined thresholds. MFS votes in favor of such shareholder proposals when they would require shareholder approval of any severance package for an executive officer that exceeds a certain multiple of such officer’s annual compensation that is not determined in MFS’ judgment to be excessive.
Anti-Takeover Measures
In general, MFS votes against any measure that inhibits capital appreciation in a stock, including proposals that protect management from action by shareholders. These types of proposals take many forms, ranging from “poison pills” and “shark repellents” to super-majority requirements.
While MFS may consider the adoption of a prospective “poison pill” or the continuation of an existing “poison pill” on a case-by-case basis, MFS generally votes against such anti-takeover devices. MFS generally votes for proposals to rescind existing “poison pills” and proposals that would require shareholder approval to adopt prospective “poison pills.” MFS will also consider, on a case-by-case basis, proposals designed to prevent tenders which are disadvantageous to shareholders such as tenders at below market prices and tenders for substantially less than all shares of an issuer.
MFS will consider any poison pills designed to protect a company’s net-operating loss carryforwards on a case-by-case basis, weighing the accounting and tax benefits of such a pill against the risk of deterring future acquisition candidates.
Proxy Contests
From time to time, a shareholder may express alternative points of view in terms of a company’s strategy, capital allocation, or other issues. Such shareholder may also propose a slate of director nominees different than the slate of director nominees proposed by the company (a “Proxy Contest”). MFS will analyze Proxy Contests on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the track record and current recommended initiatives of both company management and the dissident shareholder(s). Like all of our proxy votes, MFS will support the slate of director nominees that we believe is in the best, long-term economic interest of our clients.
E-6
Reincorporation and Reorganization Proposals
When presented with a proposal to reincorporate a company under the laws of a different state, or to effect some other type of corporate reorganization, MFS considers the underlying purpose and ultimate effect of such a proposal in determining whether or not to support such a measure. MFS generally votes with management in regards to these types of proposals, however, if MFS believes the proposal is not in the best long-term economic interests of its clients, then MFS may vote against management (e.g., the intent or effect would be to create additional inappropriate impediments to possible acquisitions or takeovers).
Issuance of Stock
There are many legitimate reasons for the issuance of stock. Nevertheless, as noted above under “Stock Plans,” when a stock option plan (either individually or when aggregated with other plans of the same company) would substantially dilute the existing equity (e.g., by approximately 10-15% as described above), MFS generally votes against the plan. In addition, MFS typically votes against proposals where management is asking for authorization to issue common or preferred stock with no reason stated (a “blank check”) because the unexplained authorization could work as a potential anti-takeover device. MFS may also vote against the authorization or issuance of common or preferred stock if MFS determines that the requested authorization is excessive or not warranted.
Repurchase Programs
MFS supports proposals to institute share repurchase plans in which all shareholders have the opportunity to participate on an equal basis. Such plans may include a company acquiring its own shares on the open market, or a company making a tender offer to its own shareholders.
Cumulative Voting
MFS opposes proposals that seek to introduce cumulative voting and for proposals that seek to eliminate cumulative voting. In either case, MFS will consider whether cumulative voting is likely to enhance the interests of MFS’ clients as minority shareholders.
Written Consent and Special Meetings
The right to call a special meeting or act by written consent can be a powerful tool for shareholders. As such, MFS supports proposals requesting the right for shareholders who hold at least 10% of the issuer’s outstanding stock to call a special meeting. MFS also supports proposals requesting the right for shareholders to act by written consent.
Independent Auditors
MFS believes that the appointment of auditors for U.S. issuers is best left to the board of directors of the company and therefore supports the ratification of the board’s selection of an auditor for the company. Some shareholder groups have submitted proposals to limit the non-audit activities of a company’s audit firm or prohibit any non-audit services by a company’s auditors to that company. MFS opposes proposals recommending the prohibition or limitation of the performance of non-audit services by an auditor, and proposals recommending the removal of a company’s auditor due to the performance of non-audit work for the company by its auditor. MFS believes that the board, or its audit committee, should have the discretion to hire the company’s auditor for specific pieces of non-audit work in the limited situations permitted under current law.
E-7
Other Business
MFS generally votes against “other business” proposals as the content of any such matter is not known at the time of our vote.
Adjourn Shareholder Meeting
MFS generally supports proposals to adjourn a shareholder meeting if we support the other ballot items on the meeting’s agenda. MFS generally votes against proposals to adjourn a meeting if we do not support the other ballot items on the meeting’s agenda.
Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) Issues
MFS believes that a company’s ESG practices may have an impact on the company’s long-term economic financial performance and will generally support proposals relating to ESG issues that MFS believes are in the best long-term economic interest of the company’s shareholders. For those ESG proposals for which a specific policy has not been adopted, MFS considers such ESG proposals on a case-by-case basis. As a result, it may vote similar proposals differently at various shareholder meetings based on the specific facts and circumstances of such proposal.
MFS generally supports proposals that seek to remove governance structures that insulate management from shareholders (i.e., anti-takeover measures) or that seek to enhance shareholder rights. Many of these governance-related issues, including compensation issues, are outlined within the context of the above guidelines. In addition, MFS typically supports proposals that require an issuer to reimburse successful dissident shareholders (who are not seeking control of the company) for reasonable expenses that such dissident incurred in soliciting an alternative slate of director candidates. MFS also generally supports reasonably crafted shareholder proposals requesting increased disclosure around the company’s use of collateral in derivatives trading. MFS typically supports proposals for an independent board chairperson. However, we may not support such proposals if we determine there to be an appropriate and effective counter-balancing leadership structure in place (e.g., a strong, independent lead director with an appropriate level of powers and duties). For any governance-related proposal for which an explicit guideline is not provided above, MFS will consider such proposals on a case-by-case basis and will support such proposals if MFS believes that it is in the best long-term economic interest of the company’s shareholders.
MFS generally supports proposals that request disclosure on the impact of environmental issues on the company’s operations, sales, and capital investments. However, MFS may not support such proposals based on the facts and circumstances surrounding a specific proposal, including, but not limited to, whether (i) the proposal is unduly costly, restrictive, or burdensome, (ii) the company already provides publicly-available information that is sufficient to enable shareholders to evaluate the potential opportunities and risks that environmental matters pose to the company’s operations, sales and capital investments, or (iii) the proposal seeks a level of disclosure that exceeds that provided by the company’s industry peers. MFS will analyze all other environmental proposals on a case-by-case basis and will support such proposals if MFS believes such proposal is in the best long-term economic interest of the company’s shareholders.
E-8
MFS will analyze social proposals on a case-by-case basis. MFS will support such proposals if MFS believes that such proposal is in the best long-term economic interest of the company’s shareholders. Generally, MFS will support shareholder proposals that (i) seek to amend a company’s equal employment opportunity policy to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and gender identity; and (ii) request additional disclosure regarding a company’s political contributions (including trade organizations and lobbying activity) (unless the company already provides publicly-available information that is sufficient to enable shareholders to evaluate the potential opportunities and risks that such contributions pose to the company’s operations, sales and capital investments).
The laws of various states or countries may regulate how the interests of certain clients subject to those laws (e.g., state pension plans) are voted with respect to social issues. Thus, it may be necessary to cast ballots differently for certain clients than MFS might normally do for other clients.
Foreign Issuers
MFS generally supports the election of a director nominee standing for re-election in uncontested or non-contentious elections unless it can be determined that (1) he or she failed to attend at least 75% of the board and/or relevant committee meetings in the previous year without a valid reason given in the proxy materials; (2) since the last annual meeting of shareholders and without shareholder approval, the board or its compensation committee has re-priced underwater stock options; or (3) since the last annual meeting, the board has either implemented a poison pill without shareholder approval or has not taken responsive action to a majority shareholder approved resolution recommending that the “poison pill” be rescinded. In such circumstances, we will vote against director nominee(s).
Also, certain markets outside of the U.S. have adopted best practice guidelines relating to corporate governance matters (e.g., the United Kingdom’s and Japan Corporate Governance Codes). Many of these guidelines operate on a “comply or explain” basis. As such, MFS will evaluate any explanations by companies relating to their compliance with a particular corporate governance guideline on a case-by-case basis and may vote against the board nominees or other relevant ballot item if such explanation is not satisfactory. While we incorporate market best practice guidelines and local corporate governance codes into our decision making for certain foreign issuers, we may apply additional standards than those promulgated in a local market if we believe such approach will advance market best practices. Specifically, in the Japanese market we will generally vote against certain director nominees where the board is not comprised of at least one-third independent directors as determined by MFS in its sole discretion. In some circumstances, MFS may submit a vote to abstain from certain director nominees or the relevant ballot items if we have concerns with the nominee or ballot item, but do not believe these concerns rise to the level where a vote against is warranted.
MFS generally supports the election of auditors, but may determine to vote against the election of a statutory auditor in certain markets if MFS reasonably believes that the statutory auditor is not truly independent.
Some international markets have also adopted mandatory requirements for all companies to hold shareholder votes on executive compensation. MFS will vote against such proposals if MFS determines that a company’s executive compensation practices are excessive, considering such factors as the specific market’s best practices that seek to maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment and to create long-term shareholder value. We may alternatively submit an abstention vote on such proposals in circumstances where our executive compensation concerns are not as severe.
E-9
Many other items on foreign proxies involve repetitive, non-controversial matters that are mandated by local law. Accordingly, the items that are generally deemed routine and which do not require the exercise of judgment under these guidelines (and therefore voted with management) for foreign issuers include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) receiving financial statements or other reports from the board; (ii) approval of declarations of dividends; (iii) appointment of shareholders to sign board meeting minutes; (iv) discharge of management and supervisory boards; and (v) approval of share repurchase programs (absent any anti-takeover or other concerns). MFS will evaluate all other items on proxies for foreign companies in the context of the guidelines described above, but will generally vote against an item if there is not sufficient information disclosed in order to make an informed voting decision. For any ballot item where MFS wishes to express a more moderate level of concern than a vote of against, we will cast a vote to abstain.
In accordance with local law or business practices, some foreign companies or custodians prevent the sale of shares that have been voted for a certain period beginning prior to the shareholder meeting and ending on the day following the meeting (“share blocking”). Depending on the country in which a company is domiciled, the blocking period may begin a stated number of days prior or subsequent to the meeting (e.g., one, three or five days) or on a date established by the company. While practices vary, in many countries the block period can be continued for a longer period if the shareholder meeting is adjourned and postponed to a later date. Similarly, practices vary widely as to the ability of a shareholder to have the “block” restriction lifted early (e.g., in some countries shares generally can be “unblocked” up to two days prior to the meeting whereas in other countries the removal of the block appears to be discretionary with the issuer’s transfer agent). Due to these restrictions, MFS must balance the benefits to its clients of voting proxies against the potentially serious portfolio management consequences of a reduced flexibility to sell the underlying shares at the most advantageous time. For companies in countries with share blocking periods or in markets where some custodians may block shares, the disadvantage of being unable to sell the stock regardless of changing conditions generally outweighs the advantages of voting at the shareholder meeting for routine items. Accordingly, MFS will not vote those proxies in the absence of an unusual, significant vote that outweighs the disadvantage of being unable to sell the stock.
From time to time, governments may impose economic sanctions which may prohibit us from transacting business with certain companies or individuals. These sanctions may also prohibit the voting of proxies at certain companies or on certain individuals. In such instances, MFS will not vote at certain companies or on certain individuals if it determines that doing so is in violation of the sanctions.
In limited circumstances, other market specific impediments to voting shares may limit our ability to cast votes, including, but not limited to, late delivery of proxy materials, untimely vote cut-off dates, power of attorney and share re-registration requirements, or any other unusual voting requirements. In these limited instances, MFS votes securities on a best efforts basis in the context of the guidelines described above.
Mergers, Acquisitions & Other Special Transactions
MFS considers proposals with respect to mergers, acquisitions, sale of company assets, share and debt issuances and other transactions that have the potential to affect ownership interests on a case-by-case basis.
E-10
| B. |
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES |
| 1. |
MFS Proxy Voting Committee |
The administration of these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is overseen by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, which includes senior personnel from the MFS Legal and Global Investment and Client Support Departments as well as members of the investment team. The Proxy Voting Committee does not include individuals whose primary duties relate to client relationship management, marketing, or sales. The MFS Proxy Voting Committee:
| a. |
Reviews these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures at least annually and recommends any amendments considered to be necessary or advisable; |
| b. |
Determines whether any potential material conflict of interest exists with respect to instances in which MFS (i) seeks to override these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures; (ii) votes on ballot items not governed by these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures; (iii) evaluates an excessive executive compensation issue in relation to the election of directors; or (iv) requests a vote recommendation from an MFS portfolio manager or investment analyst (e.g., mergers and acquisitions); |
| c. |
Considers special proxy issues as they may arise from time to time; and |
| d. |
Determines engagement priorities and strategies with respect to MFS’ proxy voting activities |
| 2. |
Potential Conflicts of Interest |
The MFS Proxy Voting Committee is responsible for monitoring potential material conflicts of interest on the part of MFS or its subsidiaries that could arise in connection with the voting of proxies on behalf of MFS’ clients. Due to the client focus of our investment management business, we believe that the potential for actual material conflict of interest issues is small. Nonetheless, we have developed precautions to assure that all proxy votes are cast in the best long-term economic interest of shareholders.1 Other MFS internal policies require all MFS employees to avoid actual and potential conflicts of interests between personal activities and MFS’ client activities. If an employee (including investment professionals) identifies an actual or potential conflict of interest with respect to any voting decision (including the ownership of securities in their individual portfolio), then that employee must recuse himself/herself from participating in the voting process. Any significant attempt by an employee of MFS or its subsidiaries to unduly influence MFS’ voting on a particular proxy matter should also be reported to the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.
In cases where proxies are voted in accordance with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, no material conflict of interest will be deemed to exist. In cases where (i) MFS is considering overriding these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, (ii) matters presented for vote are not governed by these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, (iii) MFS evaluates a potentially excessive executive compensation issue in relation to the election of directors or advisory pay or severance package
| 1 |
For clarification purposes, note that MFS votes in what we believe to be the best, long-term economic interest of our clients entitled to vote at the shareholder meeting, regardless of whether other MFS clients hold “short” positions in the same issuer. |
E-11
vote, or (iv) a vote recommendation is requested from an MFS portfolio manager or investment analyst (e.g., mergers and acquisitions); (collectively, “Non-Standard Votes”); the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will follow these procedures:
| a. |
Compare the name of the issuer of such proxy against a list of significant current (i) distributors of MFS Fund shares, and (ii) MFS institutional clients (the “MFS Significant Distributor and Client List”); |
| b. |
If the name of the issuer does not appear on the MFS Significant Distributor and Client List, then no material conflict of interest will be deemed to exist, and the proxy will be voted as otherwise determined by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee; |
| c. |
If the name of the issuer appears on the MFS Significant Distributor and Client List, then the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will be apprised of that fact and each member of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will carefully evaluate the proposed vote in order to ensure that the proxy ultimately is voted in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in MFS’ corporate interests; and |
| d. |
For all potential material conflicts of interest identified under clause (c) above, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will document: the name of the issuer, the issuer’s relationship to MFS, the analysis of the matters submitted for proxy vote, the votes as to be cast and the reasons why the MFS Proxy Voting Committee determined that the votes were cast in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in MFS’ corporate interests. A copy of the foregoing documentation will be provided to MFS’ Conflicts Officer. |
The members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee are responsible for creating and maintaining the MFS Significant Distributor and Client List, in consultation with MFS’ distribution and institutional business units. The MFS Significant Distributor and Client List will be reviewed and updated periodically, as appropriate.
For instances where MFS is evaluating a director nominee who also serves as a director/trustee of the MFS Funds, then the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will adhere to the procedures described in section (d) above regardless of whether the portfolio company appears on our Significant Distributor and Client List.
If an MFS client has the right to vote on a matter submitted to shareholders by Sun Life Financial, Inc. or any of its affiliates (collectively “Sun Life”), MFS will cast a vote on behalf of such MFS client as such client instructs or in the event that a client instruction is unavailable pursuant to the recommendations of Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc.’s (“ISS”) benchmark policy, or as required by law. Likewise, if an MFS client has the right to vote on a matter submitted to shareholders by a public company for which an MFS Fund director/trustee serves as an executive officer, MFS will cast a vote on behalf of such MFS client as such client instructs or in the event that client instruction is unavailable pursuant to the recommendations of ISS or as required by law.
E-12
Except as described in the MFS Fund’s Prospectus, from time to time, certain MFS Funds (the “top tier fund”) may own shares of other MFS Funds (the “underlying fund”). If an underlying fund submits a matter to a shareholder vote, the top tier fund will generally vote its shares in the same proportion as the other shareholders of the underlying fund. If there are no other shareholders in the underlying fund, the top tier fund will vote in what MFS believes to be in the top tier fund’s best long-term economic interest. If an MFS client has the right to vote on a matter submitted to shareholders by a pooled investment vehicle advised by MFS (excluding those vehicles for which MFS’ role is primarily portfolio management and is overseen by another investment adviser), MFS will cast a vote on behalf of such MFS client in the same proportion as the other shareholders of the pooled investment vehicle.
| 3. |
Gathering Proxies |
Most proxies received by MFS and its clients originate at Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. (“Broadridge”). Broadridge and other service providers, on behalf of custodians, send proxy related material to the record holders of the shares beneficially owned by MFS’ clients, usually to the client’s proxy voting administrator or, less commonly, to the client itself. This material will include proxy ballots reflecting the shareholdings of Funds and of clients on the record dates for such shareholder meetings, as well as proxy materials with the issuer’s explanation of the items to be voted upon.
MFS, on behalf of itself and certain of its clients (including the MFS Funds) has entered into an agreement with an independent proxy administration firm pursuant to which the proxy administration firm performs various proxy vote related administrative services such as vote processing and recordkeeping functions. Except as noted below, the proxy administration firm for MFS and its clients, including the MFS Funds, is ISS. The proxy administration firm for MFS Development Funds, LLC is Glass, Lewis & Co., Inc. (“Glass Lewis”; Glass Lewis and ISS are each hereinafter referred to as the “Proxy Administrator”).
The Proxy Administrator receives proxy statements and proxy ballots directly or indirectly from various custodians, logs these materials into its database and matches upcoming meetings with MFS Fund and client portfolio holdings, which are input into the Proxy Administrator’s system by an MFS holdings data-feed. Through the use of the Proxy Administrator system, ballots and proxy material summaries for all upcoming shareholders’ meetings are available on-line to certain MFS employees and members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.
It is the responsibility of the Proxy Administrator and MFS to monitor the receipt of ballots. When proxy ballots and materials for clients are received by the Proxy Administrator, they are input into the Proxy Administrator’s on-line system. The Proxy Administrator then reconciles a list of all MFS accounts that hold shares of a company’s stock and the number of shares held on the record date by these accounts with the Proxy Administrator’s list of any upcoming shareholder’s meeting of that company. If a proxy ballot has not been received, the Proxy Administrator contacts the custodian requesting the reason as to why a ballot has not been received.
| 4. |
Analyzing Proxies |
Proxies are voted in accordance with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures. The Proxy Administrator, at the prior direction of MFS, automatically votes all proxy matters that do not require the particular exercise of discretion or judgment with respect to these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures as determined by MFS. With respect to proxy matters that require the particular exercise of discretion or judgment, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee or its representatives considers and votes on
E-13
those proxy matters. MFS also receives research and recommendations from the Proxy Administrator which it may take into account in deciding how to vote. MFS uses its own internal research, the research of Proxy Administrators and/or other third party research tools and vendors to identify (i) circumstances in which a board may have approved an executive compensation plan that is excessive or poorly aligned with the portfolio company’s business or its shareholders, (ii) environmental and social proposals that warrant further consideration or (iii) circumstances in which a non-U.S. company is not in compliance with local governance or compensation best practices. In those situations where the only MFS Fund that is eligible to vote at a shareholder meeting has Glass Lewis as its Proxy Administrator, then we will utilize research from Glass Lewis to identify such issues. MFS analyzes such issues independently and does not necessarily vote with the ISS or Glass Lewis recommendations on these issues. Representatives of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee review, as appropriate, votes cast to ensure conformity with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.
For certain types of votes (e.g., mergers and acquisitions, proxy contests and capitalization matters), a member of the proxy voting team will seek a recommendation from the MFS investment analyst and/or portfolio managers.2 For certain other votes that require a case-by-case analysis per the MFS Proxy Policies (e.g., potentially excessive executive compensation issues, or certain shareholder proposals), a member of the proxy voting team will likewise consult with from MFS investment analysts and/or portfolio managers.2 However, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will ultimately determine the manner in which all proxies are voted.
As noted above, MFS reserves the right to override the guidelines when such an override is, in MFS’ best judgment, consistent with the overall principle of voting proxies in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients. Any such override of the guidelines shall be analyzed, documented and reported in accordance with the procedures set forth in these policies.
| 5. |
Voting Proxies |
In accordance with its contract with MFS, the Proxy Administrator also generates a variety of reports for the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, and makes available on-line various other types of information so that the MFS Proxy Voting Committee or proxy voting team may review and monitor the votes cast by the Proxy Administrator on behalf of MFS’ clients.
For those markets that utilize a “record date” to determine which shareholders are eligible to vote, MFS generally will vote all eligible shares pursuant to these guidelines regardless of whether all (or a portion of) the shares held by our clients have been sold prior to the meeting date.
| 6. |
Securities Lending |
From time to time, the MFS Funds or other pooled investment vehicles sponsored by MFS may participate in a securities lending program. In the event MFS or its agent receives timely notice of a shareholder meeting for a U.S. security, MFS and its agent will attempt to recall any securities on loan before the meeting’s record date so that MFS will be entitled to vote these shares. However, there may
| 2 |
From time to time, due to travel schedules and other commitments, an appropriate portfolio manager or research analyst may not be available to provide a vote recommendation. If such a recommendation cannot be obtained within a reasonable time prior to the cut-off date of the shareholder meeting, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee may determine to abstain from voting. |
E-14
be instances in which MFS is unable to timely recall securities on loan for a U.S. security, in which cases MFS will not be able to vote these shares. MFS will report to the appropriate board of the MFS Funds those instances in which MFS is not able to timely recall the loaned securities. MFS generally does not recall non-U.S. securities on loan because there may be insufficient advance notice of proxy materials, record dates, or vote cut-off dates to allow MFS to timely recall the shares in certain markets on an automated basis. As a result, non-U.S. securities that are on loan will not generally be voted. If MFS receives timely notice of what MFS determines to be an unusual, significant vote for a non-U.S. security whereas MFS shares are on loan, and determines that voting is in the best long-term economic interest of shareholders, then MFS will attempt to timely recall the loaned shares.
| 7. |
Engagement |
The MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures are available on www.mfs.com and may be accessed by both MFS’ clients and the companies in which MFS’ clients invest. From time to time, MFS may determine that it is appropriate and beneficial for members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee or proxy voting team to engage in a dialogue or written communication with a company or other shareholders regarding certain matters on the company’s proxy statement that are of concern to shareholders, including environmental, social and governance matters. A company or shareholder may also seek to engage with members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee or proxy voting team in advance of the company’s formal proxy solicitation to review issues more generally or gauge support for certain contemplated proposals. The MFS Proxy Voting Committee, in consultation with members of the investment team, establish proxy voting engagement goals and priorities for the year. For further information on requesting engagement with MFS on proxy voting issues or information about MFS’ engagement priorities, please visit www.mfs.com and refer to our most recent proxy season preview and engagement priorities report .
| C. |
RECORDS RETENTION |
MFS will retain copies of these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in effect from time to time and will retain all proxy voting reports submitted to the Board of Trustees of the MFS Funds for the period required by applicable law. Proxy solicitation materials, including electronic versions of the proxy ballots completed by representatives of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, together with their respective notes and comments, are maintained in an electronic format by the Proxy Administrator and are accessible on-line by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee. All proxy voting materials and supporting documentation, including records generated by the Proxy Administrator’s system as to proxies processed, including the dates when proxy ballots were received and submitted, and the votes on each company’s proxy issues, are retained as required by applicable law.
| D. |
REPORTS |
U.S. Registered MFS Funds
MFS publicly discloses the proxy voting records of the U.S. registered MFS Funds on a quarterly basis. MFS will also report the results of its voting to the Board of Trustees of the U.S. registered MFS Funds. These reports will include: (i) a summary of how votes were cast (including advisory votes on pay and “golden parachutes”); (ii) a summary of votes against management’s recommendation; (iii) a review of situations where MFS did not vote in accordance with the guidelines and the rationale therefore; (iv) a review of the procedures used by MFS to identify material conflicts of interest and any matters identified as a material conflict of interest; (v) a review of these policies and the guidelines; (vi) a review of our proxy engagement activity; (vii) a report and impact assessment of instances in which the recall of loaned
E-15
securities of a U.S. issuer was unsuccessful; and (viii) as necessary or appropriate, any proposed modifications thereto to reflect new developments in corporate governance and other issues. Based on these reviews, the Trustees of the U.S. registered MFS Funds will consider possible modifications to these policies to the extent necessary or advisable.
Other MFS Clients
MFS may publicly disclose the proxy voting records of certain other clients (including certain MFS Funds) or the votes it casts with respect to certain matters as required by law. A report can also be printed by MFS for each client who has requested that MFS furnish a record of votes cast. The report specifies the proxy issues which have been voted for the client during the year and the position taken with respect to each issue and, upon request, may identify situations where MFS did not vote in accordance with the MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.
Firm-wide Voting Records
Beginning for the quarter ended March 31, 2020, MFS will publicly disclose its firm-wide proxy voting records.
Except as described above, MFS generally will not divulge actual voting practices to any party other than the client or its representatives because we consider that information to be confidential and proprietary to the client. However, as noted above, MFS may determine that it is appropriate and beneficial to engage in a dialogue with a company regarding certain matters. During such dialogue with the company, MFS may disclose the vote it intends to cast in order to potentially effect positive change at a company in regards to environmental, social or governance issues.
E-16
APPENDIX F
Standard & Poor’s, a division of S&P Global (“S&P”), Long-Term Issue Ratings:
| AAA | An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong. | |
| AA | An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong. | |
| A | An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong. | |
| BBB | An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
| BB, B, CCC, CC, and C | Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions. | |
| BB | An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
| B | An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
| CCC | An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
| CC | An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default. | |
| C | An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher. | |
| D | An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring. | |
| * |
Ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories. |
F-1
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s (“Moody’s”) Long-Term Obligation Ratings:
| Aaa | Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk. | |
| Aa | Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk. | |
| A | Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk. | |
| Baa | Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics. | |
| Ba | Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk. | |
| B | Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk. | |
| Caa | Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk. | |
| Ca | Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest. | |
| C | Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest. | |
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.*
Note: For more information on long-term ratings assigned to obligations in default, please see the definition “Long-Term Credit Ratings for Defaulted or Impaired Securities” in the Other Definitions section of Moody’s Rating Symbols and Definitions publication.
| * |
By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security. |
Fitch Ratings Ltd.’s (“Fitch”) Corporate Finance Obligations – Long-Term Ratings:
AAA: Highest Credit Quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA: Very High Credit Quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A: High Credit Quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB: Good Credit Quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
BB: Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.
B: Highly Speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.
CCC: Substantial Credit Risk. ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.
CC: Very High Levels of Credit Risk. ‘CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.
C: Exceptionally High Levels of Credit Risk. ‘C’ indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.
F-2
SSGA ACTIVE TRUST (THE “TRUST”)
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Dated October 31, 2020
This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus. With respect to the Trust’s series listed below, this SAI should be read in conjunction with the prospectus dated October 31, 2020, as may be revised from time to time (the “Prospectus”).
| PORTFOLIO | TICKER | |
| State Street Defensive Global Equity Portfolio | SSHAX |
The State Street Defensive Global Equity Portfolio (the “Portfolio”), a series of the Trust, is discussed in this SAI. SSGA Funds Management, Inc. is the investment adviser (referred to herein as “SSGA FM” or the “Adviser”) for the Portfolio. State Street Global Advisors Funds Distributors, LLC is the principal underwriter (referred to herein as “Distributor” or “Principal Underwriter”) for the Portfolio’s shares (“Shares”).
Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. Copies of the Prospectus and the Trust’s Annual Report to Shareholders dated June 30, 2020 may be obtained without charge by writing to State Street Global Advisors Funds Distributors, LLC, the Trust’s principal underwriter (referred to herein as “Distributor” or “Principal Underwriter”), One Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, or by calling 1-866-787-2257. The Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, financial highlights and financial statements of the Portfolio included in the Trust’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 are incorporated by reference into this SAI.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| 3 | ||||
| 3 | ||||
| 20 | ||||
| 24 | ||||
| 25 | ||||
| 25 | ||||
| 35 | ||||
| 39 | ||||
| 41 | ||||
| 41 | ||||
| 42 | ||||
| 43 | ||||
| 48 | ||||
| 49 | ||||
| 49 | ||||
| A-1 | ||||
| B-1 | ||||
| C-1 |
2
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST
The Trust is an open-end management investment company, registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), consisting of multiple investment series, including the Portfolio. The Trust was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on March 30, 2011. The offering of the Portfolio’s Shares is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). SSGA Funds Management, Inc. serves as the investment adviser for the Portfolio (the “Adviser”).
INVESTMENT POLICIES
The Portfolio may invest in the following types of investments, consistent with its investment strategies and objective. Please see the Prospectus for additional information regarding its principal investment strategies.
BONDS
The Portfolio may invest a portion of its assets in bonds. A bond is an interest-bearing security issued by a company, governmental unit or, in some cases, a non-U.S. entity. The issuer of a bond has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the bond’s face value) periodically or on a specified maturity date; provided, however, a zero coupon bond pays no interest to its holder during its life. The value of a zero coupon bond to a fund consists of the difference between such bond’s face value at the time of maturity and the price for which it was acquired, which may be an amount significantly less than its face value (sometimes referred to as a “deep discount” price).
An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a bond before maturity, in which case the investor may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. Most bonds bear interest income at a “coupon” rate that is fixed for the life of the bond. The value of a fixed rate bond usually rises when market interest rates fall, and falls when market interest rates rise. Accordingly, a fixed rate bond’s yield (income as a percent of the bond’s current value) may differ from its coupon rate as its value rises or falls. Fixed rate bonds generally are also subject to inflation risk, which is the risk that the value of the bond or income from the bond will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. This could mean that, as inflation increases, the “real” value of the assets of a fund holding fixed rate bonds can decline, as can the value of the fund’s distributions. Other types of bonds bear income at an interest rate that is adjusted periodically. Because of their adjustable interest rates, the value of “floating-rate” or “variable-rate” bonds fluctuates much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed rate bonds. A Portfolio may treat some of these bonds as having a shorter maturity for purposes of calculating the weighted average maturity of its investment portfolio. Bonds may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on a corporation’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated obligations. Bonds may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (also backed by specified collateral).
In addition, the Portfolio may invest in corporate bonds. The investment return of corporate bonds reflects interest on the bond and changes in the market value of the bond. The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance and perceptions of the corporation in the market place. There is a risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by such a security.
CASH RESERVES
The Portfolio may hold portions of its assets in short-term debt instruments with remaining maturities of 397 days or less pending investment or to meet anticipated redemptions and day-to-day operating expenses. Short-term debt instruments consist of: (i) short-term obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies, instrumentalities, authorities or political subdivisions; (ii) other short-term debt securities rated at the time of purchase Aa or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or AA or higher by S&P or, if unrated, of comparable quality in the opinion of SSGA FM; (iii) commercial paper; (iv) bank obligations, including negotiable certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances; and (v) repurchase agreements. At the time the Portfolio invests in commercial paper, bank obligations or repurchase agreements, the issuer or the issuer’s parent must have outstanding debt rated Aa or higher by Moody’s or AA or higher by Standard & Poor’s Financial Services, LLC (“S&P”) or outstanding commercial paper or bank obligations rated Prime-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P; or, if no such ratings are available, the instrument must be of comparable quality in the opinion of the Adviser. See Appendix C for more information on the ratings of debt instruments.
3
CLEARED DERIVATIVES TRANSACTIONS
Under recently adopted rules and regulations, transactions in some types of swaps are required to be centrally cleared. In a cleared derivatives transaction, the Portfolio’s counterparty to the transaction is a central derivatives clearing organization, or clearing house, rather than a bank or broker. Because the Portfolio is not a member of a clearing house, and only members of a clearing house can participate directly in the clearing house, the Portfolio holds cleared derivatives through accounts at clearing members. In cleared derivatives transactions, the Portfolio will make payments (including margin payments) to and receive payments from a clearing house through its accounts at clearing members. Clearing members guarantee performance of their clients’ obligations to the clearing house. Centrally cleared derivative arrangements may be less favorable to the Portfolio than bilateral (non-cleared) arrangements. For example, the Portfolio may be required to provide greater amounts of margin for cleared derivatives transactions than for bilateral derivatives transactions. Also, in contrast to bilateral derivatives transactions, in some cases following a period of notice to the Portfolio, a clearing member generally can require termination of existing cleared derivatives transactions at any time or an increase in margin requirements above the margin that the clearing member required at the beginning of a transaction. Clearing houses also have broad rights to increase margin requirements for existing transactions or to terminate transactions at any time. The Portfolio is subject to risk if it enters into a derivatives transaction that is required to be cleared (or which the Adviser expects to be cleared), and no clearing member is willing or able to clear the transaction on the Portfolio’s behalf. In that case, the transaction might have to be terminated, and the Portfolio could lose some or all of the benefit of the transaction, including loss of an increase in the value of the transaction and loss of hedging protection. In addition, the documentation governing the relationship between the Portfolio and clearing members is drafted by the clearing members and generally is less favorable to the Portfolio than typical bilateral derivatives documentation.
These clearing rules and other new rules and regulations could, among other things, restrict the Portfolio’s ability to engage in, or increase the cost to the Portfolio of, derivatives transactions, for example, by making some types of derivatives no longer available to the Portfolio, increasing margin or capital requirements, or otherwise limiting liquidity or increasing transaction costs. These regulations are new and evolving, so their potential impact on the Portfolio and the financial system are not yet known.
COMMODITIES
General. The Portfolio may invest in commodities. There are several additional risks associated with transactions in commodity futures contracts, swaps on commodity futures contracts, commodity forward contracts and other commodities instruments. In the commodity instruments markets, producers of the underlying commodity may decide to hedge the price risk of selling the commodity by selling commodity instruments today to lock in the price of the commodity at delivery tomorrow. In order to induce speculators to purchase the other side of the same commodity instrument, the commodity producer generally must sell the commodity instrument at a lower price than the expected future spot price. Conversely, if most hedgers in the commodity instruments market are purchasing commodity instruments to hedge against a rise in prices, then speculators will only sell the other side of the commodity instrument at a higher future price than the expected future spot price of the commodity. The changing nature of the hedgers and speculators in the commodity markets will influence whether futures prices are above or below the expected future spot price, which can have significant implications for the Portfolio. If the nature of hedgers and speculators in commodity instruments markets has shifted when it is time for the Portfolio to reinvest the proceeds of a maturing contract in a new commodity instrument, the Portfolio might reinvest at a higher or lower future price, or choose to pursue other investments. The commodities which underlie commodity instruments may be subject to additional economic and non-economic variables, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes, tariffs, and international economic, political and regulatory developments. These factors may have a larger impact on commodity prices and commodity-linked instruments than on traditional securities. Certain commodities are also subject to limited pricing flexibility because of supply and demand factors. Others are subject to broad price fluctuations as a result of the volatility of the prices for certain raw materials and the instability of supplies of other materials. These additional variables may create additional investment risks which subject the Portfolio’s investments to greater volatility than other investments. Also, unlike the financial instruments markets, in the commodity instruments markets there are costs of physical storage associated with purchasing the underlying commodity. The price of the commodity instruments contract will reflect the storage costs of purchasing the physical commodity, including the time value of money invested in the physical commodity. To the extent that the storage costs for an underlying commodity change while the Portfolio is invested in instruments on that commodity, the value of the commodity instrument may change proportionately.
The Portfolio’s ability to invest in commodities and commodity-related investments is limited by tax considerations and could bear on the ability of the Portfolio to qualify as a regulated investment company (“RIC”). See “Taxes” below.
Commodity-Linked Investments. The Portfolio may invest in commodity-linked investments. The Portfolio may seek to provide exposure to the investment returns of real assets that trade in the commodity markets through commodity-linked derivative securities, such as structured notes, discussed below, which are designed to provide this exposure without direct investment in physical commodities or commodities futures contracts. Real assets are assets such as oil, gas, industrial and precious metals, livestock, and agricultural or meat products, or other items that have tangible properties, as compared to stocks or bonds, which are financial instruments. In choosing investments, the Adviser seeks to provide exposure to various commodities and commodity sectors. The value of commodity-linked derivative securities held by the Portfolio may be affected by a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, overall market movements and other factors affecting the value of particular industries or commodities, such as weather, disease, embargoes, acts of war or terrorism, or political and regulatory developments.
4
The prices of commodity-linked derivative securities may move in different directions than investments in traditional equity and debt securities when the value of those traditional securities is declining due to adverse economic conditions. As an example, during periods of rising inflation, debt securities have historically tended to decline in value due to the general increase in prevailing interest rates. Conversely, during those same periods of rising inflation, the prices of certain commodities, such as oil and metals, have historically tended to increase. Of course, there cannot be any guarantee that these investments will perform in that manner in the future, and at certain times the price movements of commodity-linked instruments have been parallel to those of debt and equity securities. Commodities have historically tended to increase and decrease in value during different parts of the business cycle than financial assets. Nevertheless, at various times, commodities prices may move in tandem with the prices of financial assets and thus may not provide overall portfolio diversification benefits. Under favorable economic conditions, the Portfolio’s investments may be expected to underperform an investment in traditional securities. Over the long term, the returns on the Portfolio’s investments are expected to exhibit low or negative correlation with stocks and bonds.
Because commodity-linked investments are available from a relatively small number of issuers, the Portfolio’s investments will be particularly subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the issuer of the commodity-linked derivative (which issuer may also serve as counterparty to a substantial number of the Portfolio’s commodity-linked and other derivative investments) will not fulfill its contractual obligations.
The Portfolio’s ability to invest in commodity-linked investments is limited by tax considerations and could bear on the ability of the Portfolio to qualify as a RIC. See “Taxes” below.
CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS
The Portfolio may enter into credit default swap transactions. A credit default swap is an agreement between the Portfolio and a counterparty that enables the Portfolio to buy or sell protection against a credit event related to a specified issuer. One party, acting as a “protection buyer,” make periodic payments to the other party, a “protection seller,” in exchange for a promise by the protection seller to make a payment to the protection buyer if a negative credit event (such as a delinquent payment or default) occurs with respect to a referenced bond or group of bonds. Acting as a protection seller allows the Portfolio to create an investment exposure similar to owning a bond. Acting as a protection buyer allows the Portfolio potentially to reduce its credit exposure to a bond it owns or to take a “short” position in a bond it does not own.
As the protection buyer in a credit default swap, the Portfolio may pay a premium (by means of periodic payments) in return for the right to deliver specified bonds or loans (such as those of a U.S. or foreign issuer or a basket of such issuers) to the protection seller and receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value upon default (or similar events) by the reference issuer. If no default occurs, the protection seller would keep the stream of payments and would have no further obligations to the Portfolio. As the protection buyer, the Portfolio bears the risk that the investment might expire worthless and/or that the protection seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Portfolio in the event of a default (or similar event). In addition, when the Portfolio is a protection buyer, the Portfolio’s investment would only generate income in the event of an actual default (or similar event) by the issuer of the underlying reference obligation.
The Portfolio may also use credit default swaps for investment purposes by selling a credit default swap, in which case, the Portfolio would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the protection buyer in the event of a default (or similar event) by the third-party reference issuer. In return for its obligation, the Portfolio would receive from the protection buyer a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract. If no credit event occurs, the Portfolio would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the protection seller in a credit default swap, the Portfolio effectively adds economic leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Portfolio is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
The use of credit default swaps, like all swap agreements, is subject to certain risks, such as counterparty risk, leverage risk, hedging risk, correlation risk and liquidity risk. The Portfolio will enter into a credit default swap only with counterparties that the Adviser determines to meet certain standards of creditworthiness. If a counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the swap would likely decline because of the heightened risk that the counterparty may be unable to satisfy its payment obligations (particularly if the counterparty was the protection seller under the credit default swap contract). In addition, there is no guarantee that the Portfolio can eliminate its exposure under an outstanding swap agreement by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same or another party.
The Portfolio’s exposure under a credit default swap may be considered leverage and as such be subject to the restrictions on leveraged derivatives.
5
CUSTODIAL RISK
There are risks involved in dealing with the custodians or brokers who hold the Portfolio’s investments or settle the Portfolio’s trades. It is possible that, in the event of the insolvency or bankruptcy of a custodian or broker, the Portfolio would be delayed or prevented from recovering its assets from the custodian or broker, or its estate, and may have only a general unsecured claim against the custodian or broker for those assets. In recent insolvencies of brokers or other financial institutions, the ability of certain customers to recover their assets from the insolvent’s estate has been delayed, limited, or prevented, often unpredictably, and there is no assurance that any assets held by the Portfolio with a custodian or broker will be readily recoverable by the Portfolio. In addition, there may be limited recourse against non-U.S. sub-custodians in those situations in which the Portfolio invests in markets where custodial and/or settlement systems and regulations are not fully developed, including emerging markets, and the assets of the Portfolio have been entrusted to such sub-custodians. SSGA FM or an affiliate may serve as the custodian of the Portfolio.
EQUITY SECURITIES
Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio mainly invests in equity securities. Equity securities are securities that represent an ownership interest (or the right to acquire such an interest) in a company and include common and preferred stock. Common stocks represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer. Preferred stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has priority over common stock in the payment of dividends. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take priority over holders of preferred stock, whose claims take priority over the claims of those who own common stock.
While offering greater potential for long-term growth, equity securities generally are more volatile and riskier than some other forms of investment, although under certain market conditions various fixed-income investments have comparable or greater price volatility. Therefore, the value of an investment in the Portfolio may at times decrease instead of increase. The Portfolio’s investments may include securities traded over-the-counter as well as those traded on a securities exchange. Some securities, particularly over-the-counter securities, may be more difficult to sell under some market conditions.
EURODOLLAR CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT (“ECDS”), EURODOLLAR TIME DEPOSITS (“ETDS”) AND YANKEE CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT (“YCDS”)
The Portfolio may invest in ECDs, ETDs and YCDs. ECDs and ETDs are U.S. dollar denominated certificates of deposit issued by non-U.S. branches of domestic banks and non-U.S. banks. YCDs are U.S. dollar denominated certificates of deposit issued by U.S. branches of non-U.S. banks.
Different risks than those associated with the obligations of domestic banks may exist for ECDs, ETDs and YCDs because the banks issuing these instruments, or their domestic or non-U.S. branches, are not necessarily subject to the same regulatory requirements that apply to domestic banks, such as loan limitations, examinations and reserve, accounting, auditing, recordkeeping and public reporting requirements. Obligations of non-U.S. issuers also involve risks such as future unfavorable political and economic developments, withholding tax, seizures of non-U.S. deposits, currency controls, interest limitations, and other governmental restrictions that might affect repayment of principal or payment of interest, or the ability to honor a credit commitment.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
The Portfolio may enter into a variety of different foreign currency transactions, including, by way of example, currency forward transactions, spot transactions, futures and forward contracts, swaps, or options. Most of these transactions are entered into “over the counter,” and the Portfolio assumes the risk that the counterparty may be unable or unwilling to perform its obligations, in addition to the risk of unfavorable or unanticipated changes in the values of the currencies underlying the transactions. Over-the-counter currency transactions are typically uncollateralized, and the Portfolio may not be able to recover all or any of on the assets owed to it under such transactions if its counterparty should default. Many types of currency transactions are expected to continue to be traded over the counter even after implementation of the clearing requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. In some markets or in respect of certain currencies, the Portfolio may be required, or agree, in SSGA FM’s discretion, to enter into foreign currency transactions via the custodian’s relevant sub-custodian. SSGA FM may be subject to a conflict of interest in agreeing to any such arrangements on behalf of the Portfolio. Such transactions executed directly with the sub-custodian are executed at a rate determined solely by such sub-custodian. Accordingly, the Portfolio may not receive the best pricing of such currency transactions. Recent regulatory changes in a number of jurisdictions may require that certain currency transactions be subject to central clearing, or be subject to new or increased collateral requirements. These changes could increase the costs of currency transactions to the Portfolio and may make certain transactions unavailable; they may also increase the credit risk of such transactions to the Portfolio.
6
FOREIGN SECURITIES
The Portfolio is permitted to invest in foreign securities. Foreign securities include securities of foreign companies and foreign governments (or agencies or subdivisions thereof). If the Portfolio’s securities are held abroad, the countries in which such securities may be held and the sub-custodian holding them must be approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board of Trustees” or the “Board”) or its delegate under applicable rules adopted by the SEC. In buying foreign securities, the Portfolio may convert U.S. dollars into foreign currency, but only to effect securities transactions on foreign securities exchanges and not to hold such currency as an investment.
The globalization and integration of the world economic system and related financial markets have made it increasingly difficult to define issuers geographically. Accordingly, the Portfolio intends to construe geographic terms such as “foreign,” “non-U.S.” “European,” “Latin American,” and “Asian,” in the manner that affords to the Portfolio the greatest flexibility in seeking to achieve its investment objective(s). Specifically, in circumstances where the investment objective and/or strategy is to invest at least some percentage of the Portfolio’s assets in foreign securities, etc., the Portfolio will take the view that a security meets this description so long as the issuer of a security is tied economically to the particular country or geographic region indicated by words of the relevant investment objective and/or strategy (the “Relevant Language”). For these purposes the issuer of a security is deemed to have that tie if:
| (i) |
The issuer is organized under the laws of the country or a country within the geographic region suggested by the Relevant Language or maintains its principal place of business in that country or region; or |
| (ii) |
The securities are traded principally in the country or region suggested by the Relevant Language; or |
| (iii) |
The issuer, during its most recent fiscal year, derived at least 50% of its revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in the country or region suggested by the Relevant Language or has at least 50% of its assets in that country or region. |
In addition, the Portfolio intends to treat derivative securities (e.g., call options) by reference to the underlying security. Conversely, if the investment objective and/or strategy of the Portfolio limits the percentage of assets that may be invested in “foreign securities,” etc. or prohibits such investments altogether, the Portfolio intends to categorize securities as “foreign,” etc. only if the security possesses all of the attributes described above in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii).
Investments in foreign securities involve special risks and considerations. As foreign companies are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to domestic companies, there may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a domestic company. For example, foreign markets have different clearance and settlement procedures. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when assets of the Portfolio are uninvested. The inability of the Portfolio to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause it to miss certain investment opportunities. They may also entail certain other risks, such as the possibility of one or more of the following: imposition of dividend or interest withholding or confiscatory taxes, higher brokerage costs, thinner trading markets, currency blockages or transfer restrictions, expropriation, nationalization, military coups or other adverse political or economic developments; less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and listed companies; and the difficulty of enforcing obligations in other countries. Purchases of foreign securities are usually made in foreign currencies and, as a result, the Portfolio may incur currency conversion costs and may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in the value of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar. Further, it may be more difficult for the Portfolio’s agents to keep currently informed about corporate actions which may affect the prices of portfolio securities. Communications between the United States and foreign countries may be less reliable than within the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. Certain markets may require payment for securities before delivery. The Portfolio’s ability and decisions to purchase and sell portfolio securities may be affected by laws or regulations relating to the convertibility of currencies and repatriation of assets.
A number of current significant political, demographic and economic developments may affect investments in foreign securities and in securities of companies with operations overseas. Such developments include dramatic political changes in government and economic policies in several Eastern European countries and the republics composing the former Soviet Union, as well as the unification of the European Economic Community. The course of any one or more of these events and the effect on trade barriers, competition and markets for consumer goods and services are uncertain. Similar considerations are of concern with respect to developing countries. For example, the possibility of revolution and the dependence on foreign economic assistance may be greater in these countries than in developed countries. Management seeks to mitigate the risks associated with these considerations through diversification and active professional management.
7
FORWARD COMMITMENTS
The Portfolio may enter into contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time (“forward commitments”), consistent with the Portfolio’s ability to manage its investment portfolio and meet redemption requests. Forward commitments may be considered securities in themselves, and involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to the risk of decline in the value of the Portfolio’s other assets. Where such purchases are made through dealers, the Portfolio relies on the dealer to consummate the sale. The dealer’s failure to do so may result in the loss to the Portfolio of an advantageous yield or price.
Although the Portfolio will generally enter into forward commitments with the intention of acquiring securities for its portfolio or for delivery pursuant to options contracts it has entered into, the Portfolio may dispose of a commitment prior to settlement if the Adviser deems it appropriate to do so. The Portfolio may realize short-term profits or losses upon the sale of forward commitments. When effecting such transactions, cash or other liquid assets (such as liquid high quality debt obligations) held by the Portfolio of a dollar amount sufficient to make payment for the portfolio securities to be purchased will be segregated on the Portfolio’s records at the trade date and maintained until the transaction is settled. Such segregated assets will be marked to market on a daily basis, and if the market value of such assets declines, additional cash or assets will be segregated so that the market value of the segregated assets will equal the amount of such the Portfolio’s obligations. Forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date, or if the other party fails to complete the transaction.
FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS ON FUTURES
The Portfolio may enter into futures contracts on securities in which it may invest or on indices comprised of such securities and may purchase and write call and put options on such contracts.
Futures contracts. A financial futures contract is a contract to buy or sell a specified quantity of financial instruments such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes and bonds at a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made. An index futures contract is a contract to buy or sell specified units of an index at a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made. The value of a unit is based on the current value of the index. Under such contracts no delivery of the actual securities making up the index takes place. Rather, upon expiration of the contract, settlement is made by exchanging cash in an amount equal to the difference between the contract price and the closing price of the index at expiration, net of variation margin previously paid. Futures contracts are traded in the United States only on commodity exchanges or boards of trade — known as “contract markets” — approved for such trading by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”), and must be executed through a futures commission merchant or brokerage firm which is a member of the relevant contract market.
Although many futures contracts by their terms call for actual delivery or acceptance of commodities or securities, in most cases the contracts are closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking of delivery, but rather by entering into an offsetting contract (a “closing transaction”). Upon entering into a futures contract, the Portfolio is required to deposit an initial margin with the futures broker. The initial margin serves as a “good faith” deposit that the Portfolio will honor its futures commitments. Subsequent payments (called “variation margin” or “maintenance margin”) to and from the broker are made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying security or commodity fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking to the market.” Futures contracts also involve brokerage costs. If the Portfolio is unable to enter into a closing transaction, the amount of the Portfolio’s potential loss may be unlimited.
The Portfolio will not commit more than 5% of the market value of its total assets to initial margin deposits on futures and premiums paid for options on futures.
Regulation Under the Commodity Exchange Act. The Portfolio intends to use commodity interests, such as futures, swaps and options on futures in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the CEA. An exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” has been claimed with respect to each series of the Trust in accordance with Rule 4.5 such that registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA is not necessary.
Restrictions on Trading in Commodity Interests. The Portfolio reserves the right to engage in transactions involving futures, options thereon and swaps to the extent allowed by the CFTC regulations in effect from time to time and in accordance with the Portfolio’s policies. The Portfolio would take steps to prevent its futures positions from “leveraging” its securities holdings. When it has a long futures position, it will maintain with its custodian bank assets substantially identical to those underlying the contract or cash and equivalents (or a combination of the foregoing) having a value equal to the net obligation of the Portfolio under the contract (less the value of any margin deposits in connection with the position). When it has a short futures position, it will maintain with its custodian bank assets substantially identical to those underlying the contract or cash and equivalents (or a combination of the foregoing) having a value equal to the net obligation of the Portfolio under the contract (less the value of any margin deposits in connection with the position).
8
Options on futures contracts. In return for the premium paid, options on futures contracts give the purchaser the right to assume a position in a futures contract at the specified option exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Options on futures are similar to options on securities except that options on futures give the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures. If an option is exercised on the last trading day prior to its expiration date, the settlement will be made entirely in cash. Purchasers of options who fail to exercise their options prior to the exercise date suffer a loss of the premium paid.
As with options on securities, the holder or writer of an option may terminate his position by selling or purchasing an offsetting option. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.
The Portfolio will be required to deposit initial margin and maintenance margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it pursuant to brokers’ requirements similar to those described above in connection with the discussion of futures contracts.
Risks of transactions in futures contracts and related options. Successful use of futures contracts by the Portfolio is subject to the Adviser’s ability to predict movements in various factors affecting financial markets. Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, the purchase of call or put options on futures contracts involves less potential risk to the Portfolio because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options (plus transaction costs). However, there may be circumstances when the purchase of a call or put option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the Portfolio when the purchase or sale of a futures contract would not, such as when there is no movement in the prices of the hedged investments. The writing of an option on a futures contract involves risks similar to those risks relating to the sale of futures contracts.
The use of options and futures strategies involves the risk of imperfect correlation among movements in the prices of the securities underlying the futures and options purchased and sold by the Portfolio, of the options and futures contracts themselves, and, in the case of hedging transactions, of the securities which are the subject of a hedge. The successful use of these strategies further depends on the ability of the Adviser to forecast interest rates and market movements correctly.
There is no assurance that higher than anticipated trading activity or other unforeseen events might not, at times, render certain market clearing facilities inadequate, and thereby result in the institution by exchanges of special procedures which may interfere with the timely execution of customer orders.
To reduce or eliminate a position held by the Portfolio, the Portfolio may seek to close out such a position. The ability to establish and close out positions will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid secondary market. It is not certain that this market will develop or continue to exist for a particular futures contract or option. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain contracts or options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of contracts or options, or underlying securities; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or a clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of contracts or options (or a particular class or series of contracts or options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange for such contracts or options (or in the class or series of contracts or options) would cease to exist, although outstanding contracts or options on the exchange that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would likely continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
U.S. Treasury security futures contracts and options. Some U.S. Treasury security futures contracts require the seller to deliver, or the purchaser to take delivery of, the type of U.S. Treasury security called for in the contract at a specified date and price; others may be settled in cash. Options on U.S. Treasury security futures contracts give the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a U.S. Treasury security futures contract at the specified option exercise price at any time during the period of the option.
Successful use of U.S. Treasury security futures contracts by the Portfolio is subject to the Adviser’s ability to predict movements in the direction of interest rates and other factors affecting markets for debt securities. For example, if the Portfolio has sold U.S. Treasury security futures contracts in order to hedge against the possibility of an increase in interest rates which would adversely affect the values of securities held in its portfolio, and the prices of the Portfolio’s securities increase instead as a result of a decline in interest rates, the Portfolio will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of its securities which it has hedged because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the Portfolio has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities to meet daily maintenance margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.
9
There is also a risk that price movements in U.S. Treasury security futures contracts and related options will not correlate closely with price movements in markets for particular securities. For example, if the Portfolio has hedged against a decline in the values of tax-exempt securities held by it by selling Treasury security futures and the values of Treasury securities subsequently increase while the values of the Portfolio’s tax-exempt securities decrease, the Portfolio would incur losses on both the Treasury security futures contracts written by it and the tax-exempt securities held in its portfolio.
GOVERNMENT MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES
The Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) (also known as Ginnie Mae) is the principal federal government guarantor of mortgage-related securities. GNMA is a wholly owned U.S. Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. It guarantees, with the full faith and credit of the United States, full and timely payment of all monthly principal and interest on its mortgage-related securities. GNMA pass-through securities are considered to have a relatively low risk of default in that (1) the underlying mortgage loan portfolio is comprised entirely of government-backed loans and (2) the timely payment of both principal and interest on the securities is guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, regardless of whether they have been collected. GNMA pass-through securities are, however, subject to the same interest rate risk as comparable privately issued mortgage-related securities. Therefore, the effective maturity and market value of a fund’s GNMA securities can be expected to fluctuate in response to changes in interest rate levels.
Residential mortgage loans are also pooled by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) (also known as Freddie Mac), a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. Government. The mortgage loans in FHLMC’s portfolio are not government backed; FHLMC, not the U.S. Government, guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal on FHLMC securities. FHLMC also issues guaranteed mortgage certificates, on which it guarantees semiannual interest payments and a specified minimum annual payment of principal.
The Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) (also known as Fannie Mae) is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders. It is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. FNMA purchases residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers, which include savings and loan associations, savings banks, commercial banks, credit unions and mortgage bankers. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest only by FNMA, not the U.S. Government.
HIGH YIELD SECURITIES
The Portfolio may invest a portion of its assets in high yield debt securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”). Investment in high yield securities generally provides greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality securities, but they also typically entail greater price volatility and credit risk. These high yield securities are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of debt securities that are high yield may be more complex than for issuers of higher quality debt securities. In addition, high yield securities are often issued by smaller, less creditworthy companies or by highly leveraged (indebted) firms, but can also be issued by governments. Such issuers are generally less able than more financially stable issuers to make scheduled payments of interest and principal. The risks posed by securities issued under such circumstances are substantial.
Investing in high yield debt securities involves risks that are greater than the risks of investing in higher quality debt securities. These risks include: (i) changes in credit status, including weaker overall credit conditions of issuers and risks of default; (ii) industry, market and economic risk; and (iii) greater price variability and credit risks of certain high yield securities such as zero coupon and payment-in-kind securities. While these risks provide the opportunity for maximizing return over time, they may result in greater volatility of the value of the Portfolio than a fund that invests in higher-rated securities.
Furthermore, the value of high yield securities may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic, company or industry conditions than is the case for higher quality securities. The market values of certain of these lower-rated and unrated debt securities tend to reflect individual issuer developments to a greater extent than do higher-rated securities which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates, and tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than are higher-rated securities. Adverse market, credit or economic conditions could make it difficult at certain times to sell certain high yield securities held by the Portfolio.
The secondary market on which high yield securities are traded may be less liquid than the market for higher grade securities. Less liquidity in the secondary trading market could adversely affect the price at which the Portfolio could sell a high yield security, and could adversely affect the daily net asset value per share of the Portfolio. When secondary markets for high yield securities are less
10
liquid than the market for higher grade securities, it may be more difficult to value the securities because there is less reliable, objective data available. However, an Index seeks to include primarily high yield securities that the Index provider believes have greater liquidity than the broader high yield securities market as a whole.
The use of credit ratings as a principal method of selecting high yield securities can involve certain risks. For example, credit ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of high yield securities. Also, credit rating agencies may fail to change credit ratings in a timely fashion to reflect events since the security was last rated.
ILLIQUID SECURITIES
The Portfolio may invest in illiquid securities. The Portfolio will invest no more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities or securities that are not readily marketable, including repurchase agreements and time deposits of more than seven days’ duration. The absence of a regular trading market for illiquid securities imposes additional risks on investments in these securities. Illiquid securities may be difficult to value and may often be disposed of only after considerable expense and delay.
The SEC has adopted a liquidity risk management rule (the “Liquidity Rule”) that requires the Portfolio to establish a liquidity risk management program (the “LRMP”). The Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees (defined infra), have designated the Adviser to administer the Portfolio’s LRMP. Under the LRMP, the Adviser assesses, manages, and periodically reviews the Portfolio’s liquidity risk. The Liquidity Rule defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that the Portfolio could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by the Portfolio without significant dilution of remaining investors’ interests in the Portfolio. The liquidity of the Portfolio’s portfolio investments is determined based on relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations under the LRMP. To the extent that an investment is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, the Portfolio can expect to be exposed to greater liquidity risk. The Liquidity Rule’s impact on the Portfolio, and on the open-end fund industry in general, is not yet fully known, but the Rule could affect the Portfolio’s performance and its ability to achieve its investment objective. While the liquidity risk management program attempts to assess and manage liquidity risk, there is no guarantee it will be effective in its operations and may not reduce the liquidity risk inherent in the Portfolio’s investments.
INVESTMENT-GRADE BONDS
The Portfolio may invest in corporate notes and bonds that are rated investment-grade by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or, if unrated, are of comparable quality to the rated securities described above, as determined by the Adviser, in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees. Investment-grade securities include securities rated Baa or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P (and securities of comparable quality); securities rated Baa or BBB may have speculative characteristics.
LENDING OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
The Portfolio may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations in amounts up to 40% of the value of its net assets. Any such loan must be continuously secured by collateral in cash or cash equivalents maintained on a current basis in an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned by the Portfolio. The Portfolio would continue to receive the equivalent of the interest or dividends paid by the issuer on the securities loaned, and would receive an additional return that may be in the form of a fixed fee or a percentage of the collateral. The Portfolio would have the right to call the loan and obtain the securities loaned at any time on notice of not more than five business days. In the event of bankruptcy or other default of the borrower, the Portfolio could experience both delays in liquidating the loan collateral or recovering the loaned securities and losses including (a) possible decline in the value of collateral or in the value of the securities loaned during the period while the Portfolio seeks to enforce its rights thereto, (b) possible sub-normal levels of income and lack of access to income during this period, and (c) expenses of enforcing its rights. The Portfolio’s securities lending agent may be an affiliate of the Adviser, and would be compensated by the Portfolio for its services.
MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES
The Portfolio may invest in mortgage-related securities. Mortgage-related securities represent an interest in a pool of, or are secured by, mortgage loans. Mortgage-related securities may be issued or guaranteed by (i) US Government agencies or instrumentalities such as GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC or (ii) other issuers, including private companies.
Many mortgage-related securities provide regular payments which consist of interest and, in most cases, principal. In contrast, other forms of debt securities normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. In effect, payments on many mortgage-related securities are a “pass-through” of the payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities.
11
Besides the scheduled repayment of principal, repayments of principal may result from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing or foreclosure of the underlying mortgage loans. If property owners make unscheduled prepayments of their mortgage loans, these prepayments will typically result in early payment of the applicable mortgage-related securities. The occurrence of mortgage prepayments is affected by a variety of factors including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location and age of the mortgage, and other social and demographic conditions. During periods of falling interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments tends to increase, thereby tending to decrease the life of mortgage-related securities. During periods of rising interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments usually decreases, thereby tending to increase the life of mortgage-related securities.
Because of the possibility of prepayments (and due to scheduled repayments of principal), mortgage-related securities are less effective than other types of securities as a means of “locking in” attractive long-term interest rates. Prepayments would have to be reinvested at lower rates. As a result, these securities may have less potential for capital appreciation during periods of declining interest rates than other securities of comparable maturities, although they may have a similar risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates. Prepayments may also significantly shorten the effective maturities of these securities, especially during periods of declining interest rates. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, a reduction in prepayments may increase the effective maturities of these securities, subjecting them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing the volatility of the Portfolio.
Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) may be issued by a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality or by a private issuer. CMOs are typically structured with classes or series that have different maturities and are generally retired in sequence. Each class of obligations receives periodic interest payments according to its terms. However, monthly principal payments and any prepayments from the collateral pool are generally paid first to the holders of the most senior class. Thereafter, payments of principal are generally allocated to the next most senior class of obligations until that class of obligations has been fully repaid. Any or all classes of obligations of a CMO may be paid off sooner than expected because of an increase in the payoff speed of the pool. Changes in prepayment rates may have significant effects on the values and the volatility of the various classes and series of a CMO. Payment of interest or principal on some classes or series of a CMO may be subject to contingencies or some classes or series may bear some or all of the risk of default on the underlying mortgages.
Stripped mortgage-related securities are usually structured with two classes that receive different portions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage loans. The yield to maturity on an interest only or “IO” class of stripped mortgage-related securities is extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying assets. A rapid rate of principal prepayments may have a measurable adverse effect on the Portfolio’s yield to maturity to the extent it invests in IOs. If the assets underlying the IO experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Portfolio may fail to recoup fully, or at all, its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, principal only securities or “POs” tend to increase in value if prepayments are greater than anticipated and decline if prepayments are slower than anticipated. The secondary market for stripped mortgage-related securities may be more volatile and less liquid than that for other mortgage-related securities, potentially limiting the Portfolio’s ability to buy or sell those securities at any particular time.
PRIVATE PLACEMENTS AND RESTRICTED SECURITIES
The Portfolio may invest in securities that are purchased in private placements and, accordingly, are subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or under federal securities laws. While such private placements may offer attractive opportunities for investment not otherwise available on the open market, the securities so purchased are often “restricted securities,” i.e., securities which cannot be sold to the public without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) or the availability of an exemption from registration (such as Rules 144 or 144A), or which are not readily marketable because they are subject to other legal or contractual delays in or restrictions on resale. Generally speaking, restricted securities may be sold only to qualified institutional buyers, or in a privately negotiated transaction to a limited number of purchasers, or in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met pursuant to an exemption from registration, or in a public offering for which a registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act.
Because there may be relatively few potential purchasers for such investments, especially under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the Portfolio could find it more difficult to sell such securities when the Adviser believes it advisable to do so or may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if such securities were more widely held. Market quotations for such securities are generally less readily available than for publicly traded securities. The absence of a trading market can make it difficult to ascertain a market value for such securities for purposes of computing the Portfolio’s net asset value, and the judgment of the Adviser may at times play a greater role in valuing these securities than in the case of publicly traded securities. Disposing of such securities, which may be illiquid investments, can involve time-consuming negotiation and legal expenses, and it may be difficult or impossible for the Portfolio to sell them promptly at an acceptable price. The Portfolio may have to bear the extra expense of registering such securities for resale and the risk of substantial delay in effecting such registration.
12
The Portfolio may be deemed to be an “underwriter” for purposes of the Securities Act when selling restricted securities to the public, and in such event the Portfolio may be liable to purchasers of such securities if the registration statement prepared by the issuer, or the prospectus forming a part of it, is materially inaccurate or misleading.
OPTIONS
The Portfolio may purchase and sell put and call options to enhance investment performance and to protect against changes in market prices. There is no assurance that the Portfolio’s use of put and call options will achieve its desired objective, and the Portfolio’s use of options may result in losses to the Portfolio.
A call option gives the holder the right to purchase, and obligates the writer to sell, a security at the exercise price at any time before the expiration date. A call option is “covered” if the writer, at all times while obligated as a writer, either owns the underlying securities (or comparable securities satisfying the cover requirements of the securities exchanges), or has the right to acquire such securities through immediate conversion of securities. The Portfolio may write covered call options or uncovered call options.
Covered call options. The Portfolio may write (i.e., sell) covered call options to realize a greater current return through the receipt of premiums than it would realize on its securities alone. Such option transactions may also be used as a limited form of hedging against a decline in the price of securities owned by the Portfolio.
The Portfolio will receive a premium from writing a call option, which increases the Portfolio’s return on the underlying security in the event the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a profit. The amount of the premium reflects, among other things, the relationship between the exercise price and the current market value of the underlying security, the volatility of the underlying security, the amount of time remaining until expiration, current interest rates, and the effect of supply and demand in the options market and in the market for the underlying security.
In return for the premium received when it writes a covered call option, the Portfolio gives up some or all of the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the securities covering the call option during the life of the option. The Portfolio retains the risk of loss should the price of such securities decline. If the option expires unexercised, the Portfolio realizes a gain equal to the premium, which may be offset by a decline in price of the underlying security. If the option is exercised, the Portfolio realizes a gain or loss equal to the difference between the Portfolio’s cost for the underlying security and the proceeds of sale (exercise price minus commissions) plus the amount of the premium.
The Portfolio may terminate a call option that it has written before it expires by entering into a closing purchase transaction. The Portfolio may enter into closing purchase transactions in order to free itself to sell the underlying security or to write another call on the security, realize a profit on a previously written call option, or protect a security from being called in an unexpected market rise. Any profits from a closing purchase transaction may be offset by a decline in the value of the underlying security. Conversely, because increases in the market price of a call option will generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security, any loss resulting from a closing purchase transaction is likely to be offset in whole or in part by unrealized appreciation of the underlying security owned by the Portfolio.
Uncovered call options. Writing uncovered call options may enable the Portfolio to realize income without committing capital to the ownership of the underlying securities or instruments, however writing uncovered calls are riskier than writing covered calls because there is no underlying security held by the Portfolio that can act as a partial hedge. When the Portfolio has written an uncovered call option, the Portfolio will not necessarily hold securities offsetting the risk to the Portfolio. As a result of writing a call option without holding the underlying the securities, if the call option were exercised, the Portfolio might be required to purchase the security that is the subject of the call at the market price at the time of exercise. The Portfolio’s exposure on such an option is theoretically unlimited. There is also a risk, especially with less liquid preferred and debt securities, that the security may not be available for purchase. Uncovered calls have speculative characteristics.
Covered put options. The Portfolio may write covered put options in order to enhance its current return. Such options transactions may also be used as a limited form of hedging against an increase in the price of securities that the Portfolio plans to purchase. A put option gives the holder the right to sell, and obligates the writer to buy, a security at the exercise price at any time before the expiration date. A put option may be “covered” if the writer earmarks or otherwise segregates liquid assets equal to the price to be paid if the option is exercised minus margin on deposit.
By writing a put option, the Portfolio assumes the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying security for an exercise price higher than its then current market value, resulting in a potential capital loss unless the security later appreciates in value.
The Portfolio may terminate a put option that it has written before it expires by entering into a closing purchase transaction. Any loss from this transaction may be partially or entirely offset by the premium received on the terminated option.
13
Purchasing put and call options. The Portfolio may also purchase put options to protect portfolio holdings against a decline in market value. This protection lasts for the life of the put option because the Portfolio, as a holder of the option, may sell the underlying security at the exercise price regardless of any decline in its market price. In order for a put option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must decline sufficiently below the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs that the Portfolio must pay. These costs will reduce any profit the Portfolio might have realized had it sold the underlying security instead of buying the put option.
The Portfolio may purchase call options to hedge against an increase in the price of securities that the Portfolio wants ultimately to buy. Such hedge protection is provided during the life of the call option since the Portfolio, as holder of the call option, is able to buy the underlying security at the exercise price regardless of any increase in the underlying security’s market price. In order for a call option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must rise sufficiently above the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs. These costs will reduce any profit the Portfolio might have realized had it bought the underlying security at the time it purchased the call option.
The Portfolio may also purchase put and call options to attempt to enhance its current return. Options on foreign securities. The Portfolio may purchase and sell options on foreign securities if the Adviser believes that the investment characteristics of such options, including the risks of investing in such options, are consistent with the Portfolio’s investment objective. It is expected that risks related to such options will not differ materially from risks related to options on U.S. securities. However, position limits and other rules of foreign exchanges may differ from those in the United States. In addition, options markets in some countries, many of which are relatively new, may be less liquid than comparable markets in the United States.
Options on securities indices. The Portfolio may write or purchase options on securities indices. Index options are similar to options on individual securities in that the purchaser of an index option acquires the right to buy (in the case of a call) or sell (in the case of a put), and the writer undertakes the obligation to sell or buy (as the case may be), units of an index at a stated exercise price during the term of the option. Instead of the right to take or make actual delivery of securities, the holder of an index option has the right to receive a cash “exercise settlement amount.” This amount is equal to the amount by which the fixed exercise price of the option exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying index on the date of the exercise, multiplied by a fixed “index multiplier.”
Price movements in securities which the Portfolio owns or intends to purchase probably will not correlate perfectly with movements in the level of a securities index and, therefore, if the Portfolio uses an option for hedging purposes, it bears the risk of a loss on a securities index option which is not completely offset by movements in the price of such securities. Because securities index options are settled in cash, a call writer cannot determine the amount of its settlement obligations in advance and, unlike call writing on a specific security, cannot provide in advance for, or cover, its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding underlying securities. The Portfolio may, however, cover call options written on a securities index by holding a mix of securities which substantially replicate the movement of the index or by holding a call option on the securities index with an exercise price no higher than the call option sold.
Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, the purchase of call or put options on an index involves less potential risk to the Portfolio because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options plus transactions costs. The writing of a put or call option on an index involves risks similar to those risks relating to the purchase or sale of index futures contracts.
Risks involved in the use of options. The successful use of the Portfolio’s options strategies depends on the ability of the Adviser to forecast correctly interest rate and market movements. For example, if the Portfolio were to write a call option based on the Adviser’s expectation that the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise instead, the Portfolio could be required to sell the security upon exercise at a price below the current market price. Similarly, if the Portfolio were to write a put option based on the Adviser’s expectation that the price of the underlying security would rise, but the price were to fall instead, the Portfolio could be required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price higher than the current market price.
When the Portfolio purchases an option, it runs the risk that it will lose its entire investment in the option in a relatively short period of time, unless the Portfolio exercises the option or enters into a closing sale transaction before the option’s expiration. If the price of the underlying security does not rise (in the case of a call) or fall (in the case of a put) to an extent sufficient to cover the option premium and transaction costs, the Portfolio will lose part or all of its investment in the option. This contrasts with an investment by the Portfolio in the underlying security, since the Portfolio will not realize a loss if the security’s price does not change.
The effective use of options also depends on the Portfolio’s ability to terminate option positions at times when the Adviser deems it desirable to do so. There is no assurance that the Portfolio will be able to effect closing transactions at any particular time or at an acceptable price.
14
If a secondary market in options were to become unavailable, the Portfolio could no longer engage in closing transactions. Lack of investor interest might adversely affect the liquidity of the market for particular options or series of options. A market may discontinue trading of a particular option or options generally. In addition, a market could become temporarily unavailable if unusual events — such as volume in excess of trading or clearing capability — were to interrupt its normal operations.
A market may at times find it necessary to impose restrictions on particular types of options transactions, such as opening transactions. For example, if an underlying security ceases to meet qualifications imposed by the market or the Options Clearing Corporation, new series of options on that security will no longer be opened to replace expiring series, and opening transactions in existing series may be prohibited. If an options market were to become unavailable, the Portfolio as a holder of an option would be able to realize profits or limit losses only by exercising the option, and the Portfolio, as option writer, would remain obligated under the option until expiration or exercise.
Disruptions in the markets for the securities underlying options purchased or sold by the Portfolio could result in losses on the options. If trading is interrupted in an underlying security, the trading of options on that security is normally halted as well. As a result, the Portfolio as purchaser or writer of an option will be unable to close out its positions until options trading resumes, and it may be faced with considerable losses if trading in the security reopens at a substantially different price. In addition, the Options Clearing Corporation or options markets may impose exercise restrictions. If a prohibition on exercise is imposed at the time when trading in the option has also been halted, the Portfolio as purchaser or writer of an option will be locked into its position until one of the two restrictions has been lifted. If the Options Clearing Corporation were to determine that the available supply of an underlying security appears insufficient to permit delivery by the writers of all outstanding calls in the event of exercise, it may prohibit indefinitely the exercise of put options. The Portfolio, as holder of such a put option, could lose its entire investment if the prohibition remained in effect until the put option’s expiration.
Foreign-traded options are subject to many of the same risks presented by internationally-traded securities. In addition, because of time differences between the United States and various foreign countries, and because different holidays are observed in different countries, foreign options markets may be open for trading during hours or on days when U.S. markets are closed. As a result, option premiums may not reflect the current prices of the underlying interest in the United States.
Over-the-counter (“OTC”) options purchased by the Portfolio and assets held to cover OTC options written by the Portfolio may, under certain circumstances, be considered illiquid securities for purposes of any limitation on the Portfolio’s ability to invest in illiquid securities.
OTHER ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
The Portfolio may invest in asset-backed securities that are not mortgage-related. Asset-backed securities other than mortgage-related securities represent undivided fractional interests in pools of instruments, such as consumer loans, and are typically similar in structure to mortgage-related pass-through securities. Payments of principal and interest are passed through to holders of the securities and are typically supported by some form of credit enhancement, such as a letter of credit, surety bond, limited guarantee by another entity, or by priority to certain of the borrower’s other securities. The degree of credit-enhancement, if any, varies, applying only until exhausted and generally covering only a fraction of the security’s par value.
The value of such asset-backed securities is affected by changes in the market’s perception of the asset backing the security, changes in the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the instrument pool, the originator of the instruments, or the financial institution providing any credit enhancement and the expenditure of any portion of any credit enhancement. The risks of investing in asset-backed securities are ultimately dependent upon payment of the underlying instruments by the obligors, and the Portfolio would generally have no recourse against the obligee of the instruments in the event of default by an obligor. The underlying instruments are subject to prepayments which shorten the duration of asset-backed securities and may lower their return, in generally the same manner as described above for prepayments of pools of mortgage loans underlying mortgage-related securities.
PURCHASE OF OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANY SHARES
The Portfolio may, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and exemptive rules and orders thereunder, invest in shares of other investment companies, which include funds managed by SSGA FM, which invest exclusively in money market instruments or in investment companies with investment policies and objectives which are substantially similar to the Portfolio’s. These investments may be made temporarily, for example, to invest uncommitted cash balances or, in limited circumstances, to assist in meeting shareholder redemptions.
15
REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS (“REITS”)
The Portfolio may invest in REITs. REITs pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income producing real estate or real estate loans or interests. A REIT is not taxed on income distributed to shareholders if it complies with several requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets, and income and a requirement that it distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its taxable income (other than net capital gains) for each taxable year. REITs can generally be classified as Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs, which invest the majority of their assets directly in real property, derive their income primarily from rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs, which invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages, derive their income primarily from interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both Equity REITs and Mortgage REITs. The Portfolio will not invest in real estate directly, but only in securities issued by real estate companies. However, the Portfolio may be subject to risks similar to those associated with the direct ownership of real estate (in addition to securities markets risks) because of its policy of concentration in the securities of companies in the real estate industry. These include declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, dependency on management skill, heavy cash flow dependency, possible lack of availability of mortgage funds, overbuilding, extended vacancies of properties, increased competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, changes in zoning laws, losses due to costs resulting from the clean-up of environmental problems, liability to third parties for damages resulting from environmental problems, casualty or condemnation losses, limitations on rents, changes in neighborhood values, the appeal of properties to tenants and changes in interest rates. Investments in REITs may subject Portfolio shareholders to duplicate management and administrative fees.
In addition to these risks, Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the trusts, while Mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. Further, Equity and Mortgage REITs are dependent upon management skills and generally may not be diversified. Equity and Mortgage REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers and self-liquidation. In addition, if applicable, Equity and Mortgage REITs could possibly fail to qualify for the beneficial tax treatment available to REITs under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act. The above factors may also adversely affect a borrower’s or a lessee’s ability to meet its obligations to the REIT. In the event of a default by a borrower or lessee, the REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting investments.
REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
The Portfolio may enter into repurchase agreements with banks and other financial institutions, such as broker-dealers. Under a repurchase agreement, the Portfolio purchases securities from a financial institution that agrees to repurchase the securities at the Portfolio’s original purchase price plus interest within a specified time (normally one business day). The Portfolio will limit repurchase transactions to those member banks of the Federal Reserve System and broker-dealers whose creditworthiness the Adviser considers satisfactory. Should the counterparty to a transaction fail financially, the Portfolio may encounter delay and incur costs before being able to sell the securities, or may be prevented from realizing on the securities. Further, the amount realized upon the sale of the securities may be less than that necessary to fully compensate the Portfolio.
REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
The Portfolio may enter into reverse repurchase agreements. Under a reverse repurchase agreement, the Portfolio sells portfolio securities to a financial institution in return for cash in an amount equal to a percentage of the portfolio securities’ market value and agrees to repurchase the securities at a future date at a prescribed repurchase price equal to the amount of cash originally received plus interest on such amount. The Portfolio retains the right to receive interest and principal payments with respect to the securities while they are in the possession of the securities. Reverse repurchase agreements may create investment leverage and involve the risk that the market value of securities sold by the Portfolio may decline below the price at which it is obligated to repurchase the securities. Reverse repurchase agreements also involve a risk of default by the counterparty, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to reacquire the underlying securities.
SECTION 4(A)(2) COMMERCIAL PAPER/RULE 144A SECURITIES
The Portfolio may also invest in commercial paper issued in reliance on the private placement exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (“Section 4(a)(2) paper”) or in securities that can be offered and sold only to “qualified institutional buyers” under Rule 144A of the 1933 Act (“Rule 144A securities”).
Section 4(a)(2) paper is restricted as to disposition under the federal securities laws and generally is sold to institutional investors that agree that they are purchasing the paper for investment and not with a view to public distribution. Any resale by the purchaser must be a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act. Section 4(a)(2) paper normally is resold to other institutional investors like the Portfolio through or with the assistance of the issuer or investment dealers that make a market in Section 4(a)(2) paper. Rule 144A securities generally must be sold only to other institutional investors.
16
Section 4(a)(2) paper and Rule 144A securities will not be considered illiquid for purposes of the Portfolio’s percentage limitations on illiquid securities when the Adviser (pursuant to guidelines adopted by the Board of Trustees) determines that a liquid trading market exists for the securities in question. There can be no assurance that a liquid trading market will exist at any time for any particular Section 4(a)(2) paper or Rule 144A securities.
TOTAL RETURN SWAPS, EQUITY SWAPS AND INTEREST RATE SWAPS
The Portfolio may contract with a counterparty to pay a stream of cash flows and receive the total return of an index or a security for purposes of attempting to obtain a particular desired return at a lower cost to the Portfolio than if the Portfolio had invested directly in an instrument that yielded that desired return. The Portfolio’s return on a swap will depend on the ability of its counterparty to perform its obligations under the swap. The Adviser will cause the Portfolio to enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that would be eligible for consideration as repurchase agreement counterparties under the Portfolio’s repurchase agreement guidelines.
The Portfolio may enter into interest rate swap transactions with respect to any security they are entitled to hold. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Portfolio with another party of their respective rights to receive interest, e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments. The Portfolio expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to protect against any increase in the price of securities it anticipates purchasing at a later date. The Portfolio intends to use these transactions as a hedge and not as a speculative investment. For example, the Portfolio may enter into an interest rate swap in order to protect against declines in the value of fixed income securities held by the Portfolio. In such an instance, the Portfolio may agree with a counterparty to pay a fixed rate (multiplied by a notional amount) and the counterparty to pay a floating rate multiplied by the same notional amount. If interest rates rise, resulting in a diminution in the value of the Portfolio, the Portfolio would receive payments under the swap that would offset, in whole or in part, such diminution in value; if interest rates fall, the Portfolio would likely lose money on the swap transaction.
TREASURY INFLATION-PROTECTED SECURITIES
The Portfolio may invest in Inflation-Protection Securities (“IPSs”), a type of inflation-indexed Treasury security. IPSs typically provide for semiannual payments of interest and a payment of principal at maturity. In general, each payment will be adjusted to take into account any inflation or deflation that occurs between the issue date of the security and the payment date based on the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”).
Each semiannual payment of interest will be determined by multiplying a single fixed rate of interest by the inflation-adjusted principal amount of the security for the date of the interest payment. Thus, although the interest rate will be fixed, the amount of each interest payment will vary with changes in the principal of the security as adjusted for inflation and deflation.
IPSs also provide for an additional payment (a “minimum guarantee payment”) at maturity if the security’s inflation-adjusted principal amount for the maturity date is less than the security’s principal amount at issuance. The amount of the additional payment will equal the excess of the security’s principal amount at issuance over the security’s inflation-adjusted principal amount for the maturity date.
U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
The Portfolio may purchase U.S. Government securities. The types of U.S. Government obligations in which the Portfolio may at times invest include: (1) U.S. Treasury obligations and (2) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies and instrumentalities which are supported by any of the following: (a) the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, (b) the right of the issuer to borrow an amount limited to a specific line of credit from the U.S. Treasury, (c) discretionary authority of the U.S. Government agency or instrumentality, or (d) the credit of the instrumentality (examples of agencies and instrumentalities are: Federal Land Banks, Federal Housing Administration, Federal Farm Credit Bank, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Home Loan Banks, General Services Administration, Maritime Administration, Tennessee Development Bank, Asian-American Development Bank, International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and Federal National Mortgage Association). No assurance can be given that in the future the U.S. Government will provide financial support to U.S. Government securities it is not obligated to support.
U.S. REGISTERED SECURITIES OF NON-U.S. ISSUERS
The Portfolio may purchase publicly traded common stocks of non-U.S. corporations.
Investing in U.S. registered, dollar-denominated, securities issued by non-U.S. issuers involves some risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations,
17
political instability which could affect U.S. investments in non-U.S. countries, and potential restrictions of the flow of international capital. Non-U.S. companies may be subject to less governmental regulation than U.S. issuers. Moreover, individual non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.
The Portfolio’s investment in common stock of non-U.S. corporations may also be in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) (collectively “Depositary Receipts”). Depositary Receipts are receipts, typically issued by a bank or trust company, which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. corporation. For ADRs, the depository is typically a U.S. financial institution and the underlying securities are issued by a non-U.S. issuer. For other Depositary Receipts, the depository may be a non-U.S. or a U.S. entity, and the underlying securities may have a non-U.S. or a U.S. issuer. Depositary Receipts will not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, in bearer form, are designated for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the United States and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world. The Portfolio may invest in unsponsored Depositary Receipts. The issuers of unsponsored Depositary Receipts are not obligated to disclose material information in the United States, and, therefore, there may be less information available regarding such issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts.
VARIABLE AMOUNT MASTER DEMAND NOTES
The Portfolio may invest in variable amount master demand notes which are unsecured obligations that are redeemable upon demand and are typically unrated. These instruments are issued pursuant to written agreements between their issuers and holders. The agreements permit the holders to increase (subject to an agreed maximum) and the holders and issuers to decrease the principal amount of the notes, and specify that the rate of interest payable on the principal fluctuates according to an agreed formula. Generally, changes in interest rates will have a smaller effect on the market value of these securities than on the market value of comparable fixed income obligations. Thus, investing in these securities generally allows less opportunity for capital appreciation and depreciation than investing in comparable fixed income securities. There may be no active secondary market with respect to a particular variable rate instrument.
VARIABLE AND FLOATING RATE SECURITIES
The Portfolio may invest in variable and floating rate securities. Variable rate securities are instruments issued or guaranteed by entities such as (1) U.S. Government, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, (2) corporations, (3) financial institutions, (4) insurance companies or (5) trusts that have a rate of interest subject to adjustment at regular intervals but less frequently than annually. A variable rate security provides for the automatic establishment of a new interest rate on set dates. Interest rates on these securities are ordinarily tied to, and are a percentage of, a widely recognized interest rate, such as the yield on 90-day U.S. Treasury bills or the prime rate of a specified bank. These rates may change as often as twice daily. Generally, changes in interest rates will have a smaller effect on the market value of variable and floating rate securities than on the market value of comparable fixed income obligations. Thus, investing in variable and floating rate securities generally allows less opportunity for capital appreciation and depreciation than investing in comparable fixed income securities. Variable rate obligations will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the next readjustment of the interest rate.
WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES AND DELAYED-DELIVERY SECURITIES
To secure an advantageous price or yield, the Portfolio may purchase securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery, to-be-announced (“TBA”) or forward commitment basis and may sell securities on a forward commitment or delayed delivery basis. The Portfolio will enter into when-issued, delayed delivery, TBA or forward commitment transactions for the purpose of acquiring securities and not for the purpose of leverage.
When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, TBA or forward commitment basis, the Portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the security, including the risk of price and yield fluctuations, and takes such fluctuations into account when determining its NAV. When such transactions are negotiated, certain terms may be fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities takes place at a later date. In general, the Portfolio does not pay for the securities until received and does not start earning interest or other income until the contractual settlement date. The Portfolio may take delivery of the securities or it may sell the securities before the settlement date.
At the time of delivery of the securities, the value may be more or less than the purchase or sale price. If the Portfolio remains substantially fully invested at a time when when-issued, delayed delivery, TBA or forward commitment purchases are outstanding, the purchases may result in a form of leverage and give rise to increased volatility of the Portfolio’s NAV. Default by, or bankruptcy of, a counterparty to a when-issued, delayed delivery, TBA or forward commitment transaction would expose the Portfolio to possible losses
18
because of an adverse market action, expenses or delays in connection with the purchase or sale of the pools specified in such transaction. Purchases of when-issued, delayed delivery, TBA or forward commitment securities also involve a risk of loss if the seller fails to deliver after the value of the securities has risen.
Cash or other liquid assets in an amount equal to the amount of the Portfolio’s when-issued, delayed-delivery, TBA or forward commitment purchase obligations will be earmarked on the Portfolio’s books. There is no guarantee, however, that such earmarking will be successful in reducing or eliminating the leveraging effect of such transactions or the risks associated with leverage.
A TBA transaction involves a commitment to purchase securities sold for a fixed price where the underlying securities are announced at a future date. The seller does not specify the particular securities to be delivered. Instead, the Portfolio agrees to accept any security that meets specified terms. For example, in a TBA mortgage-backed security transaction, the Portfolio and the seller would agree upon the issuer, interest rate and terms of the underlying mortgages. The seller would not identify the specific underlying mortgages until it issues the security. For this reason, in a TBA transaction, the Portfolio commits to purchase securities for which all specific information is not yet known at the time of the trade, particularly the exact face amount in forward commitment mortgage-backed securities transactions. The purchaser in a TBA transaction generally is subject to increased market risk and interest rate risk because the delivered securities may be less favorable than anticipated by the purchaser.
The Portfolio may also enter into a forward commitment to sell securities it owns. The use of forward commitments enables the Portfolio to hedge against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices. In a forward sale, the Portfolio does not participate in gains or losses on the security occurring after the commitment date. Forward commitments to sell securities also involve a risk of loss if the seller fails to take delivery after the value of the securities has declined. Forward commitment transactions involve additional risks similar to those associated with investments in options and futures contracts.
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) rules impose mandatory margin requirements for “Covered Agency Transactions,” which include TBA Transactions, certain transactions in pass-through mortgage-backed securities or small-business administration-backed asset-backed securities and transactions in collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), in each case where such transactions have delayed contractual settlement dates of a specified period. There are limited exceptions to these margin requirements. Covered Agency Transactions historically have not been required to be collateralized. The collateralization of Covered Agency Transactions is intended to mitigate counterparty credit risk between trade and settlement, but could increase the cost of such transactions and impose added operational complexity.
ZERO COUPON SECURITIES
The Portfolio may invest in zero coupon securities. Zero coupon securities are notes, bonds and debentures that: (1) do not pay current interest and are issued at a substantial discount from par value; (2) have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons and receipts; or (3) pay no interest until a stated date one or more years into the future. These securities also include certificates representing interests in such stripped coupons and receipts.
Generally, changes in interest rates will have a greater impact on the market value of a zero coupon security than on the market value of the comparable securities that pay interest periodically during the life of the instrument. The Portfolio will not receive cash payments on a current basis from the issuer in respect of accrued original issue discount (“OID”), but investors will be required to accrue OID for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To generate sufficient cash for the Portfolio to make the requisite distributions to maintain its qualification for treatment as a RIC, the Portfolio may be required to sell investments, including at a time when it may not be advantageous to do so.
A number of securities firms and banks have stripped the interest coupons and resold them in custodian receipt programs with different names such as Treasury Income Growth Receipts (“TIGRS”) and Certificates of Accrual on Treasuries (“CATS”). Privately-issued stripped securities such as TIGRS and CATS are not themselves guaranteed by the U.S. Government, but the future payment of principal or interest on U.S. Treasury obligations which they represent is so guaranteed.
ASSET SEGREGATION AND COVERAGE
The Portfolio may be required to earmark or otherwise segregate liquid assets in respect of its obligations under derivatives transactions that involve contractual obligations to pay in the future, or the Portfolio may engage in other measures to “cover” its obligations with respect to such transactions. The amounts that are earmarked or otherwise segregated may be based on the notional value of the derivative or on the daily mark-to-market obligation under the derivatives contract and may be reduced by amounts on deposit with the applicable broker or counterparty to the derivatives transaction. In certain circumstances, the Portfolio may enter into an offsetting position rather than earmarking or segregating liquid assets. The Portfolio may modify its asset segregation and coverage policies from time to time. Although earmarking or segregating may in certain cases have the effect of limiting the Portfolio’s ability to engage in derivatives transactions, the extent of any such limitation will depend on a variety of factors, including the method by which the Portfolio determines the nature and amount of assets to be earmarked or segregated.
19
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AND RISKS
A discussion of the risks associated with an investment in the Portfolio is contained in the Prospectus. The discussion below supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the Prospectus.
GENERAL
Investment in the Portfolio should be made with an understanding that the value of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of the issuers of the portfolio securities, the value of securities generally and other factors.
An investment in the Portfolio should also be made with an understanding of the risks inherent in an investment in securities, including the risk that the financial condition of issuers may become impaired or that the general condition of the securities markets may deteriorate (either of which may cause a decrease in the value of the portfolio securities and thus in the value of Shares). Securities are susceptible to general market fluctuations and to volatile increases and decreases in value as market confidence in and perceptions of their issuers change. These investor perceptions are based on various and unpredictable factors including expectations regarding government, economic, monetary and fiscal policies, inflation and interest rates, economic expansion or contraction, and global or regional political, economic and banking crises. Securities of issuers traded on exchanges may be suspended on certain exchanges by the issuers themselves, by an exchange or by government authorities. The likelihood of such suspensions may be higher for securities of issuers in emerging or less-developed market countries than in countries with more developed markets. Trading suspensions may be applied from time to time to the securities of individual issuers for reasons specific to that issuer, or may be applied broadly by exchanges or governmental authorities in response to market events. Suspensions may last for significant periods of time, during which trading in the securities and instruments that reference the securities, such as participatory notes (or “P-notes”) or other derivative instruments, may be halted.
Holders of common stocks incur more risk than holders of preferred stocks and debt obligations because common stockholders, as owners of the issuer, have generally inferior rights to receive payments from the issuer in comparison with the rights of creditors of, or holders of debt obligations or preferred stocks issued by, the issuer. Further, unlike debt securities which typically have a stated principal amount payable at maturity (whose value, however, will be subject to market fluctuations prior thereto), or preferred stocks which typically have a liquidation preference and which may have stated optional or mandatory redemption provisions, common stocks have neither a fixed principal amount nor a maturity. Common stock values are subject to market fluctuations as long as the common stock remains outstanding.
The principal trading market for some securities may be in the over-the-counter market. The existence of a liquid trading market for certain securities may depend on whether dealers will make a market in such securities. There can be no assurance that a market will be made or maintained or that any such market will be or remain liquid. The price at which securities may be sold and the value of the Portfolio’s Shares will be adversely affected if trading markets for the Portfolio’s portfolio securities are limited or absent or if bid/ask spreads are wide.
COUNTERPARTY RISK
Counterparty risk with respect to derivatives has been and may continue to be affected by new rules and regulations affecting the derivatives market. Some derivatives transactions are required to be centrally cleared, and a party to a cleared derivatives transaction is subject to the credit risk of the clearing house and the clearing member through which it holds its cleared position, rather than the credit risk of its original counterparty to the derivatives transaction. Credit risk of market participants with respect to derivatives that are centrally cleared is concentrated in a few clearing houses, and it is not clear how an insolvency proceeding of a clearing house would be conducted, what effect the insolvency proceeding would have on any recovery by the Portfolio, and what impact an insolvency of a clearing house would have on the financial system more generally.
CUSTODIAL RISK
There are risks involved in dealing with the custodians or brokers who hold the Portfolio’s investments or settle the Portfolio’s trades. It is possible that, in the event of the insolvency or bankruptcy of a custodian or broker, the Portfolio would be delayed or prevented from recovering its assets from the custodian or broker, or its estate, and may have only a general unsecured claim against the custodian or broker for those assets. In recent insolvencies of brokers or other financial institutions, the ability of certain customers to recover their assets from the insolvent’s estate has been delayed, limited, or prevented, often unpredictably, and there is no assurance
20
that any assets held by the Portfolio with a custodian or broker will be readily recoverable by the Portfolio. In addition, there may be limited recourse against non-U.S. sub-custodians in those situations in which the Portfolio invests in markets where custodial and/or settlement systems and regulations are not fully developed, including emerging markets, and the assets of the Portfolio have been entrusted to such sub-custodians. SSGA FM or an affiliate may serve as the custodian of the Portfolio.
FUTURES AND OPTIONS TRANSACTIONS
There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract or option at any specific time. Thus, it may not be possible to close a futures or options position. In the event of adverse price movements, the Portfolio would continue to be required to make daily cash payments to maintain its required margin. In such situations, if the Portfolio has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, the Portfolio may be required to make delivery of the instruments underlying futures contracts it has sold.
The Portfolio will minimize the risk that it will be unable to close out a futures or options contract by only entering into futures and options for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market.
The risk of loss in trading futures contracts or uncovered call options in some strategies (e.g., selling uncovered index futures contracts) is potentially unlimited. The Portfolio does not plan to use futures and options contracts, when available, in this manner. The risk of a futures position may still be large as traditionally measured due to the low margin deposits required. In many cases, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss or gain to the investor relative to the size of a required margin deposit. The Portfolio, however, may utilize futures and options contracts in a manner designed to limit its risk exposure to that which is comparable to what it would have incurred through direct investment in securities.
Utilization of futures transactions by the Portfolio involves the risk of loss by the Portfolio of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Portfolio has an open position in the futures contract or option.
Certain financial futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.
MARKET DISRUPTION AND GEOPOLITICAL RISK
The Portfolio is subject to the risk that geopolitical events will disrupt securities markets and adversely affect global economies and markets. War, terrorism, and related geopolitical events have led, and in the future may lead, to increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. Likewise, natural and environmental disasters, epidemics or pandemics and systemic market dislocations may be highly disruptive to economies and markets. Those events as well as other changes in non-U.S. and domestic economic and political conditions also could adversely affect individual issuers or related groups of issuers, securities markets, interest rates, credit ratings, inflation, investor sentiment, and other factors affecting the value of the Portfolio’s investments. Given the increasing interdependence between global economies and markets, conditions in one country, market, or region might adversely impact markets, issuers and/or foreign exchange rates in other countries, including the U.S. Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the Economic and Monetary Union of the European (the “EMU”) has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Any partial or complete dissolution of the EMU, or any continued uncertainty as to its status, could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Portfolio’s investments. In a referendum in June 2016, the United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) voted to leave the European Union (“E.U.”) thereby initiating the British exit from the E.U. (commonly known as “Brexit”). In March 2017, the U.K. formally notified the European Council of the U.K.’s intention to withdraw from the EU pursuant to Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union. This formal notification began a multi-year period of negotiations regarding the terms of the U.K.’s exit from the E.U., which formally occurred on January 31, 2020. The U.K. is currently in a transition period where it remains subject to E.U. rules but has no role in the E.U. law-making process. During this transition period, U.K. and E.U. representatives are negotiating the precise terms of their future relationship. The transition period is scheduled to end on December 31, 2020. There is still considerable uncertainty relating to the potential consequences associated with the exit, how the negotiations for the withdrawal and new trade agreements will be conducted, and whether the U.K.’s exit will increase the likelihood of other countries also departing the E.U. Brexit may have a significant impact on the U.K., Europe, and global economies, which may result in increased volatility and illiquidity, and potentially lower economic growth in markets in the U.K., Europe and globally, which may adversely affect the value of the Portfolio’s investments.
21
Securities markets may be susceptible to market manipulation (e.g., the potential manipulation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or other fraudulent trade practices, which could disrupt the orderly functioning of these markets or adversely affect the value of investments traded in these markets, including investments of the Portfolio.
Many financial instruments use or may use a floating rate based on LIBOR, which is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. On July 27, 2017, the head of the U.K.’s Financial Conduct Authority announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. There remains uncertainty regarding the future utilization of LIBOR and the nature of any replacement rate.
The elimination of LIBOR may adversely affect the interest rates on, and value of, certain investments for which the value is tied to LIBOR. Such investments may include bank loans, derivatives, floating rate securities, and other assets or liabilities tied to LIBOR. Actions by regulators have resulted in the establishment of alternative reference rates to LIBOR in most major currencies. The U.S. Federal Reserve, based on the recommendations of the New York Federal Reserve’s Alternative Reference Rate Committee (comprised of major derivative market participants and their regulators), has begun publishing a Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), that is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR. Proposals for alternative reference rates for other currencies have also been announced or have already begun publication. Markets are slowly developing in response to these new rates. Questions around liquidity impacted by these rates, and how to appropriately adjust these rates at the time of transition, remain a concern for the Portfolio.
The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on the Portfolio will vary depending, among other things, on (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new products and instruments. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the transition away from LIBOR on the Portfolio until new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new products, instruments and contracts are commercially accepted.
Recent political activity in the U.S. has increased the risk that the U.S. could default on some or any of its obligations. While it is impossible to predict the consequences of such an unprecedented event, it is likely that a default by the U.S. would be highly disruptive to the U.S. and global securities markets and could significantly impair the value of the Portfolio’s investments. Similarly, political events within the U.S. at times have resulted, and may in the future result, in a shutdown of government services, which could negatively affect the U.S. economy, decrease the value of many Portfolio investments, and increase uncertainty in or impair the operation of the U.S. or other securities markets.
To the extent the Portfolio has focused its investments in the stock market index of a particular region, adverse geopolitical and other events could have a disproportionate impact on the Portfolio.
MARKET TURBULENCE RESULTING FROM COVID-19
An outbreak of a respiratory disease caused by a novel coronavirus first detected in China in December 2019 has spread globally in a short period of time. In an organized attempt to contain and mitigate the effects of the spread of the coronavirus known as COVID-19, governments and businesses world-wide have taken aggressive measures, including closing borders, restricting international and domestic travel, and the imposition of prolonged quarantines of large populations. COVID-19 has resulted in the disruption of and delays in the delivery of healthcare services and processes, the cancellation of organized events and educational institutions, the disruption of production and supply chains, a decline in consumer demand for certain goods and services, and general concern and uncertainty, all of which have contributed to increased volatility in global markets. The effects of COVID-19 will likely affect certain sectors and industries more dramatically than others, which may adversely affect the value of the Portfolio’s investments in those sectors or industries. COVID-19, and other epidemics and pandemics that may arise in the future, could adversely affect the economies of many nations, the global economy, individual companies and capital markets in ways that cannot be foreseen at the present time. In addition, the impact of infectious diseases in developing or emerging market countries may be greater due to limited health care resources. Political, economic and social stresses caused by COVID-19 also may exacerbate other pre-existing political, social and economic risks in certain countries. The duration of COVID-19 and its effects cannot be determined at this time, but the effects could be present for an extended period of time.
RISKS OF SWAP AGREEMENTS
Swap agreements are subject to the risk that the swap counterparty will default on its obligations. If such a default occurs, the Portfolio will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction, but such remedies may be subject to bankruptcy and insolvency laws which could affect the Portfolio’s rights as a creditor.
The use of interest-rate and index swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from
22
those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, reference rate or index but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all possible market conditions. These transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal.
The absence of a regulated execution facility or contract market and lack of liquidity for swap transactions has led, in some instances, to difficulties in trading and valuation, especially in the event of market disruptions. Under recently adopted rules and regulations, transactions in some types of swaps are required to be centrally cleared. In a cleared derivatives transaction, the Portfolio’s counterparty to the transaction is a central derivatives clearing organization, or clearing house, rather than a bank or broker. Because the Portfolio is not a member of a clearing house, and only members of a clearing house can participate directly in the clearing house, the Portfolio holds cleared derivatives through accounts at clearing members. In cleared derivatives transactions, the Portfolio will make payments (including margin payments) to and receive payments from a clearing house through its accounts at clearing members. Clearing members guarantee performance of their clients’ obligations to the clearing house. Centrally cleared derivative arrangements may be less favorable to the Portfolio than bilateral (non-cleared) arrangements. For example, the Portfolio may be required to provide greater amounts of margin for cleared derivatives transactions than for bilateral derivatives transactions. Also, in contrast to bilateral derivatives transactions, in some cases following a period of notice to the Portfolio, a clearing member generally can require termination of existing cleared derivatives transactions at any time or an increase in margin requirements above the margin that the clearing member required at the beginning of a transaction. Clearing houses also have broad rights to increase margin requirements for existing transactions or to terminate transactions at any time. The Portfolio is subject to risk if it enters into a derivatives transaction that is required to be cleared (or which SSGA expects to be cleared), and no clearing member is willing or able to clear the transaction on the Portfolio’s behalf. In that case, the transaction might have to be terminated, and the Portfolio could lose some or all of the benefit of the transaction, including loss of an increase in the value of the transaction and loss of hedging protection. In addition, the documentation governing the relationship between the Portfolio and clearing members is drafted by the clearing members and generally is less favorable to the Portfolio than typical bilateral derivatives documentation.
These clearing rules and other new rules and regulations could, among other things, restrict the Portfolio’s ability to engage in, or increase the cost to the Portfolio of, derivatives transactions, for example, by making some types of derivatives no longer available to the Portfolio, increasing margin or capital requirements, or otherwise limiting liquidity or increasing transaction costs. These regulations are new and evolving, so their potential impact on the Portfolio and the financial system are not yet known. Because they are two party contracts that may be subject to contractual restrictions on transferability and termination and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid and subject to the Portfolio’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. To the extent that a swap is not liquid, it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses. Like most other investments, swap agreements are subject to the risk that the market value of the instrument will change in a way detrimental to the Portfolio’s interest.
If the Portfolio uses a swap as a hedge against, or as a substitute for, a portfolio investment, the Portfolio will be exposed to the risk that the swap will have or will develop imperfect or no correlation with the portfolio investment. This could cause substantial losses for the Portfolio. While hedging strategies involving swap instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other Portfolio investments. Many swaps are complex and often valued subjectively.
TAX RISKS
As with any investment, you should consider how your investment in Shares will be taxed. The tax information in the Prospectus and this SAI is provided as general information. You should consult your own tax professional about the tax consequences of an investment in Shares.
Unless your investment in Shares is made through a tax-exempt entity or tax-advantaged retirement account, such as an individual retirement account, you need to be aware of the possible tax consequences when the Portfolio makes distributions or you sell Shares.
23
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
The Trust has adopted the following investment restrictions as fundamental policies with respect to the Portfolio. These restrictions cannot be changed with respect to the Portfolio without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Portfolio’s outstanding voting securities. For purposes of the 1940 Act, a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio means the vote, at an annual or a special meeting of the security holders of the Trust, of the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the voting securities of the Portfolio present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. Except with the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities, the Portfolio may not:
| 1. |
Purchase securities of an issuer that would cause the Portfolio to fail to satisfy the diversification requirement for a diversified management company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time; |
| 2. |
Concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the Rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time;1 |
| 3. |
Make loans to another person except as permitted by the 1940 Act or other governing statute, by the Rules thereunder, or by the SEC or other regulatory agency with authority over the Portfolio; |
| 4. |
Issue senior securities or borrow money except as permitted by the 1940 Act or other governing statute, by the Rules thereunder, or by the SEC or other regulatory agency with authority over the Portfolio; |
| 5. |
Invest directly in real estate unless the real estate is acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments. This restriction shall not preclude the Portfolio from investing in companies that deal in real estate or in instruments that are backed or secured by real estate; |
| 6. |
Act as an underwriter of another issuer’s securities, except to the extent the Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with the Portfolio’s purchase and sale of portfolio securities; or |
| 7. |
Invest in commodities except as permitted by the 1940 Act or other governing statute, by the Rules thereunder, or by the SEC or other regulatory agency with authority over the Portfolio. |
In addition to the investment restrictions adopted as fundamental policies as set forth above, the Portfolio observes the following restrictions, which may be changed by the Board without a shareholder vote. The Portfolio will not:
| 1. |
Invest in the securities of a company for the purpose of exercising management or control, provided that the Trust may vote the investment securities owned by the Portfolio in accordance with its views; or |
| 2. |
Under normal circumstances, invest less than 80% of its net assets (plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities. Prior to any change in this 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will provide shareholders with 60 days’ written notice. |
If a percentage limitation is adhered to at the time of investment or contract, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from any change in value or total or net assets will not result in a violation of such restriction, except that the percentage limitations with respect to the borrowing of money will be observed continuously. With respect to the limitation on borrowing, in the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances cause the Portfolio to exceed its limitation, the Portfolio will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of borrowing back within the limitations within three days thereafter (not including Sundays and holidays).
The 1940 Act currently permits the Portfolio to loan up to 33 1/3% of its total assets. With respect to borrowing, the 1940 Act presently allows the Portfolio to: (1) borrow from any bank (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total assets, (2) borrow money for temporary purposes in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets at the time of the loan, and (3) enter into reverse repurchase agreements. The 1940 Act generally prohibits funds from issuing senior securities, although it does not treat certain transactions as senior securities, such as certain borrowings, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligation. With respect to investments in commodities, the 1940 Act presently permits the Portfolio to invest in commodities in accordance with investment policies contained in its prospectus and SAI. Any such investment shall also comply with the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment company’s ability to invest in real estate, but does require that every investment company have the fundamental investment policy governing such investments. The Portfolio will not purchase or sell real estate, except that the Portfolio may purchase marketable securities issued by companies which own or invest in real estate (including REITs) and in instruments that are backed or secured by real estate.
| 1 |
The SEC Staff considers concentration to involve more than 25% of a fund’s assets to be invested in an industry or group of industries. |
24
Additional Strategy Information
| • |
At least 90% of the Portfolio’s net assets will be invested in publicly traded equity securities. |
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
The Trust has adopted a policy regarding the disclosure of information about the Trust’s portfolio holdings. The Board must approve all material amendments to this policy. The Portfolio’s portfolio holdings are publicly disseminated each day the Portfolio is open for business through financial reporting and news services including publicly accessible Internet web sites. The Trust, the Adviser or State Street will not disseminate non-public information concerning the Trust, except: (i) to a party for a legitimate business purpose related to the day-to-day operations of the Portfolios, or (ii) to any other party for a legitimate business or regulatory purpose, upon waiver or exception.
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Prospectus entitled “MANAGEMENT.”
Board Responsibilities. The management and affairs of the Trust and its series, including the Portfolio described in this SAI, are overseen by the Trustees. The Board has approved contracts, as described in this SAI, under which certain companies provide essential management services to the Trust.
Like most mutual funds, the day-to-day business of the Trust, including the management of risk, is performed by third party service providers, such as the Adviser, Distributor, Administrator and Sub-Administrator. The Trustees are responsible for overseeing the Trust’s service providers and, thus, have oversight responsibility with respect to risk management performed by those service providers. Risk management seeks to identify and address risks, i.e., events or circumstances that could have material adverse effects on the business, operations, shareholder services, investment performance or reputation of the Portfolio. The Portfolio and its service providers employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various of those possible events or circumstances, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur. Each service provider is responsible for one or more discrete aspects of the Trust’s business (e.g., an adviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Portfolio’s portfolio investments) and, consequently, for managing the risks associated with that business. The Board has emphasized to the Portfolio’s service providers the importance of maintaining vigorous risk management.
The Trustees’ role in risk oversight begins before the inception of the Portfolio, at which time the Portfolio’s Adviser presents the Board with information concerning the investment objectives, strategies and risks of the Portfolio, as well as proposed investment limitations for the Portfolio. Additionally, the Portfolio’s Adviser provides the Board with an overview of, among other things, their investment philosophies, brokerage practices and compliance infrastructures. Thereafter, the Board continues its oversight function as various personnel, including the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer, as well as personnel of the Adviser and other service providers, such as the Portfolio’s independent accountants, make periodic reports to the Audit Committee or to the Board with respect to various aspects of risk management. The Board and the Audit Committee oversee efforts by management and service providers to manage risks to which the Portfolio may be exposed.
The Board is responsible for overseeing the nature, extent and quality of the services provided to the Portfolio by the Adviser and receives information about those services at its regular meetings. In addition, on an annual basis, in connection with its consideration of whether to renew the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser, the Board meets with the Adviser to review such services. Among other things, the Board regularly considers the Adviser’s adherence to the Portfolio’s investment restrictions and compliance with various Portfolio policies and procedures and with applicable securities regulations. The Board also reviews information about the Portfolio’s investments.
The Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer reports regularly to the Board to review and discuss compliance issues. At least annually, the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer provides the Board with a report reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Trust’s policies and procedures and those of its service providers, including the Adviser. The report addresses the operation of the policies and procedures of the Trust and each service provider since the date of the last report; any material changes to the policies and procedures since the date of the last report; any recommendations for material changes to the policies and procedures; and any material compliance matters since the date of the last report.
25
The Board receives reports from the Portfolio’s service providers regarding operational risks and risks related to the valuation and liquidity of portfolio securities. Regular reports are made to the Board concerning investments for which market quotations are not readily available. Annually, the independent registered public accounting firm reviews with the Audit Committee its audit of the Portfolio’s financial statements, focusing on major areas of risk encountered by the Portfolio and noting any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the Portfolio’s internal controls. Additionally, in connection with its oversight function, the Board oversees Portfolio management’s implementation of disclosure controls and procedures, which are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Trust in its periodic reports with the SEC are recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the required time periods. The Board also oversees the Trust’s internal controls over financial reporting, which comprise policies and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the Trust’s financial reporting and the preparation of the Trust’s financial statements.
From their review of these reports and discussions with the Adviser, the Chief Compliance Officer, the independent registered public accounting firm and other service providers, the Board and the Audit Committee learn in detail about the material risks of the Portfolio, thereby facilitating a dialogue about how management and service providers identify and mitigate those risks.
The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the Portfolio can be identified and/or quantified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the Portfolio’s goals, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the Trustees as to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information. Most of the Portfolio’s investment management and business affairs are carried out by or through the Portfolio’s Adviser and other service providers, each of which has an independent interest in risk management but whose policies and the methods by which one or more risk management functions are carried out may differ from the Portfolio’s and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the Board’s ability to monitor and manage risk, as a practical matter, is subject to limitations.
Trustees and Officers. There are seven members of the Board of Trustees, six of whom are not interested persons of the Trust, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act (“Independent Trustees”). Frank Nesvet, an Independent Trustee, serves as Chairman of the Board. The Board has determined its leadership structure is appropriate given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the Trust. The Board made this determination in consideration of, among other things, the fact that the Independent Trustees constitute a super-majority (greater than 75%) of the Board, the fact that the chairperson of each Committee of the Board is an Independent Trustee, the amount of assets under management in the Trust, and the number of funds (and classes of shares) overseen by the Board. The Board also believes that its leadership structure facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Trustees from fund management.
The Board of Trustees has two standing committees: the Audit Committee and Trustee Committee. The Audit Committee and Trustee Committee are each chaired by an Independent Trustee and composed of all of the Independent Trustees.
Set forth below are the names, year of birth, position with the Trust, length of term of office, and the principal occupations during the last five years and other directorships held of each of the persons currently serving as a Trustee or Officer of the Trust.
26
TRUSTEES
|
NAME, ADDRESS AND YEAR OF BIRTH |
POSITION(S)
|
TERM OF
|
PRINCIPAL
|
NUMBER OF
PORTFOLIOS IN FUND COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY TRUSTEE† |
OTHER
|
|||||||
|
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES |
||||||||||||
|
FRANK NESVET c/o SSGA Active Trust One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1943 |
Independent Trustee, Chairman, Trustee Committee Chair |
Term: Unlimited Served: since March 2011 |
Retired. | 125 | None. | |||||||
|
BONNY EUGENIA
c/o SSGA Active Trust One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1950 |
Independent Trustee |
Term: Unlimited Served: since March 2011 |
Retired. | 125 | None. | |||||||
|
DWIGHT D. CHURCHILL c/o SSGA Active Trust One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1953 |
Independent Trustee |
Term: Unlimited Served: since March 2011 |
Self-employed consultant since 2010; CEO and President, CFA Institute (June 2014 – January 2015). | 125 | Affiliated Managers Group, Inc. (Chairman, Director and Audit Committee Chair). | |||||||
|
CLARE S. RICHER c/o SSGA Active Trust One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1958 |
Independent Trustee |
Term: Unlimited Served: since July 2018 |
Retired Chief Financial Officer, Putnam Investments LLC (December 2008 - May 2017). | 125 | Bain Capital Specialty Finance (Director); Putnam Acquisition Financing Inc. (Director); Putnam Acquisition Financing LLC (Director); Putnam GP Inc. (Director); Putnam Investor Services, Inc. (Director); Putnam Investments Limited (Director); University of Notre Dame (Trustee). | |||||||
27
|
NAME, ADDRESS AND YEAR OF BIRTH |
POSITION(S)
|
TERM OF
|
PRINCIPAL
|
NUMBER OF
PORTFOLIOS IN FUND COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY TRUSTEE† |
OTHER
|
|||||||
|
SANDRA G. SPONEM c/o SSGA Active Trust One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1958 |
Independent
Trustee |
Term: Unlimited Served: since July 2018 |
Retired Chief Financial Officer, M.A. Mortenson Companies, Inc. (February 2007—April 2017). | 125 | Rydex Series Funds, Rydex Dynamic Funds, Rydex Variable Trust, Guggenheim Funds Trust, Guggenheim Variable Funds Trust, Guggenheim Strategy Funds Trust, Transparent Value Trust, Fiduciary/ Claymore Energy Infrastructure Fund, Guggenheim Taxable Municipal Managed Duration Trust, Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund, Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Income Fund, Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, Guggenheim Energy & Income Fund (Trustee and Audit Committee Chair). | |||||||
|
CARL G. VERBONCOEUR c/o SSGA Active Trust One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1952 |
Independent Trustee, Audit Committee Chair |
Term: Unlimited Served: since March 2011 |
Self-employed consultant since 2009. | 125 | The Motley Fool Funds Trust (Trustee). | |||||||
28
|
NAME, ADDRESS AND YEAR OF BIRTH |
POSITION(S)
|
TERM OF
|
PRINCIPAL
|
NUMBER OF
PORTFOLIOS IN FUND COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY TRUSTEE† |
OTHER
|
|||||||
| INTERESTED TRUSTEE | ||||||||||||
|
JAMES E. ROSS* c/o SSGA Active Trust One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1965 |
Interested Trustee |
Term: Unlimited Served as Trustee: since March 2011 |
Non-Executive Chairman, Fusion Acquisition Corp. (June 2020 – Present); Retired Chairman and Director, SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (2005 – March 2020); Retired Executive Vice President, State Street Global Advisors (2012 – March 2020); Retired Chief Executive Officer and Director, State Street Global Advisors Funds Distributors, LLC (May 2017 – March 2020); Director, State Street Global Markets, LLC (2013—April 2017); President, SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (2005—2012); Principal, State Street Global Advisors (2000—2005). | 136 | SSGA SPDR ETFs Europe I plc (Director) (November 2016 – March 2020); SSGA SPDR ETFs Europe II plc (Director) (November 2016 – March 2020); State Street Navigator Securities Lending Trust (July 2016 – March 2020); SSGA Funds (January 2014 – March 2020); State Street Institutional Investment Trust (February 2007 – March 2020); State Street Master Funds (February 2007 – March 2020); Elfun Funds (July 2016 – December 2018). | |||||||
| † |
For the purpose of determining the number of portfolios overseen by the Trustees, “Fund Complex” comprises registered investment companies for which SSGA Funds Management, Inc. serves as investment adviser. |
| * |
Mr. Ross is an Interested Trustee because of his former position with the Adviser and ownership interest in an affiliate of the Adviser. |
29
OFFICERS
|
NAME, ADDRESS AND YEAR OF BIRTH |
POSITION(S) WITH FUNDS |
TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED |
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST 5 YEARS |
|||
|
ELLEN M. NEEDHAM SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1967 |
President |
Term: Unlimited Served: since October 2012 |
Chairman, SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (March 2020 - present); President and Director, SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (2001 - present)*; Senior Managing Director, State Street Global Advisors (1992 - present)*; Manager, State Street Global Advisors Funds Distributors, LLC (May 2017 - present). | |||
|
BRUCE S. ROSENBERG SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1961 |
Treasurer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since February 2016 |
Managing Director, State Street Global Advisors and SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (July 2015 - present); Director, Credit Suisse (April 2008 - July 2015). | |||
|
ANN M. CARPENTER SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1966 |
Vice President; Deputy Treasurer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since August 2012 (with respect to Vice President); Unlimited Served: since February 2016 (with respect to Deputy Treasurer) |
Chief Operating Officer, SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (April 2005 - present)*; Managing Director, State Street Global Advisors (April 2005 - present).* | |||
|
MICHAEL P. RILEY SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1969 |
Vice President |
Term: Unlimited Served: since March 2011 |
Managing Director, State Street Global Advisors (2005 - present).* | |||
|
SEAN O’MALLEY SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1969 |
Chief Legal Officer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since August 2019 |
Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel, State Street Global Advisors (November 2013 - present). | |||
|
ANDREW DELORME SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1975 |
Secretary |
Term: Unlimited Served: since August 2019 |
Vice President and Senior Counsel, State Street Global Advisors (April 2016 - present); Vice President and Counsel, State Street Global Advisors (August 2014 - March 2016). | |||
30
|
NAME, ADDRESS AND YEAR OF BIRTH |
POSITION(S) WITH FUNDS |
TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED |
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST 5 YEARS |
|||
|
KEVIN MORRIS SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1982 |
Assistant Secretary |
Term: Unlimited Served: since August 2019 |
Vice President and Senior Counsel, State Street Global Advisors (April 2019 - present); Vice President and Counsel, State Street Global Advisors (January 2016 - April 2019); Director, Asset Management Compliance, Fidelity Investments (June 2015 - January 2016); Senior Compliance Advisor, Asset Management Compliance, Fidelity Investments (June 2012 - June 2015). | |||
|
DAVID URMAN SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1985 |
Assistant Secretary |
Term: Unlimited Served: since August 2019 |
Vice President and Senior Counsel, State Street Global Advisors (April 2019 - present); Vice President and Counsel, State Street Global Advisors (August 2015 - April 2019); Associate, Ropes & Gray LLP (November 2012 - August 2015). | |||
|
CHAD C. HALLETT SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1969 |
Deputy Treasurer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since February 2016 |
Vice President, State Street Global Advisors and SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (November 2014 - present); Vice President, State Street Bank and Trust Company (2001 - November 2014).* | |||
|
DARLENE ANDERSON-VASQUEZ SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1968 |
Deputy Treasurer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since November 2016 |
Managing Director, State Street Global Advisors and SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (May 2016 - present); Senior Vice President, John Hancock Investments (September 2007 - May 2016). | |||
31
|
NAME, ADDRESS AND YEAR OF BIRTH |
POSITION(S) WITH FUNDS |
TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME SERVED |
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST 5 YEARS |
|||
|
ARTHUR A. JENSEN SSGA Funds Management, Inc. 1600 Summer Street Stamford, CT 06905 1966 |
Deputy Treasurer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since August 2017 |
Vice President, State Street Global Advisors and SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (July 2016 - present); Deputy Treasurer of Elfun Funds (July 2016 - present); Treasurer of State Street Institutional Funds, State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc. and GE Retirement Savings Plan Funds (June 2011 - present); Treasurer of Elfun Funds (June 2011 - July 2016); Mutual Funds Controller of GE Asset Management Incorporated (April 2011 - July 2016). | |||
|
DANIEL FOLEY SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1972 |
Assistant Treasurer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since February 2016 |
Vice President, State Street Global Advisors and SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (April 2007 - present).* | |||
|
DANIEL G. PLOURDE SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1980 |
Assistant Treasurer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since May 2017 |
Vice President, State Street Global Advisors and SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (May 2015 - present); Officer, State Street Bank and Trust Company (March 2009 - May 2015). | |||
|
SUJATA UPRETI SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1974 |
Assistant Treasurer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since February 2016 |
Vice President, State Street Global Advisors and SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (May 2015 - present). | |||
|
BRIAN HARRIS SSGA Funds Management, Inc. One Iron Street Boston, MA 02210 1973 |
Chief Compliance Officer; Anti-Money Laundering Officer; Code of Ethics Compliance Officer |
Term: Unlimited Served: since November 2013 |
Managing Director, State Street Global Advisors and SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (June 2013 - present)*. | |||
| * |
Served in various capacities and/or with various affiliated entities during noted time period. |
32
Individual Trustee Qualifications
The Board has concluded that each of the Trustees should serve on the Board because of his or her ability to review and understand information about the Portfolio provided to him or her by management, to identify and request other information he or she may deem relevant to the performance of his or her duties, to question management and other service providers regarding material factors bearing on the management and administration of the Portfolio, and to exercise his or her business judgment in a manner that serves the best interests of the Portfolio’s shareholders. The Board has concluded that each of the Trustees should serve as a Trustee based on his or her own experience, qualifications, attributes and skills as described below.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Nesvet should serve as Trustee because of the experience he has gained serving as the Chief Executive Officer of a financial services consulting company, serving on the boards of other investment companies, and serving as chief financial officer of a major financial services company; his knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving as Trustee of SPDR Index Shares Funds and SPDR Series Trust since 2000.
The Board has concluded that Ms. Boatman should serve as Trustee because of the experience she gained serving as Managing Director of the primary investment division of one of the nation’s leading financial institutions, her knowledge of the financial services industry and the experience she has gained serving as Trustee of SPDR Index Shares Funds and SPDR Series Trust since April 2010.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Churchill should serve as Trustee because of the experience he gained, serving as Head of the Fixed Income Division of one of the nation’s leading mutual fund companies and provider of financial services, his knowledge of the financial services industry and the experience he has gained serving as Trustee of SPDR Index Shares Funds and SPDR Series Trust since April 2010.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Verboncoeur should serve as Trustee because of the experience he gained serving as the Chief Executive Officer of a large financial services and investment management company, his knowledge of the financial services industry and his experience serving on the boards of other investment companies, including SPDR Index Shares Funds and SPDR Series Trust since April 2010.
The Board has concluded that Ms. Richer should serve as Trustee because of the experience she gained serving as the Chief Financial Officer of a large financial services and investment management company, her knowledge of the financial services industry and her experience serving on the board of a major educational institution. Ms. Richer was appointed to serve as Trustee of the Trust in July 2018.
The Board has concluded that Ms. Sponem should serve as Trustee because of the experience she gained serving as the Chief Financial Officer of a large financial services company, her knowledge of the financial services industry and her experience serving on the board of another investment company. Ms. Sponem was appointed to serve as Trustee of the Trust in July 2018.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Ross should serve as Trustee because of the experience he has gained in his various roles with the Adviser, his knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving as Trustee of SPDR Index Shares Funds and SPDR Series Trust since 2005 (Mr. Ross did not serve as Trustee of SPDR Index Shares Funds or SPDR Series Trust from December 2009 until April 2010).
In its periodic assessment of the effectiveness of the Board, the Board considers the complementary individual skills and experience of the individual Trustees primarily in the broader context of the Board’s overall composition so that the Board, as a body, possesses the appropriate (and appropriately diverse) skills and experience to oversee the business of the Portfolio.
REMUNERATION OF THE TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS
No officer, director or employee of the Adviser, its parent or subsidiaries receives any compensation from the Trust for serving as an officer or Trustee of the Trust. The Trust, SPDR Series Trust and SPDR Index Shares Funds (together with the Trust, the “Trusts”) pay, in the aggregate, each Trustee an annual fee of $245,000 plus $10,000 per in-person meeting attended and $1,250 for each telephonic or video conference meeting attended. Effective January 1, 2021, each Trustee will receive an annual fee of $270,000 plus $10,000 per in-person meeting attended and $1,250 for each telephonic or video conference meeting attended. The Chairman of the Board receives an additional annual fee of $75,000 and the Chairman of the Audit Committee receives an additional annual fee of $30,000. Prior to July 1, 2020, the Chairman of the Board received an additional annual fee of $60,000. The Trusts also reimburse each Trustee for travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by him/her in connection with attending such meetings and in connection with attending industry seminars and meetings. Trustee fees are allocated between the Trusts and each of their respective series in such a manner as deemed equitable, taking into consideration the relative net assets of the series.
33
The table below shows the compensation that the Trustees received during the Trust’s fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.
|
NAME OF TRUSTEE |
AGGREGATE
COMPENSATION FROM THE TRUST(1) |
PENSION OR
RETIREMENT BENEFITS ACCRUED AS PART OF TRUST EXPENSES |
ESTIMATED
ANNUAL BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT |
TOTAL
COMPENSATION FROM THE TRUST AND FUND COMPLEX PAID TO TRUSTEES(1) |
||||||||||||
|
Independent Trustees: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Frank Nesvet |
$ | 15,830 | N/A | N/A | $ | 371,250 | ||||||||||
|
Bonny Eugenia
|
$ | 13,256 | N/A | N/A | $ | 311,250 | ||||||||||
|
Dwight D. Churchill |
$ | 13,256 | N/A | N/A | $ | 311,250 | ||||||||||
|
Clare S. Richer |
$ | 13,256 | N/A | N/A | $ | 311,250 | ||||||||||
|
Sandra G. Sponem |
$ | 13,256 | N/A | N/A | $ | 311,250 | ||||||||||
|
Carl G. Verboncoeur |
$ | 14,543 | N/A | N/A | $ | 341,250 | ||||||||||
|
Interested Trustee: |
||||||||||||||||
|
James E. Ross(2) |
$ | 3,297 | N/A | N/A | $ | 85,000 | ||||||||||
| (1) |
The Fund Complex includes the Trust. |
| (2) |
Mr. Ross became eligible to receive compensation from the Trust on April 1, 2020. |
STANDING COMMITTEES
Audit Committee. The Board has an Audit Committee consisting of all Independent Trustees. Mr. Verboncoeur serves as Chair. The Audit Committee meets with the Trust’s independent auditors to review and approve the scope and results of their professional services; to review the procedures for evaluating the adequacy of the Trust’s accounting controls; to consider the range of audit fees; and to make recommendations to the Board regarding the engagement of the Trust’s independent auditors. The Audit Committee met five (5) times during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.
Trustee Committee. The Board has established a Trustee Committee consisting of all Independent Trustees. Mr. Nesvet serves as Chair. The responsibilities of the Trustee Committee are to: 1) nominate Independent Trustees; 2) review on a periodic basis the governance structures and procedures of the Portfolio; 3) review proposed resolutions and conflicts of interest that may arise in the business of the Portfolio and may have an impact on the investors of the Portfolio; 4) select any independent counsel of the independent trustees as well as make determinations as to that counsel’s independence; 5) review matters that are referred to the Committee by the Chief Legal Officer or other counsel to the Trust; and 6) provide general oversight of the Portfolio on behalf of the investors of the Portfolio. The Trustee Committee does not have specific procedures in place with respect to the consideration of nominees recommended by security holders, but may consider such nominees in the event that one is recommended. The Trustee Committee met four (4) during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.
OWNERSHIP OF PORTFOLIO SHARES
As of December 31, 2019, neither the Independent Trustees nor their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities in the Portfolio, Trust, Adviser, Principal Underwriter or any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Adviser or Principal Underwriter.
The following table shows as of December 31, 2019, the amount of equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustees in each Fund or Portfolio and in the Trust.
34
| Name of Trustee | Fund |
Dollar Range of
in the Trust |
Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity Securities in All Funds Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies |
|||||||
|
Independent Trustees: |
||||||||||
|
Frank Nesvet |
None | None | None | |||||||
|
Bonny Eugenia
|
None | None | None | |||||||
|
Dwight D. Churchill |
SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF | Over $100,000 | Over $100,000 | |||||||
|
Clare S. Richer |
SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF |
|
$10,001 - $50,000
Over $100,000 |
|
Over $100,000 | |||||
|
Sandra G. Sponem |
None | None | None | |||||||
|
Carl G. Verboncoeur |
None | None | $10,001 - $50,000 | |||||||
|
Interested Trustee: |
||||||||||
|
James E. Ross |
SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF |
|
$1 - $10,000
$50,001 - $100,000 |
|
Over $100,000 | |||||
CODES OF ETHICS
The Trust and the Adviser (which includes applicable reporting personnel of the Distributor) each have adopted a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, which is designed to prevent affiliated persons of the Trust, the Adviser and Distributor from engaging in deceptive, manipulative or fraudulent activities in connection with securities held or to be acquired by the Portfolio (which may also be held by persons subject to the codes of ethics). Each Code of Ethics permits personnel, subject to that Code of Ethics, to invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, subject to certain limitations, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Portfolio.
There can be no assurance that the Codes of Ethics will be effective in preventing such activities. Each Code of Ethics, filed as exhibits to this registration statement, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. or on the Internet at the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov.
PROXY VOTING POLICIES
The Board of Trustees of the Trust believes that the voting of proxies on securities held by the Portfolio is an important element of the overall investment process. As such, the Board of the Trust has delegated the responsibility to vote such proxies to the Adviser. The Adviser’s proxy voting policies are attached at the end of this SAI. Information regarding how the Portfolio voted proxies relating to its portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 is available: (1) without charge by calling
1-866-787-2257; (2) on the Portfolio’s website at https://www.ssgafunds.com; and (3) on the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov.
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES
THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
SSGA FM acts as investment adviser to the Trust and, subject to the oversight of the Board, is responsible for the investment management of the Portfolio. As of June 30, 2020, the Adviser managed approximately $612.89 billion in assets. The Adviser’s principal address is One Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. The Adviser, a Massachusetts corporation, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of State Street Global Advisors, Inc., which is itself a wholly-owned subsidiary of State Street Corporation, a publicly held financial holding company. State Street Global Advisors (“SSGA”), consisting of the Adviser and other investment advisory affiliates of State Street Corporation, is the investment management arm of State Street Corporation.
35
The Adviser serves as investment adviser to the Portfolio pursuant to an investment advisory agreement (“Investment Advisory Agreement”) between the Trust and the Adviser. The Investment Advisory Agreement, with respect to the Portfolio, continues in effect for two years from its effective date, and thereafter is subject to annual approval by (1) the Board or (2) vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Portfolio, provided that in either event such continuance also is approved by a majority of the Board who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Investment Advisory Agreement with respect to the Portfolio is terminable without penalty, on 60 days’ notice, by the Board or by a vote of the holders of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Portfolio’s outstanding voting securities. The Investment Advisory Agreement is also terminable upon 90 days’ notice by the Adviser and will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).
Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser, subject to the oversight of the Board and in conformity with the stated investment policies of the Portfolio, manages the investment of the Portfolio’s assets. The Adviser is responsible for placing purchase and sale orders and providing continuous supervision of the investment portfolio of the Portfolio. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is not liable for certain liabilities, including certain liabilities arising under the federal securities laws, unless such loss or liability results from (a) willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties; (b) the reckless disregard of its obligations and duties; or (c) a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services.
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the continuation of the Investment Advisory Agreement regarding the Portfolio is available in the Trust’s Annual Report to Shareholders dated June 30, 2020.
For the services provided to the Portfolio under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Portfolio pays the Adviser monthly fees of 0.25% based on a percentage of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets as set forth in the Portfolio’s Prospectus. The Adviser pays all expenses of the Portfolio other than the management fee, brokerage, taxes, interest, fees and expenses of the Independent Trustees (including any Trustee’s counsel fees), litigation expenses and other extraordinary expenses. The Adviser has agreed to pay all costs associated with the organization of the Trust and the Portfolio. The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse expenses in an amount equal to any acquired fund fees and expenses (excluding holdings in acquired funds for cash management purposes, if any) for the Portfolio until October 31, 2021. Additionally, the Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its management fee and/or reimburse expenses in such an amount equal to total annual Fund operating expenses until the later of April 30, 2022 or such time as the Shares of the Portfolio cease to be the only investment security held by the State Street Defensive Global Equity Fund, a separate series of the State Street Institutional Investment Trust. Each waiver may be terminated only by the Board.
The Portfolio’s Shares are offered exclusively to other investors (including without limitation, registered investment companies, private investment pools, bank collective funds, and separate accounts) that pay fees to SSGA FM or its affiliates. The fees paid by those investment vehicles to SSGA FM (or its affiliates) vary depending on a number of factors, including by way of example, the services provided, the risks borne by SSGA FM (or its affiliates), fee rates paid by competitive investment vehicles, and in some cases direct negotiation with investors.
For the past three fiscal years ended June 30, the Portfolio paid the following amounts to the Adviser:
|
PORTFOLIO |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2020 |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2018 |
|||||||||
|
State Street Defensive Global Equity Portfolio(1) |
$ | 5,692 | $ | 9,302 | $ | 12,467 | ||||||
| (1) |
For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018, the Adviser reimbursed the Portfolio in the amount of $5,725, $10,081 and $14,799, respectively. |
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
The professionals primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Portfolio are Chee Ooi and Adel Daghmouri.
The following table lists the number and types of accounts managed by each of the key professionals involved in the day-to-day portfolio management for the Portfolio and assets under management in those accounts as of June 30, 2020. The Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Portfolio.
36
Other Accounts Managed as of June 30, 2020
|
Portfolio Manager |
Registered
Investment Company Accounts |
Assets
Managed (billions) |
Other Pooled
Investment Vehicle Accounts |
Assets Managed
(billions) |
Other
Accounts |
Assets Managed
(billions) |
Total Assets
Managed (billions) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Adel Daghmouri |
7 | $ | 0.57 | 47 | * | $ | 8.78 | * | 28 | ** | $ | 12.74 | ** | $ | 22.09 | |||||||||||||
|
Chee Ooi |
7 | $ | 0.57 | 47 | * | $ | 8.78 | * | 28 | ** | $ | 12.74 | ** | $ | 22.09 | |||||||||||||
| * |
Includes 10 accounts (totaling $4.75 billion in assets under management) with performance-based fees. |
| ** |
Includes 3 accounts (totaling $2.44 billion in assets under management) with performance-based fees. |
The portfolio managers listed above did not beneficially own any interests of the Portfolio as of June 30, 2020.
A portfolio manager that has responsibility for managing more than one account may be subject to potential conflicts of interest because he or she is responsible for other accounts in addition to the Portfolio. Those conflicts could include preferential treatment of one account over others in terms of: (a) the portfolio manager’s execution of different investment strategies for various accounts or (b) the allocation of resources or of investment opportunities.
Portfolio managers may manage numerous accounts for multiple clients. These accounts may include registered investment companies, other types of pooled accounts (e.g., collective investment funds), and separate accounts (i.e., accounts managed on behalf of individuals or public or private institutions). Portfolio managers make investment decisions for each account based on the investment objectives and policies and other relevant investment considerations applicable to that portfolio. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers’ responsibility for multiple accounts with similar investment guidelines. Under these circumstances, a potential investment may be suitable for more than one of the portfolio managers’ accounts, but the quantity of the investment available for purchase is less than the aggregate amount the accounts would ideally devote to the opportunity. Similar conflicts may arise when multiple accounts seek to dispose of the same investment. The portfolio managers may also manage accounts whose objectives and policies differ from that of the Portfolio. These differences may be such that under certain circumstances, trading activity appropriate for one account managed by the portfolio manager may have adverse consequences for another account managed by the portfolio manager. For example, an account may sell a significant position in a security, which could cause the market price of that security to decrease, while the Portfolio maintained its position in that security.
A potential conflict may arise when the portfolio managers are responsible for accounts that have different advisory fees—the difference in fees could create an incentive for the portfolio manager to favor one account over another, for example, in terms of access to investment opportunities. This conflict may be heightened if an account is subject to a performance-based fee, as applicable. Another potential conflict may arise when the portfolio manager has an investment in one or more accounts that participate in transactions with other accounts. His or her investment(s) may create an incentive for the portfolio manager to favor one account over another. The Adviser has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to address these potential material conflicts. For instance, portfolio managers are normally responsible for all accounts within a certain investment discipline, and do not, absent special circumstances, differentiate among the various accounts when allocating resources. Additionally, the Adviser and its advisory affiliates have processes and procedures for allocating investment opportunities among portfolios that are designed to provide a fair and equitable allocation.
SSGA’s culture is complemented and reinforced by a total rewards strategy that is based on a pay for performance philosophy which seeks to offer a competitive pay mix of base salary, benefits, cash incentives and deferred compensation.
Salary is based on a number of factors, including external benchmarking data and market trends, State Street performance, SSGA performance, and individual overall performance. SSGA’s Global Human Resources department regularly participates in compensation surveys in order to provide SSGA with market-based compensation information that helps support individual pay decisions.
Additionally, subject to State Street and SSGA business results, State Street allocates an incentive pool to SSGA to reward its employees. The size of the incentive pool for most business units is based on the firm’s overall profitability and other factors, including performance against risk-related goals. For most SSGA investment teams, SSGA recognizes and rewards performance by linking annual incentive decisions for investment teams to the firm’s or business unit’s profitability and business unit investment performance over a multi-year period.
37
Incentive pool funding for most active investment teams is driven in part by the post-tax investment performance of fund(s) managed by the team versus the return levels of the benchmark index(es) of the fund(s) on a one-, three- and, in some cases, five-year basis. For most active investment teams, a material portion of incentive compensation for senior staff is deferred over a four-year period into the SSGA Long-Term Incentive (“SSGA LTI”) program. For these teams, The SSGA LTI program indexes the performance of these deferred awards against the post-tax investment performance of fund(s) managed by the team. This is intended to align our investment team’s compensation with client interests, both through annual incentive compensation awards and through the long-term value of deferred awards in the SSGA LTI program.
For the passive equity investment team, incentive pool funding is driven in part by the post-tax 1 and 3-year tracking error of the funds managed by the team against the benchmark indexes of the funds.
The discretionary allocation of the incentive pool to the business units within SSGA is influenced by market-based compensation data, as well as the overall performance of each business unit. Individual compensation decisions are made by the employee’s manager, in conjunction with the senior management of the employee’s business unit. These decisions are based on the overall performance of the employee and, as mentioned above, on the performance of the firm and business unit. Depending on the job level, a portion of the annual incentive may be awarded in deferred compensation, which may include cash and/or Deferred Stock Awards (State Street stock), which typically vest over a four-year period. This helps to retain staff and further aligns SSGA employees’ interests with SSGA clients’ and shareholders’ long-term interests.
SSGA recognizes and rewards outstanding performance by:
| • |
Promoting employee ownership to connect employees directly to the company’s success. |
| • |
Using rewards to reinforce mission, vision, values and business strategy. |
| • |
Seeking to recognize and preserve the firm’s unique culture and team orientation. |
| • |
Providing all employees the opportunity to share in the success of SSGA. |
THE ADMINISTRATOR, SUB-ADMINISTRATOR, CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
Administrator. SSGA FM serves as the administrator to each series of the Trust, pursuant to an Administration Agreement dated June 1, 2015 (the “SSGA Administration Agreement”). Pursuant to the SSGA Administration Agreement, SSGA FM is obligated to continuously provide business management services to the Trust and its series and will generally, subject to the general oversight of the Trustees and except as otherwise provided in the SSGA Administration Agreement, manage all of the business and affairs of the Trust.
Sub-Administrator, Custodian and Transfer Agent. State Street serves as the sub-administrator to each series of the Trust, pursuant to a Sub-Administration Agreement dated June 1, 2015 (the “Sub-Administration Agreement”). Under the Sub-Administration Agreement, State Street is obligated to provide certain administrative services to the Trust and its series. State Street is a wholly owned subsidiary of State Street Corporation, a publicly held financial holding company, and is affiliated with the Adviser. State Street’s mailing address is State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.
State Street also serves as Custodian for the Trust’s series pursuant to a custodian agreement (“Custodian Agreement”). As Custodian, State Street holds Portfolio assets, calculates the net asset value of the Portfolio Shares and calculates net income and realized capital gains or losses. State Street and the Trust will comply with the self-custodian provisions of Rule 17f-2 under the 1940 Act.
State Street also serves as Transfer Agent for each series of the Trust pursuant to a transfer agency agreement (“Transfer Agency Agreement”).
Compensation. As compensation for its services provided under the SSGA Administration Agreement, SSGA FM shall receive fees for the services, calculated based on the average aggregate net assets of the Fund which are accrued daily and paid monthly out of its management fee.
As compensation for its services under the Sub-Administration Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, and the Transfer Agency Agreement, State Street shall receive an annual fixed fee per Fund. In addition, State Street shall receive global safekeeping and transaction fees, which are calculated on a per-country basis, in-kind creation (purchase) and redemption transaction fees (as described below) and revenue on certain cash balances. State Street may be reimbursed by the series of the Trust for its out-of-pocket expenses. The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser will pay certain operating expenses of the Trust, including the fees due to State Street under the Custodian Agreement and the Transfer Agency Agreement.
38
SECURITIES LENDING ACTIVITIES
The Trust’s Board has approved the Portfolio’s participation in a securities lending program. Under the securities lending program, the Portfolio has retained State Street to serve as the securities lending agent. The Portfolio did not engage in securities lending activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.
THE DISTRIBUTOR
State Street Global Advisors Funds Distributors, LLC is the principal underwriter and Distributor of Shares. Its principal address is One Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. Investor information can be obtained by calling 1-866-787-2257. The Distributor has entered into a distribution agreement (“Distribution Agreement”) with the Trust pursuant to which it distributes Shares of the Portfolio. The Distribution Agreement will continue for two years from its effective date and is renewable annually thereafter. Shares will be continuously offered for sale by the Trust through the Distributor.
BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS
All portfolio transactions are placed on behalf of the Portfolio by the Adviser. Purchases and sales of securities on a securities exchange are affected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. Ordinarily commissions are not charged on over the counter orders (e.g., fixed income securities) because the Portfolio pays a spread which is included in the cost of the security and represents the difference between the dealer’s quoted price at which it is willing to sell the security and the dealer’s quoted price at which it is willing to buy the security. When the Portfolio executes an over the counter order with an electronic communications network or an alternative trading system, a commission is charged by such electronic communications networks and alternative trading systems as they execute such orders on an agency basis. Securities may be purchased from underwriters at prices that include underwriting fees.
In placing a portfolio transaction, the Adviser seeks to achieve best execution. The Adviser’s duty to seek best execution requires the Adviser to take reasonable steps to obtain for the client as favorable an overall result as possible for Portfolio portfolio transactions under the circumstances, taking into account various factors that are relevant to the particular transaction.
The Adviser refers to and selects from the list of approved trading counterparties maintained by the Adviser’s Credit Risk Management team. In selecting a trading counterparty for a particular trade, the Adviser seeks to weigh relevant factors including, but not limited to the following:
| • |
Prompt and reliable execution; |
| • |
The competitiveness of commission rates and spreads, if applicable; |
| • |
The financial strength, stability and/or reputation of the trading counterparty; |
| • |
The willingness and ability of the executing trading counterparty to execute transactions (and commit capital) of size in liquid and illiquid markets without disrupting the market for the security; |
| • |
Local laws, regulations or restrictions; |
| • |
The ability of the trading counterparty to maintain confidentiality; |
| • |
The availability and capability of execution venues, including electronic communications networks for trading and execution management systems made available to Adviser; |
| • |
Market share; |
| • |
Liquidity; |
| • |
Price; |
| • |
Execution related costs; |
| • |
History of execution of orders; |
| • |
Likelihood of execution and settlement; |
| • |
Order size and nature; |
| • |
Clearance and settlement capabilities, especially in high volatility market environments; |
| • |
Availability of lendable securities; |
39
| • |
Sophistication of the trading counterparty’s trading capabilities and infrastructure/facilities; |
| • |
The operational efficiency with which transactions are processed and cleared, taking into account the order size and complexity; |
| • |
Speed and responsiveness to the Adviser; |
| • |
Access to secondary markets; |
| • |
Counterparty exposure; and |
| • |
Depending upon the circumstances, the Adviser may take other relevant factors into account if the Adviser believes that these are important in taking all sufficient steps to obtain the best possible result for execution of the order. |
In selecting a trading counterparty, the price of the transaction and costs related to the execution of the transaction typically merit a high relative importance, depending on the circumstances. The Adviser does not necessarily select a trading counterparty based upon price and costs but may take other relevant factors into account if it believes that these are important in taking reasonable steps to obtain the best possible result for the Portfolio under the circumstances. Consequently, the Adviser may cause a client to pay a trading counterparty more than another trading counterparty might have charged for the same transaction in recognition of the value and quality of the brokerage services provided. The following matters may influence the relative importance that the Adviser places upon the relevant factors:
(i) The nature and characteristics of the order or transaction. For example, size of order, market impact of order, limits, or other instructions relating to the order;
(ii) The characteristics of the financial instrument(s) or other assets which are the subject of that order. For example, whether the order pertains to an equity, fixed income, derivative or convertible instrument;
(iii) The characteristics of the execution venues to which that order can be directed, if relevant. For example, availability and capabilities of electronic trading systems;
(iv) Whether the transaction is a ‘delivery versus payment’ or ‘over the counter’ transaction. The creditworthiness of the trading counterparty, the amount of existing exposure to a trading counterparty and trading counterparty settlement capabilities may be given a higher relative importance in the case of ‘over the counter’ transactions; and/or
(v) Any other circumstances the Adviser believes is relevant at the time.
The process by which trading counterparties are selected to effect transactions is designed to exclude consideration of the sales efforts conducted by broker-dealers in relation to the Portfolio.
The Adviser does not currently use the Portfolio’s assets in connection with third party soft dollar arrangements. While the Adviser does not currently use “soft” or commission dollars paid by the Portfolio for the purchase of third party research, the Adviser reserves the right to do so in the future.
The table below shows the aggregate dollar amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Portfolio for the past three fiscal years ended June 30. Brokerage commissions paid by the Portfolio may be substantially different from year to year for multiple reasons, including market volatility, the demand for a particular Portfolio, or increases or decreases in trading volume.
| PORTFOLIO |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2020 |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 |
FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 2018 |
|||||||||
|
State Street Defensive Global Equity Portfolio |
$ | 437 | $ | 950 | $ | 1,000 | ||||||
Securities of “Regular Broker-Dealers.” The Trust is required to identify any securities of its “regular brokers and dealers” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) which it may hold at the close of its most recent fiscal year. “Regular brokers or dealers” of the Trust are the ten brokers or dealers that, during the most recent fiscal year: (i) received the greatest dollar amounts of brokerage commissions from the Trust’s portfolio transactions; (ii) engaged as principal in the largest dollar amounts of portfolio transactions of the Trust; or (iii) sold the largest dollar amounts of the Trust’s shares.
40
The Trust’s holdings in Securities of Regular Broker-Dealers as of June 30, 2020:
|
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. |
$ | 1,406,579 | ||
|
Bank of America Corp. |
$ | 663,813 | ||
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC |
$ | 514,395 | ||
|
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC |
$ | 15,144 |
Portfolio Turnover. Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. High turnover rates are likely to result in comparatively greater brokerage expenses or transaction costs. The overall reasonableness of brokerage commissions and transaction costs is evaluated by the Adviser based upon its knowledge of available information as to the general level of commissions and transaction costs paid by other institutional investors for comparable services.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
Persons or organizations owning 25% or more of the outstanding Shares of the Portfolio may be presumed to “control” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) the Portfolio. As a result, these persons or organizations could have the ability to approve or reject those matters submitted to the shareholders of the Portfolio for their approval.
As of October 2, 2020, to the knowledge of the Trust, the following persons held of record or beneficially through one or more accounts 25% or more of the outstanding Shares of the Portfolio.
| Portfolio | Name and Address |
Percentage
Ownership |
||||
|
State Street Defensive Global Equity Portfolio |
State Street Defensive Global Equity Fund National Financial Services LLC ATTN: Mutual Funds Department 4th Floor 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-1995 |
87.97 | % | |||
As of October 2, 2020, to the knowledge of the Trust, in addition to those shareholders set forth above, the following persons held of record or beneficially through one or more accounts 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio.
| Portfolio | Name and Address |
Percentage
Ownership |
||||
|
State Street Defensive Global Equity Portfolio |
State Street Defensive Global Equity Fund National Financial Services LLC ATTN: Mutual Funds Department 4th Floor 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-1995 |
87.97 | % | |||
|
State Street Defensive Global Equity Fund SSGA Private Funds LLC ATTN: Fund Services Team 1 Lincoln Street Boston, MA 02111-2901 |
12.03 | % | ||||
The Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, own less than 1% of the Trust’s voting securities as of the date of this SAI.
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
The Portfolio calculates net asset value using the net asset value of the Portfolio. Net asset value for the Portfolio is computed by dividing the value of the net assets of the Portfolio (i.e., the value of its total assets less total liabilities) by the total number of shares outstanding. Expenses and fees, including the management fees, are accrued daily and taken into account for purposes of determining net asset value. The net asset value of the Portfolio is calculated by State Street and determined as of the close of the regular trading session on the NYSE (ordinarily 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day that such exchange is open. Fixed-income assets are generally valued as of the announced closing time for trading in fixed-income instruments in a particular market or exchange. Any assets or liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are converted into U.S. dollars at market rates on the date of valuation (generally as of 4:00 p.m. London time) as quoted by one or more sources.
41
In calculating the Portfolio’s net asset value, the Portfolio’s investments are generally valued using market valuations. A market valuation generally means a valuation (i) obtained from an exchange, a pricing service, or a major market maker (or dealer), (ii) based on a price quotation or other equivalent indication of value supplied by an exchange, a pricing service, or a major market maker (or dealer) or (iii) based on amortized cost. A Portfolio relies on a third-party service provider for assistance with the daily calculation of the Portfolio’s NAV. The third-party service provider, in turn, relies on other parties for certain pricing data and other inputs used in the calculation of the Portfolio’s NAV. Therefore, a Portfolio is subject to certain operational risks associated with reliance on its service provider and that service provider’s sources of pricing and other data. NAV calculation may be adversely affected by operational risks arising from factors such as errors or failures in systems and technology. Such errors or failures may result in inaccurately calculated NAVs, delays in the calculation of NAVs and/or the inability to calculate NAV over extended time periods. A Portfolio may be unable to recover any losses associated with such failures. In the case of shares of other funds that are not traded on an exchange, a market valuation means such fund’s published net asset value per share. The Adviser may use various pricing services, or discontinue the use of any pricing service, as approved by the Board of the Trust from time to time. A price obtained from a pricing service based on such pricing service’s valuation matrix may be considered a market valuation.
In the event that current market valuations are not readily available or such valuations do not reflect current market value, the Trust’s procedures require the Oversight Committee to determine a security’s fair value. In determining such value the Oversight Committee may consider, among other things, (i) price comparisons among multiple sources, (ii) a review of corporate actions and news events, and (iii) a review of relevant financial indicators (e.g., movement in interest rates and market indices). In these cases, the Portfolio’s net asset value may reflect certain portfolio securities’ fair values rather than their market prices. Fair value pricing involves subjective judgments and it is possible that the fair value determination for a security is materially different than the value that could be realized upon the sale of the security. With respect to securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges, the value of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or sell your Shares.
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Prospectus entitled “DISTRIBUTIONS.”
GENERAL POLICIES
Dividends from net investment income, if any, are generally declared and paid quarterly by the Portfolio, but may vary significantly from period to period. Distributions of net realized securities gains, if any, generally are declared and paid once a year, but the Trust may make distributions on a more frequent basis for the Portfolio to comply with the distribution requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, in all events in a manner consistent with the provisions of the 1940 Act.
The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) acts as securities depositary for the Shares. Shares of the Portfolio are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC. Except in the limited circumstance provided below, certificates will not be issued for Shares. DTC, a limited-purpose trust company, was created to hold securities of its participants (the “DTC Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among the DTC Participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the DTC Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC. More specifically, DTC is owned by a number of its DTC Participants and by the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and FINRA. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (the “Indirect Participants”). Beneficial ownership of Shares is limited to DTC Participants, Indirect Participants and persons holding interests through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in Shares (owners of such beneficial interests are referred to herein as “Beneficial Owners”) is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to DTC Participants) and on the records of DTC Participants (with respect to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners that are not DTC Participants). Beneficial Owners will receive from or through the DTC Participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase of Shares.
Dividends and other distributions on Shares are distributed, as described below, on a pro rata basis to Beneficial Owners of such Shares. Dividend payments are made through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants to Beneficial Owners then of record with proceeds received from the Trust.
Management of the Trust reserves the right to declare special dividends if, in its reasonable discretion, such action is necessary or advisable to preserve the Portfolio’s eligibility for treatment as a RIC under the Internal Revenue Code or to avoid imposition of income or excise taxes at the Portfolio level.
42
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT
Dividends and capital gains distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional Shares of the Portfolio unless you instruct otherwise.
TAXES
The following is a summary of certain federal income tax considerations generally affecting the Portfolio and its shareholders that supplements the discussion in the Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a comprehensive explanation of the federal, state, local or foreign tax treatment of the Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended to be a substitute for careful tax planning.
The following general discussion of certain federal income tax consequences is based on the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. New legislation, as well as administrative changes or court decisions, may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.
The following information should be read in conjunction with the section in the Prospectus entitled “ADDITIONAL TAX INFORMATION.”
TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIO. The Portfolio is treated as a separate corporation for federal income tax purposes. The Portfolio therefore is considered to be a separate entity in determining its treatment under the rules for RICs described herein and in the Prospectus. Losses in another series of the Trust do not offset gains in the Portfolio (and vice versa), and the requirements (other than certain organizational requirements) for qualifying for treatment as a RIC are determined at the Portfolio level rather than at the Trust level. The Portfolio has elected to be and intends to qualify each year to be treated as a separate RIC under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. As such, the Portfolio should not be subject to federal income tax on its net investment income and capital gains, if any, to the extent that it timely distributes such income and capital gains to its shareholders. In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC, the Portfolio must distribute annually to its shareholders at least the sum of 90% of its taxable net investment income (generally including the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and 90% of its net tax-exempt interest income, if any (the “Distribution Requirement”) and also must meet several additional requirements. Among these requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of the Portfolio’s gross income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Qualifying Income Requirement”); and (ii) at the end of each quarter of the Portfolio’s taxable year, its assets must be diversified so that (a) at least 50% of the market value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect to any one issuer, to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, the securities (other than securities of other RICs) of two or more issuers that it controls and that are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Diversification Requirement”).
If the Portfolio fails to satisfy the Qualifying Income Requirement or the Diversification Requirement in any taxable year, the Portfolio may be eligible for relief provisions if the failures are due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect and if a penalty tax is paid with respect to each failure to satisfy the applicable requirements. Additionally, relief is provided for certain de minimis failures of the Diversification Requirement where the Portfolio corrects the failure within a specified period of time. In order to be eligible for the relief provisions with respect to a failure to meet the Diversification Requirement, the Portfolio may be required to dispose of certain assets. If these relief provisions were not available to the Portfolio and it were to fail to qualify for treatment as a RIC for a taxable year, all of its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and its distributions (including capital gains distributions) generally would be taxable as ordinary income dividends to its shareholders, subject to the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders and the lower tax rates on qualified dividend income received by noncorporate shareholders. To requalify for treatment as a RIC in a subsequent taxable year, the Portfolio would be required to satisfy the RIC qualification requirements for that year and to distribute any earnings and profits from any year in which the Portfolio failed to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC. If the Portfolio failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, it would generally be required to pay an entity-level tax on certain net built-in gains recognized with respect to certain of its assets upon a disposition of such assets within five years of qualifying as a RIC in a subsequent year. The Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of the Portfolio for treatment as a RIC if it determines such course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.
43
As discussed more fully below, the Portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and its capital gains for each taxable year. If the Portfolio meets the Distribution Requirement but retains some or all of its income or gains, it will be subject to federal income tax to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. The Portfolio may designate certain amounts retained as undistributed net capital gain in a notice to its shareholders, who (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount so designated, (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the income tax paid by the Portfolio on that undistributed amount against their federal income tax liabilities and to claim refunds to the extent such credits exceed their liabilities and (iii) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for federal income tax purposes, in their Shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in their respective income over their respective income tax credits. If the Portfolio failed to satisfy the Distribution Requirement for any taxable year, it would be taxed as a regular corporation, with consequences generally similar to those described in the preceding paragraph.
The Portfolio will be subject to a 4% excise tax on certain undistributed income if it does not distribute to its shareholders in each calendar year an amount at least equal to 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year plus 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the twelve months ended October 31 of such year, subject to an increase for any shortfall in the prior year’s distribution. The Portfolio intends to declare and distribute dividends and distributions in the amounts and at the times necessary to avoid the application of this 4% excise tax.
The Portfolio may elect to treat part or all of any “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in determining the Portfolio’s taxable income, net capital gain, net short-term capital gain, and earnings and profits. The effect of this election is to treat any such “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in characterizing Portfolio distributions for any calendar year. A “qualified late year loss” generally includes net capital loss, net long-term capital loss, or net short-term capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year (commonly referred to as “post-October losses”) and certain other late-year losses.
Capital losses in excess of capital gains (“net capital losses”) are not permitted to be deducted against a RIC’s net investment income. Instead, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, potentially subject to certain limitations, the Portfolio may carry a net capital loss from any taxable year forward indefinitely to offset its capital gains, if any, in years following the year of the loss. To the extent subsequent capital gains are offset by such losses, they will not result in U.S. federal income tax liability to the Portfolio and may not be distributed as capital gains to its shareholders. Generally, the Portfolio may not carry forward any losses other than net capital losses.
TAXATION OF SHAREHOLDERS—DISTRIBUTIONS. The Portfolio intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), its net tax-exempt income, if any, and any net capital gain (net recognized long-term capital gains in excess of net recognized short-term capital losses, taking into account any capital loss carryforwards). The Portfolio will report to shareholders annually the amounts of dividends paid from ordinary income, the amount of distributions of net capital gain, the portion of dividends which may qualify for the dividends received deduction, and the portion of dividends which may qualify for treatment as qualified dividend income, if any.
Subject to certain limitations, dividends reported by the Portfolio as qualified dividend income will be taxable to noncorporate shareholders at rates of up to 20%. Dividends may be reported by the Portfolio as qualified dividend income if they are attributable to qualified dividend income received by the Portfolio. Qualified dividend income includes, in general, subject to certain holding period requirements and other requirements, dividend income from certain U.S. and foreign corporations. Subject to certain limitations, eligible foreign corporations include those incorporated in possessions of the United States, those incorporated in certain countries with comprehensive tax treaties with the United States and other foreign corporations if the stock with respect to which the dividends are paid is tradable on an established securities market in the United States. A dividend generally will not be treated as qualified dividend income to the extent that (i) the shareholder has not held the stock on which the dividend was paid for more than 60 days during the 121-day period that begins on the date that is 60 days before the date on which the stock becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend or, in the case of certain preferred stock, for more than 90 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date, (ii) the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property, or (iii) the shareholder elects to treat such dividend as investment income under section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. The holding period requirements described in this paragraph apply to shareholders’ investments in the Portfolio and to the Portfolio’s investments in underlying dividend-paying stocks. Dividends received by the Portfolio from a REIT or another RIC may be treated as qualified dividend income generally only to the extent the dividend distributions are attributable to qualified dividend income received by such REIT or RIC. It is expected that any dividends received by the Portfolio from a REIT and distributed by the Portfolio to a shareholder generally will be taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income. Additionally, income derived in connection with the Portfolio’s securities lending activities will, in general, not be treated as
44
qualified dividend income. If 95% or more of the Portfolio’s gross income (calculated without taking into account net capital gain derived from sales or other dispositions of stock or securities) consists of qualified dividend income, the Portfolio may report all distributions of such income as qualified dividend income.
Certain dividends received by the Portfolio from U.S. corporations (generally, dividends received by the Portfolio in respect of any share of stock (1) with a tax holding period of at least 46 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the date on which the stock becomes ex-dividend as to that dividend and (2) that is held in an unleveraged position) when distributed and appropriately so reported by the Portfolio may be eligible for the 50% dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations under the Internal Revenue Code. Dividends received by a Fund from REITs will not be eligible for that deduction. In order to qualify for the deduction, corporate shareholders must meet the minimum holding period requirement stated above with respect to their Shares, taking into account any holding period reductions from certain hedging or other transactions or positions that diminish their risk of loss with respect to their Shares, and, if they borrow to acquire or otherwise incur debt attributable to Shares, they may be denied a portion of the dividends-received deduction with respect to those Shares. Any corporate shareholder should consult its tax adviser regarding the possibility that its tax basis in its Shares may be reduced, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, by reason of “extraordinary dividends” received with respect to the Shares and, to the extent such basis would be reduced below zero, current recognition of income may be required.
Distributions from the Portfolio’s net short-term capital gains will generally be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Distributions from the Portfolio’s net capital gain will be taxable to shareholders at long-term capital gains rates, regardless of how long shareholders have held their Shares. Long-term capital gains are generally taxed to noncorporate shareholders at rates of up to 20%.
Although dividends generally will be treated as distributed when paid, any dividend declared by the Portfolio in October, November or December and payable to shareholders of record in such a month that is paid during the following January will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as received by shareholders on December 31 of the calendar year in which it was declared.
If the Portfolio’s distributions exceed its earnings and profits, all or a portion of the distributions made in the taxable year may be treated as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution generally will not be taxable but will reduce the shareholder’s cost basis and result in a higher capital gain or lower capital loss when the Shares on which the distribution was received are sold. After a shareholder’s basis in the Shares has been reduced to zero, distributions in excess of earnings and profits will be treated as gain from the sale of the shareholder’s Shares.
Distributions that are reinvested in additional Shares through the means of a dividend reinvestment service will nevertheless be taxable dividends to the same extent as if such dividends had been received in cash.
A 3.8% Medicare contribution tax generally applies to all or a portion of the net investment income of a shareholder who is an individual and not a nonresident alien for federal income tax purposes and who has adjusted gross income (subject to certain adjustments) that exceeds a threshold amount ($250,000 if married filing jointly or if considered a “surviving spouse” for federal income tax purposes, $125,000 if married filing separately, and $200,000 in other cases). This 3.8% tax also applies to all or a portion of the undistributed net investment income of certain shareholders that are estates and trusts. For these purposes, interest, dividends and certain capital gains (generally including capital gain distributions and capital gains realized on the sale of Shares) are generally taken into account in computing a shareholder’s net investment income.
Distributions of ordinary income and capital gains may also be subject to foreign, state and local taxes depending on a shareholder’s circumstances.
TAXATION OF SHAREHOLDERS—SALE OF SHARES. In general, a sale of Shares results in capital gain or loss, and for individual shareholders, is taxable at a federal rate dependent upon the length of time the Shares were held. A sale of Shares held for a period of one year or less at the time of such sale will, for tax purposes, generally result in short-term capital gains or losses, and a sale of those held for more than one year will generally result in long-term capital gains or losses. Long-term capital gains are generally taxed to noncorporate shareholders at rates of up to 20%.
Gain or loss on the sale of Shares is measured by the difference between the amount received and the adjusted tax basis of the Shares. Shareholders should keep records of investments made (including Shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends and distributions) so they can compute the tax basis of their Shares.
A loss realized on a sale of Shares may be disallowed if substantially identical Shares are acquired (whether through the reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a sixty-one (61) day period beginning thirty (30) days before and ending thirty (30) days after the date that the Shares are disposed of. In such a case, the basis of the Shares acquired must be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
45
Any loss upon the sale of Shares held for six (6) months or less is treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions to the shareholder of long-term capital gain (including any amounts credited to the shareholder as undistributed capital gains).
TAXATION OF PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS. Dividends and interest received by the Portfolio on foreign securities may give rise to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If the Portfolio meets certain requirements, which include a requirement that more than 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets at the close of its respective taxable year consists of certain foreign stocks or securities (generally including foreign government securities), then the Portfolio should be eligible to file an election with the Internal Revenue Service that may enable its shareholders, in effect, to receive either the benefit of a foreign tax credit, or a tax deduction, with respect to certain foreign and U.S. possessions income taxes paid by the Portfolio, subject to certain limitations. Pursuant to this election, the Portfolio would treat the applicable foreign taxes as dividends paid to its shareholders. Each such shareholder would be required to include a proportionate share of those taxes in gross income as income received from a foreign source and must treat the amount so included as if the shareholder had paid the foreign tax directly. The shareholder may then either deduct the taxes deemed paid by him or her in computing his or her taxable income or, alternatively, use the foregoing information in calculating any foreign tax credit the shareholder may be entitled to use against such shareholder’s federal income tax. If the Portfolio makes this election, the Portfolio will report annually to its shareholders the respective amounts per share of the Portfolio’s income from sources within, and taxes paid to, foreign countries and U.S. possessions. No deduction for such taxes will be permitted to individuals in computing their alternative minimum tax liability. If the Portfolio does not make this election, the Portfolio will be entitled to claim a deduction for certain foreign taxes incurred by the Portfolio. In certain instances, the Portfolio might not elect to apply otherwise allowable U.S. federal income tax deductions for those foreign taxes, whether or not credits or deductions for those foreign taxes could be passed through to its shareholders pursuant to the election described above. If the Portfolio does not elect to apply these deductions, taxable distributions you receive from the Portfolio may be larger than they would have been if the Fund had taken deductions for such taxes, Under certain circumstances, if the Portfolio receives a refund of foreign taxes paid in respect of a prior year, the value of Shares could be reduced or any foreign tax credits or deductions passed through to shareholders in respect of the Portfolio’s foreign taxes for the current year could be reduced.
Certain of the Portfolio’s investments may be subject to complex provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (including provisions relating to hedging transactions, straddles, integrated transactions, foreign currency contracts, forward foreign currency contracts, and notional principal contracts) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Portfolio (e.g., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Portfolio and defer losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also may require the Portfolio to mark-to-market certain types of positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out) which may cause the Portfolio to recognize income without the Portfolio receiving cash with which to make distributions to its shareholders in amounts necessary to satisfy the RIC distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The Portfolio intends to monitor its transactions, intends to make appropriate tax elections, and intends to make appropriate entries in its books and records in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and preserve the Portfolio’s qualification for treatment as a RIC.
Certain investments made by the Portfolio may be treated as equity in passive foreign investment companies or “PFICs” for federal income tax purposes. In general, a passive foreign investment company is a foreign corporation (i) that receives at least 75% of its annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or (ii) where at least 50% of its assets (computed based on average fair market value) either produce or are held for the production of passive income. If the Portfolio acquires any equity interest (under Treasury regulations that may be promulgated in the future, generally including not only stock but also an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond) in a PFIC, the Portfolio could be subject to U.S. federal income tax and nondeductible interest charges on “excess distributions” received from such companies or on gain from the sale of stock in such companies, even if all income or gain actually received by the Portfolio is timely distributed by the Portfolio to its shareholders. The Portfolio would not be able to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for such a tax. A “qualified electing fund” election or a “mark to market” election may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections could require the Portfolio to recognize taxable income or gain (subject to the distribution requirements applicable to RICs, as described above) without the concurrent receipt of cash. In order to satisfy the distribution requirements and avoid a tax at the Portfolio level, the Portfolio may be required to liquidate its portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss to the Portfolio. Gains from the sale of stock of PFICs may also be treated as ordinary income. In order for the Portfolio to make a qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC, the PFIC would have to agree to provide certain tax information to the Portfolio on an annual basis, which it might not agree to do. The Portfolio may limit and/or manage its holdings in PFICs to limit its tax liability or maximize its returns from these investments.
If a sufficient portion of the interests in a foreign issuer are held or deemed held by the Portfolio, independently or together with certain other U.S. persons, that issuer may be treated as a “controlled foreign corporation” (a “CFC”) with respect to the Portfolio, in which case the Portfolio will be required to take into account each year, as ordinary income, its share of certain portions of that
46
issuer’s income, whether or not such amounts are distributed. The Portfolio may have to dispose of its portfolio securities (potentially resulting in the recognition of taxable gain or loss, and potentially under disadvantageous circumstances) to generate cash, or may have to borrow the cash, to meet its distribution requirements and avoid Portfolio -level taxes. In addition, some Portfolio gains on the disposition of interests in such an issuer may be treated as ordinary income. The Portfolio may limit and/or manage its holdings in issuers that could be treated as CFCs in order to limit its tax liability or maximize its after-tax return from these investments.
The Portfolio is required for federal income tax purposes to mark-to-market and recognize as income for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on certain futures contracts as of the end of the year as well as those actually realized during the year. Gain or loss from futures and options contracts on broad-based indexes required to be marked to market will be 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. Application of this rule may alter the timing and character of distributions to shareholders. The Portfolio may be required to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, options contracts and swaps to the extent of any unrecognized gains on offsetting positions held by the Portfolio. It is anticipated that certain net gain realized from the closing out of futures or options contracts will be considered gain from the sale of securities and therefore will be qualifying income for purposes of the Qualifying Income Requirement.
Investments by the Portfolio in zero coupon or other discount securities will result in income to the Portfolio equal to a portion of the excess face value of the securities over their issue price (the “original issue discount” or “OID”) each year that the securities are held, even though the Portfolio may receive no cash interest payments or may receive cash interest payments that are less than the income recognized for tax purposes. In other circumstances, whether pursuant to the terms of a security or as a result of other factors outside the control of the Portfolio, the Portfolio may recognize income without receiving a commensurate amount of cash. Such income is included in determining the amount of income that the Portfolio must distribute to maintain its eligibility for treatment as a RIC and to avoid the payment of federal income tax, including the nondeductible 4% excise tax described above.
Any market discount recognized on a market discount bond is taxable as ordinary income. A market discount bond is a bond acquired in the secondary market at a price below redemption value, or below adjusted issue price if issued with original issue discount. Absent an election to include the market discount in income as it accrues, gain on the Portfolio’s disposition of such an obligation will be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain to the extent of the accrued market discount. Where the income required to be recognized as a result of the OID and/or market discount rules is not matched by a corresponding cash receipt by the Portfolio, the Portfolio may be required to borrow money or dispose of securities to enable the Portfolio to make distributions to its shareholders in order to qualify for treatment as a RIC and eliminate taxes at the Portfolio level.
Special rules apply if the Portfolio holds inflation-indexed bonds. Generally, all stated interest on inflation-indexed bonds is taken into income by the Portfolio under its regular method of accounting for interest income. The amount of any positive inflation adjustment for a taxable year, which results from an increase in the inflation-adjusted principal amount of the bond, is treated as OID. The amount of the Portfolio’s OID in a taxable year with respect to a bond will increase the Portfolio’s taxable income for the applicable year without a corresponding receipt of cash, until the bond matures. As a result, the Portfolio may need to use other sources of cash to satisfy its distribution requirements for such year. The amount of any negative inflation adjustments, which result from a decrease in the inflation-adjusted principal amount of the bond, reduces the amount of interest (including stated interest, OID, and market discount, if any) otherwise includable in the Portfolio’s taxable income with respect to the bond for the taxable year; any remaining negative adjustments will be either treated as ordinary loss or, in certain circumstances, carried forward to reduce the amount of interest income taken into account with respect to the bond in future taxable years.
TAX-EXEMPT SHAREHOLDERS. Certain tax-exempt shareholders, including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, salary deferral arrangements, 401(k) plans, and other tax-exempt entities, generally are exempt from federal income taxation except with respect to their unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”). Under current law, the Portfolio generally serves to block UBTI from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, tax-exempt shareholders could realize UBTI by virtue of their investment in the Portfolio where, for example, (i) the Portfolio invests in REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) or (ii) Shares constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholders within the meaning of section 514(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. Charitable remainder trusts are subject to special rules and should consult their tax advisors. There are no restrictions preventing the Portfolio from holding investments in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs, and the Portfolio may do so. The IRS has issued guidance with respect to these issues and prospective shareholders, especially charitable remainder trusts, are strongly encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding these issues.
Certain tax-exempt educational institutions will be subject to a 1.4% tax on net investment income. For these purposes, certain dividends and capital gain distributions, and certain gains from the disposition of Shares (among other categories of income), are generally taken into account in computing a shareholder’s net investment income.
47
FOREIGN SHAREHOLDERS. Dividends, other than capital gains dividends, “short-term capital gain dividends” and “interest-related dividends” (described below), paid by the Portfolio to shareholders who are nonresident aliens or foreign entities will be subject to a 30% United States withholding tax unless a reduced rate of withholding or a withholding exemption is provided under applicable treaty law to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gain or unless such income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on through a permanent establishment in the United States. Nonresident shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the applicability of the United States withholding tax and the proper withholding form(s) to be submitted to the Portfolio. A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an appropriate IRS Form W-8 may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.
Dividends reported by the Portfolio as (i) interest-related dividends, to the extent such dividends are derived from the Portfolio’s “qualified net interest income,” or (ii) short-term capital gain dividends, to the extent such dividends are derived from the Portfolio’s “qualified short-term gain,” are generally exempt from this 30% withholding tax. “Qualified net interest income” is the Portfolio’s net income derived from U.S.-source interest and original issue discount, subject to certain exceptions and limitations. “Qualified short-term gain” generally means the excess of the Portfolio’s net short-term capital gain for the taxable year over its net long-term capital loss, if any. In the case of Shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Portfolio reports the payment as an interest-related dividend or as a short-term capital gain dividend. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.
Unless certain non-U.S. entities that hold Shares comply with IRS requirements that will generally require them to report information regarding U.S. persons investing in, or holding accounts with, such entities, a 30% withholding tax may apply to Portfolio distributions payable to such entities. A non-U.S. shareholder may be exempt from the withholding described in this paragraph under an applicable intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and a foreign government, provided that the shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.
BACKUP WITHHOLDING. The Portfolio will be required in certain cases to withhold (as “backup withholding”) on amounts payable to any shareholder who (1) has provided the Portfolio either an incorrect tax identification number or no number at all, (2) is subject to backup withholding by the IRS for failure to properly report payments of interest or dividends, (3) has failed to certify to the Portfolio that such shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or (4) has not certified that such shareholder is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). The backup withholding rate is currently 24%. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that have been subject to the 30% withholding tax on shareholders who are neither citizens nor permanent residents of the U.S.
CERTAIN POTENTIAL TAX REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. Under promulgated Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss on disposition of the Portfolio’s Shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. A shareholder who fails to make the required disclosure to the IRS may be subject to adverse tax consequences, including significant penalties. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
The foregoing discussion is a summary only and is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Purchasers of Shares should consult their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of investing in such Shares, including under state, local and other tax laws. Finally, the foregoing discussion is based on applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, regulations, judicial authority and administrative interpretations in effect on the date hereof. Changes in applicable authority could materially affect the conclusions discussed above, and such changes often occur.
CAPITAL STOCK AND SHAREHOLDER REPORTS
The Portfolio issues Shares of beneficial interest, no par value per Share. The Board may designate additional Portfolios.
Each Share issued by the Trust has a pro rata interest in the assets of the corresponding series of the Trust. Shares have no preemptive, exchange, subscription or conversion rights and are freely transferable. Each Share is entitled to participate equally in dividends and distributions declared by the Board with respect to the Portfolio, and in the net distributable assets of the Portfolio on liquidation.
Each Share has one vote with respect to matters upon which a shareholder vote is required consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the rules promulgated thereunder. Shares of all series of the Trust (“Funds” or “Portfolios”) vote together as a single class except that if the matter being voted on affects only a particular fund it will be voted on only by that fund and if a matter affects a particular fund differently from other funds, that fund will vote separately on such matter. Under Massachusetts law, the Trust is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders unless required to do so under the 1940 Act. The policy of the Trust is not to hold
48
an annual meeting of shareholders unless required to do so under the 1940 Act. All Shares of the Trust (regardless of the fund) have noncumulative voting rights for the election of Trustees. Under Massachusetts law, Trustees of the Trust may be removed by vote of the shareholders.
Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a business trust may, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable as partners for obligations of the Trust. However, the Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust, requires that Trust obligations include such disclaimer, and provides for indemnification and reimbursement of expenses out of the Trust’s property for any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Trust itself would be unable to meet its obligations. Given the above limitations on shareholder personal liability, and the nature of the Portfolio’s assets and operations, the risk to shareholders of personal liability is believed to be remote.
Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing to the Trust, c/o the Distributor, State Street Global Advisors Funds Distributors, LLC at One Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.
COUNSEL AND INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, 1111 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20004, serves as counsel to the Trust. Ernst & Young LLP, located at 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116, serves as the independent registered public accounting firm of the Trust. Ernst & Young LLP performs annual audits of the Portfolio’s financial statements and provides other audit, tax and related services.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements and financial highlights for the Portfolio for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, along with the Reports of Ernst & Young LLP the Trust’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, included in the Trust’s Annual Report to Shareholders on Form N-CSR under the 1940 Act, are incorporated by reference into this Statement of Additional Information.
SSHAXSAI
49
APPENDIX A
SPDR® Series Trust
SPDR® Index Shares Funds
SSGA Master Trust
SSGA Active Trust
(each, a “Trust,” and, collectively, the “Trusts”)
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
The Boards of Trustees of the Trusts have adopted the following policy and procedures with respect to voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Trusts’ investment portfolios.
| 1. |
Proxy Voting Policy |
The policy of each Trust is to delegate the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Trusts to SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (the “Adviser”), investment adviser to each series of the Trusts (the “Funds”), subject to the Trustees’ continuing oversight.
| 2. |
Fiduciary Duty |
The right to vote proxies with respect to portfolio securities held by each Trust is an asset of the Trusts. The Adviser acts as a fiduciary of the Trusts and must vote proxies in a manner consistent with the best interest of the Trusts and the Funds’ shareholders.
| 3. |
Proxy Voting Procedures |
| A. |
At least annually, the Adviser shall present to the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) its policies, procedures and other guidelines for voting proxies (“Policy”) (See attached Schedule A) and the Policy of any Sub-adviser (defined below) to which proxy voting authority has been delegated (see Section 9 below). In addition, the Adviser shall notify the Board of material changes to its Policy or the Policy of any Sub-adviser promptly and no later than the next regular meeting of the Board after such amendment is implemented. |
| B. |
At least annually, the Adviser shall present to the Board its policy for managing the conflicts of interests that may arise through the Adviser’s proxy voting activities. In addition, the Adviser shall report any Policy overrides involving portfolio securities held by the Trusts to the Trustees at the next regular meeting of the Board after such override(s) occur. |
| C. |
At least annually, the Adviser shall inform the Trustees that a record is available for each proxy voted with respect to portfolio securities of each Trust during the year. Also see Section 5 below. |
| 4. |
Revocation of Authority to Vote |
The delegation by the Trustees of the authority to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities of the Trusts may be revoked by the Trustees, in whole or in part, at any time.
| 5. |
Annual Filing of Proxy Voting Record |
The Adviser shall provide the required data for each proxy voted with respect to portfolio securities of a Trust to that respective Trust or its designated service provider in a timely manner and in a format acceptable to be filed in the Trust’s annual proxy voting report on Form N-PX for the twelve-month period ended June 30. Form N-PX is required to be filed not later than August 31 of each year.
| 6. |
Retention and Oversight of Proxy Advisory Firms |
| A. |
In considering whether to retain or continue retaining a particular proxy advisory firm, the Adviser will ascertain whether the proxy advisory firm has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues, act as proxy voting agent as requested, and implement the Policy. In this regard, the Adviser will consider, at least annually, among other things, the adequacy and quality of the proxy advisory firm’s staffing and personnel and the robustness of its policies and procedures regarding its ability to identify and address any conflicts of interest. The Adviser shall, at least annually, report to the Board regarding the results of this review. |
A-1
| B. |
The Adviser will request quarterly and annual reporting from any proxy advisory firm retained by the Adviser, and hold ad hoc meetings with such proxy advisory firm, in order to determine whether there has been any business changes that might impact the proxy advisory firm’s capacity or competency to provide proxy voting advice or services or changes to the proxy advisory firm’s conflicts policies or procedures. The Adviser will also take reasonable steps to investigate any material factual error, notified to the Adviser by the proxy advisory firm or identified by the Adviser, made by the proxy advisory firm in providing proxy voting services. |
| 7. |
Periodic Sampling |
The Adviser will periodically sample proxy votes to review whether they complied with the Policy. The Adviser shall, at least annually, report to the Board regarding the frequency and results of the sampling performed.
| 8. |
Disclosures |
| A. |
A Trust shall include in its registration statement: |
| 1. |
A description of this policy and of the policies and procedures used by the Adviser to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities; and |
| 2. |
A statement disclosing that information regarding how the Trust voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 is available without charge, upon request, by calling the Trust’s toll-free telephone number; or through a specified Internet address; or both; and on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) website. |
| B. |
A Trust shall include in its annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders: |
| 1. |
A statement disclosing that a description of the policies and procedures used by or on behalf of the Trust to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities of the Funds is available without charge, upon request, by calling the Trust’s toll-free telephone number; through a specified Internet address, if applicable; and on the SEC’s website; and |
| 2. |
A statement disclosing that information regarding how the Trust voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 is available without charge, upon request, by calling the Trust’s toll-free telephone number; or through a specified Internet address; or both; and on the SEC’s website. |
| 9. |
Sub-Advisers |
For certain Funds, the Adviser retains investment management firms (“Sub-advisers”) to provide day-to-day investment management services to the Funds pursuant to sub-advisory agreements. It is the policy of the Trust that the Adviser may delegate proxy voting authority with respect to a Fund to a Sub-adviser. Pursuant to such delegation, a Sub-adviser is authorized to vote proxies on behalf of the applicable Fund or Funds for which it serves as sub-adviser, in accordance with the Sub-adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures.
| 10. |
Review of Policy |
The Trustees shall review this policy to determine its continued sufficiency as necessary from time to time.
| Adopted (SPDR Series Trust/SPDR Index Shares Funds): | May 31, 2006 | |
| Updated: | August 1, 2007 | |
| Amended: | May 29, 2009 | |
| Amended: | November 19, 2010 | |
| Adopted (SSGA Master Trust/SSGA Active Trust)/Amended: | May 25, 2011 | |
| Amended: | February 25, 2016 |
A-2
APPENDIX B
|
Insights Asset Stewardship
March 2020 |
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles |
|||
|
State Street Global Advisors, one of the industry’s largest institutional asset managers, is the investment management arm of State Street Corporation, a leading provider of financial services to institutional investors. As an investment manager, State Street Global Advisors has discretionary proxy voting authority over most of its client accounts, and State Street Global Advisors votes these proxies in the manner that we believe will most likely protect and promote the long-term economic value of client investments as described in this document.1
|
||||
|
|
State Street Global Advisors maintains Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for select markets, including: Australia, the European Union, Japan, New Zealand, North America (Canada and the US), the UK and Ireland, and emerging markets. International markets not covered by our market-specific guidelines are reviewed and voted in a manner that is consistent with our Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles; however, State Street Global Advisors also endeavors to show sensitivity to local market practices when voting in these various markets.
|
|||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Approach to Proxy Voting and Issuer Engagement |
At State Street Global Advisors, we take our fiduciary duties as an asset manager very seriously. We have a dedicated team of corporate governance professionals who help us carry out our duties as a responsible investor. These duties include engaging with companies, developing and enhancing in-house corporate governance guidelines, analyzing corporate governance issues on a case-by-case basis at the company level, and exercising our voting rights. The underlying goal is to maximize shareholder value. |
|||
| Our Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles (the “Principles”) may take different perspectives on common governance issues that vary from one market to another. Similarly, engagement activity may take different forms in order to best achieve long-term engagement goals. We believe that proxy voting and engagement with portfolio companies is often the most direct and productive way for shareholders to exercise their ownership rights. This comprehensive toolkit is an integral part of the overall investment process. | ||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-1 | ||||||
|
We believe engagement and voting activity have a direct relationship. As a result, the integration of our engagement activities, while leveraging the exercise of our voting rights, provides a meaningful shareholder tool that we believe protects and enhances the long-term economic value of the holdings in our client accounts. We maximize our voting power and engagement by maintaining a centralized proxy voting and active ownership process covering all holdings, regardless of strategy. Despite the vast investment strategies and objectives across State Street Global Advisors, the fiduciary responsibilities of share ownership and voting for which State Street Global Advisors has voting discretion are carried out with a single voice and objective. |
||||
| The Principles support governance structures that we believe add to, or maximize shareholder value, for the companies held in our clients’ portfolios. We conduct issuer specific engagements with companies to discuss our principles, including sustainability related risks. In addition, we encourage issuers to find ways to increase the amount of direct communication board members have with shareholders. Direct communication with executive board members and independent non-executive directors is critical to helping companies understand shareholder concerns. Conversely, we conduct collaborative engagement activities with multiple shareholders and communicate with company representatives about common concerns where appropriate. | ||||
| In conducting our engagements, we also evaluate the various factors that influence the corporate governance framework of a country, including the macroeconomic conditions and broader political system, the quality of regulatory oversight, the enforcement of property and shareholder rights, and the independence of the judiciary. We understand that regulatory requirements and investor expectations relating to governance practices and engagement activities differ from country to country. As a result, we engage with issuers, regulators, or a combination of the two depending upon the market. We are also a member of various investor associations that seek to address broader corporate governance related policy at the country level as well as issuer- specific concerns at a company level. | ||||
| The State Street Global Advisors Asset Stewardship Team may collaborate with members of the Active Fundamental and various other investment teams to engage with companies on corporate governance issues and to address any specific concerns. This facilitates our comprehensive approach to information gathering as it relates to shareholder items that are to be voted upon at upcoming shareholder meetings. We also conduct issuer-specific engagements with companies covering various corporate governance and sustainability related topics outside of proxy season. | ||||
| The Asset Stewardship Team employs a blend of quantitative and qualitative research, analysis, and data in order to support screens that identify issuers where active engagement may be necessary to protect and promote shareholder value. Issuer engagement may also be event driven, focusing on issuer-specific corporate governance, sustainability concerns, or more broad industry-related trends. We also consider the size of our total position of the issuer in question and/or the potential negative governance, performance profile, and circumstance at hand. As a result, we believe issuer engagement can take many forms and be triggered by numerous circumstances. The following approaches represent how we define engagement methods: | ||||
| Active We use screening tools designed to capture a mix of company-specific data including governance and sustainability profiles to help us focus our voting and engagement activity. We will actively seek direct dialogue with the board and management of companies that we have identified through our screening processes. Such engagements may lead to further monitoring to ensure that the company improves its governance or sustainability practices. In these cases, the engagement process represents the most meaningful opportunity for us to protect long-term shareholder value from excessive risk due to poor governance and sustainability practices. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles | |||||
| B-2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles | |||||
| B-3 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles | |||||
| B-4 | ||||||
| protect shareholder interests. We also believe the right mix of skills, independence, diversity, and qualifications among directors provides boards with the knowledge and direct experience to manage risks and operating structures that are often complex and industry-specific. | ||||
|
Accounting and Audit- Related Issues |
We believe audit committees are critical and necessary as part of the board’s risk oversight role. The audit committee is responsible for setting out an internal audit function that provides robust audit and internal control systems designed to effectively manage potential and emerging risks to the company’s operations and strategy. We believe audit committees should have independent directors as members, and we will hold the members of the audit committee responsible for overseeing the management of the audit function. |
|||
| The disclosure and availability of reliable financial statements in a timely manner is imperative for the investment process. As a result, board oversight of the internal controls and the independence of the audit process are essential if investors are to rely upon financial statements. It is important for the audit committee to appoint external auditors who are independent from management; we expect auditors to provide assurance of a company’s financial condition. | ||||
|
Capital Structure, Reorganization and Mergers |
The ability to raise capital is critical for companies to carry out strategy, to grow, and to achieve returns above their cost of capital. The approval of capital raising activities is fundamental to a shareholder’s ability to monitor the amounts of proceeds and to ensure capital is deployed efficiently. Altering the capital structure of a company is a critical decision for boards. When making such a decision we believe the company should disclose a comprehensive business rationale that is consistent with corporate strategy and not overly dilutive to its shareholders. |
|||
| Mergers or reorganization of the structure of a company often involve proposals relating to reincorporation, restructurings, liquidations, and other major changes to the corporation. | ||||
| Proposals that are in the best interests of shareholders, demonstrated by enhancing share value or improving the effectiveness of the company’s operations, will be supported. In evaluating mergers and acquisitions, we consider the adequacy of the consideration and the impact of the corporate governance provisions to shareholders. In all cases, we use our discretion in order to maximize shareholder value. | ||||
| Occasionally, companies add anti-takeover provisions that reduce the chances of a potential acquirer to make an offer, or to reduce the likelihood of a successful offer. We do not support proposals that reduce shareholders’ rights, entrench management, or reduce the likelihood of shareholders’ right to vote on reasonable offers. | ||||
|
Compensation |
We consider it the board’s responsibility to identify the appropriate level of executive compensation. Despite the differences among the types of plans and the awards possible, there is a simple underlying philosophy that guides our analysis of executive compensation; we believe that there should be a direct relationship between executive compensation and company performance over the long term. |
|||
| Shareholders should have the opportunity to assess whether pay structures and levels are aligned with business performance. When assessing remuneration reports, we consider factors such as adequate disclosure of various remuneration elements, absolute and relative pay levels, | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles | |||||
| B-5 | ||||||
| peer selection and benchmarking, the mix of long-term and short-term incentives, alignment of pay structures with shareholder interests, as well as with corporate strategy and performance. We may oppose remuneration reports where pay seems misaligned with shareholders’ interests. We may also consider executive compensation practices when re-electing members of the remuneration committee. | ||||
| We recognize that compensation policies and practices are unique from market to market; often there are significant differences between the level of disclosures, the amount and forms of compensation paid, and the ability of shareholders to approve executive compensation practices. As a result, our ability to assess the appropriateness of executive compensation is often dependent on market practices and laws. | ||||
|
Environmental and Social Issues |
As a fiduciary, State Street Global Advisors takes a comprehensive approach to engaging with our portfolio companies about material environmental and social (sustainability) issues. We use our voice and our vote through engagement, proxy voting, and thought leadership in order to communicate with issuers and educate market participants about our perspective on important sustainability topics. Our Asset Stewardship program prioritization process allows us to proactively identify companies for engagement and voting in order to mitigate sustainability risks in our portfolio. Through engagement, we address a broad range of topics that align with our thematic priorities and build long-term relationships with issuers. When voting, we fundamentally consider whether the adoption of a shareholder proposal addressing a material sustainability issue would promote long-term shareholder value in the context of the company’s existing practices and disclosures as well as existing market practice. |
|||
| For more information on our approach to environmental and social issues, please see our Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues available at ssga.com/about-us/asset-stewardship.html. | ||||
|
General/Routine |
Although we do not seek involvement in the day-to-day operations of an organization, we recognize the need for conscientious oversight and input into management decisions that may affect a company’s value. We support proposals that encourage economically advantageous corporate practices and governance, while leaving decisions that are deemed to be routine or constitute ordinary business to management and the board of directors.
|
|||
|
Fixed Income Stewardship |
The two elements of our fixed income stewardship program are: |
|||
| Proxy Voting While matters that arise for a vote at bondholder meetings vary by jurisdiction, examples of common proxy voting resolutions at bondholder meetings include: | ||||
|
• Approving amendments to debt covenants and/or terms of issuance |
||||
|
• Authorizing procedural matters, such as filing of required documents/other formalities |
||||
|
• Approving debt restructuring plans |
||||
|
• Abstaining from challenging the bankruptcy trustees |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles | |||||
| B-6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles | |||||
| B-7 | ||||||
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered office: Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240-7600. F: 612 9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647 775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global
Advisors Limited, DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th floor), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971 (0)4-4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose office is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière-Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92. Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich. Authorised and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400. F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited is regulated by the
Central Bank of Ireland. Registered office address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960-R.E.A. 2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose office is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10-20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02 32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345) , Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th floor Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland
Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501. Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorised and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE-105.078.458. T: +41 (0)44 245 70 00. F: +41 (0)44 245 70 16. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No. 5776591 81. Registered office: 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 020 3395 6000. F: 020 3395 6350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210-1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
© 2020 State Street Corporation.
All Rights Reserved.
ID181820-3003736.2.1.GLB.RTL 0320 Exp. Date: 03/31/2021
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles | |||||
| B-8 | ||||||
|
Insights |
||||
|
Asset Stewardship
March 2020 |
Managing Conflicts of Interest Arising From State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Activity |
|||
|
State Street Corporation has a comprehensive standalone Conflicts of Interest Policy and other policies that address a range of conflicts of interests identified. In addition, State Street Global Advisors, the asset management business of State Street Corporation, maintains a conflicts register that identifies key conflicts and describes systems in place to mitigate the conflicts. This guidance1 is designed to act in conjunction with related policies and practices employed by other groups within the organization. Further, they complement those policies and practices by providing specific guidance on managing the conflicts of interests that may arise through State Street Global Advisors’ proxy voting and engagement activities.
|
||||
|
Managing Conflicts of Interest Related to Proxy Voting |
State Street Global Advisors has policies and procedures designed to prevent undue influence on State Street Global Advisors’ voting activities that may arise from relationships between proxy issuers or companies and State Street Corporation, State Street Global Advisors, State Street Global Advisors affiliates, State Street Global Advisors Funds or State Street Global Advisors Fund affiliates.
Protocols designed to help mitigate potential conflicts of interest include:
• Providing sole voting discretion to members of State Street Global Advisors’ Asset Stewardship team. Members of the Asset Stewardship team may from time to time discuss views on proxy voting matters, company performance, strategy etc. with other State Street Corporation or State Street Global Advisors employees including portfolio managers, senior executives and relationship managers. However, final voting decisions are made solely by the |
|||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-9 | ||||||
|
Asset Stewardship team, in a manner that is consistent with the best interests of all clients, taking into account various perspectives on risks and opportunities with a view of maximizing the value of client assets; |
||||
|
• Exercising a singular vote decision for each ballot item regardless of our investment strategy; |
||||
|
• Prohibiting members of State Street Global Advisors’ Asset Stewardship team from disclosing State Street Global Advisors’ voting decision to any individual not affiliated with the proxy voting process prior to the meeting or date of written consent, as the case may be; |
||||
|
• Mandatory disclosure by members of the State Street Global Advisors’ Asset Stewardship team, Global Proxy Review Committee (“PRC”) and Investment Committee (“IC”) of any personal conflict of interest (e.g., familial relationship with company management, serves as a director on the board of a listed company) to the Head of the Asset Stewardship team. Members are required to recuse themselves from any engagement or proxy voting activities related to the conflict; |
||||
|
• In certain instances, client accounts and/or State Street Global Advisors pooled funds, where State Street Global Advisors acts as trustee, may hold shares in State Street Corporation or other State Street Global Advisors affiliated entities, such as mutual funds affiliated with State Street Global Advisors Funds Management, Inc. In general, State Street Global Advisors will outsource any voting decision relating to a shareholder meeting of State Street Corporation or other State Street Global Advisors affiliated entities to independent outside third parties. Delegated third parties exercise vote decisions based upon State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines (“Guidelines”); and |
||||
|
• Reporting of overrides of Guidelines, if any, to the PRC on a quarterly basis. |
||||
|
In general, we do not believe matters that fall within the Guidelines and are voted consistently with the Guidelines present any potential conflicts, since the vote on the matter has effectively been determined without reference to the soliciting entity. However, where matters do not fall within the Guidelines or where we believe that voting in accordance with the Guidelines is unwarranted, we conduct an additional review to determine whether there is a conflict of interest. In circumstances where a conflict has been identified and either: (i) the matter does not fall clearly within the Guidelines; or (ii) State Street Global Advisors determines that voting in accordance with such guidance is not in the best interests of its clients, the Head of the Asset Stewardship team will determine whether a material relationship exists. If so, the matter is referred to the PRC. The PRC then reviews the matter and determines whether a conflict of interest exists, and if so, how to best resolve such conflict. For example, the PRC may (i) determine that the proxy vote does not give rise to a conflict due to the issues presented, (ii) refer the matter to the IC for further evaluation or (iii) retain an independent fiduciary to determine the appropriate vote.
|
||||
|
Endnotes |
1 These Managing Conflicts of Interest Arising From State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Activity Guidelines are also applicable to State Street Global Advisors Funds Management, Inc. State Street Global Advisors Funds Management, Inc. is an SEC-registered investment adviser. State Street Global Advisors Funds Management, Inc., State Street Global Advisors Trust Company, and other advisory affiliates of State Street make up State Street Global Advisors, the investment management arm of State Street Corporation. |
|||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Managing Conflicts of Interest Arising From State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Activity |
|||||
| B-10 | ||||||
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered office: Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240-7600. F: 612 9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647 775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global
Advisors Limited, DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th floor), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971 (0)4-4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose office is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière-Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92. Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich. Authorised and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400. F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited is regulated by the
Central Bank of Ireland. Registered office address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960 - R.E.A. 2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose office is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10 - 20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02 32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345) , Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th floor Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland
Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501. Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorised and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE-105.078.458. T: +41 (0)44 245 70 00. F: +41 (0)44 245 70 16. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No. 5776591 81. Registered office: 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 020 3395 6000. F: 020 3395 6350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210-1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
© 2020 State Street Corporation.
All Rights Reserved.
ID178863-3002323.1.1.GBL.RTL 0320
Exp. Date: 03/31/2021
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Managing Conflicts of Interest Arising From State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Activity |
|||||
| B-11 | ||||||
|
Insights |
||||
|
Asset Stewardship
March 2020 |
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues |
|||
|
Overview |
Our primary fiduciary obligation to our clients is to maximize the long-term returns of their investments. It is our view that material environmental and social (sustainability) issues can both create risk as well as generate long-term value in our portfolios. This philosophy provides the foundation for our value-based approach to Asset Stewardship. |
|||
| We use our voice and our vote through engagement, proxy voting, and thought leadership in order to communicate with issuers and educate market participants about our perspective on important sustainability topics. Our Asset Stewardship program prioritization process allows us to proactively identify companies for engagement and voting in order to mitigate sustainability risks in our portfolio. | ||||
| Through engagement, we address a broad range of topics that align with our thematic priorities and build long-term relationships with issuers. Engagements are often multi- year exercises. We share our views of key topics and also seek to understand the disclosure and practices of issuers. We leverage our long-term relationship with companies to effect change. Voting on sustainability issues is mainly driven through shareholder proposals. However, we may take voting action against directors even in the absence of shareholder proposals for unaddressed concerns pertaining to sustainability matters. | ||||
| In this document we provide additional transparency into our approach to engagement and voting on sustainability- related matters. | ||||
|
Our Approach to Assessing Materiality and Relevance of Sustainability Issues |
While we believe that sustainability-related factors can expose potential investment risks as well as drive long-term value creation, the materiality of specific sustainability issues varies from industry to industry and company by company. With this in mind, we leverage several distinct frameworks as well as additional resources to inform our views on the materiality of a sustainability issue at a given company including: |
|||
|
• The Sustainability Accounting Standards Board’s (SASB) Industry Standards |
||||
|
• The Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) Framework |
||||
|
• Disclosure expectations in a company’s given regulatory environment |
||||
|
• Market expectations for the sector and industry |
||||
|
• Other existing third party frameworks, such as the CDP (formally the Carbon Disclosure Project) or the Global Reporting Initiative |
||||
|
• Our proprietary R-FactorTM1 score |
||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-12 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues | |||||
| B-13 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues | |||||
| B-14 | ||||||
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates.
Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered
offi Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240-7600. F: 612
9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch offi of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647 775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global Advisors
Limited, DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th fl ), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971
(0)4-4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France:
State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose offi is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière- Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92.
Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich.
Authorised and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”).
Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400.
F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State
Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited is regulated by the Central Bank
of Ireland. Registered offi address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960 - R.E.A.
2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose offi is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10 - 20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02
32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345) , Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th fl Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch offi of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in
Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501.
Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorised and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE- 105.078.458. T: +41 (0)44 245 70 00. F: +41 (0)44 245 70 16. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No.
5776591 81. Registered offi 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 020 3395 6000. F: 020 3395 6350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210-1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
© 2020 State Street Corporation.
All Rights Reserved. ID179700-3002028.1.1.GBL
.RTL 0320
Exp. Date: 03/31/2021
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues | |||||
| B-15 | ||||||
|
Insights Asset Stewardship
March 2020 |
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Australia and New Zealand
|
|||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Australia and New Zealand Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines1 outline our expectations of companies listed on stock exchanges in Australia and New Zealand. These Guidelines complement and should be read in conjunction with State Street Global Advisors’ Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles, which provide a detailed explanation of our approach to voting and engaging with companies and State Street Global Advisors’ Conflict Mitigation Guidelines.
|
||||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Australia and New Zealand Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines address areas including board structure, audit related issues, capital structure, remuneration, environmental, social, and other governance related issues.
|
||||
|
When voting and engaging with companies in global markets, we consider market specific nuances in the manner that we believe will best protect and promote the long-term economic value of client investments. We expect companies to observe the relevant laws and regulations of their respective markets as well as country specific best practice guidelines, and corporate governance codes. We may hold companies in such markets to our global standards when we feel that a country’s regulatory requirements do not address some of the key philosophical principles that we believe are fundamental to our global voting guidelines.
|
||||
| In our analysis and research into corporate governance issues in Australia and New Zealand, we expect all companies at a minimum to comply with the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and proactively monitor companies’ adherence to the principles. Consistent with the ‘comply or explain’ expectations established by the Principles, we encourage companies to proactively disclose their level of compliance with the Principles. In instances of non-compliance when companies cannot explain the nuances of their governance structure effectively, either publicly or through engagement, we may vote against the independent board leader. |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-16 | ||||||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Philosophy |
In our view, corporate governance and sustainability issues are an integral part of the investment process. The Asset Stewardship Team consists of investment professionals with expertise in corporate governance and company law, remuneration, accounting, and environmental and social issues. We have established robust corporate governance principles and practices that are backed with extensive analytical expertise in order to understand the complexities of the corporate governance landscape. We engage with companies to provide insight on the principles and practices that drive our voting decisions. We also conduct proactive engagement to address significant shareholder concerns and environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) issues in a manner consistent with maximizing shareholder value. |
|||
| The team works alongside members of State Street Global Advisors’ Active Fundamental and Asia-Pacific (“APAC”) investment teams, collaborating on issuer engagement and providing input on company specific fundamentals. We are also a member of various investor associations that seek to address broader corporate governance related policy issues in the region. | ||||
|
State Street Global Advisors is a signatory to the United Nations Principles of Responsible Investment (“UNPRI”). We are committed to sustainable investing and are working to further integrate ESG principles into investment and corporate governance practices where applicable and consistent with our fiduciary duty.
|
||||
|
Directors and Boards |
Principally we believe the primary responsibility of the board of directors is to preserve and enhance shareholder value and protect shareholder interests. In order to carry out their primary responsibilities, directors have to undertake activities that range from setting strategy and overseeing executive management to monitoring the risks that arise from a company’s business, including risks related to sustainability issues. Further, good corporate governance necessitates the existence of effective internal controls and risk management systems, which should be governed by the board. |
|||
| State Street Global Advisors believes that a well constituted board of directors with a good balance of skills, expertise, and independence provides the foundations for a well governed company. We view board quality as a measure of director independence, director succession planning, board diversity, evaluations and refreshment, and company governance practices. We vote for the election/re-election of directors on a case-by-case basis after considering various factors including board quality, general market practice, and availability of information on director skills and expertise. In principle, we believe independent directors are crucial to corporate governance and help management establish sound ESG policies and practices. A sufficiently independent board will most effectively monitor management and perform oversight functions necessary to protect shareholder interests. We expect boards of ASX 300 and New Zealand listed companies to be comprised of at least a majority of independent directors. At all other Australian listed companies, we expect boards to be comprised of at least one-third independent directors. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Australia and New Zealand | |||||
| B-17 | ||||||
|
Our broad criteria for director independence in Australia and New Zealand include factors such as: |
||||
|
• Participation in related-party transactions and other business relations with the company |
||||
|
• Employment history with company |
||||
|
• Relations with controlling shareholders |
||||
|
• Family ties with any of the company’s advisers, directors, or senior employees |
||||
| When voting on the election or re-election of a director, we also consider the number of outside board directorships that a non-executive and an executive may undertake. Thus, we may withhold votes from board chairs and lead independent directors who sit on more than three public company boards, and from non-executive directors who hold more than four public company board mandates. We may also take voting action against named executive officers who undertake more than two public board memberships. We also consider attendance at board meetings and may withhold votes from directors who attend less than 75% of board meetings without appropriate explanation or providing reason for their failure to meet the attendance threshold. In addition, we monitor other factors that may influence the independence of a non-executive director, such as performance-related pay, cross-directorships, significant shareholdings, and tenure. We support the annual election of directors and encourages Australian and New Zealand companies to adopt this practice. | ||||
| While we are generally supportive of having the roles of chairman and CEO separated in the Australian and New Zealand markets, we assess the division of responsibilities between chairman and CEO on a case-by-case basis, giving consideration to factors such as company-specific circumstances, overall level of independence on the board and general corporate governance standards in the company. Similarly, we will monitor for circumstances in which a combined chairman/CEO is appointed or where a former CEO becomes chairman. | ||||
| We may also consider board performance and directors who appear to be remiss in the performance of their oversight responsibilities when analyzing their suitability for reappointment (e.g. fraud, criminal wrongdoing and breach of fiduciary responsibilities). | ||||
| We believe companies should have committees for audit, remuneration, and nomination oversight. The audit committee is responsible for monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of the company, appointing external auditors, monitoring their qualifications and independence, and their effectiveness and resource levels. ASX Corporate Governance Principles requires listed companies to have an audit committee of at least three members all of whom are non-executive directors and a majority of whom are independent directors. It also requires that the committee be chaired by an independent director who is not the chair of the board. We hold Australian and New Zealand companies to our global standards for developed financial markets by requiring that all members of the audit committee be independent directors. | ||||
| In our analysis of boards, we consider whether board members have adequate skills to provide effective oversight of corporate strategy, operations, and risks, including environmental and social issues. Boards should also have a regular evaluation process in place to assess the effectiveness of the board and the skills of board members to address issues, such as emerging risks, changes to corporate strategy, and diversification of operations and geographic footprint. The nomination committee is responsible for evaluating and reviewing the balance of skills, knowledge, and experience of the board. It also ensures that adequate succession plans are in place for directors and the CEO. We may vote against the re-election of members of the nomination committee if the board has failed to address concerns over board structure or succession. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Australia and New Zealand | |||||
| B-18 | ||||||
| Further, we expect boards of ASX 300 listed companies to have at least one female board member. If a company fails to meet this expectation, State Street Global Advisors may vote against the Chair of the board’s nominating committee or the board leader in the absence of a nominating committee, if necessary. Additionally, if a company fails to meet this expectation for four consecutive years, State Street Global Advisors may vote against all incumbent members of the nominating committee. | ||||
| Executive pay is another important aspect of corporate governance. We believe that executive pay should be determined by the board of directors. We expect companies to have in place remuneration committees to provide independent oversight over executive pay. ASX Corporate Governance Principles requires listed companies to have a remuneration committee of at least three members all of whom are non-executive directors and a majority of whom are independent directors. Since Australia has a non-binding vote on pay with a two-strike rule requiring a board spill vote in the event of a second strike, we believe that the vote provides investors a mechanism to address concerns they may have on the quality of oversight provided by the board on remuneration issues. Accordingly our voting guidelines accommodate local market practice. | ||||
| State Street Global Advisors may take voting action against board members at companies on the ASX 100 that are laggards based on their R-FactorTM scores2 and cannot articulate how they plan to improve their score. | ||||
|
Indemnification and Limitations on Liability |
Generally, State Street Global Advisors supports proposals to limit directors’ liability and/or expand indemnification and liability protection up to the limit provided by law, if he or she has not acted in bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. |
|||
|
Audit-Related Issues |
Companies should have robust internal audit and internal control systems designed for effective management of any potential and emerging risks to company operations and strategy. The responsibility of setting out an internal audit function lies with the audit committee, which should have independent non-executive directors designated as members. |
|||
|
Appointment of External Auditors |
State Street Global Advisors believes that a company’s auditor is an essential feature of an effective and transparent system of external supervision. Shareholders should be given the opportunity to vote on their appointment or to re-appoint at the annual meeting. When appointing external auditors and approving audit fees, we will take into consideration the level of detail in company disclosures. We will generally not support resolutions if adequate breakdown is not provided and if non-audit fees are more than 50% of audit fees. In addition, we may vote against members of the audit committee if we have concerns with audit-related issues or if the level of non-audit fees to audit fees is significant. In certain circumstances, we may consider auditor tenure when evaluating the audit process. |
|||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Australia and New Zealand | |||||
| B-19 | ||||||
|
Shareholder Rights and Capital- Related Issues Share Issuances
|
||||
|
Share Issuances |
The ability to raise capital is critical for companies to carry out strategy, to grow, and to achieve returns above their cost of capital. The approval of capital raising activities is fundamental to shareholders’ ability to monitor the returns and to ensure capital is deployed efficiently. State Street Global Advisors supports capital increases that have sound business reasons and are not excessive relative to a company’s existing capital base.
Pre-emption rights are a fundamental right for shareholders to protect their investment in a company. Where companies seek to issue new shares without pre-emption rights, we may vote against if such authorities are greater than 20% of the issued share capital. We may also vote against resolutions seeking authority to issue capital with pre-emption rights if the aggregate amount allowed seems excessive and is not justified by the board. Generally, we are against capital issuance proposals greater than 100% of the issued share capital when the proceeds are not intended for specific purpose. |
|||
|
Share Repurchase Programs |
We generally support proposals to repurchase shares, unless the issuer does not clearly state the business purpose for the program, a definitive number of shares to be repurchased, and the timeframe for the repurchase. We may vote against share repurchase requests that allow share repurchases during a takeover period. |
|||
|
Dividends |
We generally support dividend payouts that constitute 30% or more of net income. We may vote against the dividend payouts if the dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30% without adequate explanation. We may also vote against if the payout is excessive given the company’s financial position. Particular attention will be warranted when the payment may damage the company’s long-term financial health. |
|||
|
Mergers and Acquisitions |
Mergers or reorganization of the company structure often involve proposals relating to reincorporation, restructurings, liquidations, and other major changes to the corporation. Proposals that are in the best interests of shareholders, demonstrated by enhancing share value or improving the effectiveness of the company’s operations, will be supported. In general, provisions that are not viewed as financially sound or are thought to be destructive to shareholders’ rights are not supported. We will generally support transactions that maximize shareholder value. Some of the considerations include:
• Offer premium
• Strategic rationale
• Board oversight of the process for the recommended transaction, including, director and/or management conflicts of interest |
|||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Australia and New Zealand | |||||
| B-20 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Australia and New Zealand | |||||
| B-21 | ||||||
|
Risk Management |
State Street Global Advisors believes that risk management is a key function of the board, which is responsible for setting the overall risk appetite of a company and for providing oversight on the risk management process established by senior executives at a company. We allow boards to have discretion over the ways in which they provide oversight in this area. However, we expect companies to disclose ways in which the board provides oversight on its risk management system and to identify key risks facing the company. Boards should also review existing and emerging risks that evolve in tandem with the political and economic landscape or as companies diversify or expand their operations into new areas. |
|||||
|
Environmental and Social Issues |
As a fiduciary, State Street Global Advisors takes a comprehensive approach to engaging with our portfolio companies about material environmental and social (sustainability) issues. We use our voice and our vote through engagement, proxy voting, and thought leadership in order to communicate with issuers and educate market participants about our perspective on important sustainability topics. Our Asset Stewardship program prioritization process allows us to proactively identify companies for engagement and voting in order to mitigate sustainability risks in our portfolio. Through engagement, we address a broad range of topics that align with our thematic priorities and build long-term relationships with issuers. When voting, we fundamentally consider whether the adoption of a shareholder proposal addressing a material sustainability issue would promote long-term shareholder value in the context of the company’s existing practices and disclosures as well as existing market practice.
For more information on our approach to environmental and social issues, please see our Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues available at ssga.com/about-us/asset-stewardship.html. |
|||||
|
More Information |
Any client who wishes to receive information on how its proxies were voted should contact its State Street Global Advisors relationship manager.
|
|||||
|
Endnotes |
1 These Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines are also applicable to SSGA Funds Management, Inc. SSGA Funds Management, Inc. is an SEC registered investment adviser. SSGA Funds Management, Inc., State Street Global Advisors Trust Company, and other advisory affiliates of State Street make up State Street Global Advisors, the investment management arm of State Street Corporation. |
2 R-FactorTM is a scoring system created by SSGA that measures the performance of a company’s business operations and governance as it relates to financially material ESG factors facing the company’s industry. |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Australia and New Zealand | |||||
| B-22 | ||||||
|
About State Street Global Advisors |
Our clients are the world’s governments, institutions and financial advisors. To help them achieve their financial goals we live our guiding principles each and every day: |
|||
|
• Start with rigor
• Build from breadth
• Invest as stewards
• Invent the future |
||||
| For four decades, these principles have helped us be the quiet power in a tumultuous investing world. Helping millions of people secure their financial futures. This takes each of our employees in 27 offices around the world, and a firm-wide conviction that we can always do it better. As a result, we are the world’s third-largest asset manager with US $3.12 trillion* under our care. | ||||
|
* AUM reflects approximately $43.72 billion USD (as of December 31, 2019), with respect to which State Street Global Advisors Funds Distributors, LLC (SSGA FD) serves as marketing agent; SSGA FD and State Street Global Advisors are affiliated. |
||||
|
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered office: Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240-7600. F: 612 9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647 775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global |
Advisors Limited, DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th floor), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971 (0)4-4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose office is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière-Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92. Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich. Authorised and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400. F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited is regulated by the | Central Bank of Ireland. Registered office address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960-R.E.A. 2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose office is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10-20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02 32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345) , Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th floor Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland |
Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501. Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorised and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE-105.078.458. T: +41 (0)44 245 70 00. F: +41 (0)44 245 70 16. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No. 5776591 81. Registered office: 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 020 3395 6000. F: 020 3395 6350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210-1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
© 2020 State Street Corporation. All Rights Reserved. ID178858-3001282.1.1.GBL.RTL 0320 Exp. Date: 03/31/2021 |
|||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Australia and New Zealand | |||||
| B-23 | ||||||
|
Insights |
||||
|
Asset Stewardship
March 2020 |
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||
| State Street Global Advisors’ European Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines1 cover different corporate governance frameworks and practices in European markets, excluding the United Kingdom and Ireland. These guidelines complement and should be read in conjunction with State Street Global Advisors’ Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles, which provide a detailed explanation of our approach to voting and engaging with companies, and State Street Global Advisors’ Conflict Mitigation Guidelines. | ||||
|
|
||||
| State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines in European markets address areas such as board structure, audit-related issues, capital structure, remuneration, as well as environmental, social and other governance-related issues. | ||||
| When voting and engaging with companies in European markets, we consider market-specific nuances in the manner that we believe will most likely protect and promote the long-term financial value of client investments. We expect companies to observe the relevant laws and regulations of their respective markets, as well as country-specific best practice guidelines and corporate governance codes. We may hold companies in some markets to our global standards when we feel that a country’s regulatory requirements do not address some of the key philosophical principles that we believe are fundamental to our global voting guidelines. | ||||
| In our analysis and research into corporate governance issues in European companies, we also consider guidance issued by the European Commission and country-specific governance codes. We proactively monitor companies’ adherence to applicable guidance and requirements. Consistent with the diverse ”comply-or-explain” expectations established by guidance and codes, we encourage companies to proactively disclose their level of compliance with applicable provisions and requirements. In cases of non-compliance, when companies cannot explain the nuances of their governance structure effectively, either publicly or through engagement, we may vote against the independent board leader. | ||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-24 | ||||||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Philosophy |
Corporate governance and sustainability issues are an integral part of the investment process. The Asset Stewardship Team consists of investment professionals with expertise in corporate governance and company law, remuneration, accounting, and environmental and social issues. We have established robust corporate governance principles and practices that are backed with extensive analytical expertise in order to understand the complexities of the corporate governance landscape. We engage with companies to provide insight on the principles and practices that drive our voting decisions. We also conduct proactive engagement to address significant shareholder concerns and environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) issues in a manner consistent with maximizing shareholder value. |
|||
| The team works alongside members of State Street Global Advisors’ Active Fundamental and Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) investment teams, collaborating on issuer engagement and providing input on company-specific fundamentals. | ||||
|
|
State Street Global Advisors is a signatory to the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment (“UNPRI”). We are committed to sustainable investing; thus, we are working to further integrate ESG principles into investment and corporate governance practices where applicable and consistent with our fiduciary duty.
|
|||
| Directors and Boards | Principally, we believe the primary responsibility of the board of directors is to preserve and enhance shareholder value, and to protect shareholder interests. In order to carry out their primary responsibilities, directors have to undertake activities that range from setting strategy and overseeing executive management, to monitoring the risks that arise from a company’s business, including risks related to sustainability issues. Further, good corporate governance necessitates the existence of effective internal controls and risk management systems, which should be governed by the board. | |||
|
We believe that a well constituted board of directors, with a balance of skills, expertise and independence, provides the foundations for a well governed company. We view board quality as a measure of director independence, director succession planning, board diversity, evaluations and refreshment, and company governance practices. We vote for the election/re-election of directors on a case-by-case basis after considering various factors, including board quality, general market practice, and availability of information on director skills and expertise. In principle, we believe independent directors are crucial to good corporate governance and help management establish sound corporate governance policies and practices. A sufficiently independent board will most effectively monitor management and perform oversight functions necessary to protect shareholder interests. |
||||
| Our broad criteria for director independence in European companies include factors such as: | ||||
|
• Participation in related–party transactions and other business relations with the company |
||||
|
• Employment history with the company |
||||
|
• Relations with controlling shareholders |
||||
|
• Family ties with any of the company’s advisers, directors or senior employees |
||||
|
• Serving as an employee or government representative and |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||||
| B-25 | ||||||
|
• Overall average board tenure and individual director tenure at issuers with classified and de-classified boards, respectively |
||||
|
• Company classification of a director as non-independent |
||||
| While overall board independence requirements and board structures differ from market to market, we consider voting against directors we deem non-independent if overall board independence is below one-third or if overall independence level is below 50% after excluding employee representatives and/or directors elected in accordance with local laws who are not elected by shareholders. We may withhold support for a proposal to discharge the board if a company fails to meet adequate governance standards or board level independence. | ||||
| We also assess the division of responsibilities between chair and CEO on a case-by-case basis, giving consideration to factors such as overall level of independence on the board and general corporate governance standards in the company. However, we may take voting action against the chair or members of the nominating committee at the STOXX Europe 600 companies that have combined the roles of chair and CEO and have not appointed an independent deputy chair or a lead independent director. | ||||
| When voting on the election or re-election of a director, we also consider the number of outside board directorships a non-executive and an executive may undertake. Thus, we may withhold votes from board chairs and lead independent directors who sit on more than three public company boards, and from non-executive directors who hold more than four public company board mandates. We may also take voting action against named executive officers who undertake more than two public board memberships. | ||||
| We also consider attendance at board meetings and may withhold votes from directors who attend less than 75% of board meetings without appropriate explanation or providing reason for their failure to meet the attendance threshold . In addition, we monitor other factors that may influence the independence of a non-executive director, such as performance-related pay, cross-directorships and significant shareholdings. Moreover, we may vote against the election of a director whose biographical disclosures are insufficient to assess his or her role on the board and/or independence. | ||||
| Further, we expect boards of STOXX Europe 600 listed companies to have at least one female board member. If a company fails to meet this expectation, State Street Global Advisors may vote against the Chair of the board’s nominating committee or the board leader in the absence of a nominating committee, if necessary. | ||||
| Although we generally are in favour of the annual election of directors, we recognise that director terms vary considerably in different European markets. We may vote against article/bylaw changes that seek to extend director terms. In addition, we may vote against directors if their terms extend beyond four years in certain markets. | ||||
| We believe companies should have relevant board level committees for audit, remuneration and nomination oversight. The audit committee is responsible for monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of the company, appointing external auditors, monitoring their qualifications and independence, and assessing effectiveness and resource levels. Similarly, executive pay is an important aspect of corporate governance, and it should be determined by the board of directors. We expect companies to have remuneration committees to provide independent oversight of executive pay. We may vote against nominees who are executive members of audit or remuneration committees. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||||
| B-26 | ||||||
|
In our analysis of boards, we consider whether board members have adequate skills to provide effective oversight of corporate strategy, operations, and risks, including environmental and social issues. Boards should also have a regular evaluation process in place to assess the effectiveness of the board and the skills of board members to address issues such as emerging risks, changes to corporate strategy, and diversification of operations and geographic footprint. |
||||
| In certain European markets it is not uncommon for the election of directors to be presented in a single slate. In these cases, where executives serve on the audit or the remuneration committees, we may vote against the entire slate. | ||||
| We may also consider factors such as board performance and directors who appear to be remiss in the performance of their oversight responsibilities (e.g. fraud, criminal wrongdoing and/or breach of fiduciary responsibilities). | ||||
| State Street Global Advisors may take voting action against board members at companies on the DAX 30 and CAC 40 that are laggards based on their R-FactorTM scores2 and cannot articulate how they plan to improve their score. | ||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Indemnification and Limitations on Liability |
Generally, we support proposals to limit directors’ liability and/or expand indemnification and liability protection up to the limit provided by law if a director has not acted in bad faith, with gross negligence, or with reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Audit-Related Issues | Companies should have robust internal audit and internal control systems designed for effective management of any potential and emerging risks to company operations and strategy. The responsibility of setting up an internal audit function lies with the audit committee, which should have as members independent non-executive directors. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Appointment of External Auditors | We believe that a company’s auditor is an essential feature of an effective and transparent system of external supervision. Shareholders should be given the opportunity to vote on their appointment or re-appoint them at the annual meeting. When appointing external auditors and approving audit fees, we consider the level of detail in company disclosures; we will generally not support such resolutions if adequate breakdown is not provided and if non-audit fees are more than 50% of audit fees. In addition, we may vote against members of the audit committee if we have concerns with audit-related issues or if the level of non-audit fees to audit fees is significant. We may consider auditor tenure when evaluating the audit process in certain circumstances. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Limit Legal Liability of External Auditors | We generally oppose limiting the legal liability of audit firms as we believe this could create a negative impact on the quality of the audit function. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Shareholder Rights and Capital-Related Issues | In some European markets, differential voting rights continue to exist. State Street Global Advisors supports the one-share, one-vote policy and favors a share structure where all shares have equal voting rights. We believe pre-emption rights should be introduced for shareholders in order to provide adequate protection from excessive dilution from the issuance of new shares or convertible securities to third parties or a small number of select shareholders. | |||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||||
| B-27 | ||||||
|
Unequal Voting Rights |
We generally oppose proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of common stock with superior voting rights. We will generally oppose the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution and other rights. In addition, we will not support capitalization changes that add classes of stock with undefined voting rights or classes that may dilute the voting interests of existing shareholders. We support proposals to abolish voting caps and capitalization changes that eliminate other classes of stock and/or unequal voting rights. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
| Increase in Authorized Capital | The ability to raise capital is critical for companies to carry out strategy, to grow, and to achieve returns above their cost of capital. The approval of capital raising activities is fundamental to shareholders’ ability to monitor returns and to ensure capital is deployed efficiently. We support capital increases that have sound business reasons and are not excessive relative to a company’s existing capital base. | |||
| Pre-emption rights are a fundamental right for shareholders to protect their investment in a company. Where companies seek to issue new shares whilst disapplying pre-emption rights, we may vote against if such authorities are greater than 20% of the issued share capital. We may also vote against resolutions that seek authority to issue capital with pre-emption rights if the aggregate amount allowed seems excessive and is not justified by the board. Generally, we oppose capital issuance proposals greater than 100% of the issued share capital when the proceeds are not intended for a specific purpose. | ||||
|
|
|
|||
| Share Repurchase Programs | We typically support proposals to repurchase shares; however, there are exceptions in some cases. We do not support repurchases if the issuer does not clearly state the business purpose for the program, a definitive number of shares to be repurchased, the range of premium/ discount to market price at which the company can repurchase shares, and the timeframe for the repurchase. We may vote against share repurchase requests that allow share repurchases during a takeover period. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Dividends | We generally support dividend payouts that constitute 30% or more of net income. We may vote against the dividend payouts if the dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30% without adequate explanation or the payout is excessive given the company’s financial position. Particular attention will be paid to cases in which the payment may damage the company’s long-term financial health. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Related-Party Transactions | Some companies in European markets have a controlled ownership structure and complex cross-shareholdings between subsidiaries and parent companies (“related companies”). Such structures may result in the prevalence of related-party transactions between the company and its various stakeholders, such as directors and management, subsidiaries and shareholders. In markets where shareholders are required to approve such transactions, we expect companies to provide details of the transaction, such as the nature, the value and the purpose of such a transaction. We also encourage independent directors to ratify such transactions. Further, we encourage companies to describe the level of independent board oversight and the approval process, including details of any independent valuations provided by financial advisors on related-party transactions. | |||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||||
| B-28 | ||||||
|
Mergers and Acquisitions |
Mergers or restructurings often involve proposals relating to reincorporation, restructurings, mergers, liquidation and other major changes to the corporation. Proposals will be supported if they are in the best interest of the shareholders, which is demonstrated by enhancing share value or improving the effectiveness of the company’s operations. In general, provisions that are not viewed as financially sound or are thought to be destructive to shareholders’ rights are not supported. |
|||
| We will generally support transactions that maximize shareholder value. Some of the considerations include: | ||||
|
• Offer premium |
||||
|
• Strategic rationale |
||||
|
• Board oversight of the process for the recommended transaction, including director and/or management conflicts of interest |
||||
|
• Offers made at a premium and where there are no other higher bidders |
||||
|
• Offers in which the secondary market price is substantially lower than the net asset value |
||||
| We may vote against a transaction considering the following: | ||||
|
• Offers with potentially damaging consequences for minority shareholders because of illiquid stock |
||||
|
• Offers where we believe there is a reasonable prospect for an enhanced bid or other bidders |
||||
|
• The current market price of the security exceeds the bid price at the time of voting. |
||||
|
|
|
|||
| Anti–Takeover Measures | European markets have diverse regulations concerning the use of share issuances as takeover defenses, with legal restrictions lacking in some markets. We support the one-share, one-vote policy. For example, dual-class capital structures entrench certain shareholders and management, insulating them from possible takeovers. We oppose unlimited share issuance authorizations because they can be used as anti-takeover devices. They have the potential for substantial voting and earnings dilution. We also monitor the duration of time for authorities to issue shares, as well as whether there are restrictions and caps on multiple issuance authorities during the specified time periods. We oppose antitakeover defenses, such as authorities for the board when subject to a hostile takeover to issue warrants convertible into shares to existing shareholders. | |||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||||
| B-29 | ||||||
|
Remuneration |
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
| Executive Pay | Despite the differences among the various types of plans and awards, there is a simple underlying philosophy that guides our analysis of executive pay: there should be a direct relationship between remuneration and company performance over the long term. | |||
| Shareholders should have the opportunity to assess whether pay structures and levels are aligned with business performance. When assessing remuneration reports, we consider factors such as adequate disclosure of remuneration elements, absolute and relative pay levels, peer selection and benchmarking, the mix of long-term and short-term incentives, alignment of pay structures with shareholder interests, corporate strategy and performance. We may oppose remuneration reports where pay seems misaligned with shareholders’ interests. We may also vote against the re-election of members of the remuneration committee if we have serious concerns about remuneration practices and if the company has not been responsive to shareholder pressure to review its approach. | ||||
|
|
|
|||
| Equity Incentives Plans | We may not support proposals regarding equity-based incentive plans where insufficient information is provided on matters, including grant limits, performance metrics, performance and vesting periods, and overall dilution. Generally, we do not support options under such plans being issued at a discount to market price or plans that allow for retesting of performance metrics. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Non–Executive Director Pay | In European markets, proposals seeking shareholder approval for non-executive directors’ fees are generally not controversial. We typically support resolutions regarding directors’ fees unless disclosure is poor and we are unable to determine whether the fees are excessive relative to fees paid by comparable companies. We will evaluate any non-cash or performance-related pay to non-executive directors on a company-by-company basis. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Risk Management | We believe that risk management is a key function of the board, which is responsible for setting the overall risk appetite of a company and for providing oversight on the risk management process established by senior executives at a company. We allow boards discretion regarding the ways in which they provide oversight in this area. However, we expect companies to disclose how the board provides oversight on its risk management system and risk identification. Boards should also review existing and emerging risks, as they can change with a changing political and economic landscape or as companies diversify or expand their operations into new areas. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Environmental and Social Issues | As a fiduciary, State Street Global Advisors takes a comprehensive approach to engaging with our portfolio companies about material environmental and social (sustainability) issues. We use our voice and our vote through engagement, proxy voting and thought leadership in order to communicate with issuers and educate market participants about our perspective on important sustainability topics. Our Asset Stewardship program prioritization process allows us to proactively identify companies for engagement and voting in order to mitigate sustainability risks in our portfolio. Through engagement, we address a broad range of topics that align with our thematic priorities and build long-term relationships with issuers. When voting, we fundamentally consider whether the adoption of a shareholder proposal addressing a material sustainability issue would promote long-term shareholder value in the context of the company’s existing practices and disclosures as well as existing market practice. | |||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||||
| B-30 | ||||||
|
For more information on our approach to environmental and social issues, please see our Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues available at ssga.com/about-us/asset-stewardship.html. |
||||||
|
|
|
|||||
| More Information | Any client who wishes to receive information on how its proxies were voted should contact its State Street Global Advisors relationship manager. | |||||
|
|
|
|||||
| Endnotes |
1 These Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines are also applicable to SSGA Funds Management, Inc. SSGA Funds Management, Inc. is an SEC registered investment adviser. SSGA Funds Management, Inc., State Street Global Advisors Trust Company, and other advisory affiliates of State Street make up State Street Global Advisors, the investment management arm of State Street Corporation. |
2 R-FactorTM is a scoring system created by SSGA that measures the performance of a company’s business operations and governance as it relates to financially material ESG factors facing the company’s industry. |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||||
| B-31 | ||||||
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered office: Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240- 7600. F: 612 9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647 775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global Advisors Limited,
DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th floor), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971 (0)4- 4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose office is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière- Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92. Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich. Authorised and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400. F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. Registered office
address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960 - R.E.A. 2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose office is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10 - 20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02 32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345) , Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th floor Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number
145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501. Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorised and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE-105.078.458. T: +41 (0)44 245 70 00. F: +41 (0)44 245 70 16. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No. 5776591 81. Registered office: 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 020 3395 6000. F: 020 3395 6350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210-1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
© 2020 State Street Corporation.
All Rights Reserved.
ID178878-3001282.1.1 0320
Exp. Date: 03/31/2021
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Europe | |||||
| B-32 | ||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-33 | ||||||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Philosophy |
In our view, corporate governance and sustainability issues are an integral part of the investment process. The Asset Stewardship Team consists of investment professionals with expertise in corporate governance and company law, remuneration, accounting, and environmental and social issues. We have established robust corporate governance principles and practices that are backed with extensive analytical expertise to understand the complexities of the corporate governance landscape. We engage with companies to provide insight on the principles and practices that drive our voting decisions. We also conduct proactive engagement to address significant shareholder concerns and environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) issues in a manner consistent with maximizing shareholder value. |
|||
| The team works alongside members of State Street Global Advisors’ Active Fundamental and Asia-Pacific (“APAC”) Investment Teams; the teams collaborate on issuer engagement and provide input on company specific fundamentals. We are also a member of various investor associations that seek to address broader corporate governance related policy issues in Japan. | ||||
| State Street Global Advisors is a signatory to the United Nations Principles of Responsible Investment (“UNPRI”) and is compliant with Japan’s Stewardship Code and Corporate Governance Code. We are committed to sustainable investing and are working to further integrate ESG principles into investment and corporate governance practices where applicable and consistent with our fiduciary duty. | ||||
|
Directors and Boards |
Principally, we believe the primary responsibility of the board of directors is to preserve and enhance shareholder value and protect shareholder interests. In order to carry out their primary responsibilities, directors have to undertake activities that range from setting strategy and overseeing executive management to monitoring the risks that arise from a company’s business, including risks related to sustainability issues. Further, good corporate governance necessitates the existence of effective internal controls and risk management systems, which should be governed by the board. |
|||
| State Street Global Advisors believes that a well constituted board of directors with a balance of skills, expertise, and independence, provides the foundation for a well governed company. We view board quality as a measure of director independence, director succession planning, board diversity, evaluations and refreshment, and company governance practices. We vote for the election/re-election of directors on a case-by-case basis after considering various factors, including board quality, general market practice, and availability of information on director skills and expertise. In principle, we believe independent directors are crucial to robust corporate governance and help management establish sound corporate governance policies and practices. A sufficiently independent board will most effectively monitor management and perform oversight functions that are necessary to protect shareholder interests. | ||||
| Further we expect boards of TOPIX 500 listed companies to have at least one female board member. If a company fails to meet this expectation, State Street Global Advisors may vote against the Chair of the board’s nominating committee or the board leader in the absence of a nominating committee, if necessary. | ||||
| Japanese companies have the option of having a traditional board of directors with statutory auditors, a board with a committee structure, or a hybrid board with a board level audit committee. We will generally support companies that seek shareholder approval to adopt a committee or hybrid board structure. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Japan | |||||
| B-34 | ||||||
|
Most Japanese issuers prefer the traditional statutory auditor structure. Statutory auditors act in a quasi-compliance role, as they are not involved in strategic decision-making nor are they part of the formal management decision process. Statutory auditors attend board meetings but do not have voting rights at the board; however, they have the right to seek an injunction and conduct broad investigations of unlawful behavior in the company’s operations. |
||||
| State Street Global Advisors will support the election of statutory auditors, unless the outside statutory auditor nominee is regarded as non-independent based on our criteria, the outside statutory auditor has attended less than 75 percent of meetings of the board of directors or board of statutory auditors during the year under review, or the statutory auditor has been remiss in the performance of their oversight responsibilities (fraud, criminal wrong doing, and breach of fiduciary responsibilities). | ||||
| For companies with a statutory auditor structure there is no legal requirement that boards have outside directors; however, we believe there should be a transparent process of independent and external monitoring of management on behalf of shareholders. | ||||
|
• We believe that boards of TOPIX 500 companies should have at least three independent directors or be at least one-third independent, whichever requires fewer independent directors. Otherwise, we may oppose the board leader who is responsible for the director nomination process. |
||||
|
• For controlled, non-TOPIX 500 companies with a statutory auditor structure or hybrid structure, we may oppose the board leader if the board does not have at least two independent directors. |
||||
|
• For non-controlled, non-TOPIX 500 companies with a statutory auditor structure or hybrid structure, State Street Global Advisors may oppose the board leader, if the board does not have at least two outside directors. |
||||
| For companies with a committee structure or a hybrid board structure, we also take into consideration the overall independence level of the committees. In determining director independence, we consider the following factors: | ||||
|
• Participation in related-party transactions and other business relations with the company |
||||
|
• Past employment with the company |
||||
|
• Professional services provided to the company |
||||
|
• Family ties with the company |
||||
| Regardless of board structure, we may oppose the election of a director for the following reasons: | ||||
|
• Failure to attend board meetings |
||||
|
• In instances of egregious actions related to a director’s service on the board |
||||
| State Street Global Advisors may take voting action against board members at companies on the TOPIX 100 that are laggards based on their R-FactorTM scores2 and cannot articulate how they plan to improve their score. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Japan | |||||
| B-35 | ||||||
|
Indemnification and Limitations on Liability |
Generally, State Street Global Advisors supports proposals to limit directors’ and statutory auditors’ liability and/or expand indemnification and liability protection up to the limit provided by law, if he or she has not acted in bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. We believe limitations and indemnification are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors.
|
|||
|
Audit-Related Items |
State Street Global Advisors believes that a company’s auditor is an essential feature of an effective and transparent system of external supervision. Shareholders should have the opportunity to vote on the appointment of the auditor at the annual meeting.
|
|||
|
Ratifying External Auditors |
We generally support the appointment of external auditors unless the external auditor is perceived as being non-independent and there are concerns about the accounts presented and the audit procedures followed.
|
|||
|
Limiting Legal Liability of External Auditors
|
We generally oppose limiting the legal liability of audit firms as we believe this could create a negative impact on the quality of the audit function.
|
|||
|
Capital Structure, Reorganization, and Mergers |
State Street Global Advisors supports the “one share one vote” policy and favors a share structure where all shares have equal voting rights. We support proposals to abolish voting caps or multiple voting rights and will oppose measures to introduce these types of restrictions on shareholder rights. |
|||
|
We believe pre-emption rights should be introduced for shareholders. This can provide adequate protection from excessive dilution due to the issuance of new shares or convertible securities to third parties or a small number of select shareholders.
|
||||
|
Unequal Voting Rights |
We generally oppose proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of common stock with superior voting rights. We will generally oppose new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights. In addition, we will not support capitalization changes that add classes of stock with undefined voting rights or classes that may dilute the voting interests of existing shareholders.
However, we will support capitalization changes that eliminate other classes of stock and/or unequal voting rights.
|
|||
|
Increase in Authorized Capital |
We generally support increases in authorized capital where the company provides an adequate explanation for the use of shares. In the absence of an adequate explanation, we may oppose the request if the increase in authorized capital exceeds 100% of the currently authorized capital. Where share issuance requests exceed our standard threshold, we will consider the nature of the specific need, such as mergers, acquisitions and stock splits.
|
|||
|
Dividends |
We generally support dividend payouts that constitute 30% or more of net income. We may vote against the dividend payouts if the dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30% without adequate explanation; or, the payout is excessive given the company’s financial position. Particular attention will be paid where the payment may damage the company’s long-term financial health. |
|||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Japan | |||||
| B-36 | ||||||
|
Share Repurchase Programs |
Companies are allowed under Japan Corporate Law to amend their articles to authorize the repurchase of shares at the board’s discretion. We will oppose an amendment to articles allowing the repurchase of shares at the board’s discretion. We believe the company should seek shareholder approval for a share repurchase program at each year’s AGM, providing shareholders the right to evaluate the purpose of the repurchase. |
|||
|
We generally support proposals to repurchase shares, unless the issuer does not clearly state the business purpose for the program, a definitive number of shares to be repurchased, and the timeframe for the repurchase. We may vote against share repurchase requests that allow share repurchases during a takeover period.
|
||||
|
Mergers and Acquisitions |
Mergers or reorganizing the structure of a company often involve proposals relating to reincorporation, restructurings, mergers, liquidations, and other major changes to the corporation. We will support proposals that are in the best interests of the shareholders, demonstrated by enhancing share value or improving the effectiveness of the company’s operations. In general, provisions that are deemed to be destructive to shareholders’ rights or financially detrimental are not supported. |
|||
| We evaluate mergers and structural reorganizations on a case-by-case basis. We will generally support transactions that maximize shareholder value. Some of the considerations include, but are not limited to the following: | ||||
|
• Offer premium |
||||
|
• Strategic rationale |
||||
|
• Board oversight of the process for the recommended transaction, including director and/or management conflicts of interest |
||||
|
• Offers made at a premium and where there are no other higher bidders |
||||
|
• Offers in which the secondary market price is substantially lower than the net asset value |
||||
|
We may vote against a transaction considering the following: |
||||
|
• Offers with potentially damaging consequences for minority shareholders because of illiquid stock |
||||
|
• Offers where we believe there is a reasonable prospect for an enhanced bid or other bidders |
||||
|
• Offers in which the current market price of the security exceeds the bid price at the time of voting |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Japan | |||||
| B-37 | ||||||
|
Shareholder Rights Plans |
In evaluating the adoption or renewal of a Japanese issuer’s shareholder rights plans (“poison pill”), we consider the following conditions: (i) release of proxy circular with details of the proposal with adequate notice in advance of meeting, (ii) minimum trigger of over 20%, (iii) maximum term of three years, (iv) sufficient number of independent directors, (v) presence of an independent committee, (vi) annual election of directors, and (vii) lack of protective or entrenchment features. Additionally, we consider the length of time that a shareholder rights plan has been in effect.
In evaluating an amendment to a shareholder rights plan (“poison pill”), in addition to the conditions above, we will also evaluate and consider supporting proposals where the terms of the new plans are more favorable to shareholders’ ability to accept unsolicited offers.
|
|||
|
Anti-Takeover Measures |
In general, State Street Global Advisors believes that adoption of poison pills that have been structured to protect management and to prevent takeover bids from succeeding is not in shareholders’ interest. A shareholder rights plan may lead to management entrenchment. It may also discourage legitimate tender offers and acquisitions. Even if the premium paid to companies with a shareholder rights plan is higher than that offered to unprotected firms, a company’s chances of receiving a takeover offer in the first place may be reduced by the presence of a shareholder rights plan.
Proposals that reduce shareholders’ rights or have the effect of entrenching incumbent management will not be supported.
Proposals that enhance the right of shareholders to make their own choices as to the desirability of a merger or other proposal are supported.
|
|||
|
Compensation |
In Japan, excessive compensation is rarely an issue. Rather, the problem is the lack of connection between pay and performance. Fixed salaries and cash retirement bonuses tend to comprise a significant portion of the compensation structure while performance-based pay is generally a small portion of the total pay. State Street Global Advisors, where possible, seeks to encourage the use of performance-based compensation in Japan as an incentive for executives and as a way to align interests with shareholders.
|
|||
|
Adjustments to Aggregate Compensation Ceiling for Directors |
Remuneration for directors is generally reasonable. Typically, each company sets the director compensation parameters as an aggregate thereby limiting the total pay to all directors. When requesting a change, a company must disclose the last time the ceiling was adjusted, and management provides the rationale for the ceiling increase. We will generally support proposed increases to the ceiling if the company discloses the rationale for the increase. We may oppose proposals to increase the ceiling if there has been corporate malfeasance or sustained poor performance.
|
|||
|
Annual Bonuses for Directors/Statutory Auditors |
In Japan, since there are no legal requirements that mandate companies to seek shareholder approval before awarding a bonus, we believe that existing shareholder approval of the bonus should be considered best practice. As a result, we support management proposals on executive compensation where there is a strong relationship between executive pay and performance over a five-year period.
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Japan | |||||
| B-38 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Japan | |||||
| B-39 | ||||||
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered office: Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240-7600. F: 612 9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647 775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global Advisors Limited,
DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th floor), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971 (0)4- 4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose office is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière - Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92. Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich. Authorised and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400. F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. Registered office
address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960 - R.E.A. 2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose office is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10 - 20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02 32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345), Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th floor Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number
145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501. Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorised and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE-105.078.458. T: +41 (0)4424570 00. F: +41 (0)442457016. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No. 5776591 81. Registered office: 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 02033956000. F: 02033956350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210 -1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
© 2020 State Street Corporation.
All Rights Reserved.
ID178876-3001933.1.1.GBL.RTL 0320
Exp. Date: 03/31/2021
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Japan | |||||
| B-40 | ||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-41 | ||||||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Philosophy |
Corporate governance and sustainability issues are an integral part of the investment process. The Asset Stewardship Team consists of investment professionals with expertise in corporate governance and company law, remuneration, accounting, and environmental and social issues. We have established robust corporate governance principles and practices that are backed with extensive analytical expertise to understand the complexities of the corporate governance landscape. We engage with companies to provide insight on the principles and practices that drive our voting decisions. We also conduct proactive engagements to address significant shareholder concerns and environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) issues in a manner consistent with maximizing shareholder value. |
|||
| The team works alongside members of State Street Global Advisors’ Active Fundamental and various other investment teams, collaborating on issuer engagements and providing input on company specific fundamentals. We are also a member of various investor associations that seek to address broader corporate governance related policy issues in North America. | ||||
| State Street Global Advisors is a signatory to the United Nations Principles of Responsible Investment (“UNPRI”) and is compliant with the US Investor Stewardship Group Principles. | ||||
| We are committed to sustainable investing and are working to further integrate ESG principles into investment and corporate governance practices, where applicable and consistent with our fiduciary duty. | ||||
|
Directors and Boards |
Principally, we believe the primary responsibility of the board of directors is to preserve and enhance shareholder value and protect shareholder interests. In order to carry out their primary responsibilities, directors have to undertake activities that range from setting strategy and overseeing executive management to monitoring the risks that arise from a company’s business, including risks related to sustainability issues. Further, good corporate governance necessitates the existence of effective internal controls and risk management systems, which should be governed by the board. |
|||
| State Street Global Advisors believes that a well constituted board of directors, with a balance of skills, expertise, and independence, provides the foundations for a well governed company. We view board quality as a measure of director independence, director succession planning, board diversity, evaluations and refreshment, and company governance practices. We vote for the election/re-election of directors on a case-by-case basis after considering various factors, including board quality, general market practice, and availability of information on director skills and expertise. In principle, we believe independent directors are crucial to robust corporate governance and help management establish sound corporate governance policies and practices. A sufficiently independent board will most effectively monitor management and perform oversight functions necessary to protect shareholder interests. | ||||
| Director related proposals include issues submitted to shareholders that deal with the composition of the board or with members of a corporation’s board of directors. In deciding the director nominee to support, we consider numerous factors. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-42 | ||||||
|
Director Elections |
Our director election guideline focuses on companies’ governance profile to identify if a company demonstrates appropriate governance practices or if it exhibits negative governance practices. Factors we consider when evaluating governance practices include, but are not limited to the following: |
|||
|
• Shareholder rights |
||||
|
• Board independence |
||||
|
• Board structure |
||||
| If a company demonstrates appropriate governance practices, we believe a director should be classified as independent based upon the relevant listing standards or local market practice standards. In such cases, the composition of the key oversight committees of a board should meet the minimum standards of independence. Accordingly, we will vote against a nominee at a company with appropriate governance practices if the director is classified as non-independent under relevant listing standards or local market practice and serves on a key committee of the board (compensation, audit, nominating, or committees required to be fully independent by local market standards). | ||||
| Conversely, if a company demonstrates negative governance practices, State Street Global Advisors believes the classification standards for director independence should be elevated. In such circumstances, we will evaluate all director nominees based upon the following classification standards: | ||||
|
• Is the nominee an employee of or related to an employee of the issuer or its auditor? |
||||
|
• Does the nominee provide professional services to the issuer? |
||||
|
• Has the nominee attended an appropriate number of board meetings? |
||||
|
• Has the nominee received non-board related compensation from the issuer? |
||||
| In the US market where companies demonstrate negative governance practices, these stricter standards will apply not only to directors who are a member of a key committee but to all directors on the board as market practice permits. Accordingly, we will vote against a nominee (with the exception of the CEO) where the board has inappropriate governance practices and is considered not independent based on the above independence criteria. | ||||
| Additionally, we may withhold votes from directors based on the following: | ||||
|
• Overall average board tenure is excessive. In assessing excessive tenure, we consider factors such as the preponderance of long tenured directors, board refreshment practices, and classified board structures |
||||
|
• Directors attend less than 75% of board meetings without appropriate explanation or providing reason for their failure to meet the attendance threshold |
||||
|
• NEOs of a public company who sit on more than two public company boards |
||||
|
• Board chairs or lead independent directors who sit on more than three public company boards |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-43 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-44 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-45 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-46 | ||||||
|
Capital-Related Issues |
Capital structure proposals include requests by management for approval of amendments to the certificate of incorporation that will alter the capital structure of the company. |
|||
| The most common request is for an increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock, usually in conjunction with a stock split or dividend. Typically, we support requests that are not unreasonably dilutive or enhance the rights of common shareholders. In considering authorized share proposals, the typical threshold for approval is 100% over current authorized shares. However, the threshold may be increased if the company offers a specific need or purpose (merger, stock splits, growth purposes, etc.). All proposals are evaluated on a case-by-case basis taking into account the company’s specific financial situation. | ||||
|
Increase in Authorized Common Shares |
In general, we support share increases for general corporate purposes up to 100% of current authorized stock. |
|||
| We support increases for specific corporate purposes up to 100% of the specific need plus 50% of current authorized common stock for US and Canadian firms. | ||||
| When applying the thresholds, we will also consider the nature of the specific need, such as mergers and acquisitions and stock splits. | ||||
|
Increase in Authorized Preferred Shares |
We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to increase the number of preferred shares. |
|||
| Generally, we will vote for the authorization of preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable. | ||||
| We will support proposals to create “declawed” blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense). However, we will vote against proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred stock authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or reserved for a specific purpose. | ||||
|
Unequal Voting Rights |
We will not support proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of common stock with superior voting rights and will vote against new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights. In addition, we will not support capitalization changes that add “blank check” classes of stock (i.e. classes of stock with undefined voting rights) or classes that dilute the voting interests of existing shareholders. |
|||
| However, we will support capitalization changes that eliminate other classes of stock and/or unequal voting rights. | ||||
|
Mergers and Acquisitions |
Mergers or the reorganization of the structure of a company often involve proposals relating to reincorporation, restructurings, liquidations, and other major changes to the corporation. |
|||
| Proposals that are in the best interests of the shareholders, demonstrated by enhancing share value or improving the effectiveness of the company’s operations, will be supported. | ||||
| In general, provisions that are not viewed as economically sound or are thought to be destructive to shareholders’ rights are not supported. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-47 | ||||||
|
We will generally support transactions that maximize shareholder value. Some of the considerations include the following: |
||||
|
• Offer premium |
||||
|
• Strategic rationale |
||||
|
• Board oversight of the process for the recommended transaction, including, director and/or management conflicts of interest |
||||
|
• Offers made at a premium and where there are no other higher bidders |
||||
|
• Offers in which the secondary market price is substantially lower than the net asset value
We may vote against a transaction considering the following: |
||||
|
• Offers with potentially damaging consequences for minority shareholders because of illiquid stock, especially in some non-US markets |
||||
|
• Offers where we believe there is a reasonable prospect for an enhanced bid or other bidders |
||||
|
• The current market price of the security exceeds the bid price at the time of voting |
||||
|
Anti–Takeover Issues |
Typically, these are proposals relating to requests by management to amend the certificate of incorporation or bylaws to add or to delete a provision that is deemed to have an anti-takeover effect. The majority of these proposals deal with management’s attempt to add some provision that makes a hostile takeover more difficult or will protect incumbent management in the event of a change in control of the company. |
|||
| Proposals that reduce shareholders’ rights or have the effect of entrenching incumbent management will not be supported. | ||||
| Proposals that enhance the right of shareholders to make their own choices as to the desirability of a merger or other proposal are supported. | ||||
|
Shareholder Rights Plans |
US We will support mandates requiring shareholder approval of a shareholder rights plans (“poison pill”) and repeals of various anti-takeover related provisions. |
|||
| In general, we will vote against the adoption or renewal of a US issuer’s shareholder rights plan (“poison pill”). | ||||
| We will vote for an amendment to a shareholder rights plan (“poison pill”) where the terms of the new plans are more favorable to shareholders’ ability to accept unsolicited offers (i.e. if one of the following conditions are met: (i) minimum trigger, flip-in or flip-over of 20%, (ii) maximum term of three years, (iii) no “dead hand,” “slow hand,” “no hand” nor similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill, and (iv) inclusion of a shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause), permitting ten percent of the shares to call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced). | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-48 | ||||||
|
Canada We analyze proposals for shareholder approval of a shareholder rights plan (“poison pill”) on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration numerous factors, including but not limited to, whether it conforms to ‘new generation’ rights plans and the scope of the plan. |
||||
|
Special Meetings |
We will vote for shareholder proposals related to special meetings at companies that do not provide shareholders the right to call for a special meeting in their bylaws if: |
|||
|
• The company also does not allow shareholders to act by written consent |
||||
|
• The company allows shareholders to act by written consent but the ownership threshold for acting by written consent is set above 25% of outstanding shares |
||||
| We will vote for shareholder proposals related to special meetings at companies that give shareholders (with a minimum 10% ownership threshold) the right to call for a special meeting in their bylaws if: | ||||
|
The current ownership threshold to call for a special meeting is above 25% of outstanding shares.
We will vote for management proposals related to special meetings. |
||||
|
Written Consent |
We will vote for shareholder proposals on written consent at companies if: |
|||
|
• The company does not have provisions in their bylaws giving shareholders the right to call for a special meeting |
||||
|
• The company allows shareholders the right to call for a special meeting, but the current ownership threshold to call for a special meeting is above 25% of outstanding shares |
||||
|
• The company has a poor governance profile |
||||
| We will vote management proposals on written consent on a case-by-case basis. | ||||
|
Super–Majority |
We will generally vote against amendments to bylaws requiring super-majority shareholder votes to pass or repeal certain provisions. We will vote for the reduction or elimination of super-majority vote requirements, unless management of the issuer was concurrently seeking to or had previously made such a reduction or elimination. |
|||
|
Remuneration Issues |
Despite the differences among the types of plans and the awards possible there is a simple underlying philosophy that guides the analysis of all compensation plans; namely, the terms of the plan should be designed to provide an incentive for executives and/or employees to align their interests with those of the shareholders and thus work toward enhancing shareholder value. Plans that benefit participants only when the shareholders also benefit are those most likely to be supported. |
|||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-49 | ||||||
|
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation and Frequency |
State Street Global Advisors believes executive compensation plays a critical role in aligning executives’ interest with shareholders’, attracting, retaining and incentivizing key talent, and ensuring positive correlation between the performance achieved by management and the benefits derived by shareholders. We support management proposals on executive compensation where there is a strong relationship between executive pay and performance over a five-year period. We seek adequate disclosure of various compensation elements, absolute and relative pay levels, peer selection and benchmarking, the mix of long-term and short-term incentives, alignment of pay structures with shareholder interests as well as with corporate strategy, and performance. |
|||
| Further shareholders should have the opportunity to assess whether pay structures and levels are aligned with business performance on an annual basis. | ||||
| In Canada, where advisory votes on executive compensation are not commonplace, we will rely primarily upon engagement to evaluate compensation plans. | ||||
|
Employee Equity Award Plans |
We consider numerous criteria when examining equity award proposals. Generally we do not vote against plans for lack of performance or vesting criteria. Rather the main criteria that will result in a vote against an equity award plan are: |
|||
| Excessive voting power dilution To assess the dilutive effect, we divide the number of shares required to fully fund the proposed plan, the number of authorized but unissued shares and the issued but unexercised shares by the fully diluted share count. We review that number in light of certain factors, such as the industry of the issuer. | ||||
| Historical option grants Excessive historical option grants over the past three years. Plans that provide for historical grant patterns of greater than five to eight percent are generally not supported. | ||||
| Repricing We will vote against any plan where repricing is expressly permitted. If a company has a history of repricing underwater options, the plan will not be supported. | ||||
| Other criteria include the following: | ||||
|
• Number of participants or eligible employees |
||||
|
• The variety of awards possible |
||||
|
• The period of time covered by the plan |
||||
| There are numerous factors that we view as negative. If combined they may result in a vote against a proposal. Factors include: | ||||
|
• Grants to individuals or very small groups of participants |
||||
|
• “Gun-jumping” grants which anticipate shareholder approval of a plan or amendment |
||||
|
• The power of the board to exchange “underwater” options without shareholder approval. This pertains to the ability of a company to reprice options, not the actual act of repricing described above |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-50 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-51 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-52 | ||||||
|
Environmental and Social Issues |
As a fiduciary, State Street Global Advisors takes a comprehensive approach to engaging with our portfolio companies about material environmental and social (sustainability) issues. We use our voice and our vote through engagement, proxy voting, and thought leadership in order to communicate with issuers and educate market participants about our perspective on important sustainability topics. Our Asset Stewardship program prioritization process allows us to proactively identify companies for engagement and voting in order to mitigate sustainability risks in our portfolio. Through engagement, we address a broad range of topics that align with our thematic priorities and build long-term relationships with issuers. When voting, we fundamentally consider whether the adoption of a shareholder proposal addressing a material sustainability issue would promote long-term shareholder value in the context of the company’s existing practices and disclosures as well as existing market practice. |
|||||
| For more information on our approach to environmental and social issues, please see our Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues available at ssga.com/about-us/asset-stewardship.html. | ||||||
|
More Information |
Any client who wishes to receive information on how its proxies were voted should contact its State Street Global Advisors relationship manager.
|
|||||
|
Endnotes |
1 These Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines are also applicable to SSGA Funds Management, Inc. SSGA Funds Management, Inc. is an SEC registered investment adviser. SSGA Funds Management, Inc., State Street Global Advisors Trust Company, and other advisory affiliates of State Street make up State Street Global Advisors, the investment management arm of State Street Corporation. |
2 R-FactorTM is a scoring system created by SSGA that measures the performance of a company’s business operations and governance as it relates to financially material ESG factors facing the company’s industry.
3 Common for non-US issuers; request from the issuer to discharge from liability the directors or auditors with respect to actions taken by them during the previous year. |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-53 | ||||||
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered office: Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240-7600. F: 612 9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647 775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global
Advisors Limited, DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th floor), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971 (0)4-4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose office is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière-Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92.
Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich. Authorised and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400. F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited is regulated by the
Central Bank of Ireland. Registered office address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global
Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960-R.E.A. 2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose office is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10-20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02 32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345) , Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th floor Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch office of State Street Global Advisors Ireland
Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered office is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501. Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorised and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE-105.078.458. T: +41 (0)44 245 70 00. F: +41 (0)44 245 70 16. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No. 5776591 81. Registered office: 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 020 3395 6000. F: 020 3395 6350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210-1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
© 2020 State Street Corporation.
All Rights Reserved.
ID178872-3001365.1.1.GBL.RTL 0320
Exp. Date: 03/31/2021
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: North America | |||||
| B-54 | ||||||
|
Insights |
||||
| Asset Stewardship | Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: United Kingdom and Ireland | |||
|
March 2020 |
||||
| State Street Global Advisors’ United Kingdom and Ireland Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines1 outline our expectations of companies listed on stock exchanges in the United Kingdom and Ireland. These Guidelines complement and should be read in conjunction with State Street Global Advisors’ Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles, which provide a detailed explanation of our approach to voting and engaging with companies, and State Street Global Advisors’ Conflict Mitigation Guidelines. | ||||
|
|
|
|||
| State Street Global Advisors’ United Kingdom (“UK”) and Ireland Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines address areas including board structure, audit-related issues, capital structure, remuneration, environmental, social and other governance-related issues. | ||||
| When voting and engaging with companies in global markets, we consider market specific nuances in the manner that we believe will most likely protect and promote the long-term economic value of client investments. We expect companies to observe the relevant laws and regulations of their respective markets, as well as country-specific best practice guidelines and corporate governance codes. When we identify that a country’s regulatory requirements do not address some of the key philosophical principles that we believe are fundamental to our global voting guidelines, we may hold companies in such markets to our global standards. | ||||
|
In our analysis and research into corporate governance issues in the UK and Ireland, we expect all companies that obtain a primary listing on the London Stock Exchange or the Irish Stock Exchange, regardless of domicile, to comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code, and proactively monitor companies’ adherence to the Code. Consistent with the ‘comply or explain’ expectations established by the Code, we encourage companies to proactively disclose their level of compliance with the Code. In instances of non-compliance in which companies cannot explain the nuances of their governance structure effectively, either publicly or through engagement, we may vote against the independent board leader. |
||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-55 | ||||||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Philosophy |
In our view, corporate governance and sustainability issues are an integral part of the investment process. The Asset Stewardship Team consists of investment professionals with expertise in corporate governance and company law, remuneration, accounting, and environmental and social issues. We have established robust corporate governance principles and practices that are backed with extensive analytical expertise to understand the complexities of the corporate governance landscape. We engage with companies to provide insight on the principles and practices that drive our voting decisions. We also conduct proactive engagement to address significant shareholder concerns and environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) issues in a manner consistent with maximizing shareholder value. |
|||
| The team works alongside members of State Street Global Advisors’ Active Fundamental and Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) Investment teams. We collaborate on issuer engagement and provide input on company specific fundamentals. We are also a member of various investor associations that seek to address broader corporate governance related policy issues in the UK and European markets. | ||||
| State Street Global Advisors is a signatory to the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment (“UNPRI”) and is compliant with the UK Stewardship Code. We are committed to sustainable investing and are working to further integrate ESG principles into investment and corporate governance practice where applicable and consistent with our fiduciary duty. | ||||
|
|
|
|||
| Directors and Boards | Principally, we believe the primary responsibility of a board of directors is to preserve and enhance shareholder value and to protect shareholder interests. In order to carry out their primary responsibilities, directors have to undertake activities that range from setting strategy, overseeing executive management, and monitoring the risks that arise from a company’s business, including risks related to sustainability issues. Further, good corporate governance necessitates the existence of effective internal controls and risk management systems, which should be governed by the board. | |||
| We believe that a well constituted board of directors, with a balance of skills, expertise and independence, provides the foundations for a well governed company. We view board quality as a measure of director independence, director succession planning, board diversity, evaluations and refreshment, and company governance practices. We vote for the election/re-election of directors on a case-by-case basis after considering various factors, including board quality, general market practice, and availability of information on director skills and expertise. In principle, we believe independent directors are crucial to robust corporate governance and help management establish sound corporate governance policies and practices. A sufficiently independent board will most effectively monitor management and perform oversight functions necessary to protect shareholder interests. | ||||
| Our broad criteria for director independence for UK companies include factors such as: | ||||
|
• Participation in related-party transactions and other business relations with the company |
||||
|
• Employment history with company |
||||
|
• Excessive tenure and a preponderance of long-tenured directors |
||||
|
• Relations with controlling shareholders |
||||
|
• Family ties with any of the company’s advisers, directors or senior employees |
||||
|
• Company classification of a director as non-independent |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: United Kingdom and Ireland | |||||
| B-56 | ||||||
|
When voting on the election or re-election of a director, we also consider the number of outside board directorships a non-executive and an executive may undertake. Thus, we may withhold votes from board chairs and lead independent directors who sit on more than three public company boards, and from non-executive directors who hold more than four public company board mandates. We may also take voting action against Named Executive Officers who undertake more than two public board memberships. |
||||
| We also consider attendance at board meetings and may withhold votes from directors who attend less than 75% of board meetings in a given year without appropriate explanation or providing reason for their failure to meet the attendance threshold. In addition, we monitor other factors that may influence the independence of a non-executive director, such as performance-related pay, cross-directorships and significant shareholdings. | ||||
| We support the annual election of directors. | ||||
| Further, we expect boards of FTSE 350 listed companies to have at least one female board member. If a company fails to meet this expectation, State Street Global Advisors may vote against the chair of the board’s nominating committee or the board leader in the absence of a nominating committee, if necessary. Additionally, if a company fails to meet this expectation for four consecutive years, State Street Global Advisors may vote against all incumbent members of the nominating committee. | ||||
| While we are generally supportive of having the roles of chair and CEO separated in the UK market, we assess the division of responsibilities between chair and CEO on a case-by-case basis, giving consideration to factors such as the company’s specific circumstances, overall level of independence on the board and general corporate governance standards in the company. Similarly, we monitor for circumstances in which a combined chair/CEO is appointed or a former CEO becomes chair. | ||||
| We may also consider factors such as board performance and directors who appear to be remiss in the performance of their oversight responsibilities when considering their suitability for reappointment (e.g. fraud, criminal wrongdoing and breach of fiduciary responsibilities). | ||||
| We believe companies should have committees for audit, remuneration and nomination oversight. The audit committee is responsible for monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of the company, the appointment of external auditors, auditor qualifications and independence, and effectiveness and resource levels. Similarly, executive pay is an important aspect of corporate governance, and it should be determined by the board of directors. We expect companies to have remuneration committees to provide independent oversight over executive pay. We will vote against nominees who are executive members of audit or remuneration committees. | ||||
| We consider whether board members have adequate skills to provide effective oversight of corporate strategy, operations and risks, including environmental and social issues. Boards should also have a regular evaluation process in place to assess the effectiveness of the board and the skills of board members to address issues such as emerging risks, changes to corporate strategy, and diversification of operations and geographic footprint. The nomination committee is responsible for evaluating and reviewing the balance of skills, knowledge, and experience of the board. It also ensures that adequate succession plans are in place for directors and the CEO. We may vote against the re-election of members of the nomination committee if, over time, the board has failed to address concerns over board structure or succession. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: United Kingdom and Ireland | |||||
| B-57 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: United Kingdom and Ireland | |||||
| B-58 | ||||||
|
Share Repurchase Programs |
We generally support a proposal to repurchase shares. However, this is not the case if the issuer does not clearly state the business purpose for the program, a definitive number of shares to be repurchased, the range of premium/discount to market price at which a company can repurchase shares, and the timeframe for the repurchase. We may vote against share repurchase requests that allow share repurchases during a takeover period. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
| Dividends | We generally support dividend payouts that constitute 30% or more of net income. We may vote against the dividend payouts if the dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30% without adequate explanation or the payout is excessive given the company’s financial position. Particular attention will be paid where the payment may damage the company’s long term financial health. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Mergers and Acquisitions | Mergers or reorganizing the structure of a company often involve proposals relating to reincorporation, restructurings, mergers, liquidations, and other major changes to the corporation. Proposals that are in the best interests of the shareholders, demonstrated by enhancing share value or improving the effectiveness of the company’s operations, will be supported. In general, provisions that are not viewed as financially sound or are thought to be destructive to shareholders’ rights and are not supported. | |||
| We will generally support transactions that maximize shareholder value. Some of the considerations include the following: | ||||
|
• Offer premium |
||||
|
• Strategic rationale |
||||
|
• Board oversight of the process for the recommended transaction, including, director and/or management conflicts of interest |
||||
|
• Offers made at a premium and where there are no other higher bidders |
||||
|
• Offers in which the secondary market price is substantially lower than the net asset value |
||||
| We may vote against a transaction considering the following: | ||||
|
• Offers with potentially damaging consequences for minority shareholders because of illiquid stock |
||||
|
• Offers in which we believe there is a reasonable prospect for an enhanced bid or other bidders |
||||
|
• The current market price of the security exceeds the bid price at the time of voting |
||||
|
|
|
|||
| Anti-Takeover Measures | We oppose anti-takeover defenses such as authorities for the board when subject to a hostile takeover to issue warrants convertible into shares to existing shareholders. | |||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: United Kingdom and Ireland | |||||
| B-59 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||
| Notice Period to Convene a General Meeting | We expect companies to give as much notice as is practicable when calling a general meeting. Generally, we are not supportive of authorizations seeking to reduce the notice period to 14 days. | |||
|
|
||||
| Remuneration | ||||
|
|
|
|||
| Executive Pay | Despite the differences among the types of plans and awards possible, there is a simple underlying philosophy that guides our analysis of executive pay: there should be a direct relationship between remuneration and company performance over the long term. | |||
|
Shareholders should have the opportunity to assess whether pay structures and levels are aligned with business performance. When assessing remuneration policies and reports, we consider adequate disclosure of various remuneration elements, absolute and relative pay levels, peer selection and benchmarking, the mix of long-term and short-term incentives, alignment of pay structures with shareholder interests as well as with corporate strategy and performance. We may oppose remuneration reports where pay seems misaligned with shareholders’ interests. We may also vote against the re-election of members of the remuneration committee if we have serious concerns about remuneration practices or if the company has not been responsive to shareholder concerns. |
||||
|
|
|
|||
| Equity Incentive Plans | We may not support proposals on equity-based incentive plans where insufficient information is provided on matters such as grant limits, performance metrics, performance, vesting periods, and overall dilution. Generally we do not support options under such plans being issued at a discount to market price or plans that allow for re-testing of performance metrics. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Non-Executive Director Pay | Authorities that seek shareholder approval for non-executive directors’ fees are generally not controversial. We typically support resolutions regarding directors’ fees unless disclosure is poor and we are unable to determine whether they are excessive relative to fees paid by comparable companies. We will evaluate any non-cash or performance related pay to non-executive directors on a company- by-company basis. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Risk Management | State Street Global Advisors believes that risk management is a key function of the board, which is responsible for setting the overall risk appetite of a company and for providing oversight of the risk management process established by senior executives at a company. We allow boards discretion over how they provide oversight in this area. We expect companies to disclose how the board provides oversight on its risk management system and risk identification. Boards should also review existing and emerging risks as they can evolve with a changing political and economic landscape or as companies diversify their operations into new areas. | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Environmental and Social Issues | As a fiduciary, State Street Global Advisors takes a comprehensive approach to engaging with our portfolio companies about material environmental and social (sustainability) issues. We use our voice and our vote through engagement, proxy voting, and thought leadership in order to communicate with issuers and educate market participants about our perspective on important sustainability topics. Our Asset Stewardship program prioritization process allows us to proactively identify companies for engagement and voting in order to mitigate sustainability | |||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: United Kingdom and Ireland | |||||
| B-60 | ||||||
| risks in our portfolio. Through engagement, we address a broad range of topics that align with our thematic priorities and build long-term relationships with issuers. When voting, we fundamentally consider whether the adoption of a shareholder proposal addressing a material sustainability issue would promote long-term shareholder value in the context of the company’s existing practices and disclosures as well as existing market practice. | ||||||
| For more information on our approach to environmental and social issues, please see our Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines for Environmental and Social Issues available at ssga.com/about-us/asset-stewardship.html. | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
| More Information | Any client who wishes to receive information on how its proxies were voted should contact its State Street Global Advisors relationship manager. | |||||
|
|
|
|||||
| Endnotes |
1 These Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines are also applicable to SSGA Funds Management, Inc. SSGA Funds Management, Inc. is an SEC-registered investment adviser. SSGA Funds Management, Inc., State Street Global Advisors Trust Company, and other advisory affiliates of State Street make up State Street Global Advisors, the investment management arm of State Street Corporation. |
2 R-FactorTM is a scoring system created by SSGA that measures the performance of a company’s business operations and governance as it relates to financially material ESG factors facing the company’s industry. |
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: United Kingdom and Ireland | |||||
| B-61 | ||||||
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered offi Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240-7600. F: 612 9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch offi of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorized and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647 775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global Advisors Limited, DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th fl ), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971
(0)4-4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorized and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose offi is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière- Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92. Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich. Authorized and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400. F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. Registered offi address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorized and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John
Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960 - R.E.A. 2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose offi is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10 -20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02 32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345) , Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th fl Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch offi of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorized and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501. Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorized and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE-105.078.458. T: +41 (0)44 245 70 00. F: +41 (0)44
2457016. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorized and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No. 577659181. Registered offi 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 020 3395 6000. F: 020 3395 6350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210-1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
The information provided does not constitute investment advice and it should not be relied on as such. It should not be considered a solicitation to buy or an offer to sell a security. It does not take into account any investor’s particular investment objectives, strategies, tax status or investment horizon. You should consult your tax and financial advisor.
All information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but its accuracy is not guaranteed. There is no representation or warranty as to the current accuracy, reliability or completeness of, nor liability for, decisions based on such information.
The whole or any part of this work may not be reproduced, copied or transmitted or any of its contents disclosed to third parties without State Street Global Advisors’ express written consent.
© 2020 State Street Corporation.
All Rights Reserved.
ID178865-3002357.1.1.GBL.
RTL 0320
Exp. Date: 03/31/2021
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: United Kingdom and Ireland | |||||
| B-62 | ||||||
|
Insights |
||||
|
Asset Stewardship
March 2020 |
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Rest of the World | |||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Rest of the World Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines1 cover different corporate governance frameworks and practices in international markets not covered under specific country/ regional guidelines. These Guidelines complement and should be read in conjunction with State Street Global Advisors’ overarching Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles, which provide a detailed explanation of our approach to voting and engaging with companies, and State Street Global Advisors’ Conflict Mitigation Guidelines.
|
||||
|
At State Street Global Advisors, we recognize that markets not covered under specific country/ regional guidelines, specifically emerging markets, are disparate in their corporate governance frameworks and practices. While they tend to pose broad common governance issues across all markets, such as concentrated ownership, poor disclosure of financial and related-party transactions, and weak enforcement of rules and regulation, our proxy voting Guidelines are designed to identify and to address specific governance concerns in each market. We also evaluate the various factors that contribute to the corporate governance framework of a country. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) the macroeconomic conditions and broader political system in a country; (ii) quality of regulatory oversight, enforcement of property and shareholder rights; and (iii) the independence of judiciary.
|
||||
|
State Street Global Advisors’ Proxy Voting and Engagement Philosophy in Emerging Markets |
State Street Global Advisors’ approach to proxy voting and issuer engagement in emerging markets is designed to increase the value of our investments through the mitigation of governance risks. The overall quality of the corporate governance framework in an emerging market country drives the level of governance risks investors assign to a country. Thus, improving the macro governance framework in a country may help to reduce governance risks and to increase the overall value of our holdings over time. In order to improve the overall governance framework and practices in a country, members of our Asset Stewardship Team endeavor to engage with representatives from regulatory agencies and stock markets to highlight potential concerns with the macro governance framework of a country. We are also a member of various investor associations that seek to address broader corporate governance-related policy issues in emerging markets. To help mitigate company-specific risk, the State Street Global Advisors Asset Stewardship Team works alongside members of the Active Fundamental and emerging |
|||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| B-63 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Rest of the World | |||||
| B-64 | ||||||
|
Further, we expect boards of Straits Times and Hang Seng listed companies to have at least one female board member. If a company fails to meet this expectation, SSGA may vote against the Chair of the board’s nominating committee or the board leader in the absence of a nominating committee, if necessary.
|
||||
|
Audit-Related Issues |
The disclosure and availability of reliable financial statements in a timely manner is imperative for the investment process. As a result, board oversight of internal controls and the independence of the audit process are essential if investors are to rely upon financial statements. We believe that audit committees provide the necessary oversight for the selection and appointment of auditors, the company’s internal controls and the accounting policies, and the overall audit process.
|
|||
|
Appointment of External Auditors |
We believe that a company’s auditor is an essential feature of an effective and transparent system of external supervision. Shareholders should be given the opportunity to vote on their appointment or re-appointment at the annual meeting. We believe that it is imperative for audit committees to select outside auditors who are independent from management.
|
|||
|
Shareholder Rights and Capital-Related Issues |
State Street Global Advisors believes that changes to a company’s capital structure, such as changes in authorized share capital, share repurchase and debt issuances, are critical decisions made by the board. We believe the company should have a business rationale that is consistent with corporate strategy and should not overly dilute its shareholders.
|
|||
|
Related-Party Transactions |
Most companies in emerging markets have a controlled ownership structure that often includes complex cross-shareholdings between subsidiaries and parent companies (“related companies”). As a result, there is a high prevalence of related-party transactions between the company and its various stakeholders, such as directors and management. In addition, inter-group loan and loan guarantees provided to related companies are some of the other related-party transactions that increase the risk profile of companies. In markets where shareholders are required to approve such transactions, we expect companies to provide details about the transaction, such as its nature, value and purpose. This also encourages independent directors to ratify such transactions. Further, we encourage companies to describe the level of independent board oversight and the approval process, including details of any independent valuations provided by financial advisors on related-party transactions.
|
|||
|
Share Repurchase Programs |
With regard to share repurchase programs, we expect companies to clearly state the business purpose for the program and a definitive number of shares to be repurchased.
|
|||
|
Mergers and Acquisitions |
Mergers or reorganization of the structure of a company often involve proposals relating to reincorporation, restructurings, liquidations and other major changes to the corporation. Proposals that are in the best interest of the shareholders, demonstrated by enhancing share value or improving the effectiveness of the company’s operations, will be supported. In general, provisions that are not viewed as financially sound or are thought to be destructive to shareholders’ rights are not supported.
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Rest of the World | |||||
| B-65 | ||||||
|
We evaluate mergers and structural reorganizations on a case-by-case basis. We generally support transactions that maximize shareholder value. Some of the considerations include, but are not limited to, the following: |
||||
|
• Offer premium |
||||
|
• Strategic rationale |
||||
|
• Board oversight of the process for the recommended transaction, including director and/or management conflicts of interest |
||||
|
• Offers made at a premium and where there are no other higher bidders |
||||
|
• Offers in which the secondary market price is substantially lower than the net asset value |
||||
| We may vote against a transaction considering the following: | ||||
|
• Offers with potentially damaging consequences for minority shareholders because of illiquid stock |
||||
|
• Offers where we believe there is a reasonable prospect for an enhanced bid or other bidders |
||||
|
• The current market price of the security exceeds the bid price at the time of voting |
||||
|
We will actively seek direct dialogue with the board and management of companies that we have identified through our screening processes. Such engagements may lead to further monitoring to ensure the company improves its governance or sustainability practices. In these cases, the engagement process represents the most meaningful opportunity for State Street Global Advisors to protect long-term shareholder value from excessive risk due to poor governance and sustainability practices.
|
||||
|
Remuneration |
We consider it to be the board’s responsibility to set appropriate levels of executive remuneration. Despite the differences among the types of plans and the potential awards, there is a simple underlying philosophy that guides our analysis of executive remuneration: there should be a direct relationship between executive compensation and company performance over the long term. In emerging markets, we encourage companies to disclose information on senior executive remuneration. |
|||
| With regard to director remuneration, we support director pay provided the amounts are not excessive relative to other issuers in the market or industry, and are not overly dilutive to existing shareholders. | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Rest of the World | |||||
| B-66 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Rest of the World | |||||
| B-67 | ||||||
ssga.com
State Street Global Advisors Worldwide Entities
Abu Dhabi: State Street Global Advisors Limited, Middle East Branch, 42801, 28, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by ADGM Financial Services Regulatory Authority. T: +971 2 245 9000. Australia: State Street Global Advisors, Australia Services Limited (ABN 16 108 671 441) (AFSL Number 274900) (“SSGA, ASL”). Registered offi Level 15, 420 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. T: 612 9240-7600. F: 612 9240-7611. Belgium: State Street Global Advisors Belgium, Chaussée de La Hulpe 120, 1000 Brussels, Belgium. T: 32 2 663 2036. F: 32 2 672 2077. SSGA Belgium is a branch offi of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Canada: State Street Global Advisors, Ltd., 1981 McGill College Avenue, Suite 500 , Montreal, Quebec, H3A 3A8, T: +514 282 2400 and 30 Adelaide Street East Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario M5C 3G6. T: +647
775 5900. Dubai: State Street Global Advisors Limited, DIFC Branch, Central Park Towers, Suite 15-38 (15th fl ), P.O Box 26838, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). T: +971 (0)4-4372800. F: +971 (0)4-4372818. France: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris branch is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Paris Branch, is registered in France with company number RCS Nanterre 832 734 602 and whose offi is at Immeuble Défense Plaza, 23-25 rue Delarivière- Lefoullon, 92064 Paris La Défense Cedex, France. T: (+33) 1 44 45 40 00. F: (+33) 1 44 45 41 92. Germany: State Street Global Advisors GmbH, Brienner Strasse 59, D-80333 Munich. Authorised and regulated by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Munich HRB 121381. T: +49 (0)89-55878-400. F: +49 (0)89-55878-440. Hong Kong: State Street Global Advisors Asia Limited, 68/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong. T: +852 2103-0288. F: +852 2103-0200. Ireland: State Street Global Advisors
Ireland Limited is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. Registered offi address 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Registered number 145221. T: +353 (0)1 776 3000. F: +353 (0)1 776 3300. Italy: State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano) is a branch of State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, Milan Branch (Sede Secondaria di Milano), is registered in Italy with company number 10495250960 - R.E.A. 2535585 and VAT number 10495250960 and whose offi is at Via Ferrante Aporti, 10 - 20125 Milano, Italy. T: +39 02 32066 100. F: +39 02 32066 155. Japan: State Street Global Advisors (Japan) Co., Ltd., Toranomon Hills Mori Tower 25F 1-23-1 Toranomon, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-6325 Japan. T: +81-3-4530-7380 Financial Instruments Business Operator, Kanto Local Financial Bureau (Kinsho #345) , Membership: Japan Investment Advisers Association, The Investment Trust Association, Japan, Japan Securities Dealers’ Association. Netherlands: State Street Global Advisors Netherlands, Apollo Building, 7th fl Herikerbergweg 29 1101 CN Amsterdam, Netherlands. T: 31 20 7181701. SSGA Netherlands is a branch offi of State Street
Global Advisors Ireland Limited, registered in Ireland with company number 145221, authorised and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, and whose registered offi is at 78 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2. Singapore: State Street Global Advisors Singapore Limited, 168, Robinson Road, #33-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (Company Reg. No: 200002719D, regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore). T: +65 6826-7555. F: +65 6826-7501. Switzerland: State Street Global Advisors AG, Beethovenstr. 19, CH-8027 Zurich. Authorised and regulated by the Eidgenössische Finanzmarktaufsicht (“FINMA”). Registered with the Register of Commerce Zurich CHE - 105.078.458. T: +41 (0)44 245 70 00. F: +41 (0)44 245 70 16. United Kingdom: State Street Global Advisors Limited. Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Registered in England. Registered No. 2509928. VAT No. 5776591 81. Registered offi 20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ. T: 020 3395 6000. F: 020 3395 6350. United States: State Street Global Advisors, One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210-1641. T: +1 617 786 3000.
© 2020 State Street Corporation.
All Rights Reserved.
ID178868-3002453.1.1.GBL
.RTL 0320
Exp. Date: 03/31/2021
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Proxy Voting and Engagement Guidelines: Rest of the World | |||||
| B-68 | ||||||
APPENDIX C
Standard & Poor’s, a division of S&P Global (“S&P”), Long-Term Issue Ratings:
| AAA | An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong. | |
| AA | An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong. | |
| A | An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong. | |
| BBB | An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
|
BB, B, CCC,
CC, and C |
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions. | |
| BB | An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
| B | An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
| CCC | An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
| CC | An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default. | |
| C | An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher. | |
| D | An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring. | |
| * |
Ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories. |
C-1
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s (“Moody’s”) Long-Term Obligation Ratings:
| Aaa | Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk. | |
| Aa | Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk. | |
| A | Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk. | |
| Baa | Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics. | |
| Ba | Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk. | |
| B | Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk. | |
| Caa | Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk. | |
| Ca | Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest. | |
| C | Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest. | |
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.*
Note: For more information on long-term ratings assigned to obligations in default, please see the definition “Long-Term Credit Ratings for Defaulted or Impaired Securities” in the Other Definitions section of Moody’s Rating Symbols and Definitions publication.
| * |
By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security. |
Fitch Ratings Ltd.’s (“Fitch”) Corporate Finance Obligations – Long-Term Ratings:
AAA: Highest Credit Quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA: Very High Credit Quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A: High Credit Quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB: Good Credit Quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
BB: Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.
B: Highly Speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.
CCC: Substantial Credit Risk. ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.
CC: Very High Levels of Credit Risk. ‘CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.
C: Exceptionally High Levels of Credit Risk. ‘C’ indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.
C-2
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
| Item 28. |
Exhibits |
1
2
3
| Item 29. |
Persons Controlled By or Under Common Control With Registrant |
The Board of Trustees of the Trust is the same as the Boards of Trustees of SPDR Series Trust and SPDR Index Shares Funds. In addition, the officers of the Trust are substantially identical to the officers of SPDR Series Trust and SPDR Index Shares Funds. Additionally, the Trust’s investment adviser, SSGA FM, also serves as investment adviser to each series of SPDR Series Trust and SPDR Index Shares Funds. Nonetheless, the Trust takes the position that it is not under common control with other trusts because the power residing in the respective boards and officers arises as the result of an official position with the respective trusts.
Additionally, see the “Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities” section of the Statement of Additional Information for a list of shareholders who own more than 5% of a specific fund’s outstanding shares and such information is incorporated by reference to this Item.
| Item 30. |
Indemnification |
Pursuant to Section V.3 of the Registrant’s Declaration of Trust, the Trust will indemnify any person who is, or has been, a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him/her in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he/she becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his/her being or having been a Trustee, officer, employee or agent and against amounts paid or incurred by him/her in the settlement thereof, if he/she acted in good faith and in a manner he/she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his/her conduct was unlawful. In addition, indemnification is permitted only if it is determined that the actions in question did not render him/her liable by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of his/her duties or by reason of reckless disregard of his/her obligations and duties to the Registrant. The Registrant may also advance money for litigation expenses provided that Trustees, officers, employees and/or agents give their undertakings to repay the Registrant unless their conduct is later determined to permit indemnification.
4
Pursuant to Section V.2 of the Registrant’s Declaration of Trust, no Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Registrant shall be liable for any action or failure to act, except in the case of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties to the Registrant. Pursuant to paragraph 9 of the Registrant’s Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser shall not be liable for any action or failure to act, except in the case of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties to the Registrant.
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions of Rule 484 under the Act, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The Registrant hereby undertakes that it will apply the indemnification provision of its By-Laws in a manner consistent with Release 11330 of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), so long as the interpretation of Sections 17(h) and 17(i) of such Act remains in effect.
The Registrant maintains insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Registrant, or who is or was serving at the request of the Registrant as a trustee, director, officer, employee or agent of another trust or corporation, against any liability asserted against him/her and incurred by him/her or arising out of his/her position. However, in no event will the Registrant maintain insurance to indemnify any such person for any act for which the Registrant itself is not permitted to indemnify him/her.
| Item 31. |
Business And Other Connections of Investment Adviser |
Any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which each director or principal officer of each investment adviser is or has been, at any time during the last two fiscal years, engaged for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee are as follows:
SSGA FUNDS MANAGEMENT, INC.
SSGA FM serves as the investment adviser for each series of the Trust. SSGA FM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of State Street Global Advisors, Inc., which is itself a wholly-owned subsidiary of State Street Corporation. SSGA FM and other advisory affiliates of State Street Corporation make up State Street Global Advisors (“SSGA”), the investment management arm of State Street Corporation. The principal address of SSGA FM is One Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. SSGA FM is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
Below is a list of the directors and principal executive officers of SSGA FM and their principal occupation(s). Unless otherwise noted, the address of each person listed is One Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.
| Name | Principal Occupations | |
|
Ellen Needham |
Chairman, Director and President of SSGA FM; Senior Vice President/Senior Managing Director of SSGA | |
|
Jeanne La Porta |
Director of SSGA FM; Senior Vice President/Senior Managing Director of SSGA | |
|
Barry F. X. Smith |
Director of SSGA FM; Senior Vice President/Senior Managing Director of SSGA | |
|
Lori Heinel |
Director of SSGA FM; Executive Vice President of SSGA | |
5
| Name | Principal Occupations | |
|
Steven Lipiner |
Director of SSGA FM; Senior Vice President/Senior Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of SSGA | |
|
Chris Baker |
Chief Compliance Officer of SSGA FM; Managing Director and Chief Compliance Officer of SSGA | |
|
Bo Trevino |
Treasurer of SSGA FM; Vice President of SSGA | |
|
Sean O’Malley, Esq. |
Chief Legal Officer of SSGA FM; Senior Vice President/Senior Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of SSGA | |
|
Ann Carpenter |
Chief Operating Officer of SSGA FM; Managing Director of SSGA | |
|
Timothy Corbett |
Chief Risk Officer of SSGA FM; Senior Vice President/Senior Managing Director of SSGA | |
|
Kathryn Sweeney |
CTA - Chief Marketing Officer of SSGA FM; Senior Vice President/Senior Managing Director of SSGA | |
|
Andrew DeLorme, Esq. |
Clerk of SSGA FM; Vice President and Senior Counsel of SSGA | |
|
Dan Furman, Esq. |
Assistant Clerk of SSGA FM; Managing Director and Managing Counsel of SSGA | |
|
Leanne Dunn, Esq. |
Assistant Clerk of SSGA FM; Managing Director and Senior Counsel of SSGA | |
|
Mike Pastore, Esq. |
Assistant Clerk of SSGA FM; Managing Director and Senior Counsel of SSGA | |
GSO / BLACKSTONE DEBT FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC:
GSO / Blackstone serves as the investment sub-adviser to the Registrant’s SPDR Blackstone / GSO Senior Loan ETF. GSO / Blackstone is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of GSO Capital Partners LP (collectively with its affiliates, “GSO”). GSO is the credit platform of The Blackstone Group, Inc. (collectively with its affiliates, “Blackstone”). Blackstone is a leading manager of private capital and provider of financial advisory services. It is one of the largest independent managers of private capital in the world. The principal business address of GSO / Blackstone is 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, New York 10154. GSO / Blackstone is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
Below is a list of the directors and principal executive officers of GSO / Blackstone and their principal occupation(s). Unless otherwise noted, the address of each person listed is 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, New York 10154.
|
FULL LEGAL NAME (Individuals: Last
|
Status |
|
|
GSO CAPITAL PARTNERS LP |
MANAGING MEMBER | |
|
SMITH, DANIEL, HARLAN |
HEAD OF LIQUID CREDIT STRATEGIES | |
|
BEENEY, MARISA, JANEL |
CHIEF LEGAL OFFICER / GENERAL COUNSEL | |
|
BOUGIAMAS, PANAYIOTA* |
CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER | |
|
IANNARONE, THOMAS, LAWRENCE |
CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER OF LIQUID CREDIT STRATEGIES | |
|
SCOTT, DONALD, DWIGHT |
PRESIDENT | |
|
KELLY, PAUL, MARK* |
CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER | |
6
|
FULL LEGAL NAME (Individuals: Last
|
Status |
|
|
KRESGE, KEVIN, MICHAEL* |
HEAD OF FINANCE |
| * |
Prior to January 2019, Mr. Kelly was a Managing Director and Global Head of the Corporate Bank’s Strategic Market Infrastructure Group at J.P. Morgan. Prior to March 2019, Mr. Kresge was CFO of Private Wealth Solutions at Blackstone. Prior to October 2019, Ms. Bougiamas was an Assistant Director at the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. |
MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY:
MFS serves as the investment sub-adviser to the Registrant’s SPDR MFS Systematic Core Equity ETF, SPDR MFS Systematic Growth Equity ETF and SPDR MFS Systematic Value Equity ETF. The principal business address of MFS is 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02199. MFS is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
Below is a list of the directors and principal executive officers of MFS and their principal occupation(s). Unless otherwise noted, the address of each person listed is 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02199.
| + |
Certain principal executive officers and directors of MFS serve as officers or directors of some or all of MFS’ corporate affiliates and certain officers of MFS serve as officers of some or all of the MFS Funds and/or officers or directors of certain MFS non-U.S. investment companies. Except as set forth above or in Schedules B and D of Form ADV filed by MFS pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (SEC File No. 801-17352), each principal executive officer of MFS has been engaged during the past two fiscal years in no business profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature other than as an officer of MFS or certain of MFS’ corporate affiliates. |
7
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP:
DoubleLine serves as investment sub-adviser to the Registrant’s SPDR DoubleLine Total Return Tactical ETF, SPDR DoubleLine Short Duration Total Return Tactical ETF and SPDR DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income ETF. The principal business address of DoubleLine is 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, California 90071. DoubleLine is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
Below is a list of the directors and principal executive officers of DoubleLine and their principal occupation(s). Unless otherwise noted, the address of each person listed is 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, California 90071.
|
FULL LEGAL NAME
(Individuals: Last Name, First
|
Status |
|
|
GUNDLACH, JEFFREY, EDWARD |
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER; CHIEF INVESTMENT OFFICER; DIRECTOR; LIMITED PARTNER;EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBER | |
|
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL GP LLC |
GENERAL PARTNER | |
|
OAKTREE FUND GP II, L.P. |
LIMITED PARTNER | |
|
CHASE, HENRY, VANN |
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER;LIMITED PARTNER;EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBER | |
|
LARISCY, EARL, ALLAN |
GENERAL COUNSEL; LIMITED PARTNER;EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBER | |
|
REDELL, RONALD, ROBERT |
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBER; LIMITED PARTNER | |
|
SANTA ANA III, CRIS |
CHIEF RISK OFFICER, EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBER, LIMITED PARTNER | |
|
VAN EVERY, BARBARA, RUTH |
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBER; DIRECTOR INVESTOR SERVICES; LIMITED PARTNER | |
|
MOORE, CASEY, LEE |
CHIEF TECHNOLOGY OFFICER;EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBER; LIMITED PARTNER | |
|
SHERMAN, JEFFREY, JOHN |
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBER; DEPUTY CHIEF INVESTMENT OFFICER; LIMITED PARTNER | |
|
GUIA, YOUSE, ENRIQUE |
CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER; EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBER | |
|
ELAM, JOAN, LYNEA |
DIRECTOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES; EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBER | |
|
TOWNZEN, PATRICK, AARON |
DIRECTOR OF OPERATIONS; EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBER; LIMITED PARTNER | |
| Item 32. |
Principal Underwriters |
| (a) |
SSGA FD, One Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, serves as the Trust’s principal underwriter and also serves as the principal underwriter for the following investment companies: SPDR Series Trust, SPDR Index Shares Funds, State Street Institutional Investment Trust, SSGA Funds, State Street Institutional Funds, State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc., Elfun Diversified Fund, Elfun Tax-Exempt Income Fund, Elfun Income Fund, Elfun International Equity Fund, Elfun Government Money Market Fund and Elfun Trusts. |
8
| (b) |
To the best of the Trust’s knowledge, the managers and executive officers of SSGA FD are as follows: |
|
NAME AND PRINCIPAL
|
POSITION AND OFFICES WITH
|
POSITION AND OFFICES WITH
|
||
|
Barry F. X. Smith |
President, Chairman and Manager | None | ||
|
Timothy Corbett |
Manager | None | ||
|
Jeanne La Porta |
Manager | None | ||
|
Steven Lipiner |
Manager | None | ||
|
Ellen Needham |
Manager | President | ||
|
Christine Stokes |
Manager | None | ||
|
John Tucker |
Manager | None | ||
|
M. Patrick Donovan |
Chief Compliance Officer and Anti-Money Laundering Officer |
None | ||
|
David Maxham |
Chief Financial Officer | None | ||
|
Sean O’Malley, Esq. |
Chief Legal Officer | Chief Legal Officer | ||
|
Ramsey Hidmi |
Secretary | None | ||
| * |
The principal business address for each of the above managers and executive officers is One Iron Street, Boston, MA 02210. |
| (c) |
Not applicable. |
| Item 33. |
Location Of Accounts and Records |
All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the Rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of SSGA FM and/or State Street Bank and Trust Company, with offices located at One Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210 and One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, respectively.
| Item 34. |
Management Services |
Not applicable.
| Item 35. |
Undertakings |
Not applicable.
9
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, SSGA Active Trust, the Registrant, certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunder duly authorized, in the City of Boston and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts on the 28th day of October, 2020.
| SSGA Active Trust | ||
| By: |
/s/ Ellen M. Needham |
|
| Ellen M. Needham | ||
| President | ||
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated:
| SIGNATURES | TITLE | DATE | ||
|
/s/ Bonny E. Boatman* |
Trustee |
October 28, 2020 | ||
| Bonny E. Boatman | ||||
|
/s/ Dwight D. Churchill* |
Trustee |
October 28, 2020 | ||
| Dwight D. Churchill | ||||
|
/s/ Frank Nesvet* |
Trustee |
October 28, 2020 | ||
| Frank Nesvet | ||||
|
/s/ Clare S. Richer* |
Trustee |
October 28, 2020 | ||
| Clare S. Richer | ||||
|
/s/ Sandra G. Sponem* |
Trustee |
October 28, 2020 | ||
| Sandra G. Sponem | ||||
|
/s/ Carl G. Verboncoeur* |
Trustee |
October 28, 2020 | ||
| Carl G. Verboncoeur | ||||
|
/s/ James E. Ross* |
Trustee |
October 28, 2020 | ||
| James E. Ross | ||||
|
/s/ Ellen M. Needham |
President and Principal Executive Officer |
October 28, 2020 | ||
| Ellen M. Needham | ||||
|
/s/ Bruce S. Rosenberg |
Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer |
October 28, 2020 | ||
| Bruce S. Rosenberg | ||||
| *By: |
/s/ Andrew DeLorme |
|
| Andrew DeLorme | ||
|
As Attorney-in-Fact Pursuant to Power of Attorney |
EXHIBIT LIST
Item 28
|
(d)(v) |
Fee Waiver Letter Agreement | |
|
(j) |
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accountant | |
|
(p)(iii) |
MFS Code of Ethics | |
|
(p)(iv) |
GSO / Blackstone Code of Ethics | |
